Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 17, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Neothetics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2834   20-8527075

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

(858) 750-1008

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

George W. Mahaffey

President and Chief Executive Officer

Neothetics, Inc.

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

(858) 750-1008

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Michael S. Kagnoff, Esq.

Larry W. Nishnick, Esq.

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

San Diego, CA 92121

Tel: (858) 677-1400

Fax: (858) 677-1401

 

Cheston J. Larson, Esq.

Michael Sullivan, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, CA 92130

Tel: (858) 523-5400

Fax: (858) 523-5450

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

 

Amount of

Registration  Fee (2)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $63,250,000   $7,350

 

 

 

(1)  

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the over-allotment option to purchase.

 

(2)  

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated                     , 2014

 

            Shares

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.

 

 

Common Stock

  LOGO

$         per share

 

 

 

•  Neothetics, Inc. is offering             shares.

  

•  This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares.

•  We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

  

•  Proposed trading symbol: Nasdaq Global Market — NEOT

 

 

This investment involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total  

Public offering price

   $                $                

Underwriting discount (1)

   $                $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Neothetics, Inc.

   $                $                

 

 

 

(1)  

We refer you to ‘‘Underwriting’’ beginning on page 159 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to                     additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved of anyone’s investment in these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Piper Jaffray

Guggenheim Securities

Needham & Company

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     58   

Use of Proceeds

     60   

Dividend Policy

     61   

Capitalization

     62   

Dilution

     64   

Selected Financial Data

     67   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     68   

Business

     83   

Management

     120   

Executive Compensation

     130   

Principal Stockholders

     139   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     141   

Description of Capital Stock

     146   

Shares Eligible for Future Sales

     152   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

     155   

Underwriting

     159   

Legal Matters

     166   

Experts

     166   

Where You Can Find More Information About Us

     166   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

Through and including                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

We have a pending U.S. trademark application for the word mark “NEOTHETICS” and for our logo used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, trade names, and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or that the applicable owner or licensor will not assert its rights, to such trademarks and tradenames. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from our own management estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” or “Neothetics” refer to Neothetics, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. Our initial focus is on localized fat reduction and body contouring. We are currently developing and intend to seek approval of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We use the term central abdominal bulging to describe subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen that is often characterized by people as love-handles, a pot-belly, a pouch or stomach rolls, among a number of other commonly used terms. There is currently no drug approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for the treatment of this condition. If approved by the FDA, we believe LIPO-202 will be a best-in-class non-surgical procedure for localized fat reduction and body contouring. We have completed Phase 2 development of LIPO-202 showing a statistically significant reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We have tested our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in approximately 800 patients across multiple clinical trials, and these injectable formulations were consistently well tolerated with a safety profile similar to placebo. We intend to conduct two pivotal U.S. Phase 3 trials of LIPO-202 and expect top-line data at the end of 2015. If our trials are successful, we expect to file a new drug application, or NDA, in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, which permits us to file an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for us, and to which we do not have a right of reference, and allows us to rely to some degree on the FDA’s finding of safety, and approval of, another product containing salmeterol xinafoate, the active ingredient in LIPO-202.

LIPO-202 is an injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate, a well-known long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist used in several inhaled FDA-approved drugs, including GlaxoSmithKline’s SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. Our studies suggest that salmeterol xinafoate activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in the fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. LIPO-202 is being studied for once-weekly administration over a period of eight weeks by a physician or clinician in approximately five minutes or less via subcutaneous injections using a small, 30-gauge needle in targeted regions of the abdomen. Our data demonstrate our injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate reduces central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, producing measurable results as soon as four weeks from initial treatment and with benefits persisting for a minimum of three months post-treatment.

We believe LIPO-202’s efficacy, safety profile, simplicity of administration and lack of downtime will be important drivers of adoption by both physicians and patients.

Our Market Opportunity

According to the American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery, or ASAPS, Americans spent more than $12 billion on cosmetic procedures in 2013, including approximately $7 billion on surgical aesthetic procedures and $5 billion on non-surgical aesthetic procedures. Additionally, ASAPS estimated that from 1997 to 2013, surgical aesthetic procedures increased by approximately 88% and non-surgical procedures increased

 

 

 

 

1


Table of Contents

 

 

by approximately 520%, reflecting continued acceptance of cosmetic surgery and increasing consumer demand for all types of aesthetic procedures, particularly injectable and non-surgical procedures.

According to our market research, the central abdomen is the area on the body that current cosmetic injectable patients want treated most for fat reduction and body contouring. Based on U.S. census data and our market research, we estimate that there are as many as 13.5 million non-obese individuals who are interested in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. We believe the early adopters of LIPO-202 will be many of the two million Americans who are already receiving cosmetic injectable therapy, such as either botulinum toxins or dermal fillers. These patients already have demonstrated a willingness to pay out-of-pocket costs for aesthetic procedures, are comfortable with injections and have adopted that modality as part of their aesthetic regimen. In addition, we believe that because our injection procedure is quick, simple, has shown a safety profile similar to placebo and does not require a physician to acquire expensive capital equipment, more physicians will be interested in offering the LIPO-202 body contouring procedure to new patients, significantly expanding the fat reduction and body contouring market.

Limitations of Existing Treatment Options for Localized Fat Reduction and Body Contouring

Current surgical and non-surgical options, such as lipoplasty, or liposuction, and energy-based medical devices, are designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells. In many cases, due to their mechanisms of action, these options typically take weeks to months to result in the desired reduction in abdominal bulging, as well as cause adverse consequences for the patient. While liposuction procedures remove fat, they require significant physician skill and resources, involve pain, require extended recovery time and carry the risks associated with any surgical procedure. Existing non-surgical options are often painful, may produce limited or inconsistent results and may require multiple or ongoing maintenance treatments resulting in longer aggregate treatment time. Highlighting the limitations of currently available surgical and non-surgical treatment options, our market research suggests that approximately 50% of patients who consulted a physician about a fat reduction or body contouring procedure ultimately decided against the procedure due to uncertainty of results, anxiety over pain, significant treatment times, extended recovery times, and the significant cost of such procedures.

Our Injectable Solution for Localized Fat Reduction and Body Contouring

We believe LIPO-202 will offer physicians and patients a safe, non-surgical and effective means to achieve targeted localized fat reduction and will become the standard for body contouring treatment for the following reasons:

 

   

Level of Medical Evidence .    In our Phase 2 trial, known as RESET, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period. The safety profile of salmeterol xinafoate as used in SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS for the treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or COPD, is well-established. We also have clinical evidence in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials suggesting that our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate possess a safety profile similar to placebo. Following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we expect to have clinical evidence of safety and efficacy of our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in our trials comprised of approximately 3,000 non-obese patients. In addition, following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we will have randomized, placebo-controlled data of safety and efficacy of LIPO-202 in approximately 1,200 non-obese patients.

 

   

Natural and Non-Traumatic Mechanism of Action .    Our studies suggest that LIPO-202 activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides

 

 

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

 

 

stored in fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. By activating this natural metabolic process, we have been able to demonstrate a reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat without the risks and adverse events typically seen with current surgical and non-surgical options.

 

   

Widely Accepted Modality that Addresses an Established and Expandable Market.     Aesthetic physicians and patients are already familiar with and accept injectable products as a key modality for the treatment of cosmetic concerns. According to the ASAPS, in 2013, cosmetic patients in the United States underwent approximately 5.9 million injectable procedures and spent close to $2.7 billion on those treatments, a 35% increase versus 2012. We believe these dynamics will drive adoption of LIPO-202 by patients seeking localized fat reduction and body contouring treatments. In addition, we believe we can successfully tap into the 13.5 million non-obese individuals expressing an interest in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, thereby expanding the market.

 

   

Patient-Friendly Procedure with Rapid Onset of Effects.     Unlike surgical or energy-based device treatment, which can take hours, the injection procedure for administering LIPO-202 takes approximately five minutes or less to perform. Furthermore, in our clinical trials, the side effects of treatment observed were minimal and have been no different than what patients experience with placebo injections. Unlike most other fat reduction procedures available today, LIPO-202 injections are simple and quick, and patients can be treated during their normal day and return to regular daily activities immediately, with measurable results in as soon as four weeks.

 

   

Low Barrier to Adoption.     If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will increase the rate of adoption by physicians due to (1) expanded use by physicians, including dermatologists, primary care physicians, and obstetrics and gynecology physicians, or OB/GYNs, by offering a localized fat reduction treatment without the need to acquire any capital equipment, (2) higher economics from a complementary therapy with cash-pay reimbursement, (3) increased efficiency by administration using a physician extender or nurse, (4) higher patient traffic to provide opportunities to upsell additional products and services and (5) simplicity of procurement through existing pharmaceutical channels for injectable aesthetic products.

Clinical Development

In the United States, we have completed the 513-patient, Phase 2 RESET trial of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, with obesity being defined as those patients having a body mass index, or BMI, of greater than or equal to 30 kg/m 2 . In this multi-center, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period based on our clinical assessment tools that we intend to use in our Phase 3 pivotal trials. There were no significant adverse events during the RESET clinical trial, no subject discontinued the trial due to an adverse event and 92% of subjects completed the clinical trial per protocol. To date, our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate have been tested in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials suggesting a safety profile similar to placebo. In addition, our current Phase 2 data suggests that the reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat produced by our injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate persists for at least three months post-treatment.

We recently had our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA’s Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products. Based on the results of the meeting, we intend to complete the U.S. development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients and intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of two-dimensional, or 2-D, ultrasound as

 

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents

 

 

a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a limited number of clinical sites in our Phase 3 pivotal trials. Our Phase 3 program will be in approximately 2,000 non-obese patients, including two Phase 3 pivotal trials in approximately 1,600 patients. The clinical protocol and endpoints in our planned U.S. Phase 3 pivotal trials are expected to be essentially the same as those used in the RESET trial. We expect to have top-line data from the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials at the end of 2015 and, assuming positive data, anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway.

The table below summarizes our Phase 3 plan for LIPO-202:

 

   

Clinical Trial

  Number of
Patients
 

Trial Purpose

  Expected
Trial
Initiation
   Data
Expected

       LOGO

  Study LIPO-202-CL-18   n~800  

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy

  First half of
2015
   End of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-19   n~800  

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy (identical design to LIPO-202-CL-18)

  First half of
2015
   End of
2015

 

       LOGO

  Study LIPO-202-CL-12   n=24  

-   Comparative bioavailability of LIPO-202 and ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50

 

-   Clinical bridge for 505(b)(2) NDA

  First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-21   n=120  

-   Safety in a special population of obese patients

  First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-22   n=120  

-   Long-term safety of repeated cycles of treatment

  First half of
2015
   First
half of
2016
  Study LIPO-202-CL-23   n~200  

-   Long-term safety and durability of efficacy in responders to treatment

  Second half
of 2015
   Second
half of
2016

 

       LOGO

  Study LIPO-202-CL-25   n=10-12  

-   Exploratory study in submental fat

  First Half
of 2015
   Second
Half of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-26   n=10-12  

-   Exploratory study in lipomas

  First Half
of 2015
   Second
Half of
2015

Our second product candidate, LIPO-102, is an injectable form of a combination of salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate. We may develop LIPO-102 for the orphan indication of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease that is caused by expansion of fat and muscle behind the eye.

 

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

 

 

Intellectual Property

Our patent estate consists of three U.S. issued methods of treatment and/or formulations patents and seven U.S. pending patent applications, as well as granted and/or pending foreign counterparts of the U.S. patents and pending applications. Two of the issued U.S. patents are directed to both LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 product candidates. Our patent directed to methods of treatment and pharmaceutical formulations is expected to expire no earlier than 2030.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to be a leading provider of safe, non-surgical treatment solutions for the aesthetic market, based on strong scientific and therapeutic rationale. Our initial focus is on developing and commercializing LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients in the United States. Key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Complete Clinical Development and Seek Regulatory Approval for LIPO-202 .

 

   

Explore the Use of LIPO-202 in Additional Indications .

 

   

Build Our Own Sales and Marketing Capabilities to Commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States .

 

   

Expand the Global Body Contouring Aesthetic Market Using Injectable Therapeutic Products .

 

   

Establish Selective Strategic Partnerships to Maximize the Commercial Potential of LIPO-202.

 

   

Advance the Clinical Development of LIPO-102 .

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary. These risks include, among others, that:

 

   

we have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future;

 

   

we have one lead product candidate and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to assess our future viability;

 

   

we are substantially dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202;

 

   

at our recent End-of-Phase 2 meeting, the FDA expressed certain concerns regarding the design of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials, and, even if we believe our Phase 3 clinical trials are successful, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree that we have satisfactorily addressed these concerns or that the FDA will not raise new issues regarding the design of our clinical trials;

 

   

we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO-202, LIPO-102 or any of our future product candidates under applicable regulatory requirements;

 

   

even if LIPO-202 or any other current or future product candidate obtains regulatory approval, we may not receive our desired indication for our product candidates or they may never achieve market acceptance or commercial success;

 

   

we will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development, other operations or commercialization efforts;

 

   

if the FDA does not conclude that LIPO-202 satisfies the requirements for the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, as planned, or if the requirements for approval of LIPO-202

 

 

 

 

5


Table of Contents

 

 

 

under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for LIPO-202 will likely be materially impacted and take significantly longer, cost significantly more and encounter significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful;

 

   

if LIPO-202 is approved for commercial use, it will face significant competition;

 

   

we are substantially dependent on broad physician adoption of LIPO-202 as a treatment for the reduction of central abdominal bulging; and

 

   

if our efforts to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in February 2007 under the name Lipothera, Inc. We commenced operations in February 2007 and, in September 2008, changed our name to Lithera, Inc. In August 2014, we changed our name to Neothetics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122 and our telephone number is (858) 750-1008. Our website is located at www.neothetics.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to:

 

   

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the day we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million measured on June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this registration statement and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different from what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Neothetics, Inc.

 

Common stock we are Offering

            shares of common stock

 

Common stock to be Outstanding immediately after the Offering


            shares of common stock

 

Over-Allotment Option

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering to fund our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202, and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including our planned research, clinical trial and product development activities. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 60 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should read carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market Symbol

“NEOT”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on             shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the conversion in connection with this offering of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 50,148,974 shares of common stock and the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for             shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and excludes:

 

   

148,960 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

114,285 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Hercules Technologies Growth Capital, Inc., or Hercules, and are expected remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

5,933,312 shares of our common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 granted pursuant to our 2007 Stock Plan, or our 2007 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.27, of which 3,716,257 represent shares of our common stock subject to vesting requirements;

 

   

            shares of our common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, including 1,347,102 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under our 2014 Plan beginning January 1, 2015; and

 

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

 

 

 

   

            shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2014 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2015.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus (except for the historical financial statements) reflects and assumes:

 

   

the automatic conversion of all 46,990,685 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,148,974 shares of common stock, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants (excluding warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 263,245 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and Hercules and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering), assuming net exercise for             shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to                 additional shares of our common stock;

 

   

the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

a reverse stock split of             -for-             of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

 

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year. You should read the following summary financial data in conjunction with the sections entitled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue, related party

   $ 100      $      $      $   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249        11,448        9,736        3,258   

General and administrative

     2,592        2,975        2,149        3,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,841        14,423        11,885        6,333   

Loss from operations

     (5,741     (14,423     (11,885     (6,333

Interest income

     2        1        1        3   

Interest expense

     (937     (57     (49     (163

(Loss) gain on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,152     (490     (245     (1,430

Other income (expense), net

            (47     (47       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,828   $ (15,016   $ (12,225   $ (7,923
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (2.57   $ (4.81   $ (3.91   $ (2.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

     3,051,358        3,122,886        3,122,886        3,331,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $          $     
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Please see Note 2 of our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our actual basic and diluted net loss per share and our pro forma unaudited basic and diluted net loss per share.

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro  Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,650      $                    $                

Working capital

     14,213        

Total assets

     16,185        

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     3,818        

Convertible preferred stock

     70,915        

Accumulated deficit

     (66,778     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (64,208     

 

(1)  

The pro forma amounts give effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all 46,990,685 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,148,974 shares of common stock, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (b) the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for             shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; (c) the reclassification of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of this offering; (d) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (e) a reverse stock split of             -for-             of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 

(2)  

The pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect the pro forma conversion adjustments described in footnote (1) above and gives further effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the events or developments described below occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be negatively affected. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We have one lead product candidate and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to assess our future viability.    

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Pharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To date, we have focused principally on developing our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, an injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our inception in 2007. We have only a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. In addition, we have limited experience and have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the specialty pharmaceutical industry. We have not generated any revenue from product sales to date. We continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 and nine months ended September 30, 2014 was approximately $15.0 million and $7.9 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $66.8 million. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, LIPO-202 and assuming we obtain regulatory approval, begin to commercialize LIPO-202. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

We are substantially dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202.     

To date, we have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the research and development and commercial planning for LIPO-202, which is currently our lead product candidate. In particular, we have completed a Phase 2 RESET clinical trial, or RESET. Our near-term prospects, including our ability to finance our company and generate revenue, as well as our future growth, will depend heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of LIPO-202. The clinical and commercial success of LIPO-202 will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

any unexpected results from further analysis beyond the top-line data of our recently completed RESET clinical trial;

 

   

initiating and obtaining favorable results from our planned Phase 3 clinical program for LIPO-202, which may be slower or cost more than we currently anticipate;

 

   

at our recent End-of-Phase 2 meeting, the FDA expressed certain concerns regarding the design of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials, and, even if we believe our Phase 3 clinical

 

11


Table of Contents
 

trials are successful, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree that we have satisfactorily addressed these concerns or that the FDA will not raise new issues regarding the design of our clinical trials;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate the safety of LIPO-202 to the satisfaction of the FDA and other applicable foreign regulatory bodies;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate efficacy of LIPO-202 to the satisfaction of the FDA and other applicable foreign regulatory bodies, including our ability to utilize FDA-acceptable endpoint tools for measuring efficacy of LIPO-202 in our clinical trials;

 

   

whether we are required by the FDA or other applicable foreign regulatory bodies to conduct additional clinical trials to support the approval of LIPO-202;

 

   

the acceptance by the FDA of our proposed parameters for regulatory approval, including our proposed indication, endpoints and endpoint measurement tools relating to LIPO-202;

 

   

whether we are able to secure a partner or partner(s) for the development and commercialization of LIPO-202 outside of the United States and if so, whether such partners will be required to conduct additional studies for the approval of LIPO-202 in such markets in a timely manner;

 

   

our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of LIPO-202;

 

   

the incidence, duration and severity of adverse side effects;

 

   

the timely receipt of necessary marketing approvals from the FDA and similar regulatory bodies around the world;

 

   

achieving and maintaining compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to LIPO-202;

 

   

the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing treatments;

 

   

the effectiveness of our and our potential partners’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations in the United States and other markets around the world;

 

   

the ability of our third-party manufacturers and potential partners to manufacture clinical trial and commercial supplies of LIPO-202 to remain in good standing with regulatory bodies, and to develop, validate and maintain commercially viable manufacturing processes that are compliant with Current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, regulations;

 

   

our ability to successfully commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States, if approved for marketing;

 

   

our potential partners’ ability to successfully commercialize LIPO-202 in other markets outside of the United States;

 

   

our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in and to LIPO-202;

 

   

our ability to avoid third-party patent interference or patent infringement claims;

 

   

acceptance of LIPO-202 as safe and effective by patients and the medical community; and

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile of LIPO-202 following approval.

Many of these factors are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to generate revenue through the sale of LIPO-202. Any one of these factors or other factors discussed in this prospectus could affect our ability to successfully commercialize LIPO-202, which could

 

12


Table of Contents

impact our ability to earn sufficient revenues to transition from a developmental stage company and continue our business. If we are not successful in obtaining regulatory approval of and commercializing LIPO-202, or are significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We cannot be certain that LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates will receive regulatory approval, and even with regulatory approval they may never achieve market acceptance or commercial success.     

We have invested a significant portion of our efforts and financial resources in the development of LIPO-202, and our ability to generate significant revenue related to product sales will depend on the successful development and regulatory approval of LIPO-202. In our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, the FDA expressed concerns regarding our proposed endpoint tools used to assess efficacy of LIPO-202 and questioned whether a more appropriate physical measure of reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat could be obtained using other measurement tools, such as 2-D ultrasound. We intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of 2-D ultrasound as a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a limited number of clinical sites in our Phase 3 pivotal trials, based upon our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA. The endpoints from the use of 2-D ultrasound may not be acceptable for regulatory approval and if our alternative endpoint tools are not accepted by the FDA, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO-202.

Even if we obtain FDA or other foreign regulatory approvals, LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates may not achieve market acceptance among physicians and patients, and may not be commercially successful. Market acceptance of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval depends on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the safety and efficacy of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates as demonstrated in clinical trials;

 

   

acceptance by physicians and patients of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates as safe and effective treatments;

 

   

the clinical indications for which LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates are approved and whether our desired labeling is approved;

 

   

proper training and administration of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates by physicians;

 

   

the potential and perceived advantages of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates over alternative treatments;

 

   

acceptance by physicians and patients that the duration of effect of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates are significant and have advantages over alternative treatments;

 

   

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments and willingness to pay for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, if approved, on the part of physicians and patients;

 

   

the willingness of patients to pay for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates and other aesthetic treatments in general, relative to other discretionary items, especially during economically challenging times;

 

   

relative convenience and ease of administration and the ability of patients to commit to an eight-week treatment period;

 

   

the incidence, duration and severity of adverse side effects;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts; and

 

   

the degree to which the approved labeling supports promotional initiatives for commercial success.

Any failure by our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would adversely affect our results of operations.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.    

Clinical testing is expensive, and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Furthermore, we rely on clinical research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and while we have agreements governing their committed activities, we have limited influence over their actual performance. The costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a project owing to factors that include but are not limited to the following:

 

   

per patient trial costs;

 

   

salaries and related overhead expenses, including share-based compensation and benefits for personnel in research and development functions;

 

   

fees paid to third-party professional consultants and service providers;

 

   

costs to develop and manufacture preclinical study and clinical trial materials;

 

   

costs for laboratory supplies;

 

   

the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

   

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

   

the number of trials required for approval;

 

   

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

   

the number of doses that patients receive;

 

   

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

   

the phase of development of the product candidate;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

the duration of patient follow-up; and

 

   

the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidate.

Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. For example, we have in the past terminated early-stage development and clinical programs for other potential product candidates due to a lack of sufficient efficacy or the potential for unacceptable adverse reactions to a particular product candidate, as well as our desire to concentrate our efforts on the development of LIPO-202. The results of preclinical and clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. For example, the positive results generated to date in clinical trials for LIPO-202 do not ensure that later clinical trials will demonstrate similar results. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the specialty pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier studies, and

 

14


Table of Contents

we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if our ongoing or future clinical trials are completed, the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

We may experience delays in our ongoing clinical trials, including the planned Phase 3 development of LIPO-202, and we do not know whether future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed or aborted for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

delay or failure in obtaining regulatory approval to commence a trial;

 

   

inability to reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

regulatory objections to commencing a clinical trial or proceeding to the next phase of investigation, including inability to reach agreement with the FDA or non-U.S. regulators regarding the scope, design or implementation of our clinical trials or for other reasons such as safety concerns identified during preclinical development or early stage clinical trials;

 

   

inability to qualify for exemptions from infringement of intellectual property rights for clinical trial testing of products in countries where we want to conduct clinical trials outside the United States;

 

   

inability to identify, add and maintain a sufficient number of trial sites;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial sites from our clinical trials as a result of changing standards of care or the ineligibility of a site to participate in our clinical trials;

 

   

difficulty identifying and engaging qualified clinical investigators;

 

   

failure to obtain institutional review board, or IRB, approval at each site;

 

   

difficulty recruiting and enrolling patients to participate in clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including failure to meet the enrollment criteria for our study and competition from other clinical trial programs;

 

   

inability to retain patients in clinical trials due to the treatment protocol, personal issues, side effects from the therapy or lack of efficacy;

 

   

failure to have clinical sites observe trial protocol or continue to participate in a trial;

 

   

failure to address any patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

   

failure to address any conflicts with new or existing laws or regulations;

 

   

failure to manufacture sufficient quantities of product candidates or placebos for use in clinical trials; or

 

   

inability to obtain sufficient funding to commence a clinical trial.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with the requirements of the relevant regulatory filing (including clinical protocol and manufacturing), inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial due to unforeseen costs resulting from enrollment delays,

 

15


Table of Contents

requirements to conduct additional trials and studies, increased expenses associated with the services of our CROs and other third parties or other reasons.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or terminate, any clinical trial of our current or future product candidates, if any, the commercial prospects of these product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed or not realized at all. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of a clinical trial may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate.

Changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we or any of our partners may be required by appropriate regulatory authorities to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us or any of our partners to resubmit clinical trial protocols to independent review boards for re-examination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. If we or any of our partners experience delays in the completion of, or if we or our partners terminate, clinical trials, the commercial prospects for our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate revenue from sales of our products will be prevented or delayed. In addition, many of the factors that may cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate.

Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development. Because the results of earlier clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, any product candidate we or our current or potential future partners advance through clinical trials may not have favorable results in later clinical trials or receive regulatory approval.

Clinical failure can occur at any stage of our clinical development. Clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we or our partners may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical or preclinical testing. In addition, data obtained from tests are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate the same results or otherwise provide adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of a product candidate. Frequently, product candidates that have shown promising results in early clinical trials have subsequently suffered significant setbacks in later clinical trials. In addition, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, or approval of a product for desired indications, and flaws or shortcomings in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. We have limited experience in designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support regulatory approval for our desired indications, and we have never previously submitted an NDA. Further, clinical trials of potential products often reveal that it is not practical or feasible to continue development efforts. If LIPO-202 is found to be unsafe or lack efficacy, we will not be able to obtain regulatory approval for it and our business would be harmed. For example, if the results of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202 do not achieve primary or secondary efficacy endpoints or we are unable to provide primary or secondary endpoint measurements deemed acceptable by the FDA or non-U.S. regulators and demonstrate an acceptable safety level, the prospects for approval of LIPO-202 would be materially and adversely affected. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including those with greater resources and experience than us, have suffered significant setbacks in Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier clinical trials.

 

16


Table of Contents

In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety and/or efficacy results between different trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including differences in trial protocols and design, the size and type of the patient populations, adherence to the dosing regimen and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. We do not know whether any Phase 2, Phase 3 or other clinical trials we or any partners may conduct will demonstrate consistent and/or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates.

We may be unable to successfully pursue the 505(b)(2) pathway as planned, which would materially impact our likelihood of obtaining FDA approval.

A 505(b)(2) application that relies for approval on the FDA’s finding of safety and/or effectiveness for one or more listed drugs must establish that such reliance is scientifically appropriate, and must submit data necessary to support any aspects of the proposed drug product that represent modifications to the listed drug(s). We must establish a bridge between our proposed drug product and each listed drug upon which we propose to rely, to demonstrate that such reliance is scientifically justified. Determining and reaching agreement with the FDA regarding exactly what additional or “bridging” data will be needed to support the proposed modification to the listed drug can present challenges and is a fact-specific determination that must be made on a case-by-case basis.

If we are unable to establish to the FDA’s satisfaction that our reliance on the listed drug is scientifically appropriate, and that we have sufficiently addressed the safety and effectiveness implications of our proposed modifications (including, importantly, the different indication), we may be unable to utilize this regulatory pathway.

LIPO-202, if approved, will face significant competition, and the failure by us to compete effectively may prevent us from achieving significant market acceptance.

The aesthetic procedure market is highly competitive and dynamic, and is characterized by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. We are seeking regulatory approval of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. A substantial portion of our target physician market is comprised of dermatologists, primary care physicians, OB/GYNs, and members of other specialties, some of whom perform liposuction, non-invasive fat reduction and other procedures for fat reduction. Such physicians may find it more advantageous to utilize these surgical and non-surgical procedures to remove localized fat deposits rather than a cosmetic injectable therapy such as LIPO-202. In addition, we expect that LIPO-202, if approved, will compete for the attention and discretionary income of patients with new and existing therapies for the treatment of localized fat, including liposuction and other procedures, as well as other technologies aimed at fat reduction, including other injections and laser energy-based, cryolipolysis, and ultrasound energy-based products.

If approved, LIPO-202 may also compete with unregulated, unapproved and off-label fat reduction and body contouring treatments. For example, we are aware that there are entities such as compounding pharmacies that have manufactured quantities of phosphatidylcholine and deoxycholic acid-based formulations, which are being sold as fat reduction treatments without drug approval from the FDA. In order to compete successfully in the aesthetics market, we will have to demonstrate that the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat with LIPO-202 is a worthwhile aesthetic treatment and is a superior alternative to existing therapies. There may be other drug or device products or injectable therapies currently under development or being considered for development for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat of which we are not currently aware, but which upon approval would compete directly with LIPO-202.

LIPO-202, if approved, will also compete for patient and physician resources and mindshare with products and technologies that are not primarily related to fat reduction and body contouring, such as skin tightening, anti-aging, dispigmentation and other aesthetic technologies. The medical technology

 

17


Table of Contents

and aesthetic companies that offer these products tend to have a broad range of other product offerings, large direct sales forces, and long-term customer relationships with our target physicians, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts.

In addition, a large portion of our target physician market is comprised of plastic surgeons who utilize surgical methods for fat reduction. Such physicians may find it more advantageous to utilize surgical techniques to remove localized fat deposits rather than a cosmetic injectable therapy such as LIPO-202. Additionally, some non-invasive technologies for the reduction of fat or “body contouring” have received marketing clearance from the FDA. For example, in September 2010, Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. received clearance for their body contouring system, CoolSculpting, which utilizes controlled cooling to reduce the temperature of fat cells in the treated area for the selective reduction of fat around the flanks. Zerona, a laser energy-based product marketed by Erchonia Corporation, and Liposonix, an ultrasound energy-based product marketed by Valeant Pharmaceuticals, Inc., have also received FDA marketing clearance. We are also aware that Kythera, Inc. has an injectable drug product in development, ATX-101, which has completed Phase 3 clinical trials in the United States. Kythera submitted an NDA for this product to the FDA in May 2014 for the reduction of submental fat in the chin and such NDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. Like LIPO-202, this product is an injectable drug which requires a series of injections below the chin. If approved, this product may be used off-label by physicians in the abdomen, the expected treatment indication for LIPO-202, which may decrease the market available for LIPO-202 once approved.

Many of these potential competitors are large, experienced companies that have substantially greater resources and brand recognition than we do. Competing in the aesthetic market could result in price-cutting, reduced profit margins, and limited market share, any of which would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The commercial success of LIPO-202, if approved, will depend significantly on broad physician adoption and use of LIPO-202.

The commercial success of LIPO-202, if approved, will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of LIPO-202 by physicians for fat reduction and body contouring. Physician adoption of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, if approved, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the safety and effectiveness of LIPO-202 for fat reduction and body contouring as compared to alternative treatments or procedures;

 

   

physician willingness to adopt a new therapy for fat reduction and body contouring;

 

   

patient compliance with the treatment regimen;

 

   

overcoming any biases surgeons may have in favor of surgical procedures for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat;

 

   

patient satisfaction with administration, results and duration of the effects of LIPO-202;

 

   

patient demand for central abdominal bulge reduction and body contouring;

 

   

the revenue and profitability that LIPO-202 will offer a physician as compared to alternative treatments or procedures; and

 

   

the difficulty of administering LIPO-202 and any potential side effects of the administration and/or use of LIPO-202.

If LIPO-202 is approved for use and physicians do not broadly adopt it for fat reduction and body contouring, our financial performance will be adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

We currently have no sales or marketing organization. If we are unable to establish sales capabilities on our own or through third parties, we may not be able to market and sell LIPO-202 effectively in the United States or any other current and future product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenue.

We currently do not have a commercial organization. In order to commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States, we must build our marketing, sales, distribution, management and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If LIPO-202 receives regulatory approval, we intend to establish a sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize our product candidates, which will be expensive, require substantial additional capital and be time consuming. We have no prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain, and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize LIPO-202. If we are not successful in commercializing LIPO-202 or any of our current or future product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we would incur significant additional losses.

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth.

As of September 30, 2014, we had nine full-time employees and one part-time employee. We will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, commercial, medical affairs, finance and other resources in order to manage our operations and clinical trials, continue our development activities and commercialize LIPO-202 or any of our current and future product candidates. Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively execute our growth strategy requires that we:

 

   

manage our clinical trials effectively;

 

   

identify, recruit, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees;

 

   

build effective business processes to launch LIPO-202 and other products;

 

   

manage our internal development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties; and

 

   

continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

The commercial success of LIPO-202 outside of the United States depends significantly on the development and marketing efforts of NovaMedica, LLC and other third parties, and if any of these parties fails to perform as expected, or is unable to obtain the required regulatory approvals for our product candidates, the potential for us to generate future revenue from royalties and milestone payments from LIPO-202 outside the United States would be significantly reduced and our business would be materially and adversely harmed.

In December 2012, we entered into a technology transfer agreement with Domain Russia Investments Limited, or DRI, which was subsequently assigned to NovaMedica, LLC, or NovaMedica, pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement, as contemplated in the technology transfer agreement with DRI. Under this agreement, we are working with NovaMedica to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for

 

19


Table of Contents

our product candidates from regulatory bodies in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. NovaMedica is responsible for the commercialization of LIPO-202 and LIPO-102, if regulatory approval is achieved in those territories. We intend to identify a strategic partner or partners to develop and commercialize LIPO-202 for other markets outside these territories and the United States, and we intend to pursue partnering and licensing arrangements for the European, Far Eastern, and Latin American markets.

The potential for us to generate revenue from royalties and milestone payments from our product candidates outside of the United States depends primarily on the successful development, regulatory approval, marketing and commercialization of our products by NovaMedica and other strategic partners and third parties.

Any of the following events or factors could have a material adverse effect on the potential and timing for us to receive regulatory and commercial milestone payments and generate royalties from the sale of LIPO-202 outside of the United States:

 

   

our partners’ receipt of, or failure to comply with, additional requests and recommendations from relevant foreign regulatory bodies, including any request for additional clinical trials;

 

   

different requirements for approval by various regulatory bodies outside the United States and our partners’ ability to conduct necessary clinical trials and compile and submit an adequate registration dossier;

 

   

our partners’ inability to obtain all necessary approvals from regulatory bodies outside the United States;

 

   

our partners’ failure to commit adequate resources to the development, regulatory approval, marketing, distribution and intellectual property protection of LIPO-202;

 

   

our ability to build and maintain a global safety database, together with our partners and collaborators, sufficient for regulatory reporting; and

 

   

any failure of our partners to manufacture our product candidate in compliance with requirements of relevant regulatory bodies and in quantities sufficient to meet clinical or commercial demand.

We rely completely on third-party suppliers to manufacture and distribute our clinical drug supplies for LIPO-202, we intend to rely on third parties for commercial manufacturing and distribution of LIPO-202 and we expect to rely on third parties for manufacturing and distribution of preclinical, clinical, and commercial supplies of any of our other current and future product candidates.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability to manufacture or distribute preclinical, clinical, or commercial quantities of drug substance or drug product, including LIPO-202. Facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture drug substance and drug product for commercial sale must be approved by the FDA or other relevant foreign regulatory bodies pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA or any relevant foreign regulatory submission to the applicable regulatory agency.

We do not have direct control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate manufacturing capacity and capabilities to serve our needs, including quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. We are dependent on our contract manufacturers for compliance with cGMP requirements, for manufacture of drug substance and finished drug products. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and/or the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or foreign regulatory bodies, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. Furthermore, these contract

 

20


Table of Contents

manufacturers are engaged with other companies to supply and/or manufacture materials or products for such companies, which also exposes our manufacturers to regulatory risks for the production of such materials and products. As a result, failure to meet the regulatory requirements for the production of those materials and products may also affect the regulatory clearance of a contract manufacturers’ facility. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory agency does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, or if it withdraws its approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would negatively impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, if approved. Any of these factors could cause a delay of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, approvals or commercialization of our product candidates or entail higher costs or impair our reputation.

We and our contract manufacturers continue to characterize and improve manufacturing processes and quality systems. As development and commercialization progresses, we may encounter difficulties with new or existing processes. Depending upon the extent of the challenges encountered, there may be an interruption in clinical and/or commercial supply.

In addition, a failure to provide drug substance supply could have an adverse effect in supply of finished drug product for clinical trials and/or finished drug product in our commercial territories, and, as a result, may have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We expect to continue to depend on third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers for the foreseeable future. We currently source salmeterol xinafoate, the active drug ingredient of LIPO-202, from Natco Pharma Limited. Lyophilization Services of New England, Inc. manufactures LIPO-202. Testing and stability services for LIPO-202 are currently provided by Pharmaceutical Product Development, LLC, or PPD. We have not yet entered into long-term agreements with any of the aforementioned third-party providers. We currently do not have alternative drug substance and drug product manufacturers, although through extensive diligence several providers have been identified. To manufacture and distribute LIPO-202 in the quantities that we believe will be required to meet anticipated market demand, our third-party manufacturers may need to increase capacity, which could involve significant challenges and will require additional regulatory approvals. In addition, the development of commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities may require us and our third-party manufacturers to invest substantial additional funds and hire and retain the technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing and quality experience. Neither we nor our third-party manufacturers may successfully complete any required increase to existing manufacturing capacity in a timely manner, or at all.

When completed, our supply agreements cannot guarantee that a contract manufacturer or supplier will provide services adequate for our needs. If a contract manufacturer/supplier becomes financially distressed or insolvent, or discontinues manufacturing supply for us beyond the term of the existing agreement, if any, or for any other reason, this could result in substantial management time and expense to identify and qualify alternative manufacturers or suppliers, and could lead to an interruption in clinical or commercial supply.

If there is a disruption to our or our third-party manufacturers’ or suppliers’ relevant operations, we will have no other means of producing LIPO-202 until the affected facilities are restored or we or they procure and qualify alternative facilities. Additionally, any damage to or destruction of our or our third-party manufacturers’ or suppliers’ facilities or equipment may significantly impair our ability to manufacture LIPO-202 on a timely basis.

Our reliance on contract manufacturers further exposes us to the possibility that they, or third parties with access to their facilities, will have access to and may misappropriate our trade secrets or other proprietary information.

 

21


Table of Contents

We currently rely on the services of a few testing organizations. Failure of these vendors to perform adequately can materially and adversely affect our business.

There are a limited number of providers for testing of LIPO-202, and we do not have direct control over our testing labs. Nor do we have direct control over the processes or timing for the acquisition of the raw materials and components necessary to test our product candidate. If these raw materials and/or components are not available at the volumes and quantity levels required, it could have a material and adverse impact on the supply of drug substance and finished drug product. We work closely with our testing labs to enable timely delivery of required drug substance and drug product, but these efforts may be insufficient which may lead to delays in testing of drug product. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a drug product to complete the study, a delay in the supply of sufficient drug product could delay completion of clinical trials and the clinical program, regulatory approval, and generation of revenue.

Testing and stability services for LIPO-202 are currently provided by PPD. We have not yet entered into long-term agreements with PPD.

Manufacturing and supply of drug substance and finished drug product is a complex and technically challenging undertaking, and there is potential for failure at many points in the manufacturing, testing, quality assurance and distribution supply chain, as well as the potential for latent defects after product has been manufactured and distributed.

Manufacturing and supply of drug substance and finished drug product is technically challenging. Changes that may be made outside the purview of our direct control can have an impact on the success of our processes, on quality, and successful delivery of product to physicians. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect successful production and supply. Some of these risks include:

 

   

failure of our manufacturers to follow cGMP requirements or mishandling of our product while in production or in preparation for transit;

 

   

transportation and import/export risk;

 

   

delays in analytical results or failure of sensitive analytical techniques that we will depend upon for quality control, release of product, and shelf life determination;

 

   

natural disasters, labor disputes, financial distress, lack of raw material and component supply, issues with facilities and equipment or other forms of disruption to business operations at our contract manufacturers/suppliers; and

 

   

latent defects that may become apparent after product has been released and which may result in recall and destruction of drug.

We rely on third parties to conduct all our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize LIPO-202 .

We do not have the ability to conduct preclinical studies or clinical trials independently. We rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories, collaborative partners and other third parties, such as CROs, to conduct clinical trials on our product candidates. The third parties with whom we contract for execution of our clinical trials play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data. However, these third parties are not our employees, and except for contractual duties and obligations, we have limited ability to control the amount, quality or timing of resources that they devote to our programs. Although we rely on these third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with its investigational plan and protocol. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with regulations and standards referred to as current Good

 

22


Table of Contents

Laboratory Practice, or GLP, for conducting preclinical studies, and Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate, and that the trial subjects are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials.

In addition, the execution of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and the subsequent compilation and analysis of the data produced, requires coordination among various parties. In order for these functions to be carried out effectively and efficiently, it is imperative that these parties communicate and coordinate with one another. Moreover, these third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of which may compete with us. These third parties may terminate their agreements with us upon as little as 30 days prior written notice of a material breach by us that is not cured within 30 days. Many of these agreements may also be terminated by such third parties under certain other circumstances, including our insolvency or our failure to comply with applicable laws. In general, these agreements require such third parties to reasonably cooperate with us at our expense for an orderly winding down of services of such third parties under the agreements. If the third parties conducting our clinical trials do not perform their contractual duties or obligations, experience work stoppages, become insolvent or undergo restructuring, do not meet expected deadlines, terminate their agreements with us or need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or GCPs, or for any other reason, we may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties, which could be difficult, costly or impossible, and our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated or may need to be repeated. If any of the foregoing were to occur, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize the product candidate being tested in such trials in a timely fashion, or at all.

Our existing collaboration with NovaMedica is important to our business, and future collaborations may also be important to us. If we are unable to maintain any of these collaborations, or if these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

We have entered into a collaboration with NovaMedica for the development and commercialization of our product candidates in Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. Our existing collaboration, and any future collaborations we enter into, may pose a number of risks, including:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to the development and commercialization of product candidates under these collaborations;

 

   

collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval, or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with the products or product candidates that are the subject of our collaboration agreements with them, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of the product candidates that are covered under our collaboration with them;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more product candidates that are subject to a collaboration agreement with us and achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

   

disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to result in litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property rights or proprietary information;

 

   

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

 

   

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, in certain instances, we would potentially lose the right to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates;

 

   

collaborators may learn about our technology and use this knowledge to compete with us;

 

   

negative results in preclinical or clinical trials conducted by our collaborators could produce results that harm or impair other products using our technology;

 

   

there may be conflicts between collaborators that could negatively affect those collaborations or others; and

 

   

the number and type of our collaborations could adversely affect our attractiveness to future collaborators or acquirers.

All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our collaborators and there can be no assurance that our collaborations will produce positive results or successful products on a timely basis or at all. Additionally, subject to its contractual obligations to us, if a collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination or otherwise changes its business priorities, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us. If one or more of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our perception in the business and financial communities, as well as our stock price, could be adversely affected.

Our ability to market LIPO-202 in the United States, if approved, will be limited to an indication approved by the FDA, and if we want to expand the indications for which we may market LIPO-202, we will need to conduct additional clinical trials and obtain additional regulatory approvals, which may not be granted.

We intend to seek regulatory approval of LIPO-202 in the United States for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. The FDA has not confirmed that our proposed indication is a recognized disease or condition nor that it is an acceptable indication for regulatory approval. We may be forced to change our indication for LIPO-202 in order to obtain approval for LIPO-202, which could adversely impact our ability to market LIPO-202. Moreover, if LIPO-202 is approved for our proposed indication, the FDA likely will prohibit our marketing or advertising of LIPO-202 for other specific body areas, which could limit physician and patient adoption. We may attempt to develop, seek regulatory approval for, promote and commercialize new treatment indications and protocols for LIPO-202 in the future, but we cannot predict when or if we will receive

 

24


Table of Contents

the approvals required to do so. In addition, we likely would be required to conduct additional clinical trials or studies to support our applications, which would be time-consuming and expensive, and may produce results that do not result in regulatory approvals. If we do not obtain additional regulatory approvals, our ability to expand our business in the United States and elsewhere will be limited.

Even if LIPO-202 is approved for commercialization, if there is not sufficient patient demand for procedures using LIPO-202, our financial results and future prospects will be harmed.

The reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat with LIPO-202 is an elective procedure, the cost of which must be borne by the patient, and we do not expect it to be reimbursable through government or private health insurance. The decision by a patient to elect to undergo treatment with LIPO-202 may be influenced by a number of factors, such as:

 

   

the success of any sales and marketing programs that we, our collaborators, or any third parties we or they engage, undertake, and as to which we have limited experience;

 

   

the extent to which physicians adopt and recommend LIPO-202 to their patients;

 

   

the extent to which LIPO-202 satisfies patient expectations;

 

   

the ability of physicians and clinicians to properly follow instructions in administering the subcutaneous injections across the central abdominal treatment area such that their patients do not experience excessive discomfort during treatment or adverse side effects;

 

   

the cost, safety and effectiveness of LIPO-202 versus other aesthetic treatments;

 

   

consumer sentiment about the benefits and risks of aesthetic procedures generally and LIPO-202 in particular;

 

   

the success of any direct-to-consumer marketing efforts we may initiate; and

 

   

general consumer confidence, which may be impacted by economic and political conditions.

Our financial performance will be materially harmed if we cannot generate significant patient demand for LIPO-202.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability, and a breach of warranties, among others. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates;

 

   

injury to our reputation;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

loss of revenue; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize LIPO-202 or any our other current or future product candidates.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our other products we develop. We currently carry product liability insurance covering our clinical trials in the amount of $5.0 million in the aggregate. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. If and when we obtain approval for marketing LIPO-202, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of LIPO-202; however, we may be unable to obtain this liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms.

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific and commercial personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific, and commercial personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly our President and Chief Executive Officer. We have not entered into any employment agreements with our key personnel other than our senior management team, nor do we maintain key man life insurance on the lives of any of the members of our senior management. Although we have a stock option plan pursuant to which we provide our executive officers with various economic incentives to remain employed with us, these incentives may not be sufficient to retain them. None of our senior management has any arrangement with us for a fixed term of service. The loss of services of any of these individuals or our inability to hire, retain and motivate additional qualified personnel in the future could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates.

Although we have not historically experienced unique difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees, we could experience such problems in the future. For example, competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and specialty pharmaceuticals field is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the skills and experience required by our industry. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we are not successful in discovering, developing and commercializing additional product candidates, our ability to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives would be impaired.

Although a substantial amount of our effort will focus on the continued clinical testing and potential approval of LIPO-202, an element of our strategy is to discover, develop and commercialize a portfolio of products to serve the aesthetic market. We are seeking to do so through our internal research programs and may explore strategic collaborations for the development or acquisition of new products. Our other potential product candidate, LIPO-102, remains in the discovery stage. Research programs to identify product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including the following:

 

   

the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates;

 

   

competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates obsolete or less attractive;

 

   

product candidates we develop may nevertheless be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

   

a product candidate may on further study be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate it is unlikely to be effective or otherwise does not meet applicable regulatory criteria;

 

   

a product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all;

 

   

a product candidate may not be accepted as safe and effective by patients, the medical community or third-party payors, if applicable; and

 

   

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may not approve or agree with the intended use of a new product candidate.

If we fail to develop and successfully commercialize other current and future product candidates, our business and future prospects may be harmed and our business will be more vulnerable to any problems that we encounter in developing and commercializing LIPO-202.

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs significantly, as well as divert significant company resources and management attention.

We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as a public company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and regulations regarding corporate governance practices. The listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to director independence, distributing annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, approvals and voting, soliciting proxies, conflicts of interest and a code of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. Moreover, the reporting requirements, rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Any changes we make to comply with these obligations may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all. These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.

 

27


Table of Contents

After this offering, we will be subject to Section 404 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, and the related rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, which generally require our management and independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Beginning with the second annual report that we will be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Section 404 requires an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404. Once we are no longer an emerging growth company or, if prior to such date, we opt to no longer take advantage of the applicable exemption, we will be required to include an opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the day we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as measured as of each June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

To date, we have never conducted a review of our internal control for the purpose of providing the reports required by these rules. During the course of our review and testing, we may identify deficiencies and be unable to remediate them before we must provide the required reports. Furthermore, if we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall.

In addition, as a public company we will be required to file accurate and timely quarterly and annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to report our results of operations and financial statements on an accurate and timely basis, we will depend on CROs to provide timely and accurate notice of their costs to us and, if LIPO- 202 is approved by relevant foreign regulatory authorities and sold by NovaMedica, we would depend on NovaMedica to provide timely and accurate reports on royalties payable to us. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from The NASDAQ Global Market or other adverse consequences that would materially harm to our business. In addition, being a public company could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If we fail to comply with the covenants and other obligations under our credit facility, the lenders may be able to accelerate amounts owed under the facilities and may foreclose upon the assets securing our obligations.

In June 2014, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules. As of September 30, 2014, $4.0 million remained outstanding under the loan. Borrowings under our loan agreement are secured by all of our tangible assets. The covenants set forth in the loan and security agreement require, among other things, that we seek consent from Hercules prior to certain corporate changes and provide certain unaudited financial information within 30 days after the end of each month. If we fail to comply with the

 

28


Table of Contents

covenants and our other obligations under the credit facility, Hercules would be able to accelerate the required repayment of amounts due under the loan agreement and, if they are not repaid, could foreclose upon our assets securing our obligations under the credit facility.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. Furthermore, the market for aesthetic medical procedures may be particularly vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions. In particular, we do not expect LIPO-202 to be reimbursed by any government or third-party payor and, as a result, demand for this product will be tied to discretionary spending levels of our targeted patient population. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the most recent global financial crisis, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including, weakened demand for LIPO-202, if approved, and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. This is particularly true in Europe, which is undergoing a continued severe economic crisis. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our services. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

Our research and development activities and our third-party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ activities involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including the components of our product candidates and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers’ facilities pending their use and disposal. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes, wildfires or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our corporate headquarters and other facilities are located in the San Diego area, which in the past has experienced both severe earthquakes and wildfires. We do not carry earthquake insurance. Earthquakes, wildfires or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

29


Table of Contents

If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our enterprise financial systems or manufacturing resource planning and enterprise quality systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are geographically concentrated and operating from single sites, increasing their vulnerability to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on third parties to manufacture LIPO-202 and conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidate could be delayed.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development, other operations or commercialization efforts.

Since our inception, substantially all of our resources have been dedicated to the preclinical and clinical development of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202. As of September 30, 2014, we had working capital of $14.2 million and capital resources consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $14.7 million. We have drawn down $4.0 million under our credit facility and have $6.0 million of future borrowing capacity, subject to meeting specified milestones. We believe that we will continue to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future on the completion of clinical development and regulatory preparedness of LIPO-202, preparing and filing the NDA filing, preparations for a commercial launch of LIPO-202, if approved, and development of any other current or future product candidates we may choose to further develop pursue. These expenditures will include costs associated with research and development, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, and manufacturing and supply as well as marketing and selling any products approved for sale. In addition, other unanticipated costs may arise. Because the outcome of any drug development process is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of LIPO-202 or any other current or future product candidates.

 

30


Table of Contents

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We believe that such proceeds together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next twelve months. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, along with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202. However, our operating plan may change as a result of factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as strategic collaborations. Such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including:

 

   

any unexpected results from further analysis beyond top-line data of our recently completed RESET clinical trial for LIPO-202;

 

   

the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, and conducting preclinical and clinical trials;

 

   

the cost of commercialization activities if LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates are approved for sale, including marketing, sales and distribution costs and preparedness of our corporate infrastructure;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates that we obtain approval for and successfully commercialize;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such agreements;

 

   

whether NovaMedica continues to pursue or terminate our technology transfer agreement with NovaMedica for the development and commercialization of LIPO-202 in certain jurisdictions outside of the United States;

 

   

the number and characteristics of any additional product candidates we may develop or acquire;

 

   

any product liability or other lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us;

 

   

the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel;

 

   

the costs associated with being a public company;

 

   

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patent claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and

 

   

the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.

Additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to:

 

   

delay, limit, reduce or terminate preclinical studies, clinical trials or other development activities for LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates;

 

   

delay, limit, reduce or terminate our research and development activities; or

 

31


Table of Contents
   

delay, limit, reduce or terminate our establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities that may be necessary to commercialize LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements.

Our report from our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our losses and negative cash flows from operating activities and an accumulated deficit at December 31, 2013 of $58.9 million raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment. We may also be forced to make reductions in spending, including delaying or curtailing our planned clinical programs, or to extend payment terms with our suppliers or licensors. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or product candidate, or grant licenses on terms unfavorable to us.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal and California net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $55.6 million and state NOLs of approximately $54.8 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2017 if not utilized. Under Sections 382 and 383 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its future post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We believe we have experienced certain ownership changes in the past and have reduced our deferred tax assets related to NOLs accordingly. In the event that it is determined that we have in the past experienced additional ownership changes, or if we experience one or more ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, then we may be further limited in our ability to use our NOLs and other tax assets to reduce taxes owed on the net taxable income that we earn in the event that we attain

 

32


Table of Contents

profitability. Any such limitations on the ability to use our NOLs and other tax assets could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the event that we attain profitability.

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

As widely reported, global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme disruptions in the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates, and uncertainty about economic stability. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly, and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive these difficult economic times, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

At September 30, 2014, we had approximately $14.7 million of cash and cash equivalents. While we are not aware of any material losses, or other significant deterioration in the fair value of our cash equivalents since September 30, 2014, no assurance can be given that further deterioration of the global credit and financial markets would not negatively impact our current portfolio of cash equivalents or our ability to meet our financing objectives. Furthermore, our stock price may decline due in part to the volatility of the stock market and the general economic downturn.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If our efforts to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates and technology.

The patent application process, also known as patent prosecution, is expensive and time-consuming, and we and any future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, these and any of our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, etc., although we are unaware of any such defects that we believe are of material import. If we or any future licensors or licensees, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

33


Table of Contents

The strength of patents in the specialty pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. This uncertainty includes changes to the patent laws through either legislative action to change statutory patent law or court action that may reinterpret existing law in ways affecting the scope or validity of issued patents. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates in the United States or foreign countries with claims that cover our product candidates. Even if patents do successfully issue from the patent applications that we own or in-license, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such patents, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. For example, patents granted by the European Patent Office may be challenged, also known as opposed, by any person within nine months from the publication of their grant. Any successful challenge to our patents could deprive us of exclusive rights necessary for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates, or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is challenged, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, or threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

In September 2014, a law firm representing one or more unidentified third parties filed with the USPTO two separate Requests for Ex Parte Reexamination against two of our issued US patents: one against each claim of our U.S. Pat. No. 8,420,625, or the ’625 patent, and one against each claim of our U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,750, or the ’750 patent. The reexamination process is provided for by law and requires the USPTO to consider the scope and validity of issued patents. The USPTO has three months from receipt of each request to determine whether the petitioner has raised a substantial new question of patentability for at least one claim of each patent and grant the request for reexamination of the ’625 patent and/or the ’750 patent. We recently learned that the USPTO granted the request for reexamination of the ’625 patent. We have not yet received an office action with respect to the ’625 patent reexamination, nor have we received indication as to whether the request for reexamination of the ’750 patent will be granted. If the USPTO denies the request for reexamination for the ’750 patent, the ’750 patent will not undergo further examination, and will remain in force as-is.

All of the claims of a patent remain valid and in force during any reexamination proceeding, and we intend on vigorously defend our patent rights during all proceedings. We cannot predict the outcome of the ‘625 patent reexamination, whether the USPTO will grant the request for the reexamination of the ’750 patent, or whether we will ultimately succeed in maintaining the scope and validity of the claims of the ’625 and ’750 patents during any reexamination proceedings. If any of the patent claims in the ’625 or the ’750 patents are ultimately invalidated or narrowed during prosecution before the USPTO, the extent of the patent coverage afforded to LIPO-202 could be impaired or eliminated, which could potentially harm our ability to prevent others from copying our technology.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after the first non-provisional filing in the patent family, subject to any applicable terminal disclaimer, patent term adjustment and/or patent term extension. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Without patent protection for our product candidates, we may be open to competition from generic versions of our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our development efforts, including our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced.

All or almost all of our patents and patent applications are entitled to effective filing dates prior to March 16, 2013. For U.S. patent applications in which patent claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third-party, for example a competitor, or instituted by the USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered

 

34


Table of Contents

by those patent claims. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our participation in an interference proceeding may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection to protect proprietary know-how that may not be patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents may be difficult to obtain or enforce, and any other elements of our product candidates, and our product development processes (such as a manufacturing and formulation technologies) that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, trade secrets can be difficult to protect If the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating any trade secrets. Misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets could significantly affect our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. Furthermore, trade secret protection does not prevent competitors from independently developing substantially equivalent information and techniques and we cannot guarantee that our competitors will not independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. The FDA, as part of its Transparency Initiative, is currently considering whether to make additional information publicly available on a routine basis, including information that we may consider to be trade secrets or other proprietary information, and it is not clear at the present time how the FDA’s disclosure policies may change in the future, if at all. Further, if we were to enforce a claim that a third-party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.

Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, and there is no guarantee that we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In an effort to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, we require our employees, consultants, advisors, and any other third parties that have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology, for example, third parties involved in the formulation and manufacture of our product candidates, and third parties involved in our clinical trials to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. However, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed despite having such confidentiality agreements. Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets. In addition, in some situations, these confidentiality agreements may conflict with, or be subject to, the rights of third parties with whom our employees, consultants, or advisors have previous employment or consulting relationships. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use any intellectual property owned by third parties in

 

35


Table of Contents

their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in any related or resulting know-how and inventions. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our trade secrets to third parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other specialty pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly on obtaining and enforcing patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the specialty pharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity, and therefore, is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Further, several recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have either narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained.

For our U.S. patent applications containing a claim not entitled to priority before March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law. In September 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the American Invents Act, or AIA, was signed into law. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted, reviewed after issuance, and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the AIA, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the AIA. It is not clear what other, if any, impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business. Moreover, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-inventor-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Furthermore, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (a) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (b) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and providing opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid as unpatentable even though the same evidence may be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

 

36


Table of Contents

Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements .

The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent prosecution process. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on any issued patent and/or pending patent applications are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of a patent or patent application. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees. While an inadvertent lapse may sometimes be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are many situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications directed to our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than should otherwise have been the case, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world .

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. For example, unlike other countries, China has a heightened requirement for patentability, and specifically requires a detailed description of medical uses of a claimed drug. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Various countries limit the subject matter that can be patented and limit the ability of a patent owner to enforce patents in the medical and other related fields. This may limit our ability to obtain or utilize those patents internationally. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, if approved, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, certain countries in Europe and certain developing countries, including India and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights

 

37


Table of Contents

around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Third-party claims alleging intellectual property infringement may adversely affect our business.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties, for example, the intellectual property rights of competitors. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes review proceedings before the USPTO and corresponding foreign patent offices. Our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents owned or controlled by third parties. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our activities related to our product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to materials, formulations or methods of manufacture related to the use or manufacture of LIPO-202, LIPO-102 and other future product candidates. We cannot assure you that our product candidates will not infringe existing or future patents. We may not be aware of patents that have already issued that a third party, for example a competitor in the cosmetic market, might assert are infringed by our product candidates. It is also possible that patents of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates, could nevertheless be found to be infringed by our product candidates. Nevertheless, we are not aware of any issued patents that we believe would prevent us from marketing our product candidates, if approved. Because patent applications can take many years to issue and may be confidential for eighteen months or more after filing, there may be currently pending third-party patent applications that have been filed but not published that result in issued patents that LIPO-202, LIPO-102, our future product candidates or our technologies may infringe, or which such third parties claim are infringed by the use of our technologies. These third parties could bring claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages, or the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop, manufacture or commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire.

Third parties making claims against us for infringement or misappropriation of their intellectual property rights may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us by a third party, we may have to (a) pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed the third party’s patents; (b) obtain one or more licenses from the third party; (c) pay royalties to the third party; and/or (d) redesign any infringing products or acquire or in-license third-party intellectual property rights. Redesigning any infringing products may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Further, we cannot predict whether any required license would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. In the event that we could not obtain a license, we may be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, which could harm our business significantly, or we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

 

38


Table of Contents

The licensing and acquisition of third-party proprietary rights is a competitive area, and companies, which may be more established, or have greater resources than we do, may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party proprietary rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize LIPO-202, LIPO-102 and future product candidates. More established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. Further, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us, either on reasonable terms, or at all. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment, or at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing LIPO-202 and our other current and future product candidates, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

Defending ourselves or our licensors in litigation is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive and time consuming, and may not ultimately be successful.    

Third parties may infringe misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights, including our existing patents, patents that may issue to us in the future, or the patents of our licensors to which we have a license. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. Further, we may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Generic drug manufacturers may develop, seek approval for, and launch generic versions of our products, if approved. If we file an infringement action against such a generic drug manufacturer, that company may challenge the scope, validity or enforceability of our or our licensors’ patents, requiring us and/or our licensors to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or other proceedings.

For example, if we or one of our future licensors initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidates is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings.

In addition, within and outside of the United States, there has been a substantial amount of litigation and administrative proceedings, including interference and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in various foreign jurisdictions, regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. Recently, the AIA introduced new procedures including inter partes review and post grant review. The implementation of these procedures brings uncertainty to the possibility of challenges to our patents in the future, including those that patents perceived by our competitors as blocking entry into the market for their products, and the outcome of such challenges.

 

39


Table of Contents

Such litigation and administrative proceedings could result in revocation of our patents or amendment of our patents such that they do not cover our product candidates. They may also put our pending patent applications at risk of not issuing, or issuing with limited and potentially inadequate scope to cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. Additionally, it is also possible that prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim, may, nonetheless, ultimately be found by a court of law or an administration panel to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Enforcing our or any of future licensor’s intellectual property rights through litigation is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, during the course of litigation or administrative proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.    

We have received confidential and proprietary information from third parties. In addition, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise improperly used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees’ former employers. Further, we may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. We may also be subject to claims that former employees, consultants, independent contractors, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging our right to and use of confidential and proprietary information. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose our rights therein. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.    

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third party is infringing our patents or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our shareholders. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.    

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. We may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our business and product candidates are subject to extensive government regulation.     

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. We are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by federal and state governmental authorities in the United States, principally by the Department of Health and Human Services, including the FDA and similar state and foreign regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, including those promulgated under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions or other actions, including:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil and criminal penalties;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

withdrawal of product approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention;

 

   

product recalls;

 

   

sanctions and fines;

 

   

total or partial suspension of production;

 

   

refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs;

 

   

False Claims Act liability; and

 

   

exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs.

In the event that our product candidates receive regulatory approval or clearance, we, and our contract manufacturers and active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, suppliers will remain subject to the periodic cGMP inspection of our plants and facilities, to confirm that we are in compliance with all applicable regulations and consistently producing product that meets the criteria set forth in our NDA. Adverse findings during regulatory inspections may result in a variety of enforcement actions which maybe escalated if we our contract manufacturers or API suppliers do not adequately respond to the FDA and promptly correct the issue.

In addition, once an approval is granted, we are subject to ongoing obligations to collect and report to the FDA safety information and evaluate emerging trends that may impact the benefit-risk balance for a

 

41


Table of Contents

product. The FDA may suspend or withdraw a product’s approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements (by us or by our contract manufacturers or API suppliers), also may result in revisions to the approved labeling, including to add new safety information; imposition of post-market study or clinical trial requirements to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, program.

The regulatory approval process is highly uncertain and we may not obtain regulatory approval for the commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our current and future product candidates.    

We are not permitted to market LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA. To gain approval to market a drug product like LIPO-202, we must provide the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authorities with, among other things, data from well controlled clinical trials that adequately demonstrate the safety, efficacy and compliant manufacturing of the product candidate for the intended indication applied for in the NDA or other respective regulatory filing. We have not submitted an application or obtained marketing approval for LIPO-202 anywhere in the world. Obtaining regulatory approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. Furthermore, we rely upon NovaMedica to help obtain regulatory approval for LIPO-202 in certain territories outside the United States, and we cannot guarantee that they will be successful in doing so.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or other foreign regulatory bodies, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Regulatory approval of an NDA or NDA supplement, or foreign equivalents, is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities also have substantial discretion in the approval process. Despite the time and expense exerted, failure can occur at any stage, and we or our collaborators could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical trials, or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials and manufacturing, even after promising results in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway and safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we and collaborators we may be working with believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Administering product candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of a product candidate for any or all targeted indications. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and the results of clinical trials by other parties may not be indicative of the results in trials we may conduct. The number of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for approval varies depending on the product candidate, the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to address, and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate.

 

42


Table of Contents

The FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body that the product candidate is safe and effective for the requested indication;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s disagreement with design or implementation of our clinical trials or the interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

   

our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the product candidate outweigh any safety or other perceived risks;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s requirement for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s non-approval of the product candidate’s chemistry, manufacturing or controls or labeling;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s failure to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers and testing labs with whom we contract; or

 

   

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for approval.

If LIPO-202, or any of our other or future product candidates, fails to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials or does not gain regulatory approval, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely harmed. Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or other regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. Further, we are not conducting our clinical trials under a Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA. In the absence of an agreed SPA, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree with our clinical trial protocol.

Furthermore, the FDA has not confirmed that our proposed indication, endpoints and endpoint measurement tools are acceptable for regulatory approval. In addition, in our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, the FDA expressed concerns regarding whether our proposed secondary endpoint measurement tools are acceptable for regulatory approval and raised the issue of whether a more appropriate physical measure of reduction of central abdominal bulging or subcutaneous fat could be obtained using other measurement tools, such as 2-D ultrasound. There are no assurances that the FDA will approve our NDA for LIPO-202, will agree that the effects are meaningful to patients and the benefits of LIPO-202 outweigh its risks, or will not raise new concerns regarding our clinical designs. Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of an NDA for LIPO-202, LIPO-102 or any other product candidate, the FDA or other regulatory bodies may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials which may be required after approval. The FDA or other regulatory bodies also may approve a product candidate for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested, and the FDA or other regulatory bodies may not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of the product candidate.

 

43


Table of Contents

If the FDA does not conclude that our product candidates satisfy the requirements for the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for our product candidates will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and encounter significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful.    

We intend to seek FDA approval through the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for each of our product candidates described in this prospectus. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, added Section 505(b)(2) to the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant, and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. As described below, we generally intend to rely to some degree on the FDA’s finding of safety for, and approval of, another product containing the same active ingredient as our product candidate.

If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for our product candidates as anticipated, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for our product candidates would likely substantially increase. Moreover, the inability to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market faster than our product candidates, which could materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for a product candidate, we cannot assure you that we will receive the requisite or timely approvals for commercialization of such product candidate.

The environment in which our regulatory submissions may be reviewed changes over time, which may make it more difficult to obtain regulatory approval of any of our product candidates.    

The environment in which our regulatory submissions may be reviewed changes over time. For example, average review times at the FDA for NDAs have fluctuated over the last ten years, and we cannot predict the review time for any of our submissions with any regulatory authorities. Review times can be affected by a variety of factors, including budget and funding levels and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Moreover, in light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, regulatory authorities, members of Congress, the Government Accounting Office, medical professionals and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products and establishment of REMS programs that may, for instance, restrict distribution of drug products. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA to clinical trials. Data from preclinical studies and clinical trials may receive greater scrutiny with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or other regulatory authorities more likely to terminate clinical trials before completion, or require longer or additional clinical trials that may result in substantial additional expense, a delay or failure in obtaining approval or approval for a more limited indication than originally sought.

In addition, data obtained from preclinical studies and clinical trials are subject to different interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory review or approval of any of our product candidates. Changes in FDA personnel responsible for review of our submissions could also impact the manner in which our data are viewed. Furthermore, regulatory attitudes toward the data and results required to demonstrate safety and efficacy can change over time and can be affected by many factors, such as the emergence of new information, including on other products, policy changes and agency funding, staffing and leadership. We do not know whether future changes to the regulatory environment will be favorable or unfavorable to our business prospects.

 

44


Table of Contents

Even if we receive regulatory approval for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, any product candidates, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions and market withdrawal and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our products.    

Any regulatory approvals that we or our collaborators receive for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates may also be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. In addition, if the applicable regulatory agency approves LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements.

Our contract manufacturers (which we will be responsible for monitoring) will be required to register the facilities used to manufacture our API and finished drug products, which will be subject to periodic inspection and audit by the FDA and applicable regulatory agencies to confirm that we and our products are in compliance with all applicable regulations including cGMPs and GCP. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control. FDA may hold us responsible for any deficiencies or noncompliance of our contract manufacturers in relation to our products. Failure to follow cGMP can result in products being deemed adulterated, which carries significant legal implications. Adverse inspectional findings, if not promptly corrected, may result in Warning Letters or further escalation of enforcement action, including suspension or withdrawal of approval, among other things.

We will also be required to engage in pharmacovigilance activities and report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA and to comply with certain requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have approval. Failure to comply with FDA advertising and promotion standards, which are often subject to interpretation by regulators, may result in a wide range of exposure and liability for us.

Later discovery of previously unknown problems with LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or our strategic collaborators, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; and

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

45


Table of Contents

Regulatory agency policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates, or limit our activities if approval is obtained. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business.

Our product candidates may have undesirable side effects that may delay or prevent marketing approval, or, if approval is received, require them to be taken off the market or otherwise limit their sales. If approved, LIPO-202 or any of our other products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to regulatory bodies and if we fail to do so, we could be subject to sanctions that would materially harm our business.    

Unforeseen side effects from any of our product candidates could arise either during clinical development or, if approved, after the product has been marketed. Some participants in our clinical trials have reported adverse effects after being treated with LIPO-202. If we are successful in commercializing LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, FDA and foreign regulatory agency regulations generally require that we collect, review, and report certain information about adverse events, experiences, and reactions of patients who were using our products. We must evaluate information from any source, foreign or domestic, and regulators evaluate safety information on a global basis. Thus, safety information that emerges in one country may be relevant to the regulation of our product in other countries. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events we become aware of within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to appreciate that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA or a foreign regulatory agency could take action including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products, or delay in approval or clearance of future products. Emerging safety information could also be used in product liability litigation against us.

In addition, If LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates receive marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

 

   

we may be required to recall a product or change the way such product is administered to patients;

 

   

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of the particular product or the manufacturing processes for the product or any component thereof;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a “boxed warning” or “black box” warning or a contraindication; we may be required to implement a REMS or create a Medication Guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

   

the product may become less competitive; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

 

46


Table of Contents

Any of the foregoing events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and result in the loss of significant revenues to us, which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations and business.

We may not be able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for LIPO-102.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is defined as a disease or condition that affects a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product generally is entitled to a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, during which the FDA generally is precluded from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same orphan-designated indication. The exclusivity period can be broken in limited circumstances, including if the subsequent product is shown to be clinically superior to the product with orphan exclusivity, by virtue of greater effectiveness, greater safety, or making a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug exclusivity also may be lost if the FDA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Additionally, orphan drug exclusivity does not prohibit the FDA from approving a different active ingredient for the same orphan indication, or the same active ingredient for other indications.

Although we have obtained orphan drug designation for LIPO-102 for treatment of symptomatic exophthalmos associated with thyroid related eye disease, we may never obtain marketing approval for this drug, or for this use. Even if we are the first company to receive marketing approval for this indication and receive orphan drug exclusivity for this product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition for the reasons described above. Additionally, orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug, nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process.

We may be subject to various U.S. federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims, physician payment transparency and fraud laws, and any violations by us of such laws could result in fines or other penalties .

While we do not expect that LIPO-202, if approved, will be covered for patients in whole or in part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs, we may still be subject to the various U.S. federal and state laws intended to prevent healthcare fraud and abuse that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers. In addition, should we receive approval for our follow-on product, LIPO-102, it may be covered by Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal healthcare programs. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which applies to, among others, our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies and relationships with healthcare providers, by prohibiting, among other things, knowingly or willingly soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, intended to induce the purchase, lease, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of an item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, by a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert

 

47


Table of Contents
 

that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common manufacturer business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanction under the Anti-Kickback Statute, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor;

 

   

federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of government funds or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to an obligation to pay money to the government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding, decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Many manufacturers or other healthcare companies have been investigated and have reached substantial financial settlements with the federal government for a variety of alleged improper marketing activities including for causing false claims to be submitted because of providing inappropriate or incorrect coding and billing advice to customers, and to pharmaceutical companies who promote their products off-label (for unapproved indications) or who distribute products that fail to meet GMPs, and a number of other alleged marketing activities;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters and, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, also imposes certain regulatory and contractual requirements regarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

   

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act which was enacted by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the Affordable Care Act), requires certain applicable manufacturers of covered drugs or devices to engage in extensive tracking of payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, or ownership and investment interests held by physicians, maintenance of a database containing such data, and public reporting of such data. Pharmaceutical manufacturers with products for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the State Children’s Health Insurance Program are required to track and report such payments to CMS annually. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately, and completely reported in an annual submission. The period between August 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013 was the first reporting period, and manufacturers were required to report aggregate payment data by March 31, 2014 and to report detailed payment data and submit legal attestation to the accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year; and

 

   

analogous state laws and regulations, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by Medicaid or other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payer; state laws that require drug manufacturers to implement compliance programs or marketing codes and/or to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; state laws that prohibit certain marketing-related activities including the provision of gifts, meals, or other items to certain healthcare providers; and state laws governing the privacy and security of

 

48


Table of Contents
 

certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully or definitively interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.

State and federal authorities have aggressively targeted pharmaceutical and medical technology companies for alleged violations of these anti-fraud statutes, based on a variety of alleged conduct including improper research or consulting contracts with physicians, certain marketing arrangements that rely on volume-based pricing, off-label marketing schemes, and other improper promotional practices. Companies targeted in such prosecutions or investigations have paid substantial fines in the hundreds of millions of dollars or more, have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, and have often become subject to consent decrees severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their businesses. If we become the target of such an investigation or prosecution in the future based on our contractual relationships with providers or institutions, or our marketing and promotional practices, we could face similar sanctions, which would materially harm our business.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our future business activities, including our relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from governmental healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Also, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from providing money or anything of value to foreign officials, political parties or candidates for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. We cannot assure you that our internal safeguards and control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees, consultants, future distributors, partners, collaborators or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could result in fines, penalties, or prosecution and have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms in the United States may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory approval of LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates and to produce, market, and distribute our products if approval is obtained .

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory clearance or approval, manufacture, and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:

 

   

changes to manufacturing, testing or distribution methods;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

additional pharmacovigilance or safety requirements;

 

   

restrictions on advertising and promotional activities;

 

   

revised standards for demonstrating safety or effectiveness;

 

   

recall, replacement, or discontinuance of one or more of our products; and

 

   

additional record keeping.

Each of these would likely entail substantial time and cost and could materially harm our business and our financial results. In addition, delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for any current or future product candidates would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for certain of our product candidates, which could make it difficult for us to sell our product candidates profitably.

Given the cosmetic nature and intent of LIPO-202, we do not anticipate that government or commercial payors will pay for this product. Thus, a customer would have to pay for the LIPO-202 out-of-pocket. While customers may be willing to pay the entire cost of the product, the inability to receive reimbursement from the government or a third party for the use of the product makes our situation different from that of many pharmaceutical companies offering drugs in the United States.

Although we do not anticipate any government or private payor coverage for LIPO-202, and we are not currently actively developing our LIPO-102 program, to the extent we do pursue commercialization of LIPO-102, we anticipate that market acceptance and sale of LIPO-102 in the future, will depend, in part, on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for such product candidates and may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product candidate is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval for a product candidate from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost effectiveness data for the use of the applicable product candidate to the payor. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to coverage and reimbursement. We cannot be sure that coverage or adequate reimbursement will be available for LIPO-102. Further, reimbursement amounts may reduce the demand for, or the price of, our product candidates. If reimbursement is not available or is available only in limited levels, we may not be able to commercialize LIPO-102 profitably, or at all, even if approved.

As a result of legislative proposals and the trend toward managed healthcare in the United States, third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new drugs. By way of example, in March 2010, the Affordable Care Act, was enacted with a goal of reducing the cost of healthcare and substantially changing the way healthcare is financed by both government and private insurers. The Affordable Care Act, among other things,

 

50


Table of Contents

addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the rebate program to utilization of Medicaid managed care organizations, expanded Public Health Service’s 340B drug pricing discount program, and established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain prescription drugs.

Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2%, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent amendments to the statute, will stay in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken.

We expect that additional healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal, state and foreign governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for certain of our products, if approved, or additional pricing pressures.

In addition, if LIPO-102 or any other product candidates that we may develop and successfully commercialize in the future are covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental health care programs, and we elect to participate in such programs, we would be subject to the requirements imposed by the programs. In general, these requirements include, among other things, paying rebates or providing discounts to government payors in connection with our commercialized products that are dispensed to beneficiaries of these programs. In order for federal funds to be available for a manufacturer’s drugs under Medicaid and Medicare Part B, a manufacturer that participates in the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program must also participate in the Public Health Service’s 340B drug pricing program. Federal law also requires that for a drug manufacturer’s products to be eligible for payment with federal funds under the Medicaid and Medicare Part B programs and to be purchased by certain federal agencies and grantees, the manufacturer must participate in the Department of Veterans Affairs Federal Supply Schedule, or FSS, pricing program, established by Section 603 of the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, or VHCA. These programs obligate the manufacturer to pay rebates and offer its drugs at certain prices to certain federal purchasers. To the extent we choose to participate in these government healthcare programs, these requirements may affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and other governmental pricing programs also require manufacturers to report pricing data to the government. If we successfully commercialize any of our product candidates and participate in such governmental pricing programs, we will be liable for errors or delays associated with our submission of pricing data. That liability could be significant. For example, if we are found to have knowingly submitted false average manufacturer price, average sales price, best price, or non-federal average manufacturer price information to the government, we may be liable for civil monetary penalties in the amount of $100,000 per item of false information. If we are found to have made a misrepresentation in the reporting of average sales price, the statute provides for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each misrepresentation for each day in which the misrepresentation was applied. Our failure to submit monthly/quarterly average manufacturer price, average sales price, or best price, or quarterly/annual non-federal average manufacturer price data on a timely basis could result in a civil monetary penalty of $10,000 per day for each day the information is late beyond the due date. Such failure also could be grounds for other sanctions, such as termination from the Medicaid Drug Rebate

 

51


Table of Contents

Program. Any allegations against us under these laws, including the Federal False Claims Act, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.     The public offering price for our common stock may vary from the market price of our common stock at the time of the offering. Among the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate are the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section and other factors, including:

 

   

adverse results or delays in clinical trials;

 

   

inability to obtain additional funding;

 

   

failure to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products, if approved;

 

   

inability to obtain adequate product supply for our product candidates, or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

   

adverse regulatory decisions;

 

   

introduction of new products or technologies by our competitors;

 

   

failure to meet or exceed product development or financial projections we provide to the public;

 

   

the perception of the pharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;

 

   

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

   

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

   

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

   

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future; and

 

   

trading volume of our common stock.

In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that may have been unrelated to the operating performance of the issuer. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the issuer. If any of our stockholders were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the attention of our management would be diverted from the operation of our business.

 

52


Table of Contents

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price .

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, applications, or technologies using our shares as consideration.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years . For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies . These exemptions include:

 

   

Being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

   

Not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

Not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

Reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

Exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus . In particular, in this prospectus we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company . We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions . If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards . This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies . We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

53


Table of Contents

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of September 30, 2014, our executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 82% of our outstanding voting stock and upon completion of this offering will own approximately     % of our outstanding voting stock. These stockholders have the ability to influence us through this ownership position and may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Future sales of our common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for our common stock may depress our stock price.

If our existing stockholders or holders of our options or warrants sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. The perception in the market that these sales may occur could also cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. Based on              shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold by us in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock, will be freely tradable without restriction, unless held by our affiliates, in the public market immediately following this offering.

Our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which they may not, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities, without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC. The underwriters may, however, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders and the holders of our outstanding options and warrants who are subject to the lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. Sales of these shares, or perceptions that they will be sold, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, based on the number of shares subject to outstanding awards under our 2007 Plan, or available for issuance thereunder, as of September 30, 2014, and including the initial reserves under our 2014 Plan and our 2014 ESPP,              shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, outstanding but subject to vesting, or reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Plan, 2014 Plan or 2014 ESPP will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. We also plan to file a registration statement permitting shares of common stock issued in the future pursuant to the 2007 Plan, 2014 Plan and 2014 ESPP to be freely resold by plan participants in the public market, subject to the lock-up agreements, applicable vesting schedules and, for shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates, volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The 2014 Plan and 2014 ESPP also contain provisions for the annual increase of the number of shares reserved for issuance under such plans, as described elsewhere in this prospectus, which shares we also intend to register.

Certain holders of              shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates.

 

54


Table of Contents

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between our assumed initial public offering price and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately     % of the aggregate purchase price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. For information on how the foregoing amounts were calculated, see “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We currently expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering to fund our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202, and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including our planned research, clinical trial and product development activities. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current directors and management team, and limit the market price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions include the following:

 

   

A classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

Prohibiting our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders or acting by written consent;

 

   

Permitting our board to issue additional shares of our preferred stock, with such rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other changes in control;

 

   

Establishing an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

Providing that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

   

Providing that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

Requiring the approval of our board of directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

 

55


Table of Contents

Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management team by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The restrictions contained in Section 203 are not applicable to any of our existing stockholders that will own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock upon the completion of this offering.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

 

   

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

   

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

   

We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

   

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

   

We may not retroactively amend our bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

56


Table of Contents

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock .

We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Additionally, the terms of our credit facility restrict our ability to pay dividends. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline .

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

57


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” All statements, other than statements of historical facts, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition, are forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

 

   

the initiation, timing, progress and results of ongoing and future preclinical studies and clinical trials, and our research and development programs;

 

   

our expectations regarding timing of results in our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202;

 

   

our expectations regarding the timing of our submission of an NDA for approval of LIPO-202 with the FDA and the likelihood and timing of approval of such NDA;

 

   

the potential for commercialization and market acceptance of LIPO-202;

 

   

our expectations regarding the potential market size and opportunity for LIPO-202, if approved for commercial use;

 

   

our plans to commercialize LIPO-202 and our ability to develop and maintain sales and marketing capabilities;

 

   

estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, product candidates and technology;

 

   

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates and technology and our ability to operate our business without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

the success of competing procedures that are or become available;

 

   

our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional funding;

 

   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

our use of proceeds from this offering;

 

   

our financial performance; and

 

   

developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry.

 

58


Table of Contents

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans, estimates and beliefs. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are made as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable law.

 

59


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of the             shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We currently expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering to conduct and advance our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202. We currently expect to use approximately $         million to fund our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials to support the registration of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients and other supplemental studies of LIPO-202 as follows:

 

   

approximately $         million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-18 and LIPO-202-CL-19 clinical pivotal trials;

 

   

approximately $         million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-12, LIPO-202-CL-21, LIPO-202-CL-22 and LIPO-202-CL-23 clinical trials to support registration; and

 

   

approximately $         million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-25 and LIPO-202-CL-26 clinical supplemental trials.

We will use the balance of the net proceeds, if any, for the further development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, including preparations for our potential submission to the FDA of an NDA filing for LIPO-202, which we expect to file in the second half of 2016 if our clinical trials are successful, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We may use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire complementary products, technologies, or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction and are not involved in negotiations to do so. Other than as set forth above, we have not yet identified the amounts we plan to spend on each of these areas or the timing of the expenditures. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including research and development costs, cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds in this offering. The amounts that we actually spend for the purposes described above may vary significantly and will depend, in part, on the timing and amount of our future revenue, our future expenses, and any future acquisitions that we may propose.

Pending these uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest bearing, investment-grade securities. We cannot predict whether the net proceeds will yield a favorable return.

 

60


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. We currently intend to retain our earnings, if any, and cash to finance the growth and operation of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, unless waived, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Hercules prohibit us from paying cash dividends.

 

61


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2014 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis after giving effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all 46,990,685 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,148,974 shares of common stock, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (b) the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for             shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; (c) the reclassification of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of this offering; (d) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (e) a reverse stock split of         -for-         of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting $         million in estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and $         million in estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our audited financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, the sections entitled ‘‘Selected Financial Data’’ and ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’ and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

    As of September 30, 2014 (unaudited)  
    Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
as adjusted
 
    (in thousands except share and per share amounts)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,650       $                    $                
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note payable to bank

    3,900         

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    3,818         

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 53,800,000 shares authorized, 46,990,685 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    70,915         

Stockholders’ deficit:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

            

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 70,200,000 shares authorized, 3,369,886 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding , pro forma; and 300,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

            

Additional paid-in capital

    2,570         

Accumulated deficit

    (66,778)         
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (64,208)         
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 14,425       $                    $                
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the table excludes:

 

   

148,960 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

114,285 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Hercules and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

5,933,312 shares of our common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 granted pursuant to our 2007 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.27, of which 3,716,257 represent shares of our common stock subject to vesting requirements;

 

   

            shares of our common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, including 1,347,102 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under our 2014 Plan beginning January 1, 2015; and

 

   

            shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 ESPP which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2015.

 

63


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the public offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the existing stockholders for our presently outstanding stock.

As of September 30, 2014, we had a historical net tangible book deficit of $64.2 million, or $19.05 per share of common stock, based on 3,369,886 shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014. Our historical net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders’ deficit, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to (a) the automatic conversion of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 50,148,974 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (b) the reclassification of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of this offering, and (c) the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for             shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share of our common stock.

After giving further effect to the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at the public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses totaling approximately $         million, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share.

This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this calculation on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book deficit per share at September 30, 2014, before giving effect to this offering

   $ 19.05      

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to pro forma effects described above

   $        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as of September 30, 2014, before giving effect to this offering

   $        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

   $        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering

      $     

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

      $                

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        , and dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

64


Table of Contents

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $         and decrease the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $         and increase the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option of             shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $         per share, representing an increase to existing stockholders of $         per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $        , in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of September 30, 2014, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by investors participating in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price Per Share  
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

                           $                

Investors participating in this offering

            

Total

                           $                

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $         million, $         million and $        , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase             shares in full, the following will occur:

 

   

The percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

The number of shares of our common stock held by investors participating in this offering will increase to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

65


Table of Contents

The above discussion and tables exclude:

 

   

148,960 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

114,285 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Hercules and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

5,933,312 shares of our common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 granted pursuant to our 2007 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.27, of which 3,716,257 represent shares of our common stock subject to vesting requirements;

 

   

            shares of our common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, including 1,347,102 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under our 2014 Plan beginning January 1, 2015; and

 

   

            shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 ESPP which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2015.

To the extent any of these outstanding warrants or options is exercised, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all of our outstanding options and warrants as of September 30, 2014 were exercised, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, representing an increase in net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders of $        , and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors participating in this offering.

 

66


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables shows selected financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year. You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our financial statements, the notes to the financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

        

Revenue, related party

   $ 100      $      $      $   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249        11,448        9,736        3,258   

General and administrative

     2,592        2,975        2,149        3,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,841        14,423        11,885        6,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,741     (14,423  

 

 

 

(11,885

 

 

 

 

 

(6,333

 

Interest income

     2        1        1        3   

Interest expense

     (937     (57     (49     (163

(loss) gain on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,152     (490     (245     (1,430

Other income (expense), net

            (47  

 

 

 

 

 

(47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,828   $ (15,016  

 

 

$

 

 

(12,225

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(7,923

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (2.57   $ (4.81  

 

 

$

 

 

(3.91

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(2.38

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

     3,051,358        3,122,886     

 

 

 

 

 

3,122,886

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,331,886

 

 

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $                    

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Please see Note 2 of our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our actual basic and diluted net loss per share and our pro forma unaudited basic and diluted net loss per share.

 

     As of December 31,       As of September 30,    
     2012     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,100      $ 4,364        $ 14,650    

Working capital

   $ 10,676      $ 2,978        $ 14,213    

Total assets

   $ 12,822      $ 4,530        $ 16,185    

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 1,617      $ 2,205        $   3,818    

Convertible preferred stock

   $ 51,052      $ 57,489        $ 70,915    

Accumulated deficit

   $ (43,839   $ (58,855     $(66,778)   

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (41,756   $ (56,691     $(64,208)   

 

67


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. Our initial focus is on localized fat reduction and body contouring. We are currently developing and intend to seek approval of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, an indication for which there is no FDA-approved drug. If approved by the FDA, we believe LIPO-202 will be a best-in-class non-surgical procedure for localized fat reduction and body contouring. We have completed Phase 2 development of LIPO-202, showing a statistically significant reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We intend to conduct two pivotal U.S. Phase 3 trials of LIPO-202 and expect top-line data at the end of 2015. If our trials are successful, we expect to file an NDA in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. Since commencing operations in February 2007, we have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the research and development and commercial planning for LIPO-202, which is currently our lead product candidate. We have not yet filed for approval with the FDA for the commercialization of LIPO-202 and we have not generated any revenue from product sales of LIPO-202. Through September 30, 2014, we have funded substantially all of our operations through the sale and issuance of our preferred stock, venture debt and convertible debt. In the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we raised net proceeds of approximately $13.6 million through the sale of shares of our Series C and D convertible preferred stock. In June 2014, we also entered into a loan and security agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with Hercules. The Loan Agreement provides for total borrowings of $10.0 million to be made available to us. Upon the closing of the loan, we received an initial advance of $4.0 million.

We have never been profitable and, as of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $66.8 million. We incurred net losses of $7.8 million, $15.0 million, $12.2 million and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect to continue to incur net operating losses for at least the next several years as we advance LIPO-202 through clinical development, seek regulatory approval, prepare for and, if approved, proceed to commercialization. We have no manufacturing facilities and all of our manufacturing activities are contracted out to third parties. Additionally, we currently utilize third-party CROs to carry out our clinical development and we do not yet have a sales organization. We will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities, especially as we approach anticipated regulatory approval in the United States and begin to establish our sales capabilities. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Basis of Presentation

Revenue.     To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales. All of our revenue has been derived from a one-time license fee we received pursuant to a technology transfer agreement with DRI.

 

68


Table of Contents

Our ability to generate revenues from product sales, which we do not expect will occur before 2017, at the earliest, will depend heavily on our obtaining marketing approval from the FDA for, and, subsequent to that, our successful commercialization of, LIPO-202. If we fail to complete the development of LIPO-202 in a timely manner or to obtain regulatory approval, our ability to generate future revenue, and our results of operations and financial position, would be materially adversely affected.

Research and Development Expenses.     Our research and development expenses consist primarily of:

 

   

fees paid to clinical consultants, clinical trial sites and vendors, including CROs in conjunction with implementing and monitoring our preclinical and clinical trials and acquiring and evaluating preclinical and clinical trial data, including all related fees, such as for investigator grants, patient screening fees, laboratory work and statistical compilation and analysis;

 

   

expenses related to preclinical studies, clinical trials and related clinical manufacturing, materials and supplies;

 

   

expenses related to compliance with drug development regulatory requirements in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions; and

 

   

personnel costs, including cash compensation, benefits and share-based compensation expense.

We expense both internal and external research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. To date, substantially all our research and development expenses have related to the development of LIPO-202. In the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, we incurred costs of $9.7 million and $3.3 million, respectively, on research and development expenses.

We do not allocate compensation expense to individual product candidates, as we are organized and record expense by functional department and our employees may allocate time to more than one development project. We do not utilize a formal time allocation system to capture expenses on a project-by-project basis.

Conducting significant research and development is central to our business and strategy. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and greater duration of late stage clinical trials as compared to earlier clinical and preclinical development. We expect our research and development expenses will increase as we initiate our Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202 in the United States. The costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a project owing to a number of factors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

General and Administrative Expenses.     Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, including cash compensation, benefits and share-based compensation expense, associated with our executive, accounting and finance departments. Other general and administrative expenses include costs in connection with patent filing, prosecution and defense, facility and information technology costs and professional fees for legal, consulting, marketing, audit and tax services. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 our general and administrative expenses totaled approximately $2.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

We expect our general and administrative costs will increase as we increase our headcount and expand our staffing and operating activities to support our operations as a public company and initiate our Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202 in the United States. Additionally, we anticipate increased expenses

 

69


Table of Contents

related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with being a public company. In addition, if LIPO-202 receives regulatory approval, we expect to incur increased expenses associated with building a sales and marketing team as we prepare for the commercial launch of LIPO-202. Some expenses may be incurred prior to receiving regulatory approval of LIPO-202.

Interest Income.     Our interest income consists primarily of interest received or earned on our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities. We expect interest income to vary each reporting period depending on our average cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities balances during the period and applicable interest rates. To date, our interest income has not been significant in any individual period.

Interest Expense .    Our interest expense consists of cash and noncash interest costs related to our borrowings. The noncash interest costs consist of the amortization of the fair value of warrants that were issued in connection with our borrowings, with the initial fair value of the warrants being amortized to interest expense over the term of the governing agreements, and the amortization of other debt issuance costs, primarily legal and banker fees, over the period the related convertible notes were outstanding. We expect interest expense to vary each reporting period depending on our average debt outstanding during the period, as well as applicable interest rates.

Gain or Loss on Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrants .     Gain or losses on the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants result from the re-measurement of our liabilities related to our Series B, Series B-2, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock warrants. We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, which would occur in connection with the completion of this offering. At that time, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit, and we will no longer record any related periodic fair value adjustments.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reported periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to accrued expenses and share-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses.     As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process

 

70


Table of Contents

involves reviewing contracts and purchase orders, reviewing the terms of our vendor agreements, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf, and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time.

Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include:

 

   

fees paid to CROs in connection with clinical trials;

 

   

fees paid to investigative sites in connection with clinical trials;

 

   

fees paid to vendors in connection with preclinical development activities; and

 

   

fees paid to vendors related to product manufacturing, development and distribution of clinical supplies.

We base our expenses related to clinical trials on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage clinical trials on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract, and may result in uneven payment flows and expense recognition. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual accordingly. Our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in our reporting changes in estimates in any particular period. Through September 30, 2014, there have been no material adjustments to our prior period estimates of accrued expenses for clinical trials. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services, including fees for process development or manufacturing and distribution of clinical supplies that will be used in future research and development activities, are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related goods are consumed or services are performed.

Share-Based Compensation.     We account for all share-based compensation payments using an option pricing model for estimating fair value. Accordingly, share-based compensation expense for employees and directors is measured based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. Compensation expense is recognized for the portion that is ultimately expected to vest over the period during which the recipient renders the required services to us using the straight-line single option method. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the fair value of non-employee share-based awards is remeasured as the awards vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

We estimate the fair value of our share-based awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of subjective and complex assumptions, including (a) the expected stock price volatility, (b) the calculation of the expected term of the award, (c) the risk free interest rate and (d) the expected dividend yield, which determine the fair value of share-based awards.

 

71


Table of Contents

There were no share-based awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. The weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 

Fair value of common stock

   $ 0.59   

Exercise price of options granted

   $ 0.26   

Expected volatility

     87

Expected term (in years)

     6.0   

Risk free interest rate

     1.85

Expected dividend yield

       

Fair value of common stock .    The fair value assumption used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for purposes of estimating the fair value of common stock is based on the valuations prepared as of March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, which utilized the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method.

Exercise price of options granted .    The exercise price assumption used in the Black-Scholes option pricing is based on the valuation prepared in January 2014, which utilized the Option Pricing Method and on the valuation prepared in June 2014, which utilized the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method.

Expected volatility .    Because we do not have trading history on which to base volatility calculations, the expected volatility is derived from historical volatilities of several unrelated public companies. These companies operate within industries comparable to our business, including companies with significant involvement in the aesthetic procedure industry. In addition we focused our volatility estimates on companies that had sufficient trading history and trading volume in order to provide reliable volatility measures. The peer companies used in determining our expected volatility were, at the time of volatility determination, generally larger and operationally further developed than us. However, the operational and financial growth and development of the peer companies during the period in which historical volatility was considered were determined to be sufficiently similar to our expectations for future growth to provide a reasonable basis on which to establish our expected volatility. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available following the completion of this offering.

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our share-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC, whereby, the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. For option grants considered to be “plain vanilla,” the simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual term of the options.

Weighted average risk free interest rate .    The risk-free interest rates for periods within the expected life of the option are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities with similar maturities.

Expected dividend yields .    The expected dividend yield was assumed to be zero as we have never paid, and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the fair value of the underlying common stock and expected term and expected volatility, related to our share-based compensation on a prospective basis.

 

72


Table of Contents

As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may make refinements to the estimates of our expected term and expected volatility, which could materially impact our future share-based compensation expense.

Total share-based compensation is recorded in the statements of operations, and is allocated as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2012      2013      2013      2014  
            (unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 42       $       $       $ 161   

General and administrative

     80         80         60         195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 122       $ 80       $ 60       $ 356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2014, there was $1.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. For stock option awards subject to graded vesting, we recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the service period for the entire award.

Valuations of common stock and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock.     Historically, for all periods prior to this initial public offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2004 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by an unrelated third-party valuation firm;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

our operational and financial performance;

 

   

the nature of our services and our competitive position in the marketplace;

 

   

the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors, including similarity to us with respect to industry and business model;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions, and the nature and history of our business;

 

   

issuances of preferred stock and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

business conditions and projections;

 

   

the history of our company and progress of our research and development efforts and clinical trials; and

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock.

 

73


Table of Contents

Our analyses were based on a methodology that first estimated the fair value of our business as a whole, or enterprise value. Once we determined the expected enterprise value we then adjusted for expected cash and debt balances, allocated value to the various stockholders, adjusted to present value and discounted for lack of marketability.

In valuing our common stock, the board of directors determined the equity value of our company by utilizing the market approach. The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying market multiples of comparable publicly traded or privately held companies in the applicable industry or similar lines of business which are based on key metrics implied by the enterprise values or acquisition values of comparable publicly traded or privately held companies.

We then allocated the fair value of our company to each of our classes of stock using either the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, or the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, or IPO, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call option. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated timing of a liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities. A discount for lack of marketability was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the shares.

The PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. The future outcomes considered under the PWERM included private merger and acquisition sale outcomes, IPO scenarios and dissolution scenarios. In the private merger and acquisition sale scenarios, a large portion of the equity value is allocated to the convertible preferred stock to incorporate the aggregate liquidation preferences. The fair value of the enterprise determined using the private merger and acquisition, IPO and dissolution scenarios are weighted according to the board of directors’ estimate of the probability of each scenario.

The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuations primarily consisted of: (a) the selection of the appropriate valuation model, (b) the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions, (c) the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, (d) the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, (e) the estimated weighted average cost of capital and (f) the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

Independent valuations of our common stock were performed as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013, January 29, 2014, March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014 to assist our board of directors in estimating the fair value of our common stock at subsequent grant dates.

The December 2012 and January 2014 valuations used the Back-Solve Method of the OPM which derives the implied equity value for one type of equity security from a contemporaneous transaction involving another equity security. The December 2012 and January 2014 valuations were based on the price of our Series C convertible preferred stock. We commenced a round of Series C convertible preferred stock financing in December 2012, which continued until January 2014, all at a closing price of $1.40 per share. In both valuations, contemporaneous transactions occurred in close proximity and involved third-party investors negotiating at arm’s length to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the per share issuance price of the Series C convertible preferred shares were used as an indication of equity value, as well as the fair value of our common stock.

 

74


Table of Contents

The December 2013, March 2014 and June 2014 valuations used a hybrid method to determine the equity value, which is a hybrid between the PWERM and OPM. In the hybrid method, the OPM is used to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of the PWERM scenarios. The hybrid method can be a useful alternative to explicitly modeling all PWERM scenarios in situations when the company has transparency into one or more near-term exits but is unsure about what will occur if the current plans fall through. In this instance, a hybrid was applied to reflect the possibility of a potential IPO.

For the December 2012 valuation, we estimated the time to liquidity as 2.5 years based on then-current plans and estimates regarding a liquidity event. The volatility assumption of 56.2% was based on an analysis of guideline companies’ historical equity volatility factors matching the term assumption. The risk-free interest rate was estimated as the interpolated 2.5 year U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability of 34% was then applied to the indicated value of the common stock. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $0.33 per share as of December 31, 2012.

For the December 2013 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.5 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 0.8 years or 1.5 years. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these two scenarios was 3.5 years and 0.1 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 60.0% was utilized in the OPM. The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 13.0% to 31.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $0.84 per share as of December 31, 2013.

For the January 2014 valuation, we estimated the time to liquidity as 0.75 years based on then-current plans and estimates regarding a liquidity event. The volatility assumption of 55.0% was based on an analysis of guideline companies’ historical equity volatility factors matching the term assumption. The risk-free interest rate was estimated as the interpolated 0.75 year U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability of 15% was then applied to the indicated value of the common stock. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $0.22 per share as of January 29, 2014.

For the March 2014 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.6 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 1.0 year. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these two scenarios was 3.3 years and 0.4 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 60.0% was utilized in the OPM. The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 14.0% to 31.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. On January 29, 2014, we held a meeting with the FDA regarding the results of our Phase 2 clinical trial of LIPO-202. The meeting resulted in the additional reworking of some of our endpoint tools and delaying any potential IPO, as well as decreasing the chance of an IPO. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $0.58 per share as of March 31, 2014.

For the June 2014 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.3 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 0.8 year. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these

 

75


Table of Contents

two scenarios was 3.0 years and 0.2 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 53.5% was utilized in the OPM. The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 10.0% to 100.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $0.75 per share as of June 30, 2014.

For the September 2014 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.2 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 0.5 years. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these two scenarios was 2.8 and 1.3 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 52.5% was utilized in the OPM. The risk free interest rate was based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 7.0% to 100.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $1.71 per share as of September 30, 2014.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability.     We have issued freestanding warrants exercisable for shares of our Series B, Series B-2, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock. These warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying balance sheets, as the terms for liquidation of the underlying security are outside our control. The warrants are recorded at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or the current value method within the IPO scenarios. The fair value of all warrants is remeasured at each financial reporting date with any changes in fair value being recognized as a change in the fair value of preferred stock warrants. We will continue to re-measure the fair value of the warrant liability until: (a) exercise, which is expected to occur for certain warrants immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (b) expiration of the related warrant, or (c) conversion of the convertible preferred stock underlying the security into common stock, at which time the warrants will be classified as a component of stockholders’ equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Net Operating Loss and Research and Development Tax Credit Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and California tax NOLs of $55.6 million and $54.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2017 unless previously utilized. As of December 31, 2013, we also had federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2027. The California research and development tax credit carryforwards are available indefinitely. Utilization of the net operating losses and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of our net operating losses and credits before we can use them. We believe we may have experienced certain ownership changes in the past and have reduced our deferred tax assets related to NOLs until such time as a study can be performed to determine the amount of NOLs that will be available for use.

JOBS Act.     In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an EGC can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

76


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited).

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2013     2014     $     %  
     (unaudited)        
     (in thousands, except percentage)  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 9,736      $ 3,258        (6,478     (67%)   

General and administrative

     2,149        3,075        926        43%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     11,885        6,333        (5,552     (47%)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (11,885     (6,333    

Interest income

     1        3        (2     200%   

Interest expense

     (49     (163     114        233%   

Loss on change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (245     (1,430     1,185        484%   

Other expense, net

     (47     —          (47     (100%)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (12,225   $ (7,923   $ (4,302     35%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Research and Development Expenses.     Research and development expenses decreased by $6.5 million, or 67%, from $9.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in clinical trial costs of approximately $7.8 million attributable to our U.S. Phase 2 clinical trials, which were completed during 2013, offset by an increase attributable to consulting and endpoint tool validation studies of approximately $752,000, an increase of approximately $355,000 associated with costs related to manufacturing of our clinical trial materials for our Phase 3 clinical trials, an increase of approximately $175,000 related to severance charges, and an increase of approximately $160,000 related to share-based compensation related to options granted in February and March 2014.

General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased approximately $926,000 or 43%, from approximately $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in costs related to our audit, consulting expenses related to commercialization models and compensation, public and investor relations, or PR/IR, general legal fees, legal costs and fees related to maintaining our patent portfolio, and share-based compensation expense. Our audit related costs increased by approximately $347,000 due to consolidating the timing of both fiscal year 2012 and 2013 audits in 2014. In addition, our consulting and outside services costs increased by approximately $249,000 due to use of consultants to assist with our commercial model, human resources activities compensation strategy, and PR/IR activities. Our general legal fees increased by approximately $138,000 due to an increase in general business activities. In addition, share-based compensation increased by approximately $136,000 as a result of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Other Expense, Net.     The $47,000 other expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was a result of a loss on disposal of camera equipment no longer being utilized in our clinical trials. There was no other income or expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Interest Expense.     Interest expense increased by approximately $114,000 or 233%, from approximately $49,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to approximately $163,000 for the nine months ended September 30 2014. The increase resulted from an increase in our average debt outstanding during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the same period in the prior year, due to the $4.0 million drawn under the loan agreement we entered into in June 2014.

 

77


Table of Contents

Gain on Change in Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants.     There was a loss on the change in the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants of approximately $245,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to a loss of approximately $1.4 million in the same period of 2014. The loss resulted from an increase in fair value during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014, due to increases in the estimated fair value of our company.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2012     2013     $     %  
     (in thousands, except percentage)  

Revenues:

        

License revenue, related party

   $ 100      $      $ (100     (100 %) 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249        11,448        8,199        252

General and administrative

     2,592        2,975        383        15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     5,841        14,423        8,582        147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (5,741     (14,423     (8,682     151

Interest income

     2        1        (1     (50 %) 

Interest expense

     (937     (57     880        94

Loss on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,152     (490     662        57

Other expense

            (47     (47       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (7,828   $ (15,016   $ (7,188     (92 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenues .    For the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues totaled $100,000 and related to a technology transfer agreement entered into during 2012. There were no revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Research and Development Expense .    Research and development expenses increased $8.2 million, or 252%, from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in clinical trial costs of approximately $7.6 million attributable to our U.S. Phase 2 clinical trials. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to an increase in consulting expense of approximately $540,000 relating to preparing for our regulatory submissions for drug approval and an increase in costs related to manufacturing of our clinical trial materials of approximately $203,000.

General and Administrative Expenses .    General and administrative expenses increased approximately $383,000, or 15%, from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in costs related to PR/IR, compensation for members of our board of directors and management, audit and general legal fees. Our PR/IR costs increased by approximately $128,000, due to the hiring of a firm that assists us with our public and investor relations efforts. In addition, our compensation to members of our board of directors and management increased by approximately $153,000 due to a change in cash compensation to the Chairman of our board of directors, as well as an increase in bonuses paid to management as a result of an increase in goal achievement from the prior year. Our audit and general legal fees increased by approximately $83,000 as a result of timing of the performance of our annual financial statement audits, as well as an increase in general business activities

Other Income (Expense) .    There was no other income or expense for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $47,000 other expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was a result of a loss on disposal of camera equipment no longer being utilized in our clinical trials.

 

78


Table of Contents

Interest Expense .    Interest expense decreased by approximately $880,000 or 94%, from approximately $937,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to approximately $57,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease resulted from less average debt outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in the prior year, due to repayment of bank debt as well as conversion of convertible debt into Series C convertible preferred stock in December 2012.

Loss on Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrants .    There was a loss on the change in the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants of approximately $490,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to a loss of $1.2 million in the same period of the prior year. The loss resulted from an increase in the fair value of warrants based upon an updated valuation analysis that reflected an increase in the estimated fair value of our company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred losses and negative cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. As of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $66.8 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future as we continue the development and potential commercialization of LIPO-202 and incur additional costs associated with being a public company.

From our inception through September 30, 2014, we have funded our operations primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock, warrants, venture debt and convertible debt. As of September 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $14.7 million.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, along with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. To fund further operations, we will need to raise additional capital. If we are unable to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements. We may obtain additional financing in the future through the issuance of our common stock in this public offering, through other equity or debt financings or through collaborations or partnerships with other companies.

Summary Statement of Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of the net cash flow activity for each of the periods set forth below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (7,396   $ (12,904   $ (10,686   $ (6,423

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

            83        20        (7

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,667        6,085        6,111        16,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,271      $ (6,736   $ (4,555   $ 10,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Operating Activities.     Net cash used in operating activities was $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to $6.4 million for the same period in 2014. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.4 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The primary use of cash was to fund our operations related to the development of our product candidates in each of these periods.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities.     Net cash of $20,000 was provided by investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $7,000 of cash used in investing activities during the same period of 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2012, there was no cash used for investing activities. During the year ended December 31, 2013, investing activities provided cash of approximately $83,000 consisting primarily of proceeds from sale of equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities.     Financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 provided net cash of $6.1 million compared to $16.7 million during the same period ended September 30, 2014. The cash provided in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 consisted of approximately $6.4 million of net proceeds from the sale of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, offset by approximately $333,000 of principal payments on a bank term loan. The cash provided in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was comprised of approximately $8.0 million of net proceeds from the sale of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, approximately $5.6 million of net proceeds from the sale of Series D convertible preferred stock, $4.0 million of proceeds from an advance under a new debt agreement, $49,000 of proceeds from the exercise of an option to purchase common stock, offset by approximately $210,000 of principal payments on a bank term loan and approximately $691,000 of deferred initial public offering costs. Financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 provided net cash of $12.7 million, compared to $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. Financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted primarily of the sale of 14,689,923 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for proceeds of approximately $10.2 million, as well as net debt borrowings of approximately $2.4 million. Financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted of proceeds of $6.5 million from the sale of 4,918,272 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, offset by payments on debt of approximately $448,000.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the initiation, progress, costs and results of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202;

 

   

the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals;

 

   

the costs and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, if LIPO-202 is approved;

 

   

delays that may be caused by changing regulatory requirements;

 

   

the costs involved in filing and prosecuting patent applications and enforcing and defending patent claims; and

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic partnerships and licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional

 

80


Table of Contents

funds through collaborations, strategic partnerships or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, our other technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market LIPO-202 even if we would otherwise prefer to develop and market LIPO-202 ourselves.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt (including interest)

   $ 5,174       $ 557       $ 4,617       $       $   

Operating lease obligations

     54         54                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,228       $ 611       $ 4,617       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our commitments for operating leases relate primarily to our lease of office space in San Diego, California.

Silicon Valley Bank Warrants.     In February 2010, in connection with a loan agreement entered into with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, we issued a warrant to SVB granting it the right to purchase 64,865 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at a price of $1.85 per share. In March 2012, in connection with the first amendment to the loan agreement we issued a warrant to SVB granting SVB the right to purchase 32,143 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at a price of $1.40 per share. In August 2012, in connection with the second amendment to the loan agreement we issued a warrant to SVB granting SVB the right to purchase 42,857 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at a price of $1.40 per share. The warrants issued to SVB are exercisable in whole or in part at any time prior to the expiration date of the applicable warrant, which is ten years after the date of issuance of such warrant.

Loan Agreement.     On June 11, 2014, we entered into the Loan Agreement with Hercules. The Loan Agreement provides for total borrowings of up to $10.0 million to be made available to us in two tranches. We borrowed the first tranche of $4.0 million upon the closing of the Loan Agreement. The second tranche of up to $6.0 million can be drawn at any time before September 30, 2014, subject to the satisfaction of a performance milestone relating to the results of our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA. Our obligations under the Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets. Upon completion of this offering, the security interest in our intellectual property will be released, with the exception of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of any part of, or rights in, our intellectual property. The interest rate for each tranche will be calculated at a rate equal to the greater of either 9.0% plus the “prime rate” as reported in The Wall Street Journal minus 3.25% or 9.0% per annum. The interest rate floats and will be determined as described above based on changes to the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

We are required to pay interest on the outstanding principal balance of the loan on a monthly basis, beginning July 1, 2014. Repayment of the $4.0 million principal amount of the loan is amortized over a 36-month period in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, beginning on August 1, 2015, with all outstanding amounts (including a $300,000 end of term charge) due and payable on August 1, 2018.

 

81


Table of Contents

We are permitted to prepay the loan prior to maturity, but we will be required to pay Hercules a prepayment charge, based on a percentage of the then outstanding principal balance, equal to 3% if the prepayment occurs prior to July 11, 2015, 2% if the prepayment occurs after July 11, 2015, but prior to July 11, 2016, or 1% if the prepayment occurs after July 11, 2016.

The Loan Agreement includes customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, but does not include any financial maintenance covenants, and also includes standard events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants following any applicable cure period, the occurrence of a material adverse effect, as defined therein, and events relating to bankruptcy or insolvency. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Hercules may declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable and take such other actions as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

In accordance with the Loan Agreement, we issued a warrant to Hercules in June 2014 to purchase 114,285 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share. We recorded the fair value of this warrant as debt discount at issuance and will amortize it to interest expense over the term of the loan.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined by applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Interest Rate Risk.     Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as of September 30, 2014 consisted of cash and money market funds. We are exposed to market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition and/or results of operation.

We had outstanding borrowings under the Loan Agreement of $4.0 million as of September 30, 2014. Interest is payable at a variable rate of the greater of either 9.0% plus the prime rate minus 3.25% or 9.0% per annum. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates after September 30, 2014 would not have a material impact on the fair values of our outstanding debt.

Effects of Inflation.     Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation and changing prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an accounting standards update that removes the financial reporting distinction between development stage entities and other reporting entities from GAAP. In addition, the amendments eliminate the requirements for development stage entities to: (1) present inception-to-date information in the statements of income, cash flows, and shareholder equity, (2) label the financial statements as those of a development stage entity, (3) disclose a description of the development stage activities in which the entity is engaged, and disclose in the first year in which the entity is no longer a development stage entity that in prior years it had been in the development stage. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with an option for early adoption. We elected early adoption, and do not believe the adoption of the standard had a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or related financial statement disclosures.

 

82


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. Our initial focus is on localized fat reduction and body contouring. Our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, is a first-in-class injectable formulation of the long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist, salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient in the U.S. Food and Drug Adminstration, or FDA, -approved inhaled products SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. We are currently developing and intend to seek approval for LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We use the term central abdominal bulging to describe subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen that is often characterized by people as love-handles, a pot-belly, a pouch or stomach rolls, among a number of other commonly used terms, pursuant to which there is no FDA-approved drug. We have completed Phase 2 development of LIPO-202, showing a statistically significant reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We have tested our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in approximately 800 patients across multiple clinical trials, and these injectable formulations were consistently well tolerated with a safety profile similar to placebo. We intend to conduct two pivotal U.S. Phase 3 trials of LIPO-202 and expect top-line data at the end of 2015. If our trials are successful, we expect to file a new drug application, or NDA, in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, which permits us to file an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for us, and to which we do not have a right of reference, and allows us to rely to some degree on the FDA’s finding of safety, and approval of, another product containing salmeterol xinafoate, the active ingredient in LIPO-202. If approved by the FDA, we believe LIPO-202 will be a best-in-class non-surgical procedure for localized fat reduction and body contouring.

According to the American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery, or ASAPS, Americans spent more than $12 billion on cosmetic procedures in 2013. Additionally, ASAPS estimated that from 1997 to 2013, surgical aesthetic procedures increased by approximately 88% and non-surgical procedures increased by approximately 520%, reflecting continued acceptance of cosmetic surgery and increasing consumer demand for all types of aesthetic procedures, particularly injectable and non-surgical procedures. According to our market research, the central abdomen is the area on the body that patients want treated most for fat reduction and body contouring.

Current FDA-approved treatment options to address this patient demand are limited to surgical options, such as lipoplasty, or liposuction, and FDA-approved non-surgical options, such as energy-based medical devices. These surgical and non-surgical options are designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells, and in many cases can cause adverse consequences for the patient. For instance, while liposuction procedures remove fat, they require significant physician skill and resources, involve pain, require extended recovery time and carry the risks associated with any surgical procedure. Existing non-surgical options are often painful, may produce limited or inconsistent results and may require multiple or ongoing maintenance treatments resulting in longer aggregate treatment time than LIPO-202. Unlike existing treatment options, LIPO-202 is administered in a quick, simple, subcutaneous injection procedure that activates a natural metabolic process to shrink fat cells, without killing them, resulting in localized fat reduction, measurable results within four weeks and minimal risk with no downtime.

Based on U.S. census data and our market research, we estimate that there are as many as 13.5 million non-obese individuals who are interested in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. We believe the early adopters of LIPO-202 will be many of the two million Americans who are already receiving cosmetic injectable therapy, such as either botulinum toxins or dermal fillers. These patients already have demonstrated a willingness to pay out-of-pocket costs for aesthetic procedures, are comfortable with injections and have adopted that modality as part of their aesthetic regimen. In 2013, consumers spent approximately $2.7 billion on injectable aesthetic procedures in the United States, representing a 35% increase from the amount spent in 2012. In

 

83


Table of Contents

addition, we believe that because our injection procedure is quick, simple, has demonstrated a safety profile similar to placebo and because it does not require a physician to acquire expensive capital equipment, more physicians will be interested in offering the LIPO-202 body contouring procedure to new patients, significantly expanding the fat reduction and body contouring market.

LIPO-202 is an injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate, a well-known long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist. Drugs containing the inhaled form of salmeterol xinafoate have been approved by the FDA and are marketed by GlaxoSmithKline (SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS). Salmeterol xinafoate is used in these drugs to relax bronchial smooth muscle in the treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or COPD. Our studies suggest that salmeterol xinafoate also activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in the fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. LIPO-202 can be administered by a physician or clinician in approximately five minutes or less in a specified number and defined placement of subcutaneous injections using a small, 30-gauge needle.

In the United States, we have completed the 513-patient, Phase 2 RESET trial of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, with obesity being defined as those patients having a body mass index, or BMI, of greater than or equal to 30 kg/m 2 . In this multi-center, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period. To date, our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate have been tested in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials suggesting a safety profile similar to placebo. In addition, our current Phase 2 data suggests that the reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients produced by our injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate persists for at least three months post-treatment.

We intend to complete the U.S. development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a Phase 3 program in approximately 2,000 non-obese patients. We expect to have top-line data from the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials at the end of 2015 and, assuming positive data, anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. We also plan to explore the use of LIPO-202 for localized fat reduction in other areas of the body with high aesthetic value.

Our second product candidate, LIPO-102, is an injectable form of a combination of salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate. We may develop LIPO-102 for the orphan indication of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease that is caused by expansion of fat and muscle behind the eye.

Our patent estate consists of three U.S. issued methods of treatment and/or formulations patents and seven U.S. pending patent applications, as well as granted and/or pending foreign counterparts of the U.S. patents and pending applications. Two of the issued U.S. patents are directed to both LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 product candidates. Our patent directed to methods of treatment and pharmaceutical formulations is expected to expire no earlier than 2030.

Our executive management team has held senior positions at leading healthcare companies and possesses extensive expertise with therapeutics and across the spectrum of discovery, development and commercialization of innovative products and technologies. Members of our senior executive team have played key roles at Avera, Arena, Bristol-Meyers Squibb, CoTherix, Excaliard Pharmaceuticals, Isis Pharmaceuticals, MediciNova, Merck, Peplin and Pfizer.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our objective is to be a leading provider of safe, non-surgical treatment solutions for the aesthetic market, based on strong scientific and therapeutic rationale. Our initial focus is on developing and commercializing LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients in the United States.

Key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Complete Clinical Development and Seek Regulatory Approval for LIPO-202 .    We plan to initiate two U.S. Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients in the first half of 2015 and expect to receive top-line data at the end of 2015. Assuming positive results from these trials, we anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway.

 

   

Explore the Use of LIPO-202 in Additional Indications .    While we are currently developing LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, we are also exploring other potential treatment indications for LIPO-202. We have identified other areas of the body with high aesthetic value where LIPO-202 could potentially be effective for localized fat reduction and may develop LIPO-202 for one or more of these areas.

 

   

Build Our Own Sales and Marketing Capabilities to Commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States .    If LIPO-202 is approved for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients by the FDA, we intend to commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States with the first anticipated commercial launch expected as soon as the second half of 2017. Specifically, we plan to build a focused, specialized sales force of less than 100 representatives to target the key aesthetic physicians who perform the majority of the aesthetic procedures.

 

   

Expand the Global Body Contouring Aesthetic Market Using Injectable Therapeutic Products .    Given the favorable efficacy and safety profile and ease of administration of LIPO-202, we believe it can expand the overall fat reduction and body contouring market by attracting new patients who would prefer a less painful, non-surgical and convenient approach to treatment with measurable results in as soon as four weeks. Furthermore, according to our market research, LIPO-202 will also appeal to a majority of patients currently undergoing injectable treatments for other aesthetic conditions.

 

   

Establish Selective Strategic Partnerships to Maximize the Commercial Potential of LIPO-202.     Outside of the United States, we plan to evaluate whether to develop or commercialize LIPO-202 on our own or in collaboration with potential partners. Specifically, we will evaluate whether to selectively build our own commercial capabilities in one or more foreign countries or to seek partners to maximize the worldwide commercial market potential of LIPO-202.

 

   

Advance the Clinical Development of LIPO-102 .    We may advance our second product candidate, LIPO-102, into Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease for which we received orphan product designation in the United States.

Our Market Opportunity

Global spending patterns on anti-aging and aesthetic treatments indicate that today’s culture places significant value on physical appearance. Based on recent estimates, worldwide spending on aesthetic procedures exceeds $25 billion annually. According to ASAPS, Americans spent more than $12 billion on cosmetic procedures in 2013, including approximately $7 billion on surgical aesthetic procedures and $5

 

85


Table of Contents

billion on non-surgical aesthetic procedures, with non-surgical procedures being the fastest growing segment of the aesthetic procedure market. Additionally, ASAPS estimated that from 1997 to 2013, surgical aesthetic procedures increased by more than 88.8% and non-surgical procedures increased by 520%, reflecting continued acceptance of cosmetic surgery and increasing consumer demand for all types of aesthetic procedures, particularly injectable and non-surgical procedures. We believe several factors are contributing to ongoing growth in aesthetic procedures, including:

 

   

Desire to Maintain an “Ideal” Physical Appearance.     The American culture places emphasis on an individual’s physical appearance and perpetuates a lean, symmetrical body image as ideal. A 2013 survey conducted by the American Society for Dermatologic Surgery revealed that 83% of the 6,350 consumers surveyed were bothered by excess weight on some part of their body. Of the consumers surveyed, 30% were considering a cosmetic procedure and identified body contouring as one of the top three procedures under consideration.

 

   

Increasing Acceptance of Cosmetic Procedures.     More than half of Americans surveyed in 2010 by ASAPS indicated they approved of cosmetic surgery and approximately two-thirds of those surveyed indicated they would not be embarrassed about having cosmetic surgery.

 

   

Growth of Cosmetic Injectable Procedure Market.     Since the approval of botulinum toxin for cosmetic procedures in 2002, the cosmetic procedure market has benefited from the introduction of newer, safer non-surgical modalities to address cosmetic issues. According to ASAPS, non-surgical procedures, driven predominantly by cosmetic injectables, are growing at a faster rate than surgical procedures and industry experts predict this trend to continue.

 

   

Increased Physician Adoption.     The introduction of newer, non-surgical cosmetic procedures has enabled a broad range of physicians, such as dermatologists, primary care physicians, obstetrics and gynecology physicians, or OB/GYNs, and members of other specialties to increasingly offer cosmetic procedures to their patients. Increased pressure by managed care and government agencies has caused physician reimbursement for traditional medical procedures to decrease significantly, and as a result many physicians often incorporate cosmetic procedures into their practice to build their revenue base. In addition, some cosmetic procedures, such as cosmetic injectables, have a much lower barrier to adoption than do procedures which require physicians to invest in expensive capital equipment, such as the equipment required for current non-surgical approaches to body contouring.

According to our market research, the central abdomen is the area on the body that patients want treated most for fat reduction and body contouring. In a study conducted by the University of California, Los Angeles among 50,000 American adults, overall 14% of men and 33% of women would consider undergoing a body contouring procedure if they could afford it. The level of interest among non-obese individuals suggest that millions of these Americans would consider undergoing a body contouring procedure. Despite this high level of interest in body contouring, only about 360,000 surgical liposuction procedures and 100,000 non-surgical body contouring procedures were performed in the United States last year. We believe that this low adoption rate is primarily attributable to the limitations of existing body contouring solutions. Currently available surgical and non-surgical options for body contouring are designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells. In many cases, due to their mechanisms of action, these options typically take weeks to months to result in the desired reduction in abdominal bulging, as well as cause adverse consequences for the patient. While liposuction procedures remove fat, they require significant physician skill and resources, involve pain, require extended recovery time and carry the risks associated with any surgical procedure. Existing non-surgical options are often painful, may produce limited or inconsistent results and may require multiple or ongoing maintenance treatments resulting in longer aggregate treatment time. Highlighting the limitations of currently available surgical and non-surgical treatment options, our market research suggests that approximately 50% of patients who

 

86


Table of Contents

consulted a physician about a fat reduction or body contouring procedure ultimately decided against the procedure due to uncertainty of results, anxiety over pain, significant treatment and extended recovery times, and costs of such procedures.

Unlike existing treatment options, LIPO-202 is administered in a quick, simple, subcutaneous injection procedure that activates a natural metabolic process to shrink fat cells, without killing them, resulting in localized fat reduction with minimal risk and no downtime. If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will be a novel non-surgical body contouring solution as the first approved non-ablative injectable treatment for localized fat reduction. The U.S. market for aesthetic non-surgical procedures has grown 520% since 1997, driven mostly by the introduction of cosmetic injectables such as botulinum toxins and dermal fillers. As an injectable, we believe LIPO-202 is well positioned to benefit from the broad acceptance and growth of the injectable aesthetic market. Injectable procedures, including botulinum toxin and dermal filler procedures, have increased from approximately 65,000 in 1997 to approximately 5.9 million procedures in 2013. In 2013, patients in the United States spent approximately $2.7 billion on injectable aesthetic procedures, representing a 35% increase from the amount spent in 2012. We believe the early adopters of LIPO-202 will be many of the approximately two million Americans who are already receiving cosmetic injectable therapy. These patients have already demonstrated a willingness to pay out-of-pocket costs for aesthetic procedures, are comfortable with injections and have adopted that modality as part of their aesthetic regimen.

In addition to existing cosmetic injectable patients, we believe LIPO-202 will also appeal to a broader base of new patients in the United States. Based on U.S. census data and our market research, we estimate that there are approximately 48 million adults in the United States who have a BMI between 18 and 30 and have a household income over $50,000. Our market research shows that among these targeted Americans, over 28% would be interested in LIPO-202 and have a problem area in the abdomen or flanks they wish to treat. Based on our market research and U.S. census data, we believe that there are as many as 13.5 million non-obese individuals who are interested in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat and could afford to pay the out-of-pocket expenses. Furthermore, we believe that because the injection procedure is quick, simple, has demonstrated a safety profile similar to placebo and does not require a physician to acquire expensive capital equipment, more physicians will offer LIPO-202 to new patients for localized fat reduction and body contouring, thereby further capitalizing on this untapped market.

Limitations of Existing Treatment Options for Fat Reduction and Body Contouring

Current treatment options for fat reduction and body contouring include surgical options, such as lipoplasty, or liposuction, and non-surgical options, such as energy-based medical devices, designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells. We believe that, continued growth of the fat reduction and body contouring market will be hampered by the limitations of the current surgical and non-surgical procedures.

Limitations of Surgical Liposuction Procedures

Liposuction is an invasive surgical procedure that requires a physician to make an incision in the area to be treated and insert a suction cannula to dislodge and vacuum out the fat. The procedure causes extensive tissue trauma, involves pain and has an extended recuperation period for patients. The surgery can be done under local anesthesia, but is often done under general anesthesia, increasing the risk to patients from anesthesia-related adverse events.

 

   

Complications of Liposuction Surgery .    The FDA indicates there are several risks and complications for liposuction, including infections, embolisms, puncture wounds in the organs, serum pooling in the treated area, nerve damage, swelling, skin death, toxicity from anesthesia and fatalities. In addition, ASAPS advises patients that this procedure has many

 

87


Table of Contents
 

risks and potential complications in addition to those indicated by the FDA such as uneven contours, rippling or loose skin, irregular pigmentation, unfavorable scarring, skin discoloration, bleeding or hematoma, deep vein thrombosis, cardiac and pulmonary complications, and possibility of corrective surgery.

 

   

Pain and Extended Recovery Time.     According to the Aesthetic Surgery Journal, a reported 90% of patients experience pain post-operatively and many require pain control medicines, even narcotic analgesics, for several days following a liposuction procedure. According to the FDA, patients should expect pain and swelling following a liposuction procedure for several weeks and even months. In addition, patients may be required to wear compression garments for several weeks to control the swelling and drainage. While following a limited volume liposuction, a patient usually can return to work within three days; larger volume surgeries require a longer recuperation period and extended recovery time. Over several weeks, a patient can resume normal activities but may still show the negative side effects of the procedure.

 

   

Potential for Undesirable Results.     Even following successful liposuction surgery, patients may suffer from skin irregularities as a result of the procedure. One of the most common types of skin irregularities post-liposuction is skin dimpling, in which the skin takes on the appearance of cellulite, causing patients to be dissatisfied with their result. In addition, according to ASAPS, liposuction patients who gain weight after their surgery may store fat in other body areas such as the arms, back or the breasts in greater concentrations. Finally, in one study of women who underwent liposuction versus a similar control population, fat had redistributed to both treated and non-treated areas of the treated women’s bodies within one year.

 

   

Limited Repeatability .    The process of removing or destroying fat cells with liposuction triggers the body’s wound healing response, which leads to the formation of scar tissue in the treated area. If a patient desires further fat reduction or is not satisfied with the aesthetic results from a procedure, the scar tissue in the treated area may prevent the patient from undergoing follow-up procedures to enhance or correct the original treatment results.

Limitations of Non-Surgical Energy-Based Options

In the last several years, more than 20 new medical devices have been introduced to the market to try to address the risks and complications associated with liposuction surgery. Most of these technologies are large footprint, energy-based medical devices which purportedly enable a physician to injure or kill a subcutaneous fat deposit without penetrating the patient’s skin.

 

   

Limited Clinical Evidence of Safety and Effectiveness.     Many of these devices have received marketing authorization through the FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway, which typically requires less clinical data than is required for FDA approval of a device subject to Premarket Approval, or PMA, or an NDA (and in many cases may not require clinical data at all). Further, the labeling and advertising of 510(k) cleared devices may not be subject to the same degree of regulatory scrutiny and ongoing oversight as the FDA applies to the labeling and advertising of devices or drugs subject to PMA. Today, the scientific support for many of these technologies is uncertain, with confusing and sometimes limited medical evidence demonstrating fat reduction effects. It appears that other devices are being actively promoted by manufacturers and physicians for fat reduction without having received FDA clearance or approval for that indication. We believe that the wide range of energy-based technologies with different FDA clearances and approvals, potentially insufficient limited clinical data, and potentially unsupported marketing claims has created confusion among both physicians and consumers as to the effectiveness and safety of these procedures.

 

   

Need for Capital Outlay and Exam Space.     According to our own market research, physicians are concerned about the significant capital outlay required to purchase an energy-

 

88


Table of Contents
 

based device, which can be well-over $110,000. In some cases, multiple devices may be required to address multiple treatment areas efficiently. These devices may require dedicated office space or exam rooms, reducing clinical practice room space.

 

   

Length of Time to Visible Result.     Many of the energy-based devices, based on their mechanism, cause the fat cell to be damaged or destroyed and rely on the body’s own immune response mechanisms to clear the affected tissue from the body. As the tissue is cleared, results may slowly become noticeable and typically are apparent in two to four months.

 

   

Potential for Serious Side Effects.     FDA data indicates that fat reduction treatments such as cryolipolysis and ultrasound may lead to serious adverse events, such as umbilical hernia, nerve damage, extended and debilitating pain and burns.

Our Body Contouring Solution

LIPO-202 is a proprietary, first-in-class injectable formulation of the well-known long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist, salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved inhaled products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. Our studies suggest that salmeterol xinafoate activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in the fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. We are initially developing and seeking approval for LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. LIPO-202 is administered in a quick, simple procedure with a specified number and defined placement of subcutaneous injections in the central abdomen. If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will offer physicians and patients a safe, non-surgical and effective means to achieve targeted localized fat reduction and will become the standard for body contouring treatment for the following reasons:

 

   

Level of Medical Evidence .    In our Phase 2 RESET trial, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period. The safety profile of salmeterol xinafoate as used in SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS for the treatment of asthma and COPD is well-established. We also have clinical evidence in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials that our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate possess a safety profile similar to placebo. Following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we expect to have clinical evidence of safety and efficacy of our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in our trials comprised of approximately 3,000 non-obese patients. In addition, following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we will have randomized, placebo-controlled data of safety and efficacy of LIPO-202 in approximately 1,200 non-obese patients.

 

   

Natural and Non-Traumatic Mechanism of Action .    Our studies suggest that LIPO-202 activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. By activating this natural metabolic process, we have been able to demonstrate a reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat without the risks and adverse events typically seen with current surgical and non-surgical options.

 

   

Widely Accepted Modality that Addresses an Established and Expandable Market.     Aesthetic physicians and patients are already familiar with and accept injectable products as a key modality for the treatment of cosmetic concerns. According to ASAPS, in 2013, cosmetic patients in the United States underwent approximately 5.9 million injectable procedures and spent close to $2.7 billion on those treatments, a 35% increase versus 2012. We believe these dynamics will drive adoption of LIPO-202 by patients seeking localized fat reduction and body contouring treatments. In addition, we believe we can successfully tap into the 13.5 million

 

89


Table of Contents
 

non-obese individuals expressing an interest in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, thereby expanding the market.

 

   

Patient-Friendly Procedure with Rapid Onset of Effects.     Unlike surgical or energy-based device treatment, which can take hours, the injection procedure for administering LIPO-202 takes approximately five minutes or less to perform. Furthermore, in our clinical trials, the side effects of treatment observed were minimal and have been no different than what patients experience with placebo injections. Unlike most other fat reduction procedures available today, LIPO-202 injections are simple and quick, and patients can be treated during their normal day and return to regular daily activities immediately, with measurable results in as soon as four weeks.

 

   

Low Barrier to Adoption.     If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will increase the rate of adoption by physicians due to (1) expanded use by physicians, including dermatologists, primary care physicians and OB/GYNs, by offering a localized fat reduction treatment without the need to acquire any capital equipment, (2) higher economics from a complementary therapy with cash-pay reimbursement, (3) increased efficiency by administration using a physician extender or nurse, (4) higher patient traffic to provide opportunities to upsell additional products and services and (5) simplicity of procurement through existing pharmaceutical channels for injectable aesthetic products.

Our Product Candidate: LIPO-202

Description of LIPO-202 (Salmeterol Xinafoate for Injection, 0.42 mcg)

Our studies suggest that LIPO-202 targets and stimulates natural fat tissue metabolism to achieve non-ablative, non-surgical fat tissue reduction in specific locations using salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. LIPO-202 is a novel injectable form of salmeterol xinafoate designed to produce local, selective fat tissue reduction, or pharmaceutical lipoplasty. LIPO-202 is under development for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. LIPO-202 can be administered by a physician or clinician in approximately five minutes or less in a specified number and defined placement of subcutaneous injections across the abdominal treatment area through a small 30-gauge needle.

Description of Central Abdominal Bulging Due to Subcutaneous Fat

Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese individuals presents as periumbilical bulging, or bulging around the navel, due to an accumulation of excessive subcutaneous fat. While our proposed indication remains subject to FDA approval, we use the term central abdominal bulging to describe subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen that is often characterized by people as love-handles, a pot-belly, a pouch or stomach rolls, among a number of other commonly used terms. The hallmarks of this condition are:

 

   

Body mass index less than 30 kg/m 2 .    BMI is calculated from a determination of weight measured in kilograms and height measured in meters. Patients with subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen are non-obese, with obesity being defined as those patients having a BMI of greater than or equal to 30 kg/m 2 .

 

   

Focal periumbilical bulging .    Localized subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen in non-obese patients that is clinically apparent as a distinctly visible and palpable area of periumbilical soft tissue bulging, often flanked by flat or concave lateral areas.

 

   

Palpable periumbilical subcutaneous fat of up to approximately 8 cm .    Using a pinch test to estimate the skin-fold thickness between the thumb and forefinger(s), the presence of up to

 

90


Table of Contents
 

approximately 8 cm of subcutaneous fat retractable from the abdominal musculature and not the result of visceral fat confirms the diagnosis of subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen.

 

   

Absence of other abnormalities .    Absence of rectus diastasis, hernias or any musculoskeletal abnormalities that could account for the periumbilical bulging.

Mechanism of Action

Salmeterol xinafoate is a highly selective, long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist. Adrenergic receptors play a major role in the regulation of several processes in the body, including fat cell metabolism. As shown in Figure 1 below, salmeterol xinafoate activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors located on human fat cells and triggers the metabolism of triglycerides in these cells to free fatty acids and glycerol by means of the natural process of lipolysis. Administering LIPO-202 evenly across the abdomen can shrink fat cells uniformly and reduce central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. In this way, unlike many other treatments which remove, damage or kill fat cells, LIPO-202 reduces local fat stores and the bulges they create with no inflammatory reaction.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 1. Graphic representation of the mechanism of action of LIPO-202

Clinical Program

We began the development of LIPO-202 with LIPO-102, an injectable combination of salmeterol xinafoate and the glucocorticoid fluticasone propionate, initially under the submission to the FDA on December 30, 2008, of an investigational new drug, or IND, application No. 102,514 for the treatment of symptomatic exophthalmos associated with thyroid-related eye disease. We additionally submitted IND No. 107,765 to the FDA on March 24, 2010, initially for the local treatment of abdominal adiposity, which indication has been modified to currently provide for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese subjects. Glucocorticoids, like fluticasone propionate, have been shown in the literature and in our preclinical studies to potentially enhance the activity of the ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist salmeterol xinafoate. In our clinical trials, we learned that the efficacy of LIPO-102 was directly related to its contained dose of salmeterol xinafoate without a significant contribution from fluticasone propionate. Therefore, we determined to move forward with LIPO-202, our single-agent therapeutic containing only salmeterol xinafoate.

 

91


Table of Contents

We have delivered salmeterol xinafoate to the central abdomen by subcutaneous injection in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials. Four of those trials were of LIPO-102, one trial included both LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 and our largest and most recent multi-center, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial, identified as RESET, was of LIPO-202. Each of these studies has provided preliminary evidence of efficacy in reducing central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients through a variety of physical measures, including laser-guided manual tape measurement, and clinical outcome assessments, such as patient-reported outcome and clinician-reported outcome instruments.

Dose-ranging studies conducted with both LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 have defined the shape of the salmeterol xinafoate dose-response curve and identified and confirmed a dose of 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate as the lowest effective dose. This dose was delivered in our Phase 2 clinical trial, RESET, as 20 one mL subcutaneous injections of 0.02 µg/mL salmeterol xinafoate spaced four cm apart on the central abdomen once weekly for eight weeks. We believe higher doses of salmeterol xinafoate were not as effective due to the desensitization or down-regulation of the ß 2 -adrenergic receptors due to increased receptor stimulation produced by the higher doses of salmeterol xinafoate. This is a well-known phenomenon seen with asthma patients taking salmeterol xinafoate. The safety profiles of LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 are also similar, and to date, can be characterized as benign with mild, transient injection site reactions, such as erythema, hematoma and pain. These reactions were reported both infrequently and at the same rate as placebo injections, suggesting that these adverse events are related to the injection procedure itself and not the treatment.

Clinical Endpoint Tool Development

There are currently no FDA-accepted endpoint tools for assessing change in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat for pharmaceutical products. Consequently, we developed methods of patient assessment and clinician rating of bulging, as well as physical measures of bulging and a questionnaire that measures the impact of bulging on patients. These assessment and rating tools are similar to other rating scales used for approved aesthetic drug products and medical devices, such as botulinum toxins and dermal fillers, and were validated using scientific principles and process recommendations consistent with the FDA’s guidance document, “Patient-Reported Outcome Measures: Use in Medical Product Development to Support Labeling Claims,” in an effort to ensure reliability, content validity, construct validity and sensitivity to change over time. Our assessment and rating tools are similar to those used for other approved aesthetic drug products. The following is a description of key measures we have developed and evaluated in endpoint assessment trials and in clinical testing:

 

   

Patient-Reported Patient-Global Abdominal Perception Scale, or P-GAPS .    A patient self-assessment of the amount of bulging in the central abdomen on a five-point ordinal scale, as follows:

0 = Flat

1 = Almost Flat

2 = Slight Bulge, Not Flat

3 = Bulge

4 = Big Bulge

 

92


Table of Contents
   

Clinician-Reported Clinician Photonumeric Scale, or CPnS .    A clinician rating of the amount of bulging in the central abdomen on a six-point photonumeric scale pursuant to which the clinician performs a match-to-sample from two gender-specific scales of lateral profile torso pictures with progressively larger abdominal bulges as shown in Figure 2 below.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Figure 2. Six-point clinician photonumeric scale, or CPnS

 

   

Abdominal Contour Questionnaire .    A ten-item patient questionnaire on the impact of bulging in the central abdomen, each on an ordinal scale, consisting of the following:

 

   

How important is flattening of the treatment area to you?

 

   

How self-conscious are you about how the treatment area looks?

 

   

How much bulging do you see in the treatment area?

 

   

How bothered are you about the bulging you notice in the treatment area?

 

   

The treatment area makes me look less attractive?

 

   

I wear certain clothes to hide or disguise how the treatment area looks?

 

   

If other people saw the treatment area, I think they would judge me negatively?

 

   

Because of the bulging in the treatment area, I feel self-conscious when wearing certain types of clothing?

 

   

The bulge in the treatment area limits the clothes I can buy or wear?

 

   

Overall, how satisfied are you with the flatness of the treatment area?

 

   

Laser-Guided Manual Tape Measure Procedure .    A precise and reproducible measure of circumference at three levels on the abdomen using patient standardization instructions, such as positioning, posture, breathing, a self-tensioning tape measure, our treatment area grid,

 

93


Table of Contents
 

consisting of a temporary tattoo applied to the central abdomen, and a tripod-mounted laser level to assure horizontal placement of the tape measure.

Phase 2 Clinical Trial: RESET

We completed a 513-patient, randomized, placebo-controlled, multi-center Phase 2 dose-ranging clinical trial, known as the RESET study, of LIPO-202 utilizing all of the key clinical endpoint tools described above and study design features we intend to use in our Phase 3 clinical trials. Non-obese male and female adult patients who had at least a slight abdominal bulge due to excess subcutaneous fat and who expressed dissatisfaction with their abdominal contour were enrolled in this study. Trial subjects received 20 one mL subcutaneous injections of LIPO-202 in 0.4, 1.0 or 4.0 µg total weekly doses or placebo which consisted of a 0.9% sodium chloride injection once weekly for eight weeks. These injections were made into a standardized periumbilical treatment area defined by our treatment area grid with a pre-marked area of approximately 400 cm 2 between axial planes at 35 mm above the umbilicus and at 70 mm below the umbilicus, and with each of the 20 injection sites spaced four cm apart. Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat was assessed on Day 1 as the baseline pre-treatment day, Day 29, which was one week after the fourth set of injections and on Day 57, which was one week after the eighth set of injections.

Statistically significant reductions in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients from baseline at Day 1 and from placebo were demonstrated with a 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 on the key clinical endpoint measures. Our empirical data defines clinically-meaningful responders to treatment as those patients who show at least a 1-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging, or achieve abdominal flattening, on the P-GAPS that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging, or achievement of abdominal flattening, on the CPnS. The FDA, Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products, has historically defined responders to treatment as patients who show at least a two-point/grade improvement on a patient scale that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement on a clinician scale. We also reviewed p-values, which is a conventional statistical method for measuring the statistical significance of clinical results. In clinical trials, the “p-value” is the probability that the result was obtained by chance. For example, a “p-value” of 0.10 would indicate that there is a 10% likelihood that the observed results could have happened at random. By convention, a “p-value” that is less than 0.05 is considered statistically significant. As shown in Figure 3 below, by both empirical and historical FDA definitions of a responder to treatment, there was a significantly greater percentage of responders to the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 than to placebo. By the clinically-meaningful empirical definition of a responder, 16.4% of subjects treated with 0.4 µg of LIPO-202 weekly for eight weeks were defined as 1-point/grade P-GAPS and 2-point/grade CPnS responders compared to 6.8% of subjects receiving placebo injections. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.043). By the FDA’s historical definition of a responder, 6.4% of subjects treated with 0.4 µg of LIPO-202 weekly for eight weeks were defined as 2-point/grade P-GAPS and 2-point/grade CPnS responders compared to less than 1% of subjects receiving placebo injections. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.024).

 

94


Table of Contents

LOGO

Figure 3. Significant increase in responders to LIPO-202 treatment compared to placebo

Using the standardized laser-guided manual tape measure procedure, the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 produced significant reductions in abdominal circumference at the umbilicus compared to placebo whether expressed as a mean change from baseline or as a percentage of responders to a clinically-meaningful threshold as shown in Figure 4 below. The 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 reduced umbilical circumference, on average, by 1.6 cm compared to 0.7 cm for placebo. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.001). Similarly, 42% of subjects treated with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 had a reduction of at least 1.83 cm, a clinically-meaningful threshold reduction in circumference defined by the empirically-determined 1-point/grade P-GAPS/2-point/grade CPnS definition of a responder, compared to 27% of placebo-treated subjects. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.026).

 

 

LOGO

Figure 4. Significant reduction of circumference at the umbilicus by LIPO-202

As with umbilical circumference and as shown in Figure 5 below, the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 produced significant reductions in abdominal volume in the treatment area compared to placebo whether expressed as a mean change from baseline or as a percentage of responders to a clinically-meaningful threshold. The 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 reduced treatment area volume, on average, by 191.9 cubic centimeters, or cc, compared to 89.9 cc for placebo. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.001). Similarly, 34.9% of subjects treated with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 had a reduction of at least 292.79 cc, a clinically-meaningful threshold reduction in volume defined by the empirically-determined 1-point/grade P-GAPS/2-point/grade CPnS definition of a responder, compared to 19.7% of placebo- treated subjects. This was a statistically

 

95


Table of Contents

significant improvement (p-value = 0.011). It should be noted that in the RESET trial, change from baseline and change from placebo treatment effects with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 were enhanced on all outcome measures in subjects who remained weight neutral or lost weight. For example, this enhancement was observed on the P-GAPS/CPnS composites and on the laser-guided tape measure-determined circumference and volume endpoints, despite no differences in mean weight change between LIPO-202 and placebo treatment groups.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 5. Significant reductions in treatment area volume produced by LIPO-202

As shown in Figure 6 below, the observed reduction in treatment area volume with LIPO-202 in the RESET study was similar to that observed in a non-drug, limited-volume VAL-CL-10 liposuction study conducted in a similar study population over a similar treatment area. A mean reduction in treatment area volume of approximately 200 cc was produced by both eight weeks of treatment with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 in the RESET study and by limited volume liposuction as assessed ten weeks after surgery.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 6. Similar reductions in treatment area volume produced by LIPO-202 and limited volume liposuction in separate studies

 

96


Table of Contents

There were no significant adverse events during the RESET study and no subject discontinued the study due to an adverse event; 92% of subjects completed the study per protocol. As shown in Table 1 below, the most commonly reported treatment-emergent adverse effects definitely or possibly related to study drug were mild and transient injection site events, including mild hematoma, erythema, contusion, and pain. The incidence of these adverse effects was low and they occurred with a similar frequency in subjects in both the placebo group and in the LIPO-202 treatment groups. Consequently, these injection site events were considered to be related to the typical mechanical trauma of an injection procedure rather than to the study drug itself. A similar safety profile has consistently been demonstrated and observed upon examination of all LIPO-102/LIPO-202 safety data.

 

Adverse Effect

   Placebo     0.4 µg
Salmeterol
Xinafoate
    1.0 µg
Salmeterol
Xinafoate
    4.0 µg
Salmeterol
Xinafoate
 

Any Adverse Event Definitely or Possibly Related to Study Drug

     10     11     12     12

Administration Site Conditions

     5     8     10     9

Injection Site Hematoma

     2     5     6     6

Injection Site Pain

     2     3     2     2

Injection Site Erythema

     2     2     2     0

Injection Site Hemorrhage

     2     0     0     0

Table 1. Adverse effects of LIPO-202 in RESET

Phase 3 Clinical Endpoints

The clinical protocol and endpoints in our planned U.S. Phase 3 pivotal trials are expected to be essentially the same as those described for the RESET study. The primary endpoints in the pivotal trials will be two responder analyses as shown in Table 2 below. The first responder analysis being those responders to treatment defined empirically based on quantitative research in the target population to be clinically-meaningful as patients who show at least a 1-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging on the P-GAPS that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging on the CPnS and the second responder analysis being those responders to treatment as historically defined by the FDA’s Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products, as patients who show at least a two-point/grade improvement on a patient scale that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement on a clinician scale.

 

By Whom

  

What Measured

   Scale   

How Used

Patient-Reported

   Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat    P-GAPS   

Composite

P-GAPS > 1 point change

and

CPnS > 2 point change

Clinician-Reported

   Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat    CPnS   

Composite

P-GAPS > 2 point change

and

CPnS > 2 point change

Table 2. Summary of Phase 3 primary endpoints

In addition to the primary endpoints, the FDA also recommends that for aesthetic outcomes a physical, or objective, measure be incorporated as an endpoint to confirm what is observed by patients and clinicians. Therefore, when developing primary and secondary endpoints, we established the P-GAPS and CPnS methods as primary endpoints and evaluated a variety of physical or quantitative measures in a clinical trial setting as potential secondary objective endpoints, including skin-fold thickness calipers, manual tape

 

97


Table of Contents

measure, laser-guided manual tape measure, two-dimensional, or 2-D, ultrasound, three-dimensional, or 3-D, digital photographic imaging and magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI. Based on extensive evaluation of these methods for measuring secondary endpoints, we believe that the standardized laser-guided tape measure procedure is precise, reproducible and is the most suitable and appropriate measure to assess the efficacy of LIPO-202 in Phase 3 trials as a secondary quantitative endpoint. At the End-of-Phase 2 meeting, the FDA expressed concern that the observed circumference changes with LIPO-202 measured using the laser-guided tape measure procedure may be influenced by factors such as posture, breathing and flexing and advised us to incorporate 2-D ultrasound as a direct measure of changes in abdominal subcutaneous fat thickness which we believe the FDA views as the key advantage of 2-D. However, as it relates to measuring fat in the abdomen, there is limited literature supporting 2-D ultrasound as an appropriate measure of change over time and for multi-site studies. Moreover, based on prior evaluations, we believe that 2-D ultrasound may not be robust enough to measure change over time taking into consideration the variability and insensitivity of 2-D ultrasound to change. Therefore, we continue to believe that the laser-guided tape measure procedure is the most appropriate measure for LIPO-202 and changes in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. Notwithstanding the extensive standardization of our laser-guided tape measure procedure and that we believe the randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled nature of our clinical trials removes concerns regarding the influence of procedural factors, we intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of 2-D ultrasound as a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a limited number of clinical sites in our Phase 3 pivotal trials.

Phase 3 Clinical Trial Plan

As described throughout this section, we have conducted clinical trials to characterize the safety and efficacy of LIPO-202, as well as to develop and validate research tools with which to assess change in this novel indication. We plan to initiate our Phase 3 development program in the first half of 2015 and intend to conduct the studies outlined in Table 3 below as part of our Phase 3 program to support the registration of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. Based upon our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, we intend to complete the U.S. development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients and intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of 2-D ultrasound as a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat as part of our Phase 3 pivotal trials. We expect to have top-line data from the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials at the end of 2015 and, assuming positive data, anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway.

 

98


Table of Contents
    

Clinical Trial

   Number of
Patients
  

Trial Purpose

   Expected
Trial Initiation
   Data
Expected

     LOGO     

   Study LIPO-202-CL-18    n~800   

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy

   First half of
2015
   End of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-19    n~800   

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy (identical design to LIPO-202-CL-18)

   First half of
2015
   End of
2015
     LOGO         Study LIPO-202-CL-12    n=24   

-   Comparative bioavailability of LIPO-202 and ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50

-   Clinical bridge for 505(b)(2) NDA

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-21    n=120   

-   Safety in a special population of obese patients

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-22    n=120   

-   Long-term safety of repeated cycles of treatment

   First half of
2015
   First
half of
2016
   Study LIPO-202-CL-23    n~200   

-   Long-term safety and durability of efficacy in responders to treatment

   Second half of
2015
   Second
half of
2016
     LOGO         Study LIPO-202-CL-25    n=10-12   

-   Exploratory study in submental fat

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-26    n=10-12   

-   Exploratory study in lipomas

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015

Table 3. Phase 3 clinical trials

Summary of Early Clinical Trials

Each of our clinical trials to date has provided important information on the safety and efficacy of LIPO-202, as well as on the tools with which to assess changes in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. All of the clinical trials of LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 conducted prior to the RESET Study, as well as several key endpoint evaluation studies, are described below.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-01 .    A single- and multiple-dose Phase 1 safety and pharmacokinetics study, which included 26 patients, identified the maximum potential dose of salmeterol xinafoate administered by subcutaneous injection to the abdomen that would qualify for consideration under FDA regulation 505(b)(2). The 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway will enable us to file an NDA using the FDA’s approval of another product based on data generated by others, provided that we establish the necessary preclinical and clinical bridges to the previously approved product. We expect that we will be able to reference data on salmeterol xinafoate submitted to the FDA for ADVAIR, such as that for reproductive toxicology, mutagenicity, carcinogenicity, long-term toxicology, clinical safety, QTc interval,

 

99


Table of Contents
 

and drug interactions, and will not need to repeat those studies. Study LIPO-102-CL-01 showed that approximately 50 µg of salmeterol xinafoate injected subcutaneously into the abdomen produces peak plasma levels of salmeterol comparable to those produced by 50 µg of salmeterol xinafoate administered twice daily by the oral inhalation of ADVAIR. Thus, guidance was obtained for future trials on the limits of salmeterol xinafoate dosing when injected subcutaneously into the abdomen.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-03 .    This study, which included 54 patients, provided initial information on the safety and efficacy of a range of doses of LIPO-102 administered via subcutaneous injection once or twice per week for four weeks to non-obese patients with measureable abdominal bulging. This study demonstrated that the greatest reduction in abdominal circumference was produced by the lowest dose of LIPO-102 tested, 0.5 µg salmeterol xinafoate and 1.0 µg fluticasone propionate, that was administered once rather than twice weekly for four weeks. This study also demonstrated that 2-D ultrasound and skin-pinch calipers were highly variable as assessment tools relative to constant-tension tape measurement.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-04.     This study, which included 58 patients, further defined the dose of LIPO-102 when injected as divided doses in a defined array across the abdomen. Two doses of LIPO-102 were compared to placebo when administered as 22 one mL central abdominal subcutaneous injections once a week for eight weeks. The use of 3-D digital photographic imaging to measure changes in abdominal circumference and volume, as well as patient and clinician rating scales were investigated in this trial as potential clinical endpoints. The lowest doses of salmeterol xinafoate in LIPO-102 produced superior efficacy compared to the higher doses. The pharmacokinetics of LIPO-102 at a total weekly salmeterol xinafoate plus fluticasone propionate dose of 11 µg+22 µg was also evaluated in Study LIPO-102-CL-04 after the first dose on Day 1 and after the last dose on Day 50. There was no significant difference between the plasma levels of either dose on Days 1 and 50. The peak plasma level of salmeterol xinafoate produced by LIPO-102 was approximately one fifth of that produced by the 505(b)(2) reference drug ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50. Moreover, the peak plasma level of salmeterol xinafoate produced by the Phase 3 dose of LIPO-202, or 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate total weekly dose, is approximately over 100-fold less than that produced by the 505(b)(2) reference drug ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50. The reductions in abdominal circumference and volume determined by 3-D digital imaging were also found to persist in responders to LIPO-102 for 12-weeks post-treatment.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-09.     This study, which included 157 patients, was designed to:

 

   

define the optimal dose of LIPO-102 through an evaluation of the safety and efficacy of three doses of LIPO-102 compared to placebo delivered as 20 subcutaneous injections once a week for eight weeks;

 

   

test the Patient Photonumeric Scale, or PPnS, and CPnS, as potential clinical endpoints;

 

   

test the Abdominal Subcutaneous Adiposity Questionnaires, or ASAQ, now renamed the Abdominal Contour Questionnaire, or ACQ, as a clinical endpoint; and

 

   

evaluate the safety and efficacy of LIPO-102 for 12 weeks following the final dose.

 

   

Toward the stated objectives, a weekly dose of 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate and 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 was identified as optimal based on significant reductions in treatment area volume and circumference as determined by 3-D digital imaging. LIPO-102-treated subjects in the mid-, or 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 and high-, or 1.0 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 dose groups rated the change in abdominal flattening on the PPnS as significantly greater by End-of-Study compared with the placebo group (p-value = 0.044 and

 

100


Table of Contents
 

p-value = 0.006, respectively), with similar trends observed on the CPnS. The ASAQ was confirmed to be a valid patient-reported outcome instrument to measure the broader effects or impact of changes in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. Importantly, the lowest dose of LIPO-102 tested, 0.1 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate, was inactive/no different than placebo across all outcome measures in this study. Similar to the prior study, in the non-drug observational follow-on to LIPO-102-CL-09, the reduction in abdominal circumference and volume produced by responders to 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 remained significantly greater than that produced by placebo for at least six weeks post-treatment and remained above baseline and placebo for at least 12 weeks post-treatment.

 

   

Study VAL-CL-10.     This study enrolled 23 subjects who met the same inclusion/exclusion criteria as in Study LIPO-102-CL-09, but received only limited volume liposuction performed over the same treatment area in Study LIPO-102-CL-09. Acknowledging that these are cross-study comparisons, the VAL-CL-10 study showed that the reductions in abdominal circumference and volume measured ten weeks after liposuction were nearly identical to those produced by 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 in Study LIPO-102-CL-09.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-11.     In contrast to all previous studies with LIPO-102, this study, which included 228 patients, compared the safety and efficacy of three doses of LIPO-102 in which the dose of salmeterol xinafoate was fixed and dose of fluticasone propionate was varied. In addition, this clinical trial included a treatment arm of 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate alone, or LIPO-202. The LIPO-102 dose-response was relatively flat in terms of change from baseline to End-of-Study for most outcome measures, regardless of the contained dose of fluticasone propionate. In addition, the responses for salmeterol xinafoate alone, or LIPO-202, were similar to those of the combination of fluticasone propionate and salmeterol xinafoate, or LIPO-102. These results confirmed that salmeterol xinafoate alone is primarily responsible for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, prompting us to focus on LIPO-202 for future development.

 

   

Study VAL-CL-13.      This study was an exploratory study that compared MRI with external 3-D digital stereophotogrammetry and a laser-guided manual tape measure procedure as objective physical measures of abdominal circumference. One male and one female subject completed the study from each of the following BMI categories: BMI = 20 ± 2 kg/m 2 , 25 ± 2 kg/m 2 , 30 ± 2 kg/m 2 and 35 ± 2 kg/m 2 . This study showed that MRI, 3-D digital imaging and the standardized laser-guided manual tape measure procedure were all effective tools for measuring abdominal circumferences in this single site, single visit study. However, variance was found to be the smallest for the laser-guided manual tape measure procedure warranting further evaluation of this technique in future clinical trials.

 

   

Studies VAL-CL-15 and VAL-CL-20.      These studies, which included 29 subjects and 30 subjects, respectively, and 10 clinicians and 11 clinicians, respectively, were non-drug studies that assessed the reliability of our clinical outcome assessment rating instruments, including the P-GAPS, Clinician-Global Abdominal Perception Scale, or C-GAPS, PPnS, CPnS. The ratings were performed by trained clinical raters of the studies, on two occasions 14 days apart to provide an estimate of test-retest reliability. In addition, the inter-rater reliability, or the degree of agreement among the raters, was determined for the clinician rating instruments, such as the C-GAPS and CPnS. An intra-class correlation coefficient, or ICC, is typically determined to estimate reliability when there are a number of different raters making an assessment. When the raters agree on an assessment, the ICC approaches a value of one. The ICC from all studies for all clinical outcome assessment or rating instruments approached or exceeded 0.9. These studies demonstrated a high degree of patient, clinician and test-retest reliability for our clinical outcome assessment instruments.

 

101


Table of Contents
   

Study VAL-CL-24 .    This non-drug study included 40 subjects and explored 2-D ultrasound as a tool to measure subcutaneous fat thickness in the anterior abdomen and determined the intra- and inter-rater reliability and retest reliability of 2-D ultrasound at two investigative clinical sites. The intra- and inter-rater reliability and retest reliability was also determined for our laser-guided tape measure procedure. This study achieved its intended purpose of establishing the protocol with which to assess 2-D ultrasound as a measure of change in up to four clinical sites in the two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials.

Our Product Candidate: LIPO-102

We may advance our second product candidate, LIPO-102, into Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of the orphan indication of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease caused by the expansion of fat and muscle behind the eye.

Nonclinical Program

Pharmacology

Salmeterol xinafoate is a highly selective, long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist. Consistent with the known role of ß-adrenergic receptors in the metabolism of stored triglycerides in fat cells, we have shown that salmeterol xinafoate stimulates lipolysis, or the breakdown of triglycerides into free fatty acids and glycerol, in cultured human fat cells in a manner similar to other ß-adrenergic receptor agonists, such as isoproterenol. We have also direct evidence that the injection of salmeterol xinafoate reduces central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in animal models as our pre-clinical studies demonstrated that the injection of salmeterol xinafoate into the inguinal fat pad of rats produced a dose-related reduction in fat pad weight. Similarly, our preclinical studies demonstrated that the injection of salmeterol xinafoate into the back fat of minipigs reduced subcutaneous fat thickness as determined by 2-D ultrasound.

Safety

Salmeterol xinafoate is approved by the FDA for use by oral inhalation for maintenance treatment of bronchial asthma and COPD either alone as the active ingredient of SEREVENT DISKUS or in combination with another active ingredient, fluticasone propionate, as ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. Consequently, the nonclinical safety profile of salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate alone and in combination has been extensively studied in mice, rats, rabbits, guinea pigs and/or dogs by several routes of administration, including by mouth, intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, inhalation and/or dermal. The FDA’s findings as to this information are available for us to reference in our NDA under the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway provided that we establish the appropriate preclinical bridge to that data. Although salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate are established agents with well characterized nonclinical and clinical safety profiles, both systemically and locally, use of these drugs by the subcutaneous route and their potential lipolytic properties are less well understood and have been the focus of our studies. Consequently, additional pharmacokinetics and toxicity studies were conducted in minipigs by subcutaneous administration to assess local tolerability in support of early stage clinical trials. Local concentrations of salmeterol xinafoate 2500-fold greater than the anticipated clinical dose produced no untoward histopathological changes when injected into the back fat of minipigs. We have committed to conduct a three-month minipig study by subcutaneous administration to further assess local tolerability and a bridging study by subcutaneous administration in rats to the 505(b)(2) reference listed drug ADVAIR.

Government Regulation

Pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic

 

102


Table of Contents

Act, or FDCA, and other federal, state and foreign statutes and regulations extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, including any manufacturing changes, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, reporting, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, import and export of pharmaceutical products such as LIPO-202. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

United States Regulation of Drugs.     In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs such as our product candidates under the FDCA and implementing regulations. Failure to comply with the applicable FDA or other requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process, or after approval may subject an applicant or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice, or DOJ, or other governmental entities. We are pursuing a Section 505(b)(2) NDA regulatory strategy, explained further below, which we expect will allow us to rely in our new drug application, NDA, on certain nonclinical and clinical safety findings made by the FDA in its approval of salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS.

The U.S. Drug Approval Process .    New drugs must be approved by the FDA before they can be marketed. There are three types of new drug applications: (1) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness (a section 505(b)(1) application); (2) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference (a section 505(b)(2) application); and (3) an application that contains information to show that the proposed product is, among other things, the same as a previously approved product in terms of its active ingredient, dosage form, strength, route of administration, labeling, and pharmacokinetics (a section 505(j) application, referred to as an abbreviated new drug application or ANDA).

The steps required before a drug may be approved for marketing in the United States generally include:

 

   

preclinical laboratory tests and animal tests conducted under GLP;

 

   

the submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug, or IND, application for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials commence in the United States (the sponsor may also elect to conduct foreign clinical trials under an IND, and if it does elect to do so, all FDA requirements must be followed);

 

   

the approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials conducted in accordance with Good Clinical Practices, or GCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for each indication (the FDA will accept non-IND foreign studies as support for an FDA application provided the study was conducted in accordance with GCP and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if necessary);

 

   

the submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

FDA acceptance of the NDA for review;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facilities at which the product is made to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

responding to questions raised by the FDA regarding the application (“complete response” letters), if any; and

 

   

the FDA’s approval of the NDA.

As noted above, we plan to pursue the 505(b)(2) approval pathway, which is an option for modifications to drug products previously approved by the FDA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information demonstrating safety or effectiveness comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. This can include allowing the applicant to rely indirectly upon the FDA’s findings with regard to the adequacy of certain preclinical or clinical data in demonstrating the safety or effectiveness of an approved product to which the proposed product is similar. Such an application may be appropriate if an applicant is seeking approval of a product that contains the same active ingredient as an already-approved product, but in a different strength or dosage form, or for a different indication. The FDA typically requires a 505(b)(2) NDA applicant to perform additional testing, which can be extensive and include clinical trials, to support the change from the approved product.

Regardless of the path taken, the U.S. drug testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and the receipt and timing of any approval are uncertain and may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend clinical trials or impose other conditions at any time on various grounds, including that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or for failure to comply with regulatory or IRB requirements.

Based on our interactions with the FDA, we believe that with the successful completion of our Phase 3 program, we will have completed the preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to submit an NDA under Section 505(b)(2).

Preclinical Studies.     Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluations of the chemistry, formulation and toxicity, as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including GLP. The results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and a proposed clinical trial protocol, are submitted to the FDA as part of the IND, which must become effective before clinical trials may be commenced. Long-term preclinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. The IND will become effective automatically 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless prior to that time the FDA raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the proposed clinical trials as outlined in the IND. In that case, the FDA may place the clinical trial on a clinical hold, and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before clinical trials can proceed. A separate submission to an existing IND application must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development.

Clinical Trials .    Clinical trials involve the administration of an investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with cGCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must

 

104


Table of Contents

be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB covering each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial before the trial may commence. The IRB will consider, among other things, ethical factors, the safety of human subjects and the possible liability of the institution. The IRB must also monitor the trial until completed.

Clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases prior to approval, but the phases may overlap. These phases generally include the following:

 

   

Phase 1.     Phase 1 clinical trials represent the initial introduction of a product candidate into human subjects, frequently healthy volunteers. In Phase 1, the product candidate is usually tested for safety, including adverse effects and dosage tolerance, and/or absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and pharmacodynamics. If possible, Phase 1 clinical trials may also test for early evidence of effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2.     Phase 2 clinical trials usually involve studies in a limited patient population to (1) evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific indications, (2) determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and (3) identify possible adverse effects and safety risks.

 

   

Phase 3.     If a product candidate is found to be potentially effective and to have an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 clinical trials, the clinical trial program will progress to Phase 3 clinical trials, in which the product candidate will be administered to an expanded patient population with the target condition, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances, including where the study is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome, and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

In some cases, the FDA may condition approval of an NDA for a product candidate on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials.

Marketing Application .    Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information on the manufacture, composition and quality of the product and the proposed labeling, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA, requesting approval to market the product. The application generally must be accompanied by a significant user fee payment.

 

105


Table of Contents

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on a threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or decide that the data is insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. If the FDA requests additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information and is subject to payment of additional user fees. The resubmitted application is again subject to filing review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

Also, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement to an NDA must generally contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Based on early indications from the FDA, we do not anticipate that the FDA would grant a full waiver for LIPO-202 and may have to conduct some pediatric studies, perhaps on a deferred or partial waiver basis.

Review of Application .     Once the NDA has been accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review and sets a Prescription Drug User Fee Act date that informs the applicant of the specific date by which the FDA intends to complete its review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs through a two-tiered classification system, Standard Review and Priority Review. Priority Review designation is given to drugs that offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. The FDA endeavors to review applications subject to Standard Review within ten to twelve months, whereas the FDA’s goal is to review Priority Review applications within six to eight months, depending on whether the drug is a new molecular entity. The review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews NDAs to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured and will not approve the product unless the manufacturing facility complies with cGMP. The FDA may also inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with cGCP requirements.

During the approval process, the FDA also will determine whether a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, is necessary to assure the safe use of the product. A REMS may be required to include various elements, such as a medication guide or patient package insert, a communication plan to educate healthcare providers of the drug’s risks, limitations on who may prescribe or dispense the drug, or other elements to assure safe use, such as special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. In addition, the REMS must include a timetable to periodically assess the strategy. If the FDA concludes that a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the application must submit a proposed REMS; the FDA will not approve the application without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS can substantially increase the costs of obtaining approval, and can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a drug. The FDA may also refer the application to an advisory committee of external experts to provide input on certain review issues relating to risk, benefit and interpretation of clinical trial data.

After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, the agency issues either an approval letter or, if the review cycle is complete and the application is not ready for approval, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. Even if the sponsor submits this additional information, the FDA may ultimately decide that an application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If, or when, the deficiencies have been

 

106


Table of Contents

addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Post-Approval Requirements.     Once an NDA is approved, the product will be subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to manufacturing, drug listing and establishment registration, recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising, marketing and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, as well as some manufacturing and supplier changes, are subject to prior FDA review and approval of a new NDA or an NDA supplement. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the similar procedures in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs. The manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, as well as new application fees for certain supplemental applications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs.

In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMP after approval. Entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced and announced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. Further, the Drug Supply Chain Security Act of 2013 imposes new obligations that require prescription drugs distributed in the United States to be traced throughout the supply chain. A number of states also require registration of pharmaceutical manufacturers and wholesalers and impose supply chain requirements, and as a result pharmaceutical companies are subject to additional oversight at the state level.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market study or clinical trial requirements to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

107


Table of Contents
   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Advertising and Promotion .    The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. The FDA considers off-label promotion to “misbrand” a drug. Pharmaceutical companies have paid millions and even billions of dollars to resolve government allegations of off-label promotion, including allegations that such off-label promotion led to violations of the False Claims Act.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments.     As an alternative path to FDA approval for modifications to formulations or uses of products previously approved by the FDA, an applicant may submit an NDA under 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) was enacted as part of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and effectiveness is scientifically appropriate, including by providing data or information that “bridge” the differences between the proposed product and the already-approved product, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical studies or clinical trials of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements, including clinical trials, to support the change from the approved branded reference drug. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the branded reference drug has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant. We are pursuing a Section 505(b)(2) NDA regulatory strategy, which we expect will allow us to rely in our NDA filing on certain nonclinical and clinical safety findings made by the FDA in its approval of salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. We believe that with the successful completion of our Phase 3 clinical trial, we will have completed the preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to submit an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) to support the approval of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients.

By pursuing the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for LIPO-202, our reliance on the FDA’s prior findings of safety from salmeterol xinafoate may require any approved labeling for LIPO-202 to include, in addition to safety information from our clinical trials, certain safety information that is included in the label for approved salmeterol xinafoate products, including warnings and other safety information. Similarly, using the 505(b)(2) pathway may require us to include certifications with our NDA submission for any patents that are listed with the reference drug product in the Orange Book.

Orange Book Listing.     In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, including a 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant is required to list with the FDA patents that claim the drug substance, drug product, or a method of using the drug. Upon approval of an NDA, each of the patents listed in the application published in the Orange Book. Any applicant who files a 505(b)(2) NDA or ANDA referencing a drug listed in the Orange Book must certify to the FDA that: (1) no patent information on the reference drug product has been submitted to the FDA, referred to as a Paragraph I Certification; (2) such patent has expired, referred to as a Paragraph II Certification; (3) the date on which such patent expires, referred to as a Paragraph III Certification; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted, referred to as a Paragraph IV Certification. With regard to a method of use patent, the applicant may submit a “section viii” statement stating that the proposed product’s label does not contain, or carves out, any language regarding the method of use claimed in the patent. An applicant submitting a Paragraph III Certification is stating that it is not seeking approval

 

108


Table of Contents

before expiration of the patent. An applicant submitting a Paragraph IV Certification must provide notice to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the 505(b)(2) application or ANDA refers. If within 45 days of receiving the Paragraph IV Certification notice, the reference NDA holder or patent owner responds by filing a lawsuit asserting patent infringement, the FDA is prohibited from approving the application until the earlier of thirty months from the receipt of the Paragraph IV Certification, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the applicant.

Non-Patent Exclusivity and Approval of Competing Products.     A 505(b)(2) application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the reference drug, described below, has expired. Regulatory exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications for competing products. For example, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may obtain five years of non-patent exclusivity upon approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity, or NCE, which is a drug that contains an active moiety that has not previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An “active moiety” is defined as the molecule or ion responsible for the drug substance’s physiological or pharmacologic action. During the five-year exclusivity period, the FDA cannot accept for filing any ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA for the same active moiety, except that the FDA may accept an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application for filing after four years if the application contains a Paragraph IV Certification. If the reference product sponsor timely sues on the patent, approval of the proposed product cannot occur until expiration of seven and a half years from the approval date of the reference product.

A drug that is not an NCE, including one approved via a 505(b)(2) NDA, may obtain a three-year period of exclusivity for a particular condition of approval (often a change from a marketed product, such as a new formulation, dosage form, or indication), if one or more new clinical trials, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, was essential to the approval of the application and was conducted or sponsored by the applicant. During this three-year period of exclusivity, the FDA may not approve an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application for a product with the same condition of approval, but the agency is not precluded from accepting the application and reviewing it.

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity .    The Orphan Drug Act provides incentives for the development of products intended to treat rare diseases or conditions. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that sales of a product to treat the disease or condition will allow recovery of the cost of developing the drug and making it available in the United States. A request for orphan designation must be submitted before the NDA for the product. If a sponsor demonstrates that a drug is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, the FDA will grant orphan designation for that product for the orphan indication. After granting orphan drug designation, the FDA publicly discloses the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process, but the product is eligible for research grants and tax credits and, if approved, orphan drug exclusivity. If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval of the active moiety for the orphan designated disease or condition, the product is entitled to seven years of orphan drug exclusivity, which generally prohibits the FDA from approving another product with the same active moiety for the same indication. Orphan exclusivity will not bar approval of another product with the same moiety for the same use if the subsequent product is clinically superior to the approved product, as demonstrated by better effectiveness or safety, or making a major contribution to patient care. Orphan exclusivity also does not bar approval of a different drug for the same orphan indication, or approval of the same drug for a different indication, nor does it prevent approval of the same drug for the same use if the manufacturer of the approved product cannot meet market demand. As a result, even if one of our product candidates receives orphan exclusivity,

 

109


Table of Contents

we may still be subject to competition. Also, if a competitor obtains orphan exclusivity for a product that has the same active moiety and is approved for the same orphan designated use as one of our product candidates, our product could be blocked from approval.

Foreign Regulation.     In order to market any product outside of the United States, we will need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding development, approval, commercial sales and distribution of our products, and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products, if approved. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse, Data Privacy and Security and Physician Payment Transparency Laws .    In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing and promotion of drugs and devices, other federal and state laws and regulations could restrict our business practices. These laws and regulations include, without limitation, anti-kickback and false claims laws, as well as transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers. These laws typically relate to a service or item that is paid for in whole or in part by a government healthcare program or private third-party payor. Although we anticipate it would be extremely rare, if ever, that third-party payors would pay in whole or in part for our product candidates currently in development or related procedures, the government is known to look broadly for any connection to government dollars when enforcing healthcare fraud and abuse laws. Further, many states have adopted similar state laws and regulations, some of which broadly apply to healthcare items and services regardless of whether the payor is a government entity, commercial payor, or the individual patient. In addition, patient privacy and security laws have been imposed at the federal and state level.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Further, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

 

110


Table of Contents

The federal civil False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, and provides for whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment of government funds or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. The civil False Claims Act also applies to false submissions that cause the government to be paid less than the amount to which it is entitled, such as a rebate. Intent to deceive is not required to establish liability under the civil False Claims Act. Under the civil False Claims Act, no specific intent to defraud is required. The civil False Claims Act defines “knowing” to include not only actual knowledge but also instances in which the person acted in deliberate ignorance or reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. Several pharmaceutical, device and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for, among other things, allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies’ marketing of products for unapproved, and thus non-covered, uses (i.e., “off-label promotion).

The government may further prosecute conduct constituting a false claim under the federal criminal Health Care False Statements Statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact, making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Unlike the civil False Claims Act, this law requires proof of intent to submit a false claim.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the Anti-Kickback Statute a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The Civil Monetary Penalties Law authorizes, among other things, the imposition of substantial monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent, or offers any “remuneration” to beneficiaries of government healthcare programs where the person making the payment knows or should know that it is likely to influence the beneficiaries’ selection of items or services reimbursable by government healthcare programs.

The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, being implemented as the Open Payments Program, requires applicable pharmaceutical manufacturers of covered drugs (prescription drugs for which government healthcare program payment is available either separately or as part of a bundled payment) to track payments and other transfers of value made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, maintain a payments database, and publicly report the payment data. Applicable pharmaceutical manufacturers are also required to track and report physician investment and ownership interests that are within the scope of the law. Pharmaceutical manufacturers with products for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the State Children’s Health Insurance Program were required to begin such tracking on August 1, 2013, and were required to make their first report containing aggregate

 

111


Table of Contents

data to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, by March 31, 2014 and the second report containing detailed payment and transfers of value data and submit legal attestation to the completeness and accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, covered manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. CMS will post manufacturer disclosures on a searchable public website on or before September 30, 2014. Failure to comply with the reporting obligations may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year, and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures.”

Similar state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, and state laws governing professional licensing and licensee conduct, may apply to sales, marketing, or referral arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services. Such state laws vary in scope; some are limited to state funded healthcare such as Medicaid, while others broadly apply to providers of healthcare items and services regardless of whether the payor is a government entity, commercial payor, or the individual patient. Several state laws require pharmaceutical companies to report expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of pharmaceutical products in those states and to report gifts and payments to individual healthcare providers in those states, prohibit certain marketing related activities including the provision of gifts, meals or other items to certain healthcare providers and/or require pharmaceutical companies to implement compliance programs or marketing codes.

Under HIPAA and its implementing regulations, the Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations to protect the privacy and security of patients’ protected health information used or disclosed by “covered entities,” with certain requirements for “business associates” of covered entities. In the context of clinical trials, healthcare providers and facilities that serve as investigators and study sites are frequently HIPAA covered entities and must adhere to applicable requirements. Although we do not generally anticipate that we will be directly subject to HIPAA it is possible that some of our activities may trigger HIPAA compliance concerns. In addition, state privacy laws may be more broadly applicable to a variety of entities.

The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust systems to comply with different compliance or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may fail to comply fully with one or more of these requirements.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including certain sales and marketing practices and the provision of certain items and services to our customers in the future, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the health regulatory laws described above or any other laws that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including potentially significant criminal and civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. To the extent that any of our products, if approved, are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws, which may include, for instance, applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or transfers of value to healthcare professionals.

Payment for Aesthetic Products.     In general, in the U.S. health system, much of the financial success of a product typically relies on the government or commercial payors paying for a patient’s use of a product. Typically coverage of a product will depend on whether it is deemed medically necessary by government and commercial payors. Given the cosmetic nature and intent of LIPO-202, we do not anticipate that any government or commercial payors will cover and reimburse for this product or procedures using this

 

112


Table of Contents

product. Accordingly, a patient would have to pay for the cost of LIPO-202 out-of-pocket, making our expected reimbursement for our products and procedures using our products different from that of many pharmaceutical companies offering non-aesthetic products in the United States. Nevertheless, given our planned operation in the aesthetic market and the reimbursement framework for other aesthetic products currently on the market, we do not expect that the inability to receive reimbursement from a government or other third party payor for the use of the product will significantly impact a patient’s decision to use or a physician’s decision to prescribe or recommend our products.

Healthcare Reform.     The recent implementation of the Affordable Care Act is an example that has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries.

The Affordable Care Act is designed to expand access to affordable health insurance, control healthcare spending, and improve healthcare quality. The law includes provisions to tie Medicare provider reimbursement to healthcare quality and incentives, require the implementation of healthcare compliance programs, enhance physician payment transparency disclosure requirements, increase funding and initiatives to address fraud and abuse, and include incentives to state Medicaid programs to expand their coverage and services. It also imposes an annual tax on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs” to certain federal healthcare programs.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures as well as cost containment initiatives by third-party payors will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that governmental and other third-party payors will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for certain products or additional pricing pressure. Although as noted above, we anticipate that our lead product candidate, if approved, will be paid for out-of-pocket by the patient, it is nevertheless possible that federal or state healthcare reform could impact our business, particularly if we resume development of LIPO-102.

Sales and Marketing

We currently have a limited marketing capability and no sales organization established. We have retained all commercial rights to LIPO-202 in all areas of the world except Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. Our plan is to create a focused commercial capability in the United States to market and sell LIPO-202 and to consider strategic partners in other areas of the world to complete development and commercialization of the product candidate. Specifically, we plan to build a focused, specialized sales force of less than 100 representatives to target the key aesthetic physicians who perform the majority of the aesthetic procedures.

Manufacturing

We contract with third parties for the manufacture of LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 and intend to do so in the future. We do not own or operate and we do not expect to own or operate, facilities for product manufacturing, storage and distribution, or testing. Manufacturing is subject to extensive regulations that impose various procedural and documentation requirements, and which govern record keeping, manufacturing processes and controls, personnel, quality control and quality assurance, among others. Our systems and our contractors are required to be in compliance with these regulations, and this is assessed regularly through monitoring of performance and a formal audit program.

Competition

The aesthetic market, and in particular the market for fat reduction and body contouring, is highly competitive and is rapidly evolving due to new technology introductions. The FDA has recently approved several modalities for the reduction of fat, most of which are energy-based medical devices. None of the

 

113


Table of Contents

products approved to date are injectable drugs like LIPO-202. However, we are aware that ATX-101, an injectable deoxycholic acid, is a drug in development for the treatment of submental fat, or fat located in the chin area, by Kythera, Inc. in the United States. While we do not believe that ATX-101 will receive an FDA-approved indication for fat reduction in the abdomen in the intermediate future, it is possible that physicians may use this product off-label in that manner. In addition, while we are unaware of any potentially competitive injectable drugs that may reach the market before LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, we anticipate that LIPO-202, if approved, will face significant competition from surgical alternatives for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat and other medical device technologies designed for the reduction of fat.

Surgical Fat Reduction.     Liposuction remains the primary treatment option for subcutaneous fat reduction. We expect that LIPO-202 may compete indirectly with limited-volume liposuction for physician preference and resources.

Non-Surgical Technologies for Fat Reduction.     The FDA has approved several medical devices for fat reduction. For example, ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. received clearance for their body contouring system, CoolSculpting, which utilizes controlled cooling to reduce the temperature of fat cells in the treated area for the selective reduction of fat around the abdomen and flanks. Zerona, a laser energy-based product marketed by Erchonia Corporation, and Liposonix, an ultrasound energy-based product marketed by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., have also received FDA marketing clearance. TruSculpt, a radiofrequency energy-based product introduced by Cutera, Inc., is used to heat fat to kill fat cells. However, unlike the devices provided by Erchonia, Valeant or ZELTIQ, the Cutera device is not cleared by the FDA for fat reduction; rather, it has a clearance for topical heating and for temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite. In addition, we may in the future face competition from new and emerging technologies.

Aesthetic Therapeutics Market Competition.     Injectable botulinum toxins and dermal fillers dominate the injectable aesthetic therapeutics market, specifically for facial rejuvenation. However, there are currently no injectable aesthetic therapeutics approved by the FDA for localized fat reduction. While we believe LIPO-202 will be a complementary procedure to these existing injectables, for some patients we may compete for a share of their discretionary budget and share of mind within the physician’s office for improving body aesthetics.

We expect to also generally compete against medical technology and aesthetic companies, including those offering products and technologies unrelated to fat reduction, for physician resources and mind share. Many of our potential competitors are large, experienced companies that have substantially greater resources and brand recognition than we do. For a description of the risks we face related to competition, please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — LIPO-202, if approved, will face significant competition, and the failure by us to compete effectively may prevent us from achieving significant market acceptance .”

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for our product candidates, novel biological discoveries, and drug development technology and other know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary or intellectual property rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary and intellectual property rights. We seek to protect and enhance our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to any patentable aspects of our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on know-how, copyright, trademarks and trade secrets and continuing technological innovation, and we continue to evaluate potential in-licensing opportunities, in order to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

 

114


Table of Contents

The patent positions of pharmaceutical/biotechnology companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual issues. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued. After issuance, if challenged, the courts can redefine the scope of the patent. Consequently, we do not know with certainty whether issued patents in each country will cover our product candidates, or if issued, whether the patent will remain in force after challenge. It is possible that our current patents, or patents which we may later acquire, may be successfully challenged or invalidated in whole or in part. We cannot predict with certainty whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in a particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection from potential competitors. Any of our patents could potentially be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. It is also possible that we may not obtain issued patents from our pending patent applications or other inventions we seek to protect. Due to uncertainties inherent in prosecuting patent applications, sometimes patent applications are rejected and we subsequently abandon them. It is also possible that we may develop proprietary products or technologies in the future that are not patentable or that the patents of others will limit or altogether preclude our ability to do business. In addition, any patent issued to us may provide us with little or no competitive advantage, in which case we may abandon such patent or license it to another entity. For more information, please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Since patent applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions are maintained in secrecy for a minimum of eighteen months, and because publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain of the priority of our inventions covered by pending patent applications. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention, which for most of our patent applications are based on the first party to invent (patents filed after 2013 are given priority based on first to file). The date of an invention is not publically disclosed. It may be necessary for us to participate in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as patent oppositions, that seek to invalidate the patentability of third party patents before they issue. Such proceedings could result in substantial cost, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

As of September 30, 2014, we were the sole owner of a patent portfolio that includes three issued patents and seven pending patent applications in the United States, as well as granted and pending foreign counterparts of such U.S. patents and pending applications directed to LIPO-202 and/or LIPO-102. Our foreign counterparts include issued or granted patents and pending applications in Australia, Canada, various countries in Europe, Israel, Japan, South Korea, Mexico, China, Brazil, Hong Kong, Singapore, India, and Taiwan. The earliest expiration of any of our issued or granted patents is presently expected to occur in 2026. Two of our three issued U.S. patents, specifically U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,420,625 and 8,404,750, cover both of our LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 product candidates, and will be listable in the Orange Book for each of these product candidates upon product approval. The ’625 patent is directed to methods of treatment for reduction of adiposity using a long-acting substantially selective beta agonist and is expected to expire no earlier than 2026.

The ’750 patent, in particular, is directed to methods of treatment for reducing adipose tissue and pharmaceutical formulations using low doses of long-acting ß2-adrenergic receptor agonist active ingredient, e.g. salmeterol xinafoate, and is expected to expire no earlier than 2030. We expect that the breadth of coverage provided by our issued patents relating to our product candidates, including those of the ’750 patent will create a significant barrier to third party competition with our LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 products, and will help to render any challenge to our patent position by a third party in relation to our core product candidates difficult. We expect to continue pursuing in the United States and foreign jurisdictions additional patent protection of our product candidates and any future pipeline products or technologies where appropriate, as well as continuing to take appropriate measures to maintain non-patent proprietary protection for our innovative technologies.

 

115


Table of Contents

In September 2014, a law firm representing one or more unidentified third parties filed with the USPTO a Request for Ex Parte Reexamination with respect to each claim of the ’625 patent and a separate request for reexamination with respect to each claim of the ’750 patent. The reexamination process is provided for by law and requires the USPTO to consider the scope and validity of the patent. The USPTO has three months from receipt of the request to determine whether the petitioner has raised a substantial new question of patentability for at least one claim and grant the Request for Reexamination. We recently learned that the USPTO granted the request with respect to the ’625 patent. The ’750 patent reexamination petition remains pending. We believe that we have meritorious positions to uphold the patentability of each claim of the ’625 patent and ’750 patents during any ensuing prosecution before the USPTO. If any of the patent claims in the ’625 patent or the ’750 patent are ultimately invalidated or narrowed during prosecution before the USPTO, however, the extent of the patent coverage afforded to LIPO-202 could be impaired, which could potentially harm our ability to prevent others from copying our technology.

Trademarks.     We have a pending U.S. trademark application for the word mark “NEOTHETICS” and for our logo. We intend to pursue additional registrations in markets outside the United States for appropriate marks where we plan to sell our product candidates.

Other Proprietary Rights and Processes.     We also rely on trade secret protection for some of our confidential and proprietary information. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and disclose our technology. If these events happen, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business, scientific, development or financial affairs that are either developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us are to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. Our agreements with employees also provide that all inventions conceived by the employee in the course of employment with us or based on the employee’s use of our confidential information are our exclusive property or that we have an exclusive royalty-free license to use such technology.

Material Agreements

Technology Transfer Agreement .    In connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing, in December 2012, we entered into a Technology Transfer Agreement with Domain Russia Investments Limited, or DRI, an affiliate of Domain Partners VII, L.P. and DP VII, L.P., a significant stockholder of our company . Concurrently with the signing of the Technology Transfer Agreement we, together with DRI and NovaMedica, LLC, or NovaMedica, executed an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, pursuant to which all of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement were transferred to NovaMedica. The following description of the Technology Transfer Agreement gives effect to the transfer of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement to NovaMedica. The Technology Transfer Agreement obligated us to assign and license certain of our intellectual property to NovaMedica and to enter into the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, Clinical Supply Agreement and the Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica as further described below.

Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, in exchange for a nominal payment, we assigned to NovaMedica certain patents and patents applications in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan, or the Covered Territory, owned by us and necessary or useful for the development and commercialization of LIPO-102, LIPO-202 and/or certain future products we may develop, or the LIPO Products. We also

 

116


Table of Contents

granted to NovaMedica an exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free and irrevocable license under certain of our patented and non-patented intellectual property to develop and commercialize LIPO Products, solely in the Covered Territory. The license is not sublicensable or assignable, other than to an affiliate of NovaMedica or a successor to substantially all of the business of NovaMedica to which the Technology Transfer Agreement relates. We further agreed not to directly or indirectly develop, manufacture, sell or commercialize any product that (A) contains salmeterol xinafoate (alone or in combination) or (B) is designed or intended for use in the field of localized reduction of fat in the human body, including without limitation body contouring, or the Field, and is approved in the Covered Territory for the same indication for which a LIPO Product is approved during the term of the Technology Transfer Agreement.

To assist in NovaMedica’s development, commercialization, and manufacturing of LIPO Products, we agreed to transfer our know-how which is necessary or useful for development or commercialization of LIPO Products in the Covered Territory. Further, we agreed to provide certain development and manufacturing support to NovaMedica, including making our manufacturing personnel and other personnel knowledgeable of LIPO Products available to provide scientific and technical explanations, advice and on-site support that may be reasonably requested by NovaMedica and, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist NovaMedica to establish a manufacturing relationship with our clinical manufacturing organizations. In addition, prior to the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, we have agreed to sell to NovaMedica supplies of the applicable LIPO Product and related compounds solely for the purpose of conducting clinical trials of such LIPO Product and related compounds in the Covered Territory at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits, so long as any sale does not reasonably interfere with our own development and commercialization activities. Furthermore, within 120 days of NovaMedica’s request, we are obligated to negotiate in good faith and enter into a Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica for the supply of the LIPO Product required for commercialization of an approved LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, on commercially fair and reasonable terms at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits.

Under the Technology Transfer Agreement, NovaMedica will be responsible for filing and maintaining regulatory approvals for the LIPO Products in the Covered Territory and has the right to use the data from our regulatory filings to support its regulatory filings for LIPO Products. NovaMedica also has the sole right to import LIPO Products into the Covered Territory for purposes of development and commercialization of LIPO Products and the right to import and export LIPO Products outside the Covered Territory in connection with noncommercial research, clinical trials, or obtaining a supply of LIPO Product to exercise its other rights under the Technology Transfer Agreement.

We may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement in the event NovaMedica (1) knowingly exports out of the Covered Territory for commercial purposes a material and substantial quantity of salmeterol xinafoate or a LIPO Product or (2) challenges or contests the validity or enforceability of any of our patents assigned or licensed to NovaMedica, and fails to cure such breach during the applicable cure period. NovaMedica has the right to terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement at any time at its convenience upon 90 days prior written notice. Upon termination by NovaMedica, the licenses granted to NovaMedica would also terminate, but the assigned patents and patent applications would not return to our control.

In connection with the signing of the Technology Transfer Agreement, we also concurrently entered into a letter agreement with NovaMedica pursuant to which we are obligated to pay NovaMedica a make-whole payment up to a maximum amount of $1.2 million upon the occurrence any of the following events:

 

   

any granted patent within the assigned patents is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court or other governmental body in the Covered Territory;

 

   

it is determined that we do not (or did not at the time of assignment) hold exclusive title and ownership to any assigned patent or patent application or licensed intellectual property (free and clear of all liens or encumbrances); or

 

117


Table of Contents
   

the licenses or other rights granted by us to NovaMedica pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement terminate prior to the expiration date of the Technology Transfer Agreement (other than as contemplated by the Technology Transfer Agreement), and as a result, NovaMedica is required under Russian law to make a compensatory contribution to NovaMedica.

Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, or Collaboration Agreement, with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which NovaMedica develops LIPO Products. Under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement, a joint committee consisting of equal numbers of our representatives and NovaMedica representatives will prepare an initial development plan to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO Products. Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, we have also agreed to enter into a pharmacovigilance agreement within 180 days of the first regulatory approval of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory. NovaMedica may sell LIPO Products approved for sale in the Covered Territory under either NovaMedica’s trademarks or our trademarks, in its sole discretion.

The Collaboration Agreement expires on the earlier of (1) the termination of the Technology Transfer Agreement or (2) ten years following the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, provided that if the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory has not occurred within three years of the approval of the first LIPO Product by the FDA, then the Collaboration Agreement will terminate on the thirteenth anniversary of such FDA approval. NovaMedica may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement for convenience upon 90 days prior written notice.

Clinical Supply Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Supply Agreement with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which we supply LIPO-202 to NovaMedica. In addition to the supply terms set forth above, under the Clinical Supply Agreement, we are not required to supply any LIPO-202 until we have retained a clinical manufacturing organization to manufacture such product. We are only required to supply LIPO-202 up to a specified maximum amount of 1,000 doses. The Clinical Supply Agreement has an initial term of four years, which can be extended by mutual agreement between us and NovaMedica. NovaMedica may terminate the agreement for convenience upon 90 days’ notice.

Employees

As of September 30, 2014, we had nine full-time employees and one part-time employee with five employees in research and development and five employees, including the part-time employee, in business development, finance, legal, human resources, facilities, information technology and general management and administration activities. We plan to continue to expand our research and development activities. To support this growth, we will need to expand managerial, research and development, operations, finance and other functions. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Diego, California, where we lease and occupy approximately 6,119 square feet of office space. The current term of our lease expires on December 31, 2014. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs. When our lease expires, we may extend our existing lease or look for additional or alternate space for our operations and we believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

 

118


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are subject from time to time to various claims and legal actions during the ordinary course of our business. We believe that there are currently no claims or legal actions that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

General Information

We were originally incorporated in Delaware in February 2007 as Lipothera, Inc. In September 2008, we changed our name to Lithera, Inc. and in August 2014, we changed our name to Neothetics, Inc. Our principal corporate offices are located at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122 and our telephone number is (858) 750-1008. Our website is located at www.neothetics.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the day we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as measured as of each June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012 herein as the “JOBS Act,” and references herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

119


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Officers

The following table provides information regarding the directors and officers of Neothetics, Inc., including their ages and positions, as of September 30, 2014:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

George W. Mahaffey

     55       President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

     57       Chief Scientific Officer

Susan A. Knudson

     50       Chief Financial Officer

Christopher Kemmerer, Ph.D.

     50       Vice President, Pharmaceutical Development and Manufacturing

Lincoln Krochmal, M.D.

     67       Chief Medical Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Martha J. Demski (1)(2)

     62       Director

Maxim Gorbachev (1)(3)

     38       Director

Daniel S. Janney (2)(3)

     48       Director

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. (1)(2)

     47       Lead Independent Director

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. (3)

     55       Director

 

(1)  

Member of the compensation committee.

 

(2)  

Member of the audit committee.

 

(3)  

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The business address for our directors and officers is c/o Neothetics, Inc., 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122.

Executive Officers

George W. Mahaffey has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and director since March 2011. Prior to joining Neothetics, Mr. Mahaffey served as Chief Executive Officer of Peplin, Inc., a dermatology company, from September 2009 to February 2010 following its acquisition by LEO Pharma A/S in 2009. Prior to its acquisition, Mr. Mahaffey served as Chief Commercial Officer and VP, Sales and Marketing of Peplin, Inc. from May 2007 to September 2009. Prior to joining Peplin, Mr. Mahaffey served as Sr. VP, Sales and Marketing for CoTherix, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2004 until its acquisition by Actelion Ltd. in 2006. Prior to CoTherix, Mr. Mahaffey served as Senior Director, Marketing and Business Development at Scios, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2000 to 2004. Prior to joining Scios, Mr. Mahaffey served in the marketing group at Neurex, Inc., a biotechnology company, until its acquisition by Elan Corp. in 1998. Mr. Mahaffey began his pharmaceutical career at DuPont Pharmaceuticals where he held various sales and marketing positions. Mr. Mahaffey earned a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Delaware and an MBA from the University of South Florida. We believe Mr. Mahaffey is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his 24 years of pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry experience.

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D. has served as Chief Scientific Officer since May 2008. Prior to joining Neothetics, Dr. Locke worked since September 2000 at MediciNova, Inc., holding in succession the positions of Vice President, Research, Senior Vice President, Development Operations & Drug Discovery, Senior Vice President, Portfolio Management, Chief Business Officer and Chief Scientific Officer. Concurrent with his service at MediciNova, Dr. Locke served as Vice President of Research at Tanabe Research Laboratories U.S.A., Inc. from July 2000 to October 2002. Prior to joining Tanabe Research

 

120


Table of Contents

Laboratories, Dr. Locke served as Manager of Behavioral Neuroscience at Interneuron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 1989 to 1999. Prior to joining Interneuron, Dr. Locke headed laboratories for analgesic and anti-inflammatory drug research as well as Alzheimer’s disease drug research at Hoechst-Roussel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Locke earned a B.A. in Chemistry and French from Franklin and Marshall College and a M.S. and a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from the Emory University School of Medicine.

Susan A. Knudson has served as Chief Financial Officer since July 2014. Ms. Knudson previously served as our Vice President of Finance and Administration since February 2009. Prior to joining Neothetics, Ms. Knudson served as Senior Director of Finance and Administration at Avera Pharmaceuticals from May 2002 to January 2009. Prior to May 2002, Ms. Knudson served as Director of Finance and Administration at MD Edge, Inc., a medical communications company, from October 2000 to April 2002. Prior to joining MD Edge, Ms. Knudson served as Assistant Director of Accounting at Isis Pharmaceuticals from April 2000 to October 2000. Ms. Knudson has also held senior positions at CombiChem, General Atomics and Deloitte & Touche. Ms. Knudson holds a B.A. in Accounting from the University of San Diego.

Christopher Kemmerer, Ph.D. has served as Vice President of Pharmaceutical Development and Manufacturing since April 2008. Prior to joining Neothetics, Dr. Kemmerer held the position of Director of Pharmaceutical Development at Avera Pharmaceuticals from March 2006 to March 2008. Prior to Avera, Dr. Kemmerer served as a Senior Research Scientist at Pfizer, Inc. from June 2004 to January 2006. Prior to joining Pfizer, Dr. Kemmerer held positions across numerous functional areas of drug development at Merck & Company. Dr. Kemmerer earned a B.S. in Chemistry from Pennsylvania State University and a Ph.D. in Pharmaceuticals Sciences from Temple University.

Lincoln Krochmal, M.D. has served as Chief Medical Officer since November 2013. Prior to joining Neothetics, from September 2010 to November 2013, Dr. Krochmal volunteered his time in peer to peer counseling with new stroke patients and their families, leading a stroke survivor group at Valley Medical Center and serving as a spokesperson for the American Heart Association and the American Stroke Association and serving as a consultant in dermatology to the pharmaceutical industry. From September 2008 until October 2010, Dr. Krochmal served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Excaliard Pharmaceuticals until its acquisition by Pfizer, Inc. Prior to joining Excaliard, Dr. Krochmal served as Executive Vice President, Research and Product Development for Connetics Corporation, a specialty dermatology company, from 2003 until its acquisition by Stiefel Labs in 2007 and held other senior management positions at Unilever and Bristol-Myers Squibb. He is a fellow of the American Academy of Dermatology, a Diplomat of the American Board of Dermatology, and a member of the International Society of Dermatology and the Dermatology Foundation. Dr. Krochmal received his Bachelor of Medical Sciences degree from the University of Wisconsin, his M.D. from the Medical College of Wisconsin, and his board certification in Dermatology following successful completion of the residency training program at the University of Missouri Medical Center.

Non-Employee Directors

Martha J. Demski has served as a member of our board of directors and Chairperson of the audit committee since July 2014. Since August 2011, Ms. Demski has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ajinomoto Althea, Inc. (formerly Althea Technologies, Inc.), a fully-integrated contract development and manufacturing organization. From July 2008 to December 2010, Ms. Demski served as the Interim Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Sidney Kimmel Cancer Center, or SKCC, a non-profit corporation engaged in biomedical research, which voluntarily filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in 2009. From April 2006 to May 2008, Ms. Demski served as Senior Vice President of U.S. Trust. From 2005 to July 2008, Ms. Demski served on the Board of Trustees at SKCC, as well as Chairperson of its audit committee and governance and nominating committee at various times during this period. From December 1988 to June 2004, Ms. Demski served as Vice President, Chief

 

121


Table of Contents

Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Vical Incorporated, a biopharmaceutical company. Ms. Demski also serves on the board of directors of Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Chimerix, Inc., where she serves as Chairperson of the audit committee of each company. Ms. Demski earned a B.A. in Education from Michigan State University and an M.B.A. from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business. We believe that Ms. Demski’s more than 30 years’ experience in the fields of finance and biotechnology as well her experience in conducting financing transactions qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Maxim Gorbachev has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Gorbachev is a partner at RMI Partners, LLC, or RMI Partners, the management company of Rusnano MedInvest, LLC, or RMI LLC, a Russian-based life sciences venture capital firm, founded by RUSNANO State Corporation, which he joined in March 2013. Prior to joining RMI Partners, from September 2012 to March 2013, Mr. Gorbachev served as Associate Director, Business Planning at JSC Sukhoi Civil Aircraft, an aerospace company. Prior to joining JSC Sukhoi Civil Aircraft, from March 2012 to September 2012, Mr. Gorbachev acted as a consultant to various companies. From July 2009 to February 2012, Mr. Gorbachev served as Director of Finance and Administration at UCB Pharma LLC, a pharmaceuticals company. Prior to joining UCB Pharma, Mr. Gorbachev served as Investment Manager at Sminex, a Moscow-based private equity fund. Mr. Gorbachev currently serves on the boards of several of RMI LLC’s portfolio companies, including Miramar Labs. Mr. Gorbachev earned a M.S. in applied mathematics from Lomonosov Moscow State University, a M.S. in Financial Management from The Finance University under The Government of Russian Federation and an M.B.A. from Vlerick Management School. We believe Mr. Gorbachev’s extensive experience in a wide range of industries, strong healthcare exposure as a partner of a leading Russian life sciences venture capital firm, as well as his service on the board of directors for a number of healthcare companies, qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Daniel S. Janney has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2007. Mr. Janney is a managing director at Alta Partners, a life sciences venture capital firm, which he joined in 1996. Prior to joining Alta, from 1993 to 1996, Mr. Janney served as Vice President in Montgomery Securities’ healthcare and biotechnology investment banking group, focusing on life sciences companies. Mr. Janney is a director of a number of companies including Alba Therapeutics Corporation, DiscoveRx Corporation, Esperion Therapeutics, Inc., Prolacta Bioscience, Inc. and ViroBay, Inc. Mr. Janney holds a B.A. in History from Georgetown University and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School at the University of California, Los Angeles. We believe Mr. Janney’s experience working with and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and his experience working in the venture capital industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2011. Dr. Kamdar is a managing member of Domain Associates, LLC, a life sciences venture capital firm, which she joined in 2005. Prior to joining Domain, Dr. Kamdar served as a Kauffman Fellow with MPM Capital. Prior to joining MPM Capital, she was a research director at Novartis, where she built and led a research team that focused on the biology, genetics and genomics of model organisms to uncover small molecules that modulated signaling pathway networks. Dr. Kamdar is a founder of Aryzun Pharmaceuticals, a biotech company utilizing protein-protein interaction mapping for small molecule discovery with an initial focus on anti-infectives and oncology. Dr. Kamdar currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies, including Ariosa Diagnostics, Epic Sciences, Inc., Obalon Therapeutics, ROX Medical, Sera Prognostics, Syndax Pharmaceuticals and Tragara Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Kamdar received her B.A. in genetics and cell biology from Northwestern University and her Ph.D. in biochemistry and genetics from Emory University. We believe Dr. Kamdar is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her extensive experience working and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and her experience working in the venture capital industry.

 

122


Table of Contents

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since August 2014. Dr. Walker previously served as Chief Medical Officer of Kythera Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. from May 2007 until March 2013. From 2004 to 2007, Dr. Walker served as Executive Vice President and Chief Science Officer at Allergan Medical (formerly known as Inamed Corporation). Prior to that experience, from 1997 to 2004, Dr. Walker held positions of increasing responsibility at Allergan Inc., a biomedical company, where she ultimately served as Vice President, Clinical Research and Development for skin care pharmaceuticals. Over the past 17 years, Dr. Walker was involved in key product approvals in dermatology and aesthetic medicine including the development and approval of Tazorac, Azelex, Avage, BOTOX Cosmetic, Hylaform, Captique, JUVEDERM, Bioenterics, LAP-BAND and Inamed Silicone gel-filled Breast Implants. Dr. Walker received an M.D. and a Ph.D. in Physiology and Biophysics from the University of Iowa. Dr. Walker completed a residency in Dermatology and a research fellowship in the Dermatology Branch, National Cancer Institute at the National Institute of Health. Dr. Walker is a board certified Dermatologist. We believe Dr. Walker is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her extensive executive experience in the biotechnology industry.

Board Composition

Effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized to have seven members. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers. Our board of directors will be comprised of three classes, as follows:

 

   

Class I, whose members will be Daniel S. Janney and Maxim Gorbachev. The terms of the Class I directors will expire at our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders;

 

   

Class II, whose members will be Martha J. Demski and Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. The terms of the Class II directors will expire at our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders; and

 

   

Class III, whose members will be George W. Mahaffey and Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. The terms of the Class III directors will expire at our 2017 annual meeting of stockholders.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after this initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. Our directors will hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on the election of directors.

While we do not have a stand-alone diversity policy, in considering whether to recommend any director nominee, including candidates recommended by stockholders, we believe that the backgrounds and qualifications of the directors, considered as a group, should provide a significant mix of experience, knowledge and abilities that will allow our board of directors to fulfill its responsibilities. As set forth in our corporate governance guidelines, these criteria generally include, among other things, an individual’s business experience and skills (including skills in core areas such as operations, management, technology, accounting and finance, strategic planning and international markets), as well as independence, judgment, knowledge of our business and industry, professional reputation, leadership, integrity and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee will also consider the ability to commit sufficient time and attention to the activities of the board of directors, as well as the absence of any potential conflicts with our interests. The nominating and corporate governance committee does not intend to assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criterion is necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees. Our

 

123


Table of Contents

board of directors will be responsible for selecting candidates for election as directors based on the recommendation of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Board Leadership Structure

Our amended and restated bylaws and Corporate Governance Principles provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure is in the best interests of our company. We currently do not have a Chairman of the Board. Our board of directors has appointed George W. Mahaffey to serve as Chairman of the Board and Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D., to serve as Lead Independent Director effective immediately prior to completion of this offering. As Chairman of the Board and our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Mahaffey facilitates communications between members of our board of directors and works with management in the preparation of the agenda for each board meeting. All of our directors are encouraged to make suggestions for board agenda items or pre-meeting materials. Dr. Kamdar presides over the executive sessions of the board of directors in which Mr. Mahaffey does not participate and services as a liaison to Mr. Mahaffey and management on behalf of the independent members of the board of directors.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, the board of directors periodically reviews our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors’ role in risk oversight includes receiving reports from members of management regarding material risks faced by us and applicable mitigation strategies and activities, at least on a quarterly basis. The reports cover the critical areas of operations, sales and marketing, technology, and legal and financial affairs. Our board of directors and its committees consider these reports, discuss matters with management and identify and evaluate strategic or operational risks, and determine appropriate initiatives to address those risks.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the composition of our board of directors and each of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Demski, Drs. Kamdar and Walker and Messrs. Gorbachev and Janney, representing five of our six directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities

 

124


Table of Contents

of each committee are described below. Directors serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. We will adopt an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee charter prior to completion of our initial public offering, copies of which will be available on our website at www.neothetics.com. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through this site.

Audit Committee.     Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. The responsibilities of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

engaging our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

monitoring the objectivity and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm and the individuals assigned to the engagement team as required by law;

 

   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports and discussing the financial statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

 

   

reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm and management any significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, and matters concerning the scope, adequacy, and effectiveness of our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by us regarding internal controls, accounting, or auditing matters;

 

   

establishing procedures for the confidential, anonymous submissions by employees regarding accounting, internal controls, or accounting matters; and

 

   

reviewing and, if appropriate, approving proposed related party transactions.

Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet separately with our audit committee.

The current members of our audit committee are Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D., Daniel S. Janney and Martha J. Demski. Ms. Demski serves as Chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that Martha J. Demski is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our audit committee are independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee adopts and administers the compensation policies, plans, and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. The responsibilities of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

determining the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers and senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer, and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to members of our board of directors;

 

125


Table of Contents
   

evaluating and recommending to our board of directors the equity incentive plans, compensation plans, and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

   

administering the issuance of stock options and other equity incentive arrangements under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements; and

 

   

reviewing and approving the terms of employment agreements, severance arrangements, change-in-control protections, and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and senior management.

Our compensation committee reviews and evaluates potential risks related to our compensation policies and practices for employees and has determined that we have no compensation risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company. We structure our compensation to address company-wide risk. This is accomplished in part by tying compensation to corporate goals and individual performance goals. These goals can be adjusted annually to address risks identified in the annual risk assessment. We also use a mix of different compensation elements to balance short-term awards versus long-term awards to align compensation with our business strategy and stockholders’ interests. We believe the combination of base salary, performance-based cash awards, and share-based incentive awards with multi-year vesting periods is balanced and serves to motivate our employees to accomplish our business plan without creating risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company.

The current members of our compensation committee are Martha J. Demski, Maxim Gorbachev and Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. Dr. Kamdar serves as the Chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our compensation committee are independent directors under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates, and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors.

The responsibilities of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

developing and maintaining a current list of the functional needs and qualifications of members of our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board of directors and determining whether continued service on our board of directors is appropriate;

 

   

interviewing, evaluating, nominating, and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating stockholder nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

developing, reviewing and amending a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of ethics;

 

   

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise; and

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the establishment of such special committees as may be desirable or necessary from time to time in order to address ethical, legal, business, or other matters that may arise.

 

126


Table of Contents

The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Maxim Gorbachev, Daniel S. Janney and Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. Mr. Janney serves as the Chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent directors under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Ethics

We will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our officers, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, directors, and employees prior to the completion of this offering. We will post a copy of our code of ethics, and intend to post amendments to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website at www.neothetics.com , as permitted under Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through this site.

Director Compensation

Since our founding in 2007, we have not formalized a director compensation program, nor had we compensated members of our board of directors, except as described below.

On April 1, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Wiggans. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Wiggans $10,000 per month in connection with his services as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Wiggans resigned as a director effective September 10, 2014.

On September 1, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with Dr. Dobak. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Dr. Dobak $5,000 per month in connection with his services as a member of our board of directors. Dr. Dobak resigned as a director effective July 25, 2014. In connection with Mr. Dobak’s resignation from our board of directors, we agreed to continue to pay him the his monthly retainer through January 2015.

On July 3, 2014, we entered into a letter agreement with Ms. Demski. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Ms. Demski an annual retainer of $25,000 payable in equal quarterly installments in connection with her services as a member of our board of directors effective upon Ms. Demski’s appointment to our board of directors on August 11, 2014.

On August 12, 2014, we entered into a letter agreement with Ms. Walker. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Ms. Walker an annual retainer of $25,000 payable in equal quarterly installments in connection with her services as a member of our board of directors effective upon Ms. Walker’s appointment to our board of directors on August 12, 2014.

See “— Non-Employee Director Compensation” for compensation paid to Dr. Dobak and Mr. Wiggans in 2013.

 

127


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee-directors during the year ended December 31, 2013. Neither Ms. Demski nor Ms. Walker served on our board of directors in 2013 and therefore are not included in the table below.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
     Option
Awards
     Total  

John Dobak, M.D. (1)

   $ 60,000               $ 60,000   

Anton Gopka (2)

                       

Daniel S. Janney

                       

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D.

                       

Thomas Wiggans (3)

   $ 120,000               $ 120,000   

 

(1)

Dr. Dobak resigned as a director effective July 25, 2014.

 

(2)

Mr. Gopka resigned as a director effective July 16, 2014.

 

(3)

Mr. Wiggans resigned as a director effective September 10, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Wiggans held options to purchase 68,521 shares of common stock. None of our other non-employee directors held equity awards as of December 31, 2013.

In September 2014, our board of directors approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, or the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program. Pursuant to the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation as follows:

 

   

Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $32,500 per year.

 

   

The Lead Independent Director will receive an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $17,500 per year.

 

   

The chairperson of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $15,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the audit committee. Each non-chairperson member of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,500 per year for such member’s service on the audit committee.

 

   

The chairperson of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the compensation committee. Each non-chairperson member of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $5,000 per year for such member’s service on the compensation committee.

 

   

The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each non-chairperson member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $3,500 per year for such member’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Under the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, each non-employee directors will receive a stock option grant covering shares of our common stock upon a director’s initial appointment or election to our board of directors and an annual stock option grant covering                      shares of our common stock on the date of each annual stockholder’s meeting thereafter, beginning in 2015. Each stock option granted under the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program will vest in substantially equal (i) quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter during the first three years after the applicable grant date for

 

128


Table of Contents

the initial appointment or election grants and (ii) the earlier of the following year’s annual stockholder meeting or the twelve month anniversary of the applicable grant date for the annual grants, subject to continued service on our board of directors.

Following the completion of this offering, all of our directors will be eligible to participate in our 2014 Plan. For a more detailed description of these plans, see “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans.”

 

129


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers during 2013, are:

 

   

George W. Mahaffey, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director;

 

   

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer; and

 

   

Susan A. Knudson, Chief Financial Officer.

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information concerning the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid for services rendered in all capacities by our named executive officers during the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013. The compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life insurance, or other benefits which are available generally to all of our salaried employees.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year Ended
December 31,
    Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total  

George W. Mahaffey

    2013        345,908        121,068        40,059 (1)       507,035   

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

    2012        335,833        68,250        43,817 (1)       447,900   

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

    2013        308,621        61,724               370,345   

Chief Scientific Officer

    2012        299,632        35,956               335,588   

Susan A. Knudson

    2013        244,659        48,932               293,591   

Chief Financial Officer

    2012        237,533        35,630               273,163   

 

(1)  

All Other Compensation for Mr. Mahaffey in 2012 and 2013 includes (1) payments for a corporate apartment of $25,582 and $23,581, respectively, (2) payments for the lease of a company car of $4,133 and $4,055, respectively, and (3) reimbursement for commuting expenses of $14,102 and $12,423, respectively.

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into agreements with each of the named executive officers in connection with his or her employment with us. With the exception of his own arrangement, each of these employment agreements was negotiated on our behalf by our Chief Executive Officer, with the oversight and approval of our board of directors.

These agreements provided for “at will” employment and set forth the terms and conditions of employment of each named executive officer, including base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, and standard employee benefit plan participation. These employment agreements were each subject to execution of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement.

George W. Mahaffey

We entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Mahaffey, our President and Chief Executive Officer, dated October 15, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, Mr. Mahaffey’s current annual base salary is $356,112 and Mr. Mahaffey is eligible to receive an annual discretionary target bonus of up to 35% of his annual base salary. In the event that Mr. Mahaffey is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to a severance package consisting of (a) a payment equal to 12 months of his then in effect base salary payable in accordance with our regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date, (b) payment by us of the premiums required to continue Mr. Mahaffey’s group health coverage for a period

 

130


Table of Contents

of 12 months following termination, and (c) nine months accelerated vesting of any outstanding equity awards under the 2007 Plan. In the event Mr. Mahaffey is terminated within 12 months following a change in control, he will be entitled to the severance package described in (a) and (b), except that the severance payment shall be increased to eighteen months and payable in a lump sum and continuation of health coverage premiums shall also be increased to 18 months, and he will receive full acceleration of all unvested equity awards under the 2007 Plan and 2014 Plan.

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

We entered into an executive employment agreement with Dr. Locke, our Chief Scientific Officer, dated October 15, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, Dr. Locke’s current annual base salary is $317,725 and Dr. Locke is eligible to receive an annual discretionary target bonus of up to 20% of his annual base salary. In the event that Dr. Locke is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to a severance package consisting of (a) a payment equal to six months of his then in effect base salary payable in accordance with our regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date and (b) payment by us of the premiums required to continue Dr. Locke’s group health coverage for a period of six months following termination. In the event Dr. Locke is terminated within 12 months following a change in control, he will be entitled to the severance package described in (a) and (b), except that the severance payment shall be increased to 12 months and payable in a lump sum and continuation of health coverage premiums shall also be increased to 12 months, and he will receive full acceleration of all unvested equity awards under the 2007 Plan and 2014 Plan.

Susan A. Knudson

We entered into an executive employment agreement with Ms. Knudson, our Chief Financial Officer, dated October 15, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, Ms. Knudson’s current annual base salary is $267,000 and Ms. Knudson is eligible to receive an annual discretionary target bonus of up to 20% of her annual base salary. In the event that Ms. Knudson is terminated by us without cause or if she resigns for good reason, she will be entitled to a severance package consisting of (a) a payment equal to six months of her then in effect base salary payable in accordance with our regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date and (b) payment by us of the premiums required to continue Ms. Knudson’s group health coverage for a period of six months following termination. In the event Ms. Knudson is terminated within 12 months following a change in control, she will be entitled to the severance package described in (a) and (b), except that the severance payment shall be increased to 12 months and payable in a lump sum and continuation of health coverage premiums shall also be increased to 12 months, and she will receive full acceleration of all unvested equity awards under the 2007 Plan and 2014 Plan.

Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

On             , 2014, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2014 Plan, which will become effective as of the day immediately preceding the day on which this offering is completed. We intend to use the 2014 Plan following the completion of this offering to provide incentives that will assist us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, including officers, consultants, and directors. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, and units and other cash-based or share-based awards. In addition, the 2014 Plan contains a mechanism through which we may adopt a deferred compensation arrangement in the future.

 

131


Table of Contents

A total of                           shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2015 and each subsequent anniversary through 2024, by an amount equal to the smaller of:

 

   

4% of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31; and

 

   

an amount determined by our board of directors.

This reserve also will be increased by up to an additional                          , to include (a) any shares remaining available for grant under our 2007 Stock Plan at the time of its termination; and (b) shares that would otherwise be returned to the 2007 Plan, upon the expiration or termination of awards granted under that plan.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the 2014 Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

The shares available under the 2014 Plan will not be reduced by awards settled in cash, but will be reduced by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to stock options and stock appreciation rights (but not other types of awards). The gross number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan generally will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, the compensation committee will determine in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted under it. The 2014 Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer, or employee against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan will authorize the compensation committee, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of grant in exchange for new options or other equity awards with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or a cash payment.

Awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

   

Stock options .    We may grant nonstatutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights.     A stock appreciation right, or SAR, gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other

 

132


Table of Contents
 

conditions, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation in shares of our common stock or in cash.

 

   

Restricted stock .    The administrator may grant restricted stock awards either as a bonus or as a purchase right at a price determined by the administrator. Shares of restricted stock remain subject to forfeiture until vested, based on such terms and conditions as the administrator specifies. Holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that the dividends may be subject to the same vesting conditions as the related shares.

 

   

Restricted stock units.     Restricted stock units, or RSUs, represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Performance awards .    Performance awards, consisting of either performance shares or performance units, are awards that will result in a payment to their holder only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. The administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance enumerated in the 2014 Plan, such as revenue, gross margin, net income or total stockholder return. To the extent earned, performance awards may be settled in cash, in shares of our common stock or a combination of both in the discretion of the administrator. Holders of performance shares or performance units have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant performance shares that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Cash-based awards and other share-based awards .    The administrator may grant cash-based awards that specify a monetary payment or range of payments or other share-based awards that specify a number or range of shares or units that, in either case, are subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Settlement of these awards may be in cash or shares of our common stock, as determined by the administrator. Their holders will have no voting rights or right to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to the awards. The administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights with respect to other share-based awards.

In the event of a change in control as described in the 2014 Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the 2014 Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. The compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all awards held by members of the board of directors who are not employees will automatically be accelerated in full. Any awards that are not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in an award agreement governing any award, as determined by the compensation committee, any award that is not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control shall, subject to the provisions of applicable law, become fully vested and exercisable and/or settleable immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the change in control. The 2014 Plan will also authorize the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of

 

133


Table of Contents

the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

The 2014 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by our board of directors, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within ten years of its effective date. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options, or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On             , 2014, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective as of the day immediately preceding the day on which this offering is completed.

A total of                          shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2014 ESPP. In addition, our 2014 ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 ESPP on January 1, 2015 and each subsequent anniversary through 2024, equal to the smallest of:

 

   

1% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are cancelled will again become available for issuance under the 2014 ESPP.

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2014 ESPP and have full authority to interpret the terms of the 2014 ESPP. The 2014 ESPP provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all judgments, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2014 ESPP.

All of our employees, including our named executive officers, and employees of any of our subsidiaries designated by the compensation committee are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, subject to any local law requirements applicable to participants in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2014 ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock or options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the right to be granted would be outstanding at any time.

Our 2014 ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code but also permits us to adopt one or more sub-plans that cover any subsidiaries employing our non-U.S. employees. Any such sub-plan may or may not be intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The administrator may, in its discretion, establish the terms of future offering periods, including establishing offering periods of up to

 

134


Table of Contents

twenty-seven months and providing for multiple purchase dates. The administrator may vary certain terms and conditions of separate offerings for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where required by local law or desirable to obtain intended tax or accounting treatment.

In general, our 2014 ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible cash compensation, which includes a participant’s regular base wages or salary and payments of overtime, shift premiums and paid time off before deduction of taxes and certain compensation deferrals. Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation, or otherwise funded through other means in any participating non-U.S. jurisdiction in which payroll deductions are not permitted, are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period.

In addition to the foregoing, the 2014 ESPP permits the administrator to establish an offering period commencing on the effective date of the 2014 ESPP. If implemented, special participation rules would apply to such offering, including, but not limited to, the automatic enrollment of eligible employees in such offering, as well as the potential for all or some of the purchase price for shares acquired through such offering through means other than payroll withholdings.

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date and the first day of the offering period. In any event, the purchase price in any offering period may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or on the purchase date, whichever is less. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will receive a refund of their account balances not yet used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment.

Each participant in an offering will have an option to purchase for each month contained in the offering period a number of shares determined by dividing $2,083.33 by the fair market value of one (1) share of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or                           shares, if less, and except as limited in order to comply with Section 423 of the Code. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from a participant’s compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded, without interest unless otherwise required by a participant’s local law.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2014 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the 2014 ESPP.

In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

Our 2014 ESPP will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. The compensation committee has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 ESPP at any time.

 

135


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our 2007 Plan was initially adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on March 3, 2007. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, including officers, directors, and consultants or those of any parent or subsidiary corporation. As of September 30, 2014, options to purchase a total of 6,764,372 shares of common stock had been issued under the 2007 Plan, and options to purchase 5,933,312 shares of common stock were outstanding and 1,347,102 shares of common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. The options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 had a weighted average exercise price of $0.27 per share.

We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following the completion of this offering. Instead, we will grant equity awards under our 2014 Plan. However, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Plan.

Our board of directors currently administers the 2007 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2007 Plan, the administrator determines the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The administrator is authorized to interpret the provisions of the 2007 Plan and individual award agreements, and all decisions of the administrator are final and binding on all persons.

The administrator has discretion under the 2007 Plan to establish the vesting terms and conditions for awards granted under the 2007 Plan. With respect to options granted to employees under the 2007 Plan, in general, the options vest 25% on the first anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date, with the remainder vesting ratably over the next thirty-six months, subject to the optionee’s continued service through each applicable vesting date. No stock purchase rights are outstanding under the 2007 Plan. The standard form of award agreement under our 2007 Plan provides that the participants may exercise all vested and unvested options, provided that the unvested options are subject to a repurchase right in favor of us which lapses based on the vesting schedule of the option award. In addition, our standard option awards provide for a “double trigger” acceleration of vesting upon certain terminations occurring within eighteen months following a termination of service after a change of control or similar transaction.

The standard form of award agreement under our 2007 Plan provides that the participants will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our stock during a lock-up period following this offering.

Our 2007 Plan provides that the administrator shall adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and each outstanding award and the price of shares under the award in order to preserve the plan’s intended benefits upon certain events, including, without limitation, changes in our capitalization through stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers or consolidations. In the event of a change in control or similar corporate transaction, awards which are not assumed by the acquiror, or exercised by the optionee, prior to the consummation of the change in control or similar transaction, will terminate.

Other Elements of Compensation

401(k)

We maintain a tax-qualified salary deferral retirement plan, or the 401(k) Plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. The 401(k) Plan permits us to make contributions up to the limits allowed by law on behalf of all eligible employees. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) Plan following the date they meet the plan’s eligibility

 

136


Table of Contents

requirements, which is generally the first day of the first month following the eligible employee’s start date. Eligible employees are able to defer (on a pre-tax basis) a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code and plan limits. Participants are 100% vested in their deferrals. Both employee deferrals and company contributions are allocated to individual participant accounts, and then are invested in investment alternatives selected by each participant. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, all contributions are deductible by us when made, and those contributions and any earnings thereon are not taxable (other than Roth contributions) to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) Plan.

Outstanding Option Awards at December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2013.

 

          Option Awards  
          Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised

Options
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised

Options
(#)
             
        Options
Exercise
Price
    Option Expiration
Date
 

Name

  Grant Date     Exercisable     Unexercisable      

George W. Mahaffey

    May 17, 2011 (1)       978,879             $ 0.33        May 17, 2021   

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

    April 22, 2008 (2)       166,435             $ 0.20        April 22, 2018   
    June 10, 2009 (2)       81,565        $ 0.20        April 16, 2019   

Susan A. Knudson

    February 11, 2010 (2)       205,680             $ 0.20        February 11, 2020   

 

(1)

The stock option grant vests as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of May 17, 2011 and the remaining unvested shares shall vest in 36 monthly installments thereafter. The option is immediately exercisable, although shares issued upon exercise of any unvested options are subject to repurchase in accordance with the terms of the grant unless and until vested.

 

(2)

The stock option is fully vested and immediately exercisable.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following acts:

 

   

Any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

Acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

Unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

Any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, also provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance

 

137


Table of Contents

on behalf of any officer, director, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained an insurance policy that insures our directors and officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under applicable securities laws.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

138


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2014, for (a) each of our directors, (b) each of our named executive officers, (c) all of our directors and executive officers as a group, and (d) each person or entity who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. The table is based upon information supplied by officers, directors, and principal stockholders. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each stockholder’s percentage ownership is based on             shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,148,974 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 
    Number (2)     Percentage     Number (2)    Percentage  

5% or Greater Stockholders

        

Alta Partners VIII, L.P. (3)

One Embarcadero Center, 37th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

    16,752,501                        

Entities affiliated Domain Partners (4)

One Palmer Square

Princeton, NJ 08542

    19,724,997                        

RMI Investments S.à.r.l. (5)

7, rue Robert Stümper

L-2557 Luxembourg

    9,244,852                        

Directors and Named Executive Officers

        

George W. Mahaffey (6)

    2,311,726                        

Martha J. Demski (7)

    86,733                        

Maxim Gorbachev (5)

    9,244,852                        

Daniel S. Janney (3)

    16,752,501                        

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. (4)

    19,724,997                        

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. (8)

    86,733                        

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D. (9)

    658,842                        

Susan A. Knudson (10)

    560,879                        

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) (11)

    50,929,884     

 

    

           

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

(1)  

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Neothetics, Inc., 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122.

 

(2)  

Beneficial ownership of shares and percentage ownership are determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that individual or entity, shares underlying options or warrants held by that individual or entity that are either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days from September 30, 2014 are deemed outstanding. Our standard form of award agreement under our 2007 Plan provides that the participants may exercise all vested and unvested options. Therefore, we have included the entire amount of shares underlying each of the options held by our directors and named executive officers in the table. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other individual or entity. Unless otherwise indicated and subject to community property laws where applicable, the individuals and entities named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

139


Table of Contents
(3)  

Consists of (1) 15,259,646 shares of common stock and (2) 1,492,855 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants. These shares are held of record by Alta Partners VIII, L.P. Alta Partners Management VIII, LLC is the general partner of Alta Partners VIII, L.P. Guy Nohra, Daniel Janney and Farah Champsi are managing directors of Alta Partners Management VIII, LLC and share voting and investment powers with respect to the shares held by Alta Partners VIII, L.P. Each of the reporting persons disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Janney is a member of our board of directors.

 

(4)  

Consists of (1) 17,818,501 shares of common stock owned by Domain Partners VII, L.P., (2) 1,573,167 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Domain Partners VII, L.P., (3) 282,501 shares of common stock owned by DP VII Associates, L.P., (4) 26,828 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by DP VII Associates, L.P. and (5) 24,000 shares of common stock owned by Domain Associates, LLC. One Palmer Square Associates VII, LLC, or One Palmer Square, is the general partner of Domain Partners VII and DP VII Associates. The managing members of One Palmer Square are James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey and Nicole Vitullo. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey and Nicole Vitullo share voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by Domain Partners VII and DP VII Associates. The managing members of Domain Associates are James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey, Nicole Vitullo, Brian Halak and Kim P. Kamdar. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey, Nicole Vitullo, Brian Halak and Kim P. Kamdar share voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by Domain Associates. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey and Nicole Vitullo disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Domain Partners VI and DP VI Associates except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein, if any. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey, Nicole Vitullo, Brian Halak, Kim P. Kamdar and Dennis Podlesak disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Domain Associates except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein, if any. Dr. Kamdar is a member of our board of directors.

 

(5)  

Consists of 9,244,852 shares held by RMI Investments S.à.r.l., or RMI Investments. RMI LLC, the parent company of RM Investments, and RMI Partners, the management company of RMI LLC, may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Mr. Gorbachev is a managing director at RMI Partners and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Vladimir Gurdus is director of RMI Partners and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Each of Messrs. Gorbachev and Gurdus share voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by RM Investments. Each of RMI LLC, RMI Partners, Mr. Gorbachev and Mr. Gurdus disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Gorbachev is a member of our board of directors.

 

(6)  

Represents options to purchase 2,311,726 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(7)  

Represents options to purchase 86,733 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(8)  

Represents options to purchase 86,733 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(9)  

Represents options to purchase 658,842 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(10)  

Represents options to purchase 560,879 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(11)  

Represents options and warrants to purchase 8,300,384 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

140


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2011 and each currently proposed transaction in which (a) we have been a participant, (b) the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and (c) any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of their immediate family or person sharing their household, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers for services rendered in such capacities.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

Sale of Convertible Notes and Warrants.     In March 2011, we entered into a Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the First Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock. Subsequently, in September 2011, we entered into a Convertible Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, or the Conversion Agreement, pursuant to which all of the outstanding principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest under the notes issued pursuant to the First Note Purchase Agreement converted into Series B-2 convertible preferred stock. In connection with the Conversion Agreement, all of the warrants issued under the First Note Purchase Agreement were amended and restated.

In September 2011, we entered into another Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the Second Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock.

In December 2011, we entered into another Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the Third Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $6.6 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock.

In July 2012, we entered into an additional Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the Fourth Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $2.5 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock. The outstanding principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest under the notes issued pursuant to the Second Note Purchase Agreement, Third Note Purchase Agreement and Fourth Note Purchase Agreement converted into Series C convertible preferred stock in connection with the Series C convertible preferred stock financing discussed below.

The table below summarizes purchases of convertible notes and warrants by our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

 

Name

  Convertible Notes
(Principal Amount)
    Shares of Series  B-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock
(issued on
conversion)
    Shares of Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
(issued on
conversion)
    Shares of
Series B-2
Convertible
Preferred
Stock Issuable
Upon Exercise
of Warrants
    Shares of
Series C
Convertible
Preferred
Stock Issuable
Upon Exercise
of Warrants
 

Domain Partners VII, L.P.

  $ 8,652,424        2,164,305        3,538,714        425,180        1,011,322   

DP VII Associates, L.P.

  $ 147,576        36,913        60,356        7,250        17,248   

Alta Partners VIII, L.P.

  $ 8,300,000        2,201,220        3,233,709        432,432        921,427   

 

141


Table of Contents

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing.     Between December 2012 and January 2014, we issued an aggregate of 25,322,483 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.40 for aggregate gross consideration of $35.5 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares of
Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price($)
 

Domain Partners VII, L.P.

     7,252,144       $ 10,153,003   

DP VII Associates, L.P.

     102,282       $ 143,196   

Alta Partners VIII, L.P.

     4,489,065       $ 6,284,692   

RMI Investments S.á.r.l.

     9,244,852       $ 12,942,793   

Stockholder Agreements

In September 2014, in connection with our Series D convertible preferred stock financing, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the Rights Agreement, a Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, or the ROFR Agreement, a Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, and a Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement, with the purchasers of our outstanding preferred stock and certain holders of common stock and warrants to purchase our common stock and preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated.

The ROFR Agreement, the Voting Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and portions of the Rights Agreement will terminate prior to or upon the completion of this offering, as applicable. However, the registration rights provided for in the Rights Agreement, which are held by certain of our directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, will continue following the completion of this offering.

As of September 30, 2014, the holders of approximately             million shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

NovaMedica Agreements

Technology Transfer Agreement.     In connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing, in December 2012, we entered into a Technology Transfer Agreement with DRI, an affiliate of Domain Partners VII, L.P. and DP VII, L.P., a significant stockholder of ours . Concurrently with the signing of the Tech Transfer Agreement we, together with DRI and NovaMedica, executed an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, pursuant to which all of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement were transferred to NovaMedica. NovaMedica is jointly owned by RMI LLC and DRI. RMI Investments, a significant stockholder of ours, is a wholly owned subsidiary of RMI LLC. The following description of the Technology Transfer Agreement gives effect to the transfer of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement to NovaMedica. The Technology Transfer Agreement obligated us to assign and license certain of our intellectual property to NovaMedica and to enter into the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, Clinical Supply Agreement and the Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica as further described below.

 

142


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, in exchange for a nominal payment, we assigned to NovaMedica certain patents and patents applications in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan, or the Covered Territory, owned by us and necessary or useful for the development and commercialization of LIPO-102, LIPO-202 and/or certain future products we may develop, or the LIPO Products. We also granted to NovaMedica an exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free and irrevocable license under certain of our patented and non-patented intellectual property to develop and commercialize LIPO Products, solely in the Covered Territory. The license is not sublicensable or assignable, other than to an affiliate of NovaMedica or a successor to substantially all of the business of NovaMedica to which the Technology Transfer Agreement relates. We further agreed not to directly or indirectly develop, manufacture, sell or commercialize any product that (A) contains salmeterol xinafoate (alone or in combination) or (B) is designed or intended for use in any and all applications directed to localized reduction of fat in the human body, including without limitation body contouring, and is approved in the Covered Territory for the same indication for which a LIPO Product is approved during the term of the Technology Transfer Agreement.

To assist in NovaMedica’s development, commercialization, and manufacturing of LIPO Products, we agreed to transfer our know-how which is necessary or useful for development or commercialization of LIPO Products in the Covered Territory. Further, we agreed to provide certain development and manufacturing support to NovaMedica, including making our manufacturing personnel and other personnel knowledgeable of LIPO Products available to provide scientific and technical explanations, advice and on-site support that may be reasonably requested by NovaMedica and, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist NovaMedica to establish a manufacturing relationship with our clinical manufacturing organizations. In addition, prior to the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, we have agreed to sell to NovaMedica supplies of the applicable LIPO Product and related compounds solely for the purpose of conducting clinical trials of such LIPO Product and related compounds in the Covered Territory at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits, so long as any sale does not reasonably interfere with our own development and commercialization activities. Furthermore, within 120 days of NovaMedica’s request, we are obligated to negotiate in good faith and enter into a Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica for the supply of the LIPO Product required for commercialization of an approved LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, on commercially fair and reasonable terms at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits.

Under the Technology Transfer Agreement, NovaMedica will be responsible for filing and maintaining regulatory approvals for the LIPO Products in the Covered Territory and has the right to use the data from our regulatory filings to support its regulatory filings for LIPO Products. NovaMedica also has the sole right to import LIPO Products into the Covered Territory for purposes of development and commercialization of LIPO Products and the right to import and export LIPO Products outside the Covered Territory in connection with noncommercial research, clinical trials, or obtaining a supply of LIPO Product to exercise its other rights under the Technology Transfer Agreement.

We may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement in the event NovaMedica (1) knowingly exports out of the Covered Territory for commercial purposes a material and substantial quantity of salmeterol xinafoate or a LIPO Product or (2) challenges or contests the validity or enforceability of any of our patents assigned or licensed to NovaMedica, and fails to cure such breach during the applicable cure period. NovaMedica has the right to terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement at any time at its convenience upon 90 days prior written notice. Upon termination by NovaMedica, the licenses granted to NovaMedica would also terminate, but the assigned patents and patent applications would not return to our control.

 

143


Table of Contents

In connection with the signing of the Technology Transfer Agreement, we also concurrently entered into a letter agreement with NovaMedica pursuant to which we are obligated to pay NovaMedica a make-whole payment up to a maximum amount of $1.2 million upon the occurrence any of the following events:

 

   

any granted patent within the assigned patents is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court or other governmental body in the Covered Territory;

 

   

it is determined that we do not (or did not at the time of assignment) hold exclusive title and ownership to any assigned patent or patent application or licensed intellectual property (free and clear of all liens or encumbrances); or

 

   

the licenses or other rights granted by us to NovaMedica pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement terminate prior to the expiration date of the Technology Transfer Agreement (other than as contemplated by the Technology Transfer Agreement), and as a result, NovaMedica is required under Russian law to make a compensatory contribution to NovaMedica.

Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, or Collaboration Agreement, with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which NovaMedica develops LIPO Products. Under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement, a joint committee consisting of equal numbers of our representatives and NovaMedica representatives will prepare an initial development plan to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO Products. Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, we have also agreed to enter into a pharmacovigilance agreement within 180 days of the first regulatory approval of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory. NovaMedica may sell LIPO Products approved for sale in the Covered Territory under either NovaMedica’s trademarks or our trademarks, in its sole discretion.

The Collaboration Agreement expires on the earlier of (1) the termination of the Technology Transfer Agreement or (2) ten years following the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, provided that if the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory has not occurred within three years of the approval of the first LIPO Product by the FDA, then the Collaboration Agreement will terminate on the thirteenth anniversary of such FDA approval. NovaMedica may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement for convenience upon 90 days prior written notice.

Clinical Supply Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Supply Agreement with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which we supply LIPO-202 to NovaMedica. In addition to the supply terms set forth above, under the Clinical Supply Agreement, we are not required to supply any LIPO-202 until we have retained a clinical manufacturing organization to manufacture such product. We are only required to supply LIPO-202 up to a specified maximum amount of 1,000 doses. The Clinical Supply Agreement has an initial term of four years, which can be extended by mutual agreement between us and NovaMedica. NovaMedica may terminate the agreement for convenience upon 90 days’ notice.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

 

144


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to certain of our executive officers and certain of our directors. For further information, see “Management — Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation — Outstanding Option Awards at December 31, 2013.” In addition, (1) in February 2014, we granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to our named executive officers in the following amounts: (a) 1,332,847 to George W. Mahaffey, (b) 410,842 to Kenneth W. Locke, and (c) 202, 917 to Susan A. Knudson; (2) in August 2014, we granted an option to purchase 152,282 shares of our common stock to Susan A. Knudson; and (3) in October 2014, we granted 1,200,000 shares of restricted common stock to George W. Mahaffey and an option to purchase 138,796 shares of our common stock to Kenneth W. Locke.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all transactions in which we are a participant and in which any parties related to us, including our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our securities, immediate family members of the foregoing persons, and any other persons whom our board of directors determines may be considered related parties, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. If advanced approval is not feasible, the audit committee has the authority to ratify a related party transaction at the next audit committee meeting. For purposes of our audit committee charter, a material interest is deemed to be any consideration received by such a party in excess of $120,000 per year.

In reviewing and approving such transactions, the audit committee shall obtain, or shall direct our management to obtain on its behalf, all information that our committee believes to be relevant and important to a review of the transaction prior to its approval. Following receipt of the necessary information, a discussion shall be held of the relevant factors if deemed to be necessary by our committee prior to approval. If a discussion is not deemed to be necessary, approval may be given by written consent of our committee. This approval authority may also be delegated to the Chairperson of the audit committee in respect of any transaction in which the expected amount is less than $250,000.

The audit committee or its Chairperson, as the case may be, shall approve only those related party transactions that are determined to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders, taking into account all available facts and circumstances as our committee or the Chairperson determines in good faith to be necessary. These facts and circumstances will typically include, but not be limited to, the material terms of the transaction, the nature of the related party’s interest in the transaction, the significance of the transaction to the related party and the nature of our relationship with the related party, the significance of the transaction to us, and whether the transaction would be likely to impair (or create an appearance of impairing) the judgment of a director or executive officer to act in our best interest. No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration, or approval of any related party transaction with respect to which the member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party, except that such member of the audit committee will be required to provide all material information concerning the related party transaction to the audit committee.

 

145


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The description below of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part and which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following information reflects the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, including shares issued upon net exercise of certain warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, and conversion of certain warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase common stock, into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

As of September 30, 2014, there were:

 

   

                 shares of common stock outstanding held by 37 stockholders;

 

   

zero shares of our preferred stock outstanding;

 

   

5,933,312 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options; and

 

   

warrants outstanding for the purchase of an aggregate of 263,245 shares of common stock.

Common Stock

Voting.     Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this absence of cumulative voting, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends.     Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation.     In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preferences that may be granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences.     Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock, which we may designate and issue in the future.

 

146


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and:

 

   

to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series;

 

   

to fix the rights, preferences, and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon; and

 

   

to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding).

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, delay, defer, or prevent our change of control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

Our 2014 Plan will serve as the successor equity incentive program to our 2007 Plan and upon completion of this offering, no further option grants will be made under the 2007 Plan. As of September 30, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 5,933,312 shares of our common pursuant to our 2007 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.27 per share, of which 3,716,257 shares remain subject to vesting requirements.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2014, we had the following warrants outstanding:

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 73,960 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.85 per share, with an expiration date of February 23, 2020. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

Warrants covering the issuance of an aggregate of 1,142,853 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share. These warrants terminate if they are not exercised prior to the completion of this offering. These warrants have a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect all of the holders of these warrants to exercise such warrants on a net exercise basis contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

   

Warrants covering the issuance of an aggregate of 2,395,977 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,395,977 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share. These warrants terminate if they are not exercised prior to the completion of this offering. These warrants have a net exercise provision

 

147


Table of Contents
 

and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect all of the holders of these warrants to exercise such warrants on a net exercise basis contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 32,143 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 32,143 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, with an expiration date of March 30, 2022. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 42,857 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 42,857 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, with an expiration date of August 17, 2022. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 114,285 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 114,285 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, with an expiration date of June 13, 2024. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.80 per share, with an expiration date of September 22, 2022. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect the holder of this warrant to exercise this warrant on a net exercise basis contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our Rights Agreement, following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of             shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act so that those shares may be publicly resold, or to include their shares in certain registration statements we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights.     Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, the holders of             shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding

 

148


Table of Contents

warrants, or their transferees, are entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning six months following the consummation of our initial public offering, the holders of at least 35% of these shares can, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover a number of shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10.0 million.

Form S-3 Registration Rights.     Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, the holders of             shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their transferees, are entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 20% of these shares can make a written request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 at such time and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have previously effected any registration in the 12-month period preceding the request for registration. Additionally, we will not be required to affect a registration on Form S-3 prior to 180 days after the effective date of registration statement or which this prospectus forms a part.

Piggyback Registration Rights.     Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, in the event that we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of             million shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans or corporate reorganizations, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that any underwriters involved in such offering may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders, but not below 30% of the total number of shares included in the registration statement, unless the offering is our initial public offering, in which case the holders may be excluded if the managing underwriter makes the determination described above.

Expenses of Registration .     We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, pursuant to the demand, Form S-3, and piggyback registration rights described above, including all registration filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of our counsel, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the holders of the shares registered.

Expiration of Registration Rights.     The demand, Form S-3, and piggyback registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, upon the earlier of (a) when that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during a three-month period without registration or (b) upon the consummation of certain events, including the sale of all of our assets or a change of control of our company in which our stockholders receive cash or marketable securities.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws which will become effective immediately

 

149


Table of Contents

prior to the completion of this offering could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that our board of directors may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares that resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

Classified Board.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors designated as Class I directors will have terms expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, which we expect to hold in 2015. The directors designated as Class II directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2016, and the directors designated as Class III directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2017. Directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year in which the term for that class expires and thereafter will serve for a term of three years. At any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, the election will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. Under the classified board provisions, it would take at least two elections of directors for any individual or group to gain control of our board. Accordingly, these provisions could discourage a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of us.

Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated bylaws provide that our stockholders may only remove our directors with cause.

Amendment.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of our voting stock then outstanding is required to amend certain provisions relating to the number, term, election and removal of our directors, the filling of our board vacancies, stockholder notice procedures, the calling of special meetings of stockholders, and the indemnification of directors.

Size of Board and Vacancies .     Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors on our board of directors is fixed exclusively by our board of directors. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of our board of directors then in office, provided that a majority of the entire board of directors, or a quorum, is present and any vacancies in our board of directors resulting from death,

 

150


Table of Contents

resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or other cause will be filled generally by the majority vote of our remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.

Special Stockholder Meetings.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that only the Chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, or our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors we would have if there were no vacancies may call special meetings of our stockholders.

Stockholder Action by Unanimous Written Consent.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will expressly eliminate the right of our stockholders to act by written consent other than by unanimous written consent.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     The authority that will be possessed by our board of directors to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of our company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise by making it more difficult or more costly to obtain control of our company. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions, and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, or otherwise.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to have our common stock for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NEOT.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent, and registrar for our common stock will be Philadelphia Stock Transfer, Inc. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 2320 Haverford Road, Suite 230, Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003.

 

151


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014, assuming the issuance of             shares in this offering, we will have             shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and net exercise of all outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the effectiveness of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Of these outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares acquired by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining             shares of our common stock will continue to be deemed “restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which we summarize below. In addition, each of our officers, directors and substantially all of our other stockholders have entered into market stand-off agreements with us and/or lock-up agreements with Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim Securities whereby they have agreed not to sell any of their stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. In addition, of the             shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, options to purchase             of such shares of common stock were vested as of such date and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock–up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, shares of restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number  of
Shares

On the date of this prospectus

  

90 days after the date of this prospectus

  

At various times beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

Lock-Up Agreements

Each of our officers, directors and substantially all of our other stockholders have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, that, without prior written consent of Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim Securities, they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of or lend, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase our common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim Securities may, in their sole discretion, permit early release of shares subject to the lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the restricted period.

 

152


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the other requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, an employee, officer, director, consultant, or advisor who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date under the Securities Act of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, is eligible to resell those shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period contained in Rule 144. However, substantially all of the shares issued pursuant to Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and under “Underwriting” and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of those agreements.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of             shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

153


Table of Contents

Registration of Shares Issued Pursuant to Benefits Plans

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the effective date of this offering to register shares to be issued pursuant to our employee benefit plans. As a result, any shares issued or options or rights exercised under our 2007 Plan, 2014 Plan, 2014 ESPP, or any other benefit plan after the effectiveness of such registration statement will also be freely tradable in the public market, subject to the market stand-off and lock-up agreements discussed above. However, such shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice, and public information requirements of Rule 144. As of September 30, 2014, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 5,933,312 shares of common stock under our 2007 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.27. As of September 30, 2014, 3,716,257 options to purchase shares of common stock issued under our 2007 Plan are subject to vesting requirements, all of which are subject to early exercise.

 

154


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) that acquires our common stock pursuant to this offering. The discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, rulings and pronouncements, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change (possibly on a retroactive basis) or to differing interpretations so as to result in tax considerations different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

The discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not and is not treated as, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

a partnership including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for such purposes.

This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to any person who holds our common stock through entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or to such entities themselves. If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership or a holder of interests in such a partnership should consult such holder’s tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion does not consider:

 

   

any state, local, or foreign tax consequences;

 

   

any tax consequences or computation of the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

any U.S. federal tax consequences other than income tax consequences; or

 

   

any U.S. federal tax considerations that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws, including without limitation, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, hybrid entities, “controlled

 

155


Table of Contents
 

foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” certain former citizens or residents of the United States, broker-dealers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and holders that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or other integrated investment.

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations and the consequences of other U.S. federal tax laws, including U.S. federal estate and gift tax laws, as well as foreign, state and local laws, and tax treaties.

Distributions

As previously discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions of cash or other property on our common stock, however, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will constitute a return of capital and first reduce the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the heading “Foreign Accounts.”

A dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the United States). Non-U.S. holders will be required to satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements (generally on a properly executed IRS Form W-8 BEN or W-8BEN-E) in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. In such cases, the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above if the non-U.S. holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In addition, a “branch profits tax” may be imposed at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, on dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund together with the required information with the IRS.

 

156


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless one of the following applies:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met; in this case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the amount by which the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of our common stock and any other U.S.-source capital gains realized by the non-U.S. holder in the same taxable year exceed the U.S.-source capital losses realized by the non-U.S. holder in that taxable year unless an applicable income tax treaty provides an exemption or a lower rate; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. We do not believe that we have been, are, or will become, a USRPHC, although there can be no assurance in this regard. If we are, or were to become, a USRPHC at any time during the applicable period, however, any gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock during the applicable period generally would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code).

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

Dividends and proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock are potentially subject to backup withholding. In general, backup withholding will not apply to dividends on our common stock paid by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. holder if the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person and the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder.

Generally, we must report to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. Pursuant to income tax treaties or some other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence or establishment.

In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid to a non-U.S. holder within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case so long as the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

157


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as specifically defined by applicable rules) or provides information regarding substantial United States owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules to their investment in our common stock.

The IRS has issued guidance providing that the withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends made on or after July 1, 2014, and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

 

158


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Name

   Number
of Shares

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Total

  

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to

 

159


Table of Contents

take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the table above bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the above table.

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $         million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $         as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, directors and our other existing stock holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive any shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

   

make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of or lend, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

   

accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right;

 

   

make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

   

publically disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

160


Table of Contents

This lock up provision applies, subject to certain exceptions, to shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement now or later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NEOT.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our product development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares of our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares of our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising this option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through this option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of this option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our

 

161


Table of Contents

common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose penalty bids. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, which we refer to as a Relevant Member State, an offer to the

 

162


Table of Contents

public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom.     Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada.     The common shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and “permitted clients” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Hong Kong.     The common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (a) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (b) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (c) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do

 

163


Table of Contents

so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (b) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  i. to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  ii. where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  iii. where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland.     The common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss

 

164


Table of Contents

Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of common shares.

United Arab Emirates.     This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, or the UAE, Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA, a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC. The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The common shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

France.     This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers, or the AMF, for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

 

  (a) the transaction does not require a prospectus to be submitted for approval to the AMF;

 

  (b) persons or entities referred to in Point 2°, Section II of Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code may take part in the transaction solely for their own account, as provided in Articles D. 411-1, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code; and

 

  (c) the financial instruments thus acquired cannot be distributed directly or indirectly to the public otherwise than in accordance with Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Monetary and Financial Code.

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our common stock for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our common stock to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

165


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US). Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California, in connection with the offering.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, as set forth in their report (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements, which is included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement). We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT US

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Where we make statements in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document, for the complete text of that document, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the document at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing our financial statements audited by an independent public accounting firm and quarterly reports containing our unaudited financial information. We maintain a website at www.neothetics.com. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at this site. Upon completion of this offering, you may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

166


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Neothetics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Neothetics, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Neothetics, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, CA

June 20, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

   

 

December 31,

    September 30,
2014
    Pro Forma
September 30,
2014
    2012     2013      
                (unaudited)

Assets

     

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,099,858      $ 4,364,007      $ 14,650,244     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,484,950        141,863        1,516,426     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total current assets

    12,584,808        4,505,870        16,166,670     

Property and equipment, net

    197,419        24,401        18,626     

Restricted cash

    40,000                   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total assets

  $ 12,822,227      $ 4,530,271      $ 16,185,296     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 700,218      $ 643,612      $ 540,548     

Accrued expenses

    580,319        677,522        1,220,424     

Note payable to bank — current portion

    628,141        207,097        193,143     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total current liabilities

    1,908,678        1,528,231        1,954,115     

Note payable to bank, less current portion

                  3,706,767     

Warrants for preferred stock

    1,617,224        2,204,749        3,817,706     

Series A convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $1,500,000; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    1,455,686        1,455,686        1,455,686     

Series B convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 13,000,000 shares authorized and 12,432,430 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $22,999,996; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    23,095,634        23,095,634        23,095,634     

Series B-2 convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 6,500,000 shares authorized and 4,402,438 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $8,144,510; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    6,816,594        6,816,594        6,816,594     

Series C convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 28,300,000 shares authorized and 14,689,923, 19,608,195, and 25,322,483 and shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $20,565,892, $27,451,473, and $35,451,476 at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    19,684,007        26,120,739        34,113,457     

Series D convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 0,0, and 4,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013, and September 30, 2014, respectively; 0,0, and 3,333,334 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively (unaudited); liquidation preference of $6,000,001 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

                  5,433,421     

Stockholders’ deficit:

       

Common stock — $0.0001 par value; 70,200,000 shares authorized; 3,122,886, 3,122,886, and 3,369,886 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively;                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    312        312        337     

Additional paid-in capital

    2,083,315        2,163,802        2,569,618     

Accumulated deficit

    (43,839,223     (58,855,476     (66,778,039  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (41,755,596     (56,691,362     (64,208,084  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 12,822,227      $ 4,530,271      $ 16,185,296     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                

(unaudited)

 

Revenues:

        

License revenue, related party

    $ 100,000       $      $        $     

Expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249,095        11,447,844        9,735,845        3,258,198   

General and administrative

     2,591,945        2,974,842        2,149,043        3,075,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,841,040        14,422,686        11,884,888        6,333,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,741,040     (14,422,686     (11,884,888     (6,333,257

Interest income

     1,732        1,349        745        3,114   

Interest expense

     (936,526     (56,808     (48,506     (162,607

Loss on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,151,782     (490,802     (245,401     (1,429,813

Other expense, net

            (47,306     (47,306       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    $ (7,827,616    $ (15,016,253    $ (12,225,356    $ (7,922,563
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (2.57   $ (4.81   $ (3.91   $ (2.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares, basic and diluted

     3,051,358        3,122,886        3,122,886        3,331,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $          $     
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B-2 Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2011

    1,500,000      $ 1,455,686        12,432,430      $ 23,095,634        4,402,438      $ 6,816,594             $                      3,048,933      $ 304      $ 1,887,919      $ (36,011,607   $ (34,123,384

Issuance of preferred stock upon conversion of notes, accrued interest, and for cash net of $833,705 of offering costs

                                              14,689,923        19,684,007                                                    

Issuance of debt with a beneficial conversion feature

                                                                                        58,784               58,784   

Common stock issued upon exercise of options

                                                                          73,953        8        14,783               14,791   

Share-based compensation

                                                                                        121,829               121,829   

Net loss

                                                                                               (7,827,616     (7,827,616
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,500,000        1,455,686        12,432,430        23,095,634        4,402,438        6,816,594        14,689,923        19,684,007                      3,122,886        312        2,083,315        (43,839,223     (41,755,596

Issuance of preferred stock for cash net of $448,849 of offering costs

                                              4,918,272        6,436,732                                                    

Common stock issued upon exercise of options

                                                                                                        

Share-based compensation

                                                                                        80,487               80,487   

Net loss

                                                                                               (15,016,253     (15,016,253
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,500,000      $ 1,455,686        12,432,430      $ 23,095,634        4,402,438      $ 6,816,594        19,608,195      $ 26,120,739                      3,122,886      $ 312      $ 2,163,802      $ (58,855,476   $ (56,691,362

Issuance of preferred stock for cash net of $7,285 of offering costs (unaudited)

                     5,714,288        7,992,718                           

Issuance of preferred stock for cash, net of $566,580 offering costs

                                                            3,333,334        5,433,421                                      

Common stock issued upon exercise of options (unaudited)

                                                                          247,000        25        49,375               49,400   

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

                                                                                        356,441               356,441   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                                                               (7,922,563     (7,922,563
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

    1,500,000      $ 1,455,686        12,432,430      $ 23,095,634        4,402,438      $ 6,816,594        25,322,483      $ 34,113,457        3,333,334      $ 5,433,421        3,369,886      $ 337      $ 2,569,618      $ (66,778,039   $ (64,208,084
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                

(unaudited)

 

Operating activities

        

Net loss

   $ (7,827,616   $ (15,016,253   $ (12,225,356   $ (7,922,563

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Loss on sale of equipment

            47,306        121,959          

Depreciation

     123,712        72,216        67,475        12,687   

Noncash interest expense on notes payable and debt

     873,317        27,196        22,906        50,580   

Share-based compensation

     121,829        80,487        60,366        356,441   

Loss on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     1,151,782        490,802        245,401        1,429,813   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,345,913     1,343,087        1,349,635        (991,616

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (493,000     51,048        (328,888     641,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,395,889     (12,904,111     (10,686,502     (6,423,423

Investing activities

        

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

            64,200                 

Restricted cash

            40,000        40,000          

Purchase of property and equipment

            (21,157     (19,946     (6,912
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

            83,043        20,054        (6,912

Financing activities

        

Proceeds from notes payable and bank loan

     3,250,000                      4,000,000   

Principal payments on bank loan

     (824,121     (448,238     (332,751     (209,698

Issuance of common stock

     14,791                      49,400   

Issuance of preferred stock for cash, net of offering costs

     10,225,890        6,533,455        6,443,837        13,568,139   

Deferred initial public offering costs

                          (691,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,666,560        6,085,217        6,111,086        16,716,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     5,270,671        (6,735,851     (4,555,362     10,286,237   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     5,829,187        11,099,858        11,099,858        4,364,007   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 11,099,858      $ 4,364,007      $ 6,544,496      $ 14,650,244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activity

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 241,835      $ 32,701      $ 27,953      $ 224,096   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities

        

Exchange of notes payable and accrued interest for preferred stock

   $ 9,566,544      $      $      $   

Warrants issued for services in connection with issuance of preferred stock

   $ 108,428      $ 96,723      $ 94,628      $ 142,001   

Warrants issued in connection with Loan and Security Agreement

   $      $      $      $ 41,143   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

The Company was incorporated in Delaware on February 1, 2007, under the name Lipothera, Inc. In September 2008, the Company changed its name to Lithera, Inc. In August 2014, the Company changed its name to Neothetics, Inc. The Company is a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. The Company’s lead product candidate is a novel injectable treatment for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients.

As of September 30, 2014, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to product development, raising capital, and building infrastructure and has not realized revenues from its planned principal operations.

Going Concern

The Company has a limited operating history, and the sales and income potential of the Company’s business is unproven. The Company has incurred operating losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $66,778,039 as of September 30, 2014. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses for at least the next several years and is highly dependent on its ability to find additional sources of funding in the form of debt or equity financing to fund its operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. Management is currently seeking additional sources of funding through debt and equity financing that would generate sufficient resources to assure continuation of the Company’s operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in acquiring additional funding, that the Company’s projections of its future needs will prove accurate, or that any additional funding would be sufficient to continue operations in future years.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and managed its business as one segment operating in the United States.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2014, statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended September 30, 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2014 and its results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and its statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of September 30, 2014 assumes (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 50,148,974 shares of the Company’s common stock and (ii) the net exercise and conversion of certain of the Company’s outstanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock and the resultant reclassification of our warranty liability of $3.8 million to additional paid-in capital. The pro forma balance sheet was prepared as though the completion of the initial public offering (IPO) contemplated by this prospectus has occurred on September 30, 2014. Shares of common stock to be issued in the IPO and related net proceeds are excluded from such pro forma information.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant risk on its cash due to the financial position of the depository institution in which those deposits are held.

Restricted Cash

As of December 31, 2012, restricted cash consisted of $40,000 in a certificate of deposit used as a deposit to secure corporate credit cards. There was no restricted cash as of December 31, 2013 or September 30, 2014.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, including warrants issued in connection with financing arrangements. Fair value estimates of these instruments are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are generally considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are buyers or sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact, and (iv) willing to transact. The guidance prioritizes three levels of inputs into the following hierarchy:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 are as follows:

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date  Using  
     Balance as of
December 31,
2012
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

Money market fund (1)

   $ 10,110,489       $ 10,110,489       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10,110,489       $ 10,110,489       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Warrants for preferred stock (2)

   $ 1,617,224       $       $       $ 1,617,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,617,224       $       $       $ 1,617,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Included as a component of cash and cash equivalents on accompanying balance sheet.

 

(2)  

The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities consist of a warrant liability to purchase convertible preferred stock.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date  Using  
     Balance as of
December 31,
2013
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
    (Level 1)    
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
    (Level 2)     
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
      (Level  3)      
 

Assets

           

Money market fund (1)

   $ 3,370,705       $ 3,370,705       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,370,705       $ 3,370,705       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Warrants for preferred stock (2)

   $ 2,204,749       $       $       $ 2,204,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,204,749       $       $       $ 2,204,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Included as a component of cash and cash equivalents on accompanying balance sheet.

 

(2)  

The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities consist of a warrant liability to purchase convertible preferred stock.

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date  Using  
     Balance as of
September 30,
2014
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
    (Level 1)    
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
    (Level 2)     
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
      (Level  3)      
 

Assets

           

Money market fund (1)

   $ 13,695,326       $ 13,695,326       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,695,326       $ 13,695,326       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Warrants for preferred stock (2)

   $ 3,817,706       $       $       $ 3,817,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3,817,706       $       $       $ 3,817,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Included as a component of cash and cash equivalents on accompanying balance sheet.

 

(2)  

The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities consist of a warrant liability to purchase convertible preferred stock.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

The following table provides a reconciliation for all liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014:

 

     Fair Value
Measurements at
Reporting Date
Using Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 530,021   

Fair value of warrants issued in connection with debt financing and advisory services

     175,442   

Elimination of embedded put liability upon conversion of debt to equity

     (240,021

Changes in fair value

     1,151,782   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

     1,617,224   

Fair value of warrants issued in connection with debt financing and advisory services

     96,723   

Changes in fair value

     490,802   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2013

   $ 2,204,749   

Fair value of warrants issued in connection with debt financing and advisory services

     183,144   

Changes in fair value

     1,429,813   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at September 30, 2014

   $ 3,817,706   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 was determined based on Level 3 inputs utilizing an option pricing method that allocates the value of the Company to each class of shares. At December 31, 2012, the value of the Company was estimated using the market approach and analysis of a recent financing transaction. At December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 the value of the Company was estimated under the probability-weighted expected return method based on an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various future outcomes.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, which primarily consist of office furniture and equipment and computer equipment, are stated at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to five years) using the straight-line method.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically re-evaluates the original assumptions and rationale utilized in the establishment of the carrying values and estimated lives of all of its long-lived assets, including property and equipment. The determinants used for this evaluation include management’s estimate of the asset’s ability to generate positive income from operations and positive cash flows in future periods, as well as the strategic significance of the asset to the Company’s business objective. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses through September 30, 2014.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related overhead expenses; fees paid to consultants and contract research organizations; costs related to acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials; costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and maintenance and license payments related to licensed product candidates and technologies.

All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and the tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded when the realizability of such deferred tax assets is not more likely than not.

The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. During 2012 and 2013, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company had not recognized interest and penalties in the balance sheets or statements of operations. The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and state jurisdictions. The Company’s tax years from inception are subject to examination by the United States and California authorities due to the carryforwards of unutilized net operating losses (NOLs) and research and development credits.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation for the Company includes amortization related to all stock option awards, based on the grant-date fair value. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life of the awards is based on the simplified method described in Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The expected volatility assumption is based upon the historical volatility of a number of publicly traded companies in similar stages of clinical development. The risk-free interest rate is based on the average yield of five- and seven-year U.S. Treasury Bills as of the valuation date.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 
     (Unaudited)  

Weighted Average Assumptions:

  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.85

Expected dividend yield

     0

Expected volatility

     85

Expected term (in years)

     6   

Fair value of common stock

   $ 0.59   

Exercise price of options granted

   $ 0.26   

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of the options. There were no options granted to employees or a member of the board of directors during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company granted approximately 4.1 million options to purchase common stock. The Company recorded noncash share-based compensation for employees and members of the board of directors of $97,298, $80,487, $356,441 and $60,365 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Option grants to non-employees are valued at fair value and are expensed over the period services are provided. These options are subject to periodic revaluation to reflect the current fair value at each reporting period until the non-employee completes the performance obligation or the date on which a performance commitment is reached. The Company recorded noncash compensation to consultants of $24,531 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and there was no noncash compensation to consultants for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Warrants for Preferred Stock

The Company has issued freestanding warrants exercisable for shares of Series B, B-2, C and D convertible preferred stock. These warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying balance sheets, as the terms for liquidation of the underlying security are outside of the Company’s control. The warrants are recorded at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or the current value method within the IPO scenarios. The fair value of all warrants is remeasured at each financial reporting date with any changes in fair value being recognized in the change in fair value of preferred stock warrants on the statement of operations. The Company will continue to re-measure the fair value of the warrant liability until: (i) exercise, (ii) expiration of the related warrant, or (iii) conversion of the convertible preferred stock underlying the security into common stock, at which time the warrants will be classified as a component of stockholders’ equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Common stock equivalents are only included when their effect is dilutive. The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred stock, warrants and outstanding stock options under the stock option plan, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as they would be anti-dilutive. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to compute basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company’s net loss position.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the outstanding potentially dilutive securities that have been excluded in the calculation of diluted net loss per shares because to do so would be anti-dilutive.

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2013
     September 30,
2014
 
                  

(Unaudited)

 

Conversion of preferred stock based on conversion rights

     35,678,371         40,855,805         40,634,267         50,148,974   

Warrants issued and outstanding

     3,474,890         3,686,412         3,681,859         4,002,074   

Stock options issued and outstanding

     2,248,929         2,248,242         2,248,929         5,933,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     41,402,190         46,790,459         46,565,055         60,084,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma net loss per share:

 

     December 31,
2013
    September 30,
2014
 
           (Unaudited)  

Numerator

    

Net loss

   $ (15,016,253   $ (7,922,563

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     490,802        1,429,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (14,525,451   $ (6,492,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

    

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted loss per share

     3,122,886        3,331,886   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock

     38,454,272        47,611,498   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of certain convertible preferred stock issued upon net exercise of warrants

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share basic and diluted (unaudited)

   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued an accounting standards update that removes the financial reporting distinction between development stage entities and other reporting entities from GAAP. In addition, the amendments eliminate the requirements for development stage entities to: (1) present inception-to-date information in the statements of income, cash flows, and shareholder equity, (2) label the financial statements as those of a development stage entity, (3) disclose a description of the development stage activities in which the entity is engaged, and disclose in the first year in which the entity is no longer a development stage entity that in prior years it had been in the development stage. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with an option for early adoption. The Company elected early adoption, and does not believe the adoption of the standard had a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or related financial statement disclosures.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
      

Office furniture and equipment

   $ 454,318      $ 135,383      $ 142,295   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (256,899     (110,982     (123,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 197,419      $ 24,401      $ 18,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to furniture and equipment amounted to $123,712 and $72,216, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $67,475 and $12,687 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

4. Notes Payable to Bank and Secured Convertible Promissory Notes

Notes Payable to Bank

In February 2010, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank (the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement) for two growth capital loans in the amount of $1,500,000 each. The obligations under the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement are collateralized by all personal property, excluding intellectual property. Monthly payments were due over a 24-month period from each respective date of funding. The Company had an obligation to make a final payment equal to 6% of total amounts borrowed at the loan maturity date, and the final payment was accrued over the term of the loans using the effective-interest method. In connection with the borrowings, the Company issued warrants to the bank for the purchase of a total of 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a first amendment to its loan and security agreement with a bank that provided for an additional advance of $750,000. This agreement was further amended in August 2012 (the Second Amendment) to extend the payment terms and adjust the interest rate.

Under the Second Amendment, the loan and security agreement provided for (i) restructuring of the March 2012 first amendment existing credit extensions, (ii) waiving of the event of default related to the term sheet milestone, and (iii) revision of the collateral to include the Company’s intellectual property. Under the second amendment, the $750,000 advanced originally under the March 2012 agreement was restructured to be paid in 20 equal installments of principal and interest payments beginning in September 2012 at an interest rate equal to 7.78% above the 24-month Treasury Rate with a floor of 8.00%. The bank was issued warrants to purchase 75,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock under the amendments. Under the Second Amendment, the Company was subject to certain nonfinancial covenants and a material adverse change clause. The Company was in compliance of all covenants as of December 31, 2013 and the loan was paid off in full as of June 30, 2014.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

4. Notes Payable to Bank and Secured Convertible Promissory Notes  (Continued)

 

The Company recorded total interest expense of $99,228 and $56,808 related to the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $48,505 and $4,186 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

In June 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the Loan Agreement) that provides for borrowings up to $10.0 million to be available to the Company in two tranches. Upon closing of the Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed $4.0 million. The remaining $6.0 million may be advanced upon satisfaction of a performance milestone relating to the results from and conclusion of an End-of Phase 2 meeting with the United States Food and Drug Administration. The loan bears interest equal to the greater of either 9.0%, plus the Prime Rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal, less 3.25% or 9.0%. Interest only is due and payable through July 2015, with principal and interest payments due commencing August 2015 through loan maturity August 2018. Early prepayment penalties may apply, as well as an end of term charge of $300,000. The loan is secured by substantially all assets of the Company. Covenants include certain nonfinancial covenants, a material adverse change clause, and the provision that the Company must complete a qualified financing resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of at least $45.0 million by March 1, 2015.

In connection with the Loan Agreement, in June 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock equal to 4% of the amount advanced under the loan. The fair value of the warrants related to the initial loan advance of $4.0 million was $41,143, based on the fair value of such Series C warrants at the date of issuance. The warrants’ fair value and financing fees of approximately $107,000 were recorded as a debt discount. All fees and warrants value are amortized to interest expense over the remaining term using the effective interest method.

The Company recorded total interest expense of $158,421 related to the Loan Agreement for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

At September 30, 2014, the principal balance outstanding under the Loan Agreement was $4.0 million. As of September 30, 2014, the principal and interest payments of the loan over its term are as follows:

 

2014

   $ 91,000   

2015

     847,995   

2016

     1,526,387   

2017

     1,526,387   

2018

     1,181,736   
  

 

 

 

Total

     5,173,505   

Less interest

     (1,173,505

Less debt discount

     (100,090

Less current portion of notes payable

     (193,143
  

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

   $ 3,706,767   
  

 

 

 

Secured Convertible Promissory Notes

The Company issued Convertible Secured Promissory Notes (the Notes) in a series of private placement financings to certain investors as follows: $4,000,000 in March and September 2011 ($8,000,000 in total); $6,600,000 in December 2011; and $2,500,000 in July 2012. In connection with the March and

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

4. Notes Payable to Bank and Secured Convertible Promissory Notes  (Continued)

 

September 2011 Notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock warrants. The March and September 2011 Notes were converted into Series B-2 convertible preferred stock in September 2011 for the entire principal amount, plus accrued interest at $1.85 per share. In connection with the December 2011 and July 2012 Notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,949,997 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The December 2011 and July 2012 Notes were converted into Series C convertible preferred stock in December 2012 for the entire principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest at $1.40 per share.

The Company recorded $837,286 in interest expense related to the Notes for the year ended December 31, 2012. There was no interest expense related to the December 2011 and 2012 Notes for the year ended December 31, 2013 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, as all the notes converted effective December 17, 2012.

5. Preferred Stock Warrants

In June 2012, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement with an investment bank whereby the investment bank would provide services related to closing Series C preferred financings. As payment for these services, the Company paid an initial retainer of $60,000 and will pay a cash success fee of up to 5% on all proceeds from investments. In addition, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share to the investment bank equal to 6% of the number of shares of stock issued in the Series C financing transaction. The warrants expire eight years after date of issuance. The Company issued Series C convertible preferred stock warrants totaling 210,266, 235,714, and 114,285 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively.

In July 2012, in connection with the sale of the 2012 Notes, the Company issued warrants to the purchasers of the notes to purchase 535,713 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share.

During 2012, in connection with the amendments to the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement, the Company issued warrants to the bank to purchase 75,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share.

In June 2014, in connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants equal to 4% of the initial loan amount advances, to purchase 114,285 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share.

In September 2014, in connection with a May 2014 advisory services agreement with an investment bank, the Company issued warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $1.80 per share. The warrants expire eight years after date of issuance.

The Series C and D convertible preferred stock warrants expire seven to ten years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants on the dates issued was computed using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The preferred stock warrants issued in connection with loan agreements have been accounted for as a debt discount and are recorded to interest expense based on the effective interest method. Upon conversion, any remaining discount is recorded to interest expense. Preferred stock warrants issued in connection with advisory services agreements have been accounted for

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

5. Preferred Stock Warrants  (Continued)

 

as a cost of capital. Additionally, preferred stock warrants are accounted for as liabilities based on fair value, and increases or decreases in the fair value of such warrants during the year were recorded as a gain or loss based on the change in fair value in the statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 3,400,704 warrants outstanding to purchase: 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock, and 2,470,977 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had 3,714,989 warrants outstanding to purchase: 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock, 2,585,262 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and 200,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants was estimated at issuance and remeasured at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following weighted average assumptions:

     December 31,   September 30,
2014
     2012   2013  

Expected life

   2.5 years   0.8 years   0.7 years

Volatility

   56.2%   60.0%   53.0%

Expected dividend yield

   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.31%   0.31%   0.20%

6. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Convertible Preferred Stock

In September 2011, the Company issued 4,402,438 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock upon conversion of $8,145,315 of secured convertible debt and related interest at a conversion price of $1.85 per share.

In December 2012, the Company issued 14,689,923 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock upon conversion of $9,566,551 of secured convertible debt and related interest at a conversion price of $1.40 and for cash proceeds of $11,000,002 pursuant to the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued an additional 4,918,272 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $6,885,581.

In January 2014, the Company issued an additional 5,714,288 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $8,000,003.

In September 2014, the Company issued 3,333,334 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $6,000,001.

The Company’s five classes of convertible preferred stock outstanding, Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, Series B-2 convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, and Series D convertible preferred stock (collectively, the Preferred Stock), have the rights, preferences, and privileges discussed below.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

6. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit  (Continued)

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends on a pari passu basis at a rate of 8% of the issuance price per share per annum. The preferred stock dividends are payable when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. As of September 30, 2014, the board of directors had not declared any dividends. The Preferred Stock dividends are payable in preference and in priority to any dividends on common stock.

The holders of the Series A, B, B-2, C and D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences at the rate of $1.00 per share, $1.85 per share, $1.85 per share, $1.40 per share and $1.80 per share for the Series A, B, B-2, C and D Preferred Stock, respectively, plus all declared and unpaid dividends. Liquidation payments to the holders of Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of common stock and are limited to the greater of $3.00, $5.55, $5.55, $4.20, and $5.40 per share for the Series A, B, B-2, C and D Preferred Stock, respectively, or the amount computed as if the Preferred Stock had converted to common stock immediately prior to a liquidation.

The shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain adjustments. Each share of Preferred Stock is automatically converted into common stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the aggregate gross proceeds are at least $25,000,000 or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of more than 75% of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

Holders of the Preferred Stock have the same voting rights as the holders of common stock. Each holder of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held, and each holder of any series of preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock could be converted.

Stock Compensation Plan

In 2007, the Company adopted the 2007 Stock Plan (the Plan) under which 7,755,300 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants of the Company. The Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and certain other types of awards to eligible recipients. Recipients of incentive stock options shall be eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of options granted under the Plan is ten years. The options generally vest over four years with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the original vesting date and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, there were 3,639,172 and 1,347,102, respectively, of options available for future grant under the Plan.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

6. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes stock option transactions under the Plan during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2014:

 

     Options
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life — Years
 

Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011

     2,405,835      $ 0.26         8.2   

Granted

            

Exercised

     (73,953   $ 0.20      

Forfeited

     (82,953   $ 0.21      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2012

     2,248,929      $ 0.26         7.2   

Granted

            

Exercised

            

Forfeited

     (687   $ 0.33      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013

     2,248,242      $ 0.26         6.2   

Granted

     4,063,637      $ 0.26      

Exercised

     (247,000   $ 0.20      

Forfeited

     (131,567   $ 0.22      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2014

     5,933,312      $ 0.27         8.1   
  

 

 

      

Vested at September 30, 2014

     2,217,055      $ 0.26         6.1   
  

 

 

      

The Plan allows for the exercise of unvested options, which are subject to repurchase until vesting occurs. All options exercised to date were fully vested at date of exercise.

There were no options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013. The weighted average fair value of options granted was $0.48 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, net of expected forfeitures, was $81,887 and $1,542,040, respectively, to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately one and three years, respectively. The intrinsic value of options outstanding at September 30, 2014 was $8,561,981.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2014
 
            (unaudited)  

Conversion of preferred stock based on conversion rights

     40,855,805         50,148,974   

Warrants issued and outstanding

     3,686,412         4,002,074   

Stock options issued and outstanding

     2,248,242         5,933,312   

Authorized for future option grants

     3,639,172         1,347,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     50,429,631         61,431,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

 

7. Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and California tax NOL carryforwards available to reduce its future taxable income of approximately $55,601,000 and $54,815,000, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2017 unless previously utilized. At December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and state research tax credits of approximately $1,853,000 and $1,028,000, respectively. The federal research credit expires in 2027 unless previously utilized. The California research credit will carry forward indefinitely until utilized.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s NOL and research and development credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis regarding the limitation of NOL and research and development credit carryforwards. Until this analysis has been completed, the Company has removed the deferred tax assets for NOLs of approximately $22,102,000 and research and development credits of approximately $2,531,000 generated through 2013 from its deferred tax asset schedule and has recorded a corresponding decrease to its valuation allowance.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets for federal and state income taxes at December 31, 2012 and 2013 are shown below. A valuation allowance has been established, as realization of such deferred tax assets is uncertain.

 

     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued payroll

   $ 177,000      $ 191,000   

Other, net

     104,000        40,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     281,000        231,000   

Valuation allowance

     (281,000     (231,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company follows the provisions under ASC 740, Income Taxes , which addresses accounting for the uncertainty in income taxes. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with this topic is a two-step process. The first step involves recognition. The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. The technical merits of a tax position derive from both statutory and judicial authority (legislation and statutes, legislative intent, regulations, rulings, and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in the financial statements. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Uncertain tax positions are evaluated based upon the facts and circumstances that exist at each reporting period. Subsequent changes in judgment based upon new information may lead to changes in recognition, derecognition, and measurement. Adjustments may result, for example, upon resolution of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

7. Income Taxes  (Continued)

an issue with the taxing authorities or expiration of a statute of limitations barring an assessment for an issue. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, there were no unrecognized tax benefits. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases its facilities under a noncancelable operating lease that expires in December 2014. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, totaled $208,959, $200,221, $152,773 and $172,299, respectively.

Total future minimum lease payments under the Company’s current lease as of September 30, 2014, are through December 31, 2014 and total approximately $54,000.

Advisory Agreements

In connection with an advisory services agreement (the First Advisory Agreement) with an investment bank entered into during 2012 and terminated in October 2013, there is an ongoing commitment to pay a success fee of up to 5% on all proceeds from certain agreed-upon investments for a period of 12 months after the agreement was terminated. There have been no investment proceeds received through September 30, 2014 subject to the post termination success fee.

In May 2014, the Company entered in an advisory services agreement (the Second Advisory Agreement) with an investment bank whereby the investment bank will provide services related to a future mezzanine financing transaction. As payment for these services, the Company paid an initial retainer of $60,000 and will pay a cash success fee of 5% on all proceeds from agreed-upon counterparties. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the investment bank equal to 6% of the number of shares of stock issued in the mezzanine financing transaction. Through September 30, 2014, there has been $6,000,001 of investment proceeds received subject to the success fee and for which warrants were issued.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time the Company may be involved in various disputes and litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business.

9. Related-Party Transactions

In connection with the December 2012 Series C Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into a technology transfer agreement with one of the investors, whereby the investor obtained royalty-free license rights to the Company’s intellectual property in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. The agreement allows the related party to pursue regulatory approval for use of the licensed intellectual property. There are no contractual rights to future payments by either party.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

NEOTHETICS, INC.

Common Stock

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Piper Jaffray    Guggenheim Securities
Needham & Company

 

 

 

                     , 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement all of which will be paid by us. All of the amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ filing fee.

 

     Amount to
be paid
 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 7,350   

Printing and mailing

     *   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 9,988   

NASDAQ filing fee

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be effective immediately prior to completion of this offering provide that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, against all expense, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such.

Section 145 of the DGCL permits a corporation to indemnify any director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding brought by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, or an action brought by or on behalf of the corporation, indemnification may be provided only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any director or officer in connection with the defense or settlement of such an action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be provided if such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine that the defendant is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, Article 12 of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the liability of a director to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for such a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liabilities arising:

 

   

from any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

from acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL; and

 

   

from any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

The foregoing discussion of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, indemnification agreements, and Delaware law is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by such certificate of incorporation, bylaws, indemnification agreements, or law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

Reference is made to Item 17 of our undertakings with respect to liabilities arising under the Securities Act. Reference is also made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement for the indemnification agreements between us and the underwriters.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2011, we have made sales of unregistered securities as described below. Share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to a reverse stock split of             -for-             of our common stock effected on                     , 2014.

 

  1. We granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2007 Stock Plan including stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,333,651 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.30 per share, and a restricted stock award of 1,200,000 shares. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 301,874 shares were cancelled without being exercised, 364,286 shares have been exercised for aggregate proceeds of $72,857 and 7,272,108 shares remain outstanding.

 

  2. Since January 1, 2011, we issued sold an aggregate of 364,286 shares of our common stock to employees, directors and consultants at a weighted average exercise price of $0.20 per share upon the exercise of stock options granted under our 2007 Stock Plan.

 

  3. In March 2011, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million. On September 30, 2011, all outstanding convertible promissory notes were exchanged for 4,402,038 shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock and amended and restated preferred stock warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 864,862 shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.85 per share.

 

  4.

In September 2011, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million. In addition, in December 2011, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $6.6 million. In July 2012, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $2.5 million. On December 10, 2012, all outstanding

 

II-2


Table of Contents
 

convertible promissory notes were exchanged for 6,832,779 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 1,949,997 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40 per share.

 

  5. Between December 2012 and January 2014, we issued an aggregate of 25,322,483 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.40 for aggregate gross consideration of $35,451,476.

 

  6. In March 2012, in connection with an amendment to our Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, we issued a warrant to purchase up to a maximum of 32,143 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40 to Silicon Valley Bank.

 

  7. In August 2012, in connection with an amendment to our Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, we issued a warrant to purchase up to a maximum of 42,857 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40 to Silicon Valley Bank.

 

  8. In June 2014, in connection with our Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules, we issued a warrant to purchase up to a maximum of 114,285 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40.

 

  9. In September 2014, we entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with six new investors providing for the sale and issuance of an aggregate of 3,333,334 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.80 for aggregate gross consideration of $6,000,001. In connection with the financing, we issued a warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share to an investment bank pursuant to a May 2014 advisory services agreement that we entered into with the investment bank.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) See the Exhibit Index attached to this Registration Statement, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed

 

II-3


Table of Contents
 

in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of San Diego, California, on October 17, 2014.

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.

By:

 

    /s/ George W. Mahaffey

 

    Name:    George W. Mahaffey

    Title:      President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints George W. Mahaffey and Susan A. Knudson, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ George W. Mahaffey

George W. Mahaffey

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)   October 17, 2014

/s/ Susan A. Knudson

Susan A. Knudson

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   October 17, 2014

/s/ Martha J. Demski

Martha J. Demski

  Director   October 17, 2014

/s/ Maxim Gorbachev

Maxim Gorbachev

  Director   October 17, 2014

/s/ Daniel S. Janney

Daniel S. Janney

  Director   October 17, 2014

/s/ Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D.

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D.

  Lead Independent Director   October 17, 2014

/s/ Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D.

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D.

  Director   October 17, 2014


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 19, 2014, as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
3.3    Bylaws, as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
4.1*    Form of Stock Certificate.
4.2    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated February 23, 2010, issued to Silicon Valley Bank.
4.3    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated March 30, 2012, issued to Silicon Valley Bank.
4.4    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated August 17, 2012, issued to Silicon Valley Bank.
4.5    Warrant Agreement, dated June 11, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Hercules Technology III, L.P.
4.6    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated September 22, 2014, by and between the Registrant and the investors listed therein.
5.1*    Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) regarding the legality of the securities being registered.
10.1†    Technology Transfer Agreement, dated December 12, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Domain Russia Investments Limited.
10.2†    Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated December 12, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Domain Russia Investments Limited and NovaMedica LLC.
10.3†    Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, dated July 2, 2013, by and between the Registrant and NovaMedica LLC.
10.4†    Contract No. 0702/12, dated July 2, 2013, by and between the Registrant and NovaMedica LLC.
10.5    Lease, dated July 3, 2008, by and between the Registrant WW&LJ Gateways, LTD.
10.6    Ninth Amendment to Lease, dated April 21, 2014, by and between the Registrant and LJ Gateways Office LLC (as successor in interest to WW&LJ Gateways, LTD).
10.7    Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 11, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.
10.8+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and George W. Mahaffey.
10.9+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Kenneth Locke, Ph.D.
10.10+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Susan Knudson.
10.11+    Letter Agreement, dated July 3, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Martha J. Demski.
10.12+    Letter Agreement, dated August 12, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Patricia Walker, M.D., Ph.D.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

10.13+    Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive Officers.
10.14+    Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Plan.
10.15+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2007 Stock Plan.
10.16+*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.17+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.18+*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.19+*    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.20+*    Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.21+*    Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.22+*    Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.23+*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.24+    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in the signature page).

 

* To be filed by amendment
+ Management Compensation Plan
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOTHETICS, INC.

The undersigned, George Mahaffey hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President of Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 1, 2007 under the name Lipothera, Inc., an Amended and Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 19, 2008 (the “ Original Restated Certificate ”), a Certificate of Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 28, 2010, an Amended and Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 30, 2011, a Certificate of Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 29, 2012, an Amended and Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 17, 2012 and a Certificate of Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 11, 2014.

3. Neothetics, Inc. filed a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of Delaware on the 4th day of September, 2008 changing its name from Lipothera, Inc. to Lithera, Inc. and a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of Delaware on the 11th day of August, 2014 changing its name from Lithera, Inc. to Neothetics, Inc.

4. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Neothetics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware and the County of Kent is 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.


ARTICLE IV

(A) Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 124,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share. 70,200,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 53,800,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

(B) The Preferred Stock authorized by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) shall be issued in four series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Thirteen Million (13,000,000) shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B-2 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Six Million Five Hundred Thousand (6,500,000) shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Twenty-Eight Million Three Hundred Thousand (28,300,000) shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (4,500,000) shares. The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are collectively referred to as the Series Preferred. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series Preferred are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The Corporation previously filed the Original Restated Certificate on February 19, 2008 pursuant to which each one share of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock at such time was automatically split and divided into 1.93 shares of Common Stock (the “ Stock Split ”). All share amounts, amounts per share and per share numbers and the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock as set forth in the Restated Certificate have been adjusted to reflect the Stock Split and notwithstanding any other provision of the Restated Certificate no adjustments to the Series Preferred shall be made as a result of the Stock Split, whether pursuant to Section 4(d)(ii), Section 2 or otherwise.

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, provided that an adjustment to the respective Conversion Price (as defined below) of such other securities or rights has been made in accordance with Section 4(d)(ii) below) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”). No dividend or distribution (other than a dividend payable solely in Common Stock and other than a distribution pursuant to Section 2 below) shall be paid on shares of any series of Series Preferred unless there shall have been paid, dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) per annum

 

-2-


on all shares of each series of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Series Preferred into Common Stock). The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $1.00. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $1.85. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall be $1.85. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $1.40. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $1.80.

2. Liquidation .

(a) Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to applicable Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of the applicable series of Series Preferred then held by them, plus (ii) all then declared but unpaid dividends on such series. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series Preferred in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(b) Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the Series Preferred and the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Series Preferred into Common Stock) until the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall have received an aggregate amount equal to three (3) times the applicable Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (including the amount paid pursuant to Section 2(a) above), plus all then declared but unpaid dividends; thereafter, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

(c) Certain Acquisitions .

(i) Deemed Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, convey, license, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation), unless the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, elect not to treat the transaction as a

 

-3-


Liquidation Transaction (any such transaction, unless elected otherwise, a “ Liquidation Transaction ”), provided, however, that none of the following shall be considered a Liquidation Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation, (ii) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, or (iii) a transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own 67% or more of the voting stock of the surviving corporation following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Corporation held by such stockholders prior to the transaction).

(ii) Valuation of Consideration . In the event of a deemed liquidation as described in Section 2(c)(i) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over a specified time period;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing bid or sales prices (whichever is applicable) of such securities over a specified time period; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as specified above in Section 2(c)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(iii) Notice of Liquidation Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of each series of Series Preferred written notice of any impending Liquidation Transaction not later than 10 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidation Transaction, or 10 days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Transaction and the provisions of

 

-4-


this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidation Transaction shall not take place sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, all notice periods or requirements in this Restated Certificate may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series Preferred that are entitled to such notice rights, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(iv) Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the requirements of this Section 2(c) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the Liquidation Transaction to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or cancel such Liquidation Transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Series Preferred shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(c)(iii).

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

4. Conversion . The holders of each series of the Series Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to Section 4(c), each share of each series of Series Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price applicable to such series of Series Preferred, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be $1.00. The initial Conversion Price per share of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $1.6225. The Conversion Price per share of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall be $1.40. The initial Conversion Price per share of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $1.40. The initial Conversion Price per share of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $1.80. Each such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d). The Conversion Price per share of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-2 Preferred Stock has been adjusted based on the issuance of 25,322,483 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $25,000,000 (before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the

 

-5-


holders of not less than 75% of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of any Series Preferred shall be entitled to convert any such Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate), at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series Preferred, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a certificate for the remaining number of shares of Series Preferred if less than all of the Series Preferred evidenced by the certificate were surrendered. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on (i) the date of such surrender of the shares of Series Preferred to be converted or (ii) if applicable, the date of automatic conversion specified in Section 4(b) above, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of public Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten public offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Series Preferred for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event any persons entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Series Preferred shall not be deemed to have converted such Series Preferred until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Prices of the Series Preferred shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price . If the Corporation should issue, at any time after the filing of this Restated Certificate (the “ Filing Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever a Conversion Price for any Series Preferred is adjusted pursuant to this Section (4)(d)(i), the new Conversion Price for such series shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance

 

-6-


would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

(B) Definition of “Additional Stock” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Filing Date) other than

(1) Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

(2) Shares of Common Stock (or options to purchase such shares of Common Stock) issued or issuable to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Corporation or other persons performing services for the Corporation, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(3) Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors;

(4) Capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis;

(5) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(6) Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock;

(7) Capital stock issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis;

(8) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with the affirmative vote of at least a majority the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; and

 

-7-


(9) Up to 25,322,483 shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued by the Company.

(C) No Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price for the Series Preferred shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(D) Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) Deemed Issuances of Common Stock . In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the applicable Filing Date) of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

(2) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made

 

-8-


for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(3) Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(4) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)(1) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(2) or 4(d)(i)(E)(3).

(F) No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section (4)(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of any Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing such Conversion Price above the Conversion Price therefor in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(ii) Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event the Corporation should at any time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such Series Preferred shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

(iii) Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction

 

-9-


provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)) payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of such series of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series Preferred shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series Preferred the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of each series of the Series Preferred after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series Preferred, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series Preferred the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If the conversion would result in any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share on the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price of the Series Preferred pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of any series of Series Preferred, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Series Preferred.

 

-10-


(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to a holder of any series of the Series Preferred, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of any series of Series Preferred shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, DHL or other overnight courier, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) General Voting Rights . Except as expressly provided by this Restated Certificate or as provided by law, the holders of Series Preferred shall have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and the holders of the Series Preferred shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of any series of Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of such series of Series Preferred could be converted. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series Preferred held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

(b) Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) members. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(a) above, at each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders, (i) the holders

 

-11-


of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall have the right to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “ Common Stock Director ”), to remove from office the Common Stock Director, and to fill any vacancy with respect thereto, (ii) the holders of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall have the right to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”), to remove from office the Preferred Stock Directors and to fill any vacancy with respect thereto, and (iii) the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall have the right to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors (the “ Mutual Directors ”), to remove from office the Mutual Directors and to fill any vacancy with respect thereto. All vacancies shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class or series entitled to elect those directors. A majority of the shares of the class or series entitled to elect a director shall be deemed to be a quorum of such class or series for any meeting held for the purpose of electing or removing such director.

6. Protective Provisions . The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

(a) effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or a Liquidation Transaction (unless the stockholders elect not to treat a transaction as a Liquidation Transaction, as provided in Section 2(d)(i) of this Article IV(B));

(b) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of any series of the Series Preferred;

(c) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of any series of any class or series of the Series Preferred or Common Stock;

(d) authorize or issue, any other equity security, including any security (other than Series Preferred) convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock with respect to, among other things, voting (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock), dividends, redemption, conversion or upon liquidation;

(e) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at no greater than cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal;

 

-12-


(f) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(g) cause the payment or declaration of any dividend or other distribution on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(h) increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under any Company incentive or benefit plans in excess of 7,755,300 including by way of (A) adopting any new equity incentive or benefit plan or (B) amending or waiving any provision of any existing or future equity incentive or benefit plan;

(i) amend or waive any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or

(j) take any action which would result in the taxation of the holders of the any series of Series Preferred under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor statute).

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. This Restated Certificate shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8. Repurchase of Shares . If and to the extent the Corporation may from time to time be or become subject to certain provisions of the California Corporations Code pursuant to the operation of Section 2115 thereof, each holder of an outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have waived application of Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code to the repurchase by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, advisors or other persons performing services for the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation that are subject to restricted stock purchase agreements or stock option exercise agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares: (i) upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or services; or (ii) pursuant to the Corporation’s exercise of rights of first refusal to repurchase such shares.

(C) Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or the occurrence of a Liquidation Transaction, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

 

-13-


4. Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE V

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(B) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

(C) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.”

*    *    *

 

-14-


The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Executed at San Diego, California, on September 19, 2014

 

/s/ George Mahaffey

George Mahaffey, President

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOTHETICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

The undersigned, [George Mahaffey], hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 1, 2007, as thereafter amended.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I.

The name by which the corporation is to be known is Neothetics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II.

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware and the County of Kent is 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

ARTICLE III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as from time to time amended.

ARTICLE IV.

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 305,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (b) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

The designations, preferences, privileges, rights and voting powers and any limitations, restrictions or qualifications thereof, of the shares of each class are as follows:

(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote on all questions to the exclusion of all other stockholders, each holder of record of Common


Stock being entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the name of the stockholder on the books of the Corporation, except as may be provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a Preferred Stock Designation (as hereinafter defined), or as required by law.

(b) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors (or any committee to which it may duly delegate the authority granted in this Section (b) of Article IV) is hereby empowered to authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, for such consideration and for such corporate purposes as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”) as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended to establish from time to time for each such series the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designations, powers, rights and preferences of the shares of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware, including, without limitation, voting rights (if any), dividend rights, dissolution rights, conversion rights, exchange rights and redemption rights thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors (or such committee thereof) providing for the issuance of such series of Preferred Stock. Each series of Preferred Stock shall be distinctly designated. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

  (i) The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title.

 

  (ii) The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

 

  (iii) The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative.

 

  (iv) Dates at which dividends, if any, shall be payable.

 

  (v) The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.

 

  (vi) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.

 

  (vii) The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

  (viii)

Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the

 

2


  Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made.

 

  (ix) Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.

 

  (x) The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series.

ARTICLE V.

The term of existence of the Corporation is to be perpetual.

ARTICLE VI.

The number of its directors shall be determined in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. To the extent practicable, the Board of Directors shall assign an equal number of directors to Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting of stockholders after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the terms of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such meeting shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VII, each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

3


ARTICLE VIII.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of record of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation authorized by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to vote on such action, and such writing or writings are filed with the permanent records of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders for the transaction of such business as may properly come before the meeting may only be called by order of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors (pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and shall be held at such date and time, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be specified by such order. If such order fails to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X.

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal the Bylaws under applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended. Stockholders of the Corporation are authorized to make, alter and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation only pursuant to Article XV of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI.

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable either to the Corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment or modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

ARTICLE XII.

(a) Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or

 

4


completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such Covered Person, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was, at any time during which this Section (a) of Article XII is in effect (whether or not such Covered Person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or payment of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director or officer of the Corporation, or has or had agreed to become a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered (including, without limitation, any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided however, that, except as provided in Section (b) of this Article XII, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section (a) of Article XII and such rights as may be conferred in the Bylaws of the Corporation shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. The rights conferred upon Covered Persons in this Section (a) of Article XII shall be contract rights that vest at the time of such person’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Corporation may, by action of the Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same (or lesser) scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

(b) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . In accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, if a claim for indemnification under Section (a) of this Article XII is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person making such claim may at any time thereafter file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.

(c) Non Exclusivity of Rights . In accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, the right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred any Covered Person by Section (a) of this Article XII (i) shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise and (ii) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the

 

5


Corporation with respect to a Covered Person’s service occurring prior to the date of such termination.

ARTICLE XIII.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability, expense or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability, expense or loss under the provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such person shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such person.

ARTICLE XIV.

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware as they presently exist or may hereafter be amended, subject to any limitations contained elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation may adopt, amend or repeal this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided that Articles VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XII and this Article XIV may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of no less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy.

The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Neothetics, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this     th day of             , 2014.

 

 

George Mahaffey
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

6

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

LIPOTHERA, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

 

CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

      1.1

 

Registered Office.

     1   

      1.2

 

Other Offices.

     1   

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

      2.1

 

Annual Meetings.

     1   

      2.2

 

Special Meetings.

     1   

      2.3

 

Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings.

     1   

      2.4

 

Quorum.

     2   

      2.5

 

Organization; Conduct of Business.

     2   

      2.6

 

Proxies and Voting.

     3   

      2.7

 

Waiver Of Notice.

     4   

      2.8

 

Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.

     4   

      2.9

 

Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents.

     5   

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

     6   

      3.1

 

Number Of Directors.

     6   

      3.2

 

Election And Term Of Office Of Directors.

     6   

      3.3

 

Director Resignations; Newly Created Directors And Vacancies.

     6   

      3.4

 

Participation In Meetings By Conference Telephone .

     7   

      3.5

 

Regular Meetings.

     7   

      3.6

 

Special Meetings.

     7   

      3.7

 

Quorum.

     8   

      3.8

 

Waiver Of Notice.

     8   

      3.9

 

Conduct of Business; Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.

     8   

      3.10

 

Compensation Of Directors.

     9   

      3.11

 

Approval Of Loans To Officers.

     9   

      3.12

 

Removal Of Directors.

     9   

      3.13

 

Chairman Of The Board Of Directors.

     9   

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

     10   

      4.1

 

Committees Of Directors.

     10   

      4.2

 

Committee Minutes.

     10   

      4.3

 

Conduct of Business.

     10   

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

     10   

      5.1

 

Officers.

     10   

      5.2

 

Appointment Of Officers.

     11   

      5.3

 

Subordinate Officers.

     11   

      5.4

 

Removal And Resignation Of Officers.

     11   

      5.5

 

Vacancies In Offices.

     11   

      5.6

 

Chief Executive Officer.

     11   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

      5.7

 

President.

     12   

      5.8

 

Vice Presidents.

     12   

      5.9

 

Secretary.

     12   

      5.10

 

Chief Financial Officer.

     13   

      5.11

 

Action With Respect to Securities Of Other Corporations.

     13   

      5.12

 

Delegation of Authority.

     13   

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

     13   

      6.1

 

Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

     13   

      6.2

 

Indemnification Of Others.

     14   

      6.3

 

Payment Of Expenses In Advance.

     14   

      6.4

 

Indemnity Not Exclusive.

     15   

      6.5

 

Insurance.

     15   

ARTICLE VII

 

RECORDS AND REPORTS

     15   

      7.1

 

Maintenance And Inspection Of Records.

     15   

      7.2

 

Inspection By Directors.

     16   

      7.3

 

Annual Report To Stockholders; Waiver.

     16   

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL MATTERS

     16   

      8.1

 

Checks.

     16   

      8.2

 

Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments.

     16   

      8.3

 

Stock Certificates.

     17   

      8.4

 

Special Designation On Certificates.

     17   

      8.5

 

Lost Certificates.

     17   

      8.6

 

Construction; Definitions.

     17   

      8.7

 

Fiscal Year.

     18   

      8.8

 

Seal.

     18   

      8.9

 

Transfers of Stock.

     18   

      8.10

 

Registered Stockholders.

     18   

      8.11

 

Facsimile Signature.

     18   

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

     18   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

LIPOTHERA, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 Registered Office .

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

  1.2 Other Offices .

The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 Annual Meetings .

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting may be held solely by means of remote communication, as permitted by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”). At such meetings, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

  2.2 Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously-scheduled special meeting.

 

  2.3 Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings .

(a) Notice of the place, if any, date and time of all meetings of stockholders, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than 10 nor


more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic mail or other electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

  2.4 Quorum .

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or by the Certificate of Incorporation. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time.

 

  2.5 Organization; Conduct of Business .

(a) The chief executive officer of the Corporation or, if no such officer has been appointed or in his or her absence, the president of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, the chairman of the Board of Directors, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

(b) The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairman shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any,

 

-2-


date and time. The date and time of opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

  2.6 Proxies and Voting .

(a) At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile communication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(b) The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or inspectors.

(c) All elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, as long as the Corporation is subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code, then at every election of directors, stockholders may cumulate votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shares are entitled, or distribute voted according to the same principle among as many candidates as desired. No stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes for any candidate unless such candidate’s name has been placed in nomination before the voting and at least one stockholder has given notice at the meeting before the voting of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate votes.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, all voting on the election of directors shall be by written ballot. Voting on other matters may be by voice vote, except if otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, that a vote by written ballot shall be taken if the chairman of the meeting so elects or if so demanded by a stockholder.

The requirement, if any, of a written ballot may be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder.

 

-3-


  2.7 Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver of notice by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

  2.8 Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is (i) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and (ii) delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(a) of the DGCL.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days after the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section 2.12. An electronic mail or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the DGCL.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law). If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

-4-


  2.9 Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents .

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date may not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which (i) with respect to a stockholder meeting, shall not be not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of such meeting, (ii) with respect to a consent to corporate action without a meeting, shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors or (iii) with respect to any other action, shall not be more than 60 days before such other action.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (i) when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent (including consent by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law) is delivered to the Corporation by a stockholder of record as of the close of business on the prior business day and (ii) when prior action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the close of business on the day the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, if such adjournment is for 30 days or less; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-5-


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 Number Of Directors .

The number of directors which shall constitute the Whole Board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders; provided that the number of directors that shall constitute the Whole Board shall not be more than five (5) nor fewer than three (3). The exact number of directors shall be fixed until changed within the limits specified above by a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors or stockholders. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

  3.2 Election And Term Of Office Of Directors .

Except as provided in Section 3.3 of these Bylaws, and unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

  3.3 Director Resignations; Newly Created Directors And Vacancies .

(a) Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the secretary of the Corporation or, if there is no secretary in office, then to the attention of any other corporate officer or to the Board of Directors as a whole. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected.

(c) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

(d) If any vacancy or newly created directorship has not been filled by director action as provided above, it may be filled by vote of the stockholders entitled to vote on

 

-6-


such director, at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of a majority of the stockholders so entitled to vote, subject to the other requirements set forth for stockholder voting at a meeting or by written consent set forth elsewhere in these Bylaws.

(e) If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

(f) If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the Whole Board (as constituted immediately before any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, as long as the Corporation is subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code, then any holder or holders of an aggregate of 5% or more of the total numbers of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders or petition the appropriate court to order such a special meeting.

 

  3.4 Participation In Meetings By Conference Telephone .

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

  3.5 Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such date, time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after the conclusion of each annual meeting of stockholders.

 

  3.6 Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, the chief executive officer or by a majority of the Whole Board, and shall be held at such place, date and time as he, she or they shall fix.

Notice of the place, date and time of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, charges prepaid, facsimile or electronic mail, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the

 

-7-


records of the Corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally, or by facsimile, electronic mail or telephone, it shall be delivered at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting, unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof.

 

  3.7 Quorum .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, then a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

  3.8 Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice of a Board of Directors meeting is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

  3.9 Conduct of Business; Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or by law.

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filings shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

-8-


  3.10 Compensation Of Directors .

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or paid a stated salary or paid other compensation as director. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

  3.11 Approval Of Loans To Officers .

Subject to applicable law, including Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

  3.12 Removal Of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided , however , that if the stockholders of the Corporation are entitled to cumulative voting as long as the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California Corporations Code, if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such director’s removal, would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

 

  3.13 Chairman Of The Board Of Directors .

The Corporation may have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered by virtue of holding such position to be an officer of the Corporation.

 

-9-


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 Committees Of Directors .

The Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent members at any meeting of the committee. In the absence of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent member. Any Board committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of such committee, and delegate to the subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

  4.2 Committee Minutes .

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and maintain them in the Corporation’s official minute book.

 

  4.3 Conduct of Business .

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-half of the members shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

  5.1 Officers .

The officers of the Corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant

 

-10-


secretaries, a treasurer and one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 Appointment Of Officers .

The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

  5.3 Subordinate Officers .

The Board of Directors may appoint or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors or such other officer may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may empower the chief executive officer or the president to define the authority and duties of such subordinate officers.

 

  5.4 Removal And Resignation Of Officers .

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the secretary of the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice (unless the officer is removed before such later time); and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5 Vacancies In Offices .

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

 

  5.6 Chief Executive Officer .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the Corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have the general powers

 

-11-


and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a Corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

  5.7 President .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if there is one, or to the chief executive officer, if such an officer is appointed, the president shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the Corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a Corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

  5.8 Vice Presidents .

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively (in order of priority) by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

  5.9 Secretary .

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as may be designated by the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, by custom or by these Bylaws.

 

-12-


  5.10 Chief Financial Officer .

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, by custom or by these Bylaws.

 

  5.11 Action With Respect to Securities Of Other Corporations .

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the chief executive officer or the president is authorized to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which the Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which the Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

 

  5.12 Delegation of Authority .

Notwithstanding any other provision in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

 

  6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers .

Each person who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to, witness or other participant in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL or other applicable state law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment), against all expense, liability and

 

-13-


loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, the Corporation shall not indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) (i) initiated by such Indemnitee against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation unless the Corporation has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or (ii) made on account of Indemnitee’s conduct which constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, or is an act or omission not in good faith which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the Corporation includes any person who (i) is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, (ii) is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) was a director or officer of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

  6.2 Indemnification Of Others .

The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the DGCL or other applicable state law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment), to indemnify each of its employees and agents against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such employees and agents in connection therewith; provided , however , the Corporation shall not indemnify any such employee or agent in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) (i) initiated by such employee or agent against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation unless the Corporation has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or (ii) made on account of such employee’s or agent’s conduct which constitutes a breach of such employee’s or agent’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, or is an act or omission not in good faith which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the Corporation includes any person other than a director or officer who (i) is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, (ii) is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) was an employee or agent of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

  6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance .

Expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 shall be, or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors may be, paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately

 

-14-


be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

 

  6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive .

The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

  6.5 Insurance .

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

  7.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records .

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in each such stockholder’s name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least 10 days before the meeting to the extent and in the manner provided by law. The stock list shall also be open to the

 

-15-


examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

  7.2 Inspection By Directors .

Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

 

  7.3 Annual Report To Stockholders; Waiver.

As long as the Corporation is subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year adopted by the Corporation. Such report shall be sent at least 15 days (or, if sent by third-class mail 35 days) before the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the next fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these bylaws for giving notice to stockholders of the Corporation.

The annual report shall contain (a) a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year, (b) an income statement, (c) a statement of changes in financial position for the fiscal year, and (d) any report of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.

The foregoing requirement of an annual report is waived so long as the shares of the Corporation are held by fewer than 100 holders of record.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

  8.1 Checks .

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

  8.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments .

The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or

 

-16-


authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  8.3 Stock Certificates .

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates. Every stockholder shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

No stock certificates will be issued in bearer form.

 

  8.4 Special Designation On Certificates .

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

  8.5 Lost Certificates .

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

  8.6 Construction; Definitions .

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.

 

-17-


Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation (or other entity) and a natural person.

 

  8.7 Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

 

  8.8 Seal .

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

  8.9 Transfers of Stock .

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation.

 

  8.10 Registered Stockholders .

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

  8.11 Facsimile Signature .

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided , however , that no bylaw may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders except by the vote or written consent of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation. The Corporation may, in its Certificate of Incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power, to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws as set forth in this Article IX.

 

-18-


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

LIPOTHERA, INC.

ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

The undersigned person appointed in the certificate of Incorporation to act as the Incorporator of Lipothera, Inc. hereby adopts the foregoing bylaws as the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Executed this 1st day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Lisa A. McQuen

Lisa A. McQuen, Incorporator

CERTIFICATE BY SECRETARY OF ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Lipothera, Inc., and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the Corporation on February 1, 2007, by the person identified in the certificate of Incorporation as the Incorporator of the Corporation, and were re-adopted in their entirety by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on February 1, 2007.

Executed this 1st day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Michael S. Kagnoff

Michael S. Kagnoff, Secretary

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

NEOTHETICS, INC.

(a Delaware Corporation)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of stockholders of Neothetics, Inc. (the “Corporation”) for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held each fiscal year at such date and time, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall determine.

SECTION 2. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of all meetings of the stockholders, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the place at which the list of stockholders may be examined, and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held, shall be mailed or otherwise delivered (including pursuant to electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, except to the extent prohibited by Section 232(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the meeting and shall otherwise comply with applicable law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with these Bylaws. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 3. Quorum and Adjournment . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders shall consist of the holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, present in person or by proxy, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. The Chairman of the meeting or a


majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by law. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 4. Organization .

(a) Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman, or if none or in the Chairman’s absence the Presiding Director, or if none or in the Presiding Director’s absence, the Vice-Chairman, or if none or in the Vice-Chairman’s absence the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is present, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary’s absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the presiding officer of the meeting shall appoint any person present to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Chairman shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the Chairman’s discretion, the business of the meeting may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

(c) The Chairman shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the precedence of, and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take part. Without limiting the foregoing, the Chairman may (a) restrict attendance at any time to bona fide stockholders of record and their proxies and other persons in attendance at the invitation of the presiding officer or Board of Directors, (b) restrict use of audio or video recording devices at the meeting, and (c) impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the Chairman shall have the power to have such person removed from the meeting. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4 and Section 7 of this Article I. The Chairman, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and Section 7 of this Article I and if he should so determine that any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with such sections, he shall so declare to the meeting that such defective nomination or proposal shall be disregarded.

 

2


SECTION 5. Voting; Proxies; Required Vote .

(a) At each meeting of stockholders, every stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy appointed by instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s duly authorized attorney in fact (but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period), and, unless the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote registered in the name of such stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the applicable record date fixed pursuant to these Bylaws. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, which shall be governed by Section 8 of this Article I, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

(b) When specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast affirmatively or negatively of such class or classes at the meeting shall be the act of such class, unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 6. Inspectors . The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such inspector or inspectors.

SECTION 7. Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Other Business .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of

 

3


Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the annual meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 7 as to such business or nomination. Clause (C) of the preceding sentence shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(2) Without qualification or limitation, for any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 7, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business, other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day nor later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(3) To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 7 must set forth: (A) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in contested election, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, (ii) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected and (iii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the

 

4


nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; (B) if the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, (ii) (a) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (b) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (c) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (d) any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of this Bylaw a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (e) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (f) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (g) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s immediate family sharing the same household, (iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such stockholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (iv) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business

 

5


or nomination, (v) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, the stockholder’s notice with respect to the election of directors must include, with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 9 of this Article I. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the information required by clauses (a)(3)(C)(ii) and (a)(3)(C)(iii) of this Section 7 shall be updated by such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 7 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 7 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the special meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 7 as to such nomination. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if

 

6


the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(3) hereof with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by this Bylaw) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such special meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such special meeting, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General .

(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such other business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the person presiding at the meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty (A) to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (a)(3)(C)(v) of this Section 7) and (B) if any proposed nomination or other business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 7, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed other business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed other business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 7, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(2) For purposes of this Section 7, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to

 

7


Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 7; provided however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 7 (including clause (a)(1)(C) and paragraph (b) hereof), and compliance with clause (a)(1)(C) and paragraph (b) of this Section 7 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business, as applicable (other than matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time). Nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation (“Preferred Stock”) to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 8. Required Vote for Directors . At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

SECTION 9. Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement . To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Article I, Section 7 of these Bylaws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (a) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, (b) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (c) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

 

8


SECTION 10. Removal of Director . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, the stockholders holding a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, acting at a duly called annual meeting or a duly called special meeting of the stockholders, at which there is a proper quorum and where notice has been provided in accordance with Section 7 of this Article I, may remove a director or directors of the Corporation only with cause. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal shall be filled in accordance with Section 12 of Article II.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. General Powers . The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 2. Qualification; Number; Term; Remuneration .

(a) Each director shall be at least 18 years of age. A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the “Whole Board”) shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by action of the Board of Directors, one of whom may be selected by the Board of Directors to be its Chairman.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. To the extent practicable, the Board of Directors shall assign an equal number of directors to Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting of stockholders after the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the terms of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such meeting shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. If the number of directors is changed, any

 

9


increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause (b), each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and Directors who are not employees of the Corporation may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for committee service.

SECTION 3. Quorum and Manner of Voting . Except as otherwise provided by law or in these Bylaws, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without notice. The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 4. Places of Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or as may be specified in the notice of meeting.

SECTION 5. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, Presiding Director, Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 7. Notice of Meetings . A notice of the place, date and time and the purpose or purposes of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by mail, personal delivery, electronic transmission or telephone at least two (2) days before the day of the meeting. Notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of mailing, but the said two (2) days’ notice need not be given to any director who consents in writing, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

 

10


SECTION 8. Chairman of the Board . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or in Section 9 of this Article II, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. Presiding Director . If at any time the Chairman of the Board shall be an executive officer or former executive officer of the Corporation or for any reason shall not be an independent director, a Presiding Director shall be selected by the independent directors from among the directors who are not executive officers or former executive officers of the Corporation and are otherwise independent. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present, the Presiding Director shall chair meetings of the Board of Directors. The Presiding Director shall chair any meeting of the independent Directors and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned to the Presiding Director by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10. Organization . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the Chairman, or if none or in the Chairman’s absence or inability to act the Presiding Director, or if none or in the Presiding Director’s absence or inability to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or inability to act any Vice-President who is a member of the Board of Directors, or if none, or in such Vice-President’s absence or inability to act a chairman chosen by the directors, shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors when present, and, in the Secretary’s absence, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as secretary.

SECTION 11. Resignation . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation.

SECTION 12. Vacancies . Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a majority of the Whole Board of Directors, or a quorum, is present and any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled generally by the majority vote of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.

SECTION 13. Conference Telephone Meetings . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 14. Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the

 

11


directors consent thereto in writing (which may be provided by electronic transmission), and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. Appointment . From time to time the Board of Directors by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may appoint any committee or committees for any purpose or purposes, to the extent lawful, which shall have powers as shall be determined and specified by the Board of Directors in the resolution of appointment. The Board shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided , however , that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board.

SECTION 2. Procedures, Quorum and Manner of Acting . Each committee shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the committee present shall be the act of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, and actions taken by a committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 3. Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the committee consent thereto in writing (which may be provided by electronic transmission), and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the committee.

SECTION 4. Term; Termination . In the event any person shall cease to be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to be a member of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. Election and Qualifications . The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation, which shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer (or other senior officer performing and a Secretary, and may include,

 

12


by election or appointment, one or more Vice-Presidents (any one or more of whom may be given an additional designation of rank or function), a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board may from time to time deem proper. Each officer shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

SECTION 2. Term of Office and Remuneration . The term of office of all officers shall be one year and until their respective successors have been elected and qualified, but any officer may be removed from office, either with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office arising from any cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in such manner as the Board of Directors shall provide.

SECTION 3. Resignation; Removal . Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation. Any officer shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

SECTION 4. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have such duties as customarily pertain to that office. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general management and supervision of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation and over its other officers; may appoint and remove assistant officers and other agents and employees, other than officers referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV; and may execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and instruments.

SECTION 5. President . Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. The President shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 6. Vice-President . A Vice-President may execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation contracts and other obligations and instruments pertaining to the regular course of the duties of said office, and shall have such other authority as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

13


SECTION 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall in general have all duties incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 8. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation.

SECTION 9. Secretary . The Secretary shall in general have all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 10. Assistant Officers . Any assistant officer shall have such powers and duties of the officer such assistant officer assists as such officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V

BOOKS AND RECORDS

SECTION 1. Location . The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from time to time determine. The record books containing the names and addresses of all stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be kept by the Secretary and by such officer or agent as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. Addresses of Stockholders . Notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be delivered (a) personally or mailed to each stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or (b) any other method permitted by applicable law and rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission as they presently exist or may hereafter be amended.

SECTION 3. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting

 

14


of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by this chapter, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK

SECTION 1. Stock; Signatures . Shares of the Corporation’s stock may be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock or may be issued in uncertificated form in accordance with applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution or the issuance of shares in uncertificated form shall not affect shares already represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of shares of stock in the Corporation that is represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation and registered in certificated form. Stock certificates shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief

 

15


Executive Officer or Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any and all signatures on any such certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The name of the holder of record of the shares represented by certificated or uncertificated shares, with the number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. Transfers of Stock . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation after receipt of a request with proper evidence of succession, assignation, or authority to transfer by the record holder of such stock, or by an attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon surrender of the certificate. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors may make such rules and regulations as it shall deem necessary or appropriate concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of stock of the Corporation, and to appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers.

SECTION 3. Fractional Shares . The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary to effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or bearer form over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the Corporation or of its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a stockholder except as therein provided.

SECTION 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate, theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

Subject always to the provisions of law and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine whether any, and, if any, what part of any, funds legally available for the payment of dividends shall be declared as dividends and paid to stockholders; the division of the whole or any part of such funds of the Corporation shall rest wholly within the lawful discretion of the Board of Directors, and it shall not be required at any time, against such discretion, to divide or pay any part of such funds among or to the stockholders as dividends or otherwise; and before payment of any

 

16


dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE VIII

RATIFICATION

Any transaction, questioned in any law suit on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of director, officer or stockholder, non disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized. Such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.

ARTICLE IX

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation, and shall be in such form and contain such other words and/or figures as the Board of Directors shall determine. The corporate seal may be used by printing, engraving, lithographing, stamping or otherwise making, placing or affixing, or causing to be printed, engraved, lithographed, stamped or otherwise made, placed or affixed, upon any paper or document, by any process whatsoever, an impression, facsimile or other reproduction of said corporate seal.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given by these Bylaws or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the person or persons entitled to said notice may consent in writing, whether before or after the time stated therein, to waive such notice requirement. Notice shall also be deemed waived by any person who attends a meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

 

17


ARTICLE XII

BANK ACCOUNTS, DRAFTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.

SECTION 1. Bank Accounts and Drafts . In addition to such bank accounts as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, the primary financial officer or any person designated by said primary financial officer, whether or not an employee of the Corporation, may authorize such bank accounts to be opened or maintained in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as he may deem necessary or appropriate, payments from such bank accounts to be made upon and according to the check of the Corporation in accordance with the written instructions of said primary financial officer, or other person so designated by the Treasurer.

SECTION 2. Contracts . The Board of Directors may authorize any person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 3. Proxies; Powers of Attorney; Other Instruments . The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any other person designated by either of them shall have the power and authority to execute and deliver proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments on behalf of the Corporation in connection with the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock by the Corporation. The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any other person authorized by proxy or power of attorney executed and delivered by either of them on behalf of the Corporation may attend and vote at any meeting of stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold stock, and may exercise on behalf of the Corporation any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or otherwise as specified in the proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such person. The Board of Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other person.

SECTION 4. Financial Reports . The Board of Directors may appoint the primary financial officer or other fiscal officer or any other officer to cause to be prepared and furnished to stockholders entitled thereto any special financial notice and/or financial statement, as the case may be, which may be required by any provision of law.

ARTICLE XIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

SECTION 1. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,

 

18


administrative or investigative in nature (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such Covered Person, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was, at any time during which these Bylaws are in effect (whether or not such Covered Person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or payment of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director or officer of the Corporation, or has or had agreed to become a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered (including, without limitation, any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators, and the Corporation may enter into agreements with any such person for the purpose of providing for such indemnification. Except as provided in Section 3 of this Article XIII, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article XIII shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time (and subject to filing a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 2 of this Article XIII); provided, however, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such expenses under this Article XIII or otherwise. The rights conferred upon Covered Persons in this Article XIII shall be contract rights that vest at the time of such person’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

SECTION 2. To obtain indemnification under this Article XIII, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2 of Article XIII, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (a) if requested by the claimant, by

 

19


Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined), or (b) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (2) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (3) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors unless there shall have occurred within two (2) years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a “Change in Control” as defined in the Corporation’s then current equity incentive plan approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within sixty (60) days after such determination.

SECTION 3. If a claim for indemnification under Section 1 of this Article XIII is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim pursuant to Section 2 of this Article XIII has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

SECTION 4. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred on any Covered Person by this Article XIII (a) shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise and (b) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to a Covered Person’s service occurring prior to the date of such termination. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation’s obligation to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint

 

20


venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person has collected as indemnification from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity, or other enterprise; and, in the event the Corporation has fully paid such expenses, the Covered Person shall return to the Corporation any amounts subsequently received from such other source of indemnification.

SECTION 5. Any repeal, amendment, alteration or modification of the provisions of this Article XIII that in any way diminishes, limits, restricts, adversely affects or eliminates any right of an indemnitee or his or her successors to indemnification, advancement of expenses or otherwise shall be prospective only and shall not in any way diminish, limit, restrict, adversely affect or eliminate any such right with respect to any actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission then or previously existing, or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission.

SECTION 6. This Article XIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 7. If any provision or provisions of this Article XIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article XIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article XIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article XIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article XIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 8. For purposes of this Article XIII:

(1) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

(2) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article XIII.

SECTION 9. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this Article XIII shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be effective only upon receipt by the Secretary.

 

21


ARTICLE XIV

FORUM FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XIV.

ARTICLE XV

AMENDMENTS

The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws. The stockholders of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws at a duly called meeting of the stockholders; provided that notice of the proposed adoption, amendment or repeal was given in the notice of the meeting; provided , further , that , notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, Sections 7, 8 and 10 of Article I, Sections 2 and 12 of Article II, Article XIII, Article XIV and this Article XV of these Bylaws may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation without the affirmative vote of the holders of no less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy.

 

22

Exhibit 4.2

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    Lithera, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    Such amount in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof
Class of Stock:    Series B Preferred Stock of the Company
Warrant Price:    The price of the most recent Series B valuation (the “Warrant Price”)
Issue Date:    the Funding Date of each Growth Capital Loan (as applicable) (the “Issue Date”)
Expiration Date:    10 years from the applicable Issue Date (the “Expiration Date”)

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the company (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of even date herewith by and among the Company, Silicon Valley Bank, as agent for the Lenders thereunder, Holder, as a lender thereunder, and all other parties named as lenders thereunder (the “Loan Agreement”).

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the


Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the average of the closing prices of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the ten (10) trading days ending three (3) days before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, other than (a) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or (b) the bona fide sale of Company’s equity securities to venture capital investors so long as Company identifies to Holder the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the investment even if it results in a change of control.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

(A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either


(a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than (3) times the Warrant Price, Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

(D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) or (C) above, the Company may request Holder to consent to the automatic exercise of this Warrant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Company does not make such a request or if Holder reasonably withholds such consent, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

1.7 Number of Shares . The number of shares for which this Warrant is exercisable for shall equal 4.00% of the aggregate original principal amount of funded Growth Capital Loans divided by the Warrant Price.


ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the date hereof may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series as the Shares granted to the Holder.

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation,


merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder: (i) if it amends its Certificate, or the holders of the Company’s preferred stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such amendments or waivers have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same series of stock, or (ii) if the Company, through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, affects Holder’s rights hereunder in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such transactions have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same series of stock.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) INTENTIONALLY BLANK

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant (including Shares issued to account for any adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.7 hereof), and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, the Company’s existing Investors’ Rights Agreement and Right of First Refusal and Co Sale Agreement, each as may be amended from time to time or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Capitalization Table previously provided to Holder remains true and complete as of the date hereof.


3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b)(but only to the extent other Series B Preferred Stock holders receive such notice) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the date hereof may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series as the Shares granted to the Holder. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall execute a counterpart signature page to the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement.

3.4 No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, the Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.


4.2 Disclosure of Information . The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . The Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. The Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that the Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term : This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED


UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Holder’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Holder. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Upon receipt by Holder of the executed Warrant, Holder will transfer all of this Warrant to Holder’s parent company, SVB Financial Group, by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054


Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until the Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Lithera, Inc.

Attn: Susan Knudson

9191 Towne Center Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

Telephone: 858-750-1008

Facsimile: 858-750-1013

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.


“COMPANY”

 

LITHERA, INC.

     
By:  

/s/ John Dobak

    By:  

/s/ Susan Knudson

Name:  

John Dobak MD

    Name:  

Susan Knudson

Title:  

CEO

    Title:  

VP Finance & Administration

“HOLDER”

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

     
By:  

/s/ Sarah Larson

     
Name:  

Sarah Larson

     
  (Print)      
Title:  

Relationship Manager

     

 

Warrant Effective Date:  

February 23, 2010

     


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Series B Preferred Stock of Lithera, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

    Holders Name

 

 

    (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:    91-1962278

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Lithera, Inc. (the “Company”), on             , 2010 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    Lithera, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    The quotient derived by dividing $45,000 by the Warrant Price, plus all Additional Shares (as defined below) which Holder may become entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7
Series of Stock:    Series B Preferred Stock or, if the price per share at which the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock is sold to cash investors is lower, Series C Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    The lesser of (i) $1.85 and (ii) the price per share at which the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock is sold
Issue Date:    March 30, 2012
Expiration Date:    March 30, 2022
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 23, 2010 between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

1


X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

  Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

  A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

  B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the average closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the ten (10) trading days ending three (3) days before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the average closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the ten (10) trading days ending three (3) days before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means a “Liquidation Transaction” as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the Company may request Holder to consent to the automatic exercise of this Warrant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Company does not make such a request or if Holder reasonably withholds such consent, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7 Additional Shares . Upon the funding of the second Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in the principal amount of $750,000, the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, in addition to the number of Shares which this Warrant can otherwise be exercised for by Holder, the right to purchase additional Shares in an amount equal to the quotient derived by dividing $45,000 by the Warrant Price, subject to adjustments under Section 2 hereof (such additional shares being called the “ Additional Shares ”).

 

3


SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

4


2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying

 

5


the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant (and any securities issuable upon conversion of such securities) (collectively, the “ Securities ”) are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of the Securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of the Securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in the Securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


4.5 The Act. Holder understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 1.14 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of September 30, 2011, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto, or any similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED MARCH 30, 2012, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . The Securities may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of

 

7


investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 T ransfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of the Securities to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Securities being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and, if transferring this Warrant, Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer any Securities to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Email address: warradmi@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Lithera, Inc.

Attn: Susan Knudson

9191 Towne Center Drive, Suite 400

Santa Clara, CA 92122

Telephone: 858-750-1008

 

8


Facsimile: 858-750-1013

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
LITHERA, INC.
By:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

Name:  

George Mahaffey

  (Print)
Title:  

President and CEO

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ David Huey

Name:  

David Huey

  (Print)
Title:  

Relationship Manager

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of LITHERA, INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ] check in the amount of $         payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ] Other [Describe]                                         

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

    Holder’s Name

 

 

    (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    Lithera, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    The quotient derived by dividing $60,000 by the Warrant Price
Series of Stock:    Series B Preferred Stock or, if the price per share at which the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock is sold to cash investors is lower, Series C Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $1.85 if the Warrant is exercisable for Series B Preferred Stock or the price per share at which the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock is sold if the Warrant is exercisable for Series C Preferred Stock
Issue Date:    August 17, 2012
Expiration Date:    August 17, 2022
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 17, 2012 between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the

 

1


following formula:

 

   X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

     
   X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
   Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
   A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
   B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the average closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the ten (10) trading days ending three (3) days before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the average closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the ten (10) trading days ending three (3) days before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

2


(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means a “Liquidation Transaction” as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the Company may request Holder to consent to the automatic exercise of this Warrant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Company does not make such a request or if Holder reasonably withholds such consent, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

 

3


2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price,

 

4


Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying

 

5


the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant (and any securities issuable upon conversion of such securities) (collectively, the “ Securities ”) are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of the Securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of the Securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in the Securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


4.5 The Act. Holder understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 1.14 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of September 30, 2011, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto, or any similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AUGUST 17, 2012, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . The Securities may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state

 

7


securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 T ransfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of the Securities to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Securities being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and, if transferring this Warrant, Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer any Securities to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Lithera, Inc.

Attn: Susan Knudson

9191 Towne Center Drive, Suite 400

 

8


San Diego, CA 92122

Telephone: 858-750-1008

Facsimile: 858-750-1013

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
LITHERA, INC.
By:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

Name:  

George Mahaffey

  (Print)
Title:  

President and CEO

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ David Huey

Name:  

David Huey

  (Print)
Title:  

Relationship Manager

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of LITHERA, INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ] check in the amount of $         payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ] Other [Describe]                                         

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT, AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COMPANY COUNSEL) REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT AGREEMENT

To Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock of

LITHERA, INC.

Dated as of June 11, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”)

WHEREAS, LITHERA, INC., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Loan Agreement ”) with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent, Hercules Technology III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Warrantholder ”) and the other lender parties thereto;

WHEREAS, the Company (as defined below) desires to grant to Warrantholder, in consideration for, among other things, the financial accommodations provided for in the Loan Agreement, the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock (as defined below) pursuant to this Warrant Agreement (the “ Agreement ”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Warrantholder executing and delivering the Loan Agreement and providing the financial accommodations contemplated therein, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Warrantholder agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GRANT OF THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK.

For value received, the Company hereby grants to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe for and purchase from the Company, an aggregate number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Preferred Stock equal to the quotient derived by dividing (a) the Warrant Coverage (as defined below) by (b) the Exercise Price (defined below). The Exercise Price of such shares is subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

Company ” means Lithera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor or surviving entity that assumes the obligations of the Company under this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a);

Charter ” means the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Certificate of Incorporation or other constitutional document, as may be amended from time to time;

Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share;

Equity Round ” means any non-public offering of equity securities by the Company, after the Effective Date but prior to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, in a transaction or series of related transactions principally for equity financing purposes in which the cash is received by the Company and/or debt of the Company is cancelled or converted in exchange for equity securities of the Company;

Exercise Price ” means (a) if Preferred Stock means Series C Preferred Stock, $1.40 per share, or (b) if Preferred Stock means Next Round Stock, the lowest price per share of Next Round Stock paid by investors in the Next Round, in either case subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8;

 

1


Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Act, which public offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”);

Merger Event ” means any sale, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all assets of the Company or any merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving entity, or in which the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are otherwise converted into or exchanged for shares of preferred stock, other securities or property of another entity;

Next Round ” means the next Equity Round in which the Company issues and sells shares of its preferred stock;

Preferred Stock ” means, at the election of the Warrantholder, (A) the Series C Preferred Stock of the Company or (B) upon the closing of the Next Round, the class and series of the preferred stock of the Company issued in Next Round (such stock, the “ Next Round Stock ”), and, to the extent provided in Sections 8(a) and (b), any other stock into or for which such Preferred Stock may be converted or exchanged. For purposes of clarity, in the event that the Company does not have a Next Round prior to the Initial Public Offering, “Preferred Stock” shall automatically mean Series C Preferred Stock and such other stock into or for which such Series C Preferred Stock may be converted or exchanged in connection with such Initial Public Offering;

Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any exercise of this Agreement, an amount equal to the Exercise Price as of the relevant time multiplied by the number of shares of Preferred Stock requested to be exercised under this Agreement pursuant to such exercise; and

Warrant Coverage ” means an amount equal to 4.0% of the aggregate amount of any Term Loan Advances funded under that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 11, 2014, as amended from time to time, between the Warrantholder, as Lender, the Company, as Borrower, and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., as Agent.

SECTION 2. TERM OF THE AGREEMENT.

Except as otherwise provided for herein, the term of this Agreement and the right to purchase Preferred Stock as granted herein (the “Warrant) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall be exercisable for a period ending upon ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

SECTION 3. EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) Exercise . The purchase rights set forth in this Agreement are exercisable by the Warrantholder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term set forth in Section 2, by tendering to the Company at its principal office a notice of exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed. Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and the payment of the Purchase Price in accordance with the terms set forth below, and in no event later than three (3) business days thereafter, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a certificate for the number of shares of Preferred Stock purchased and shall execute the acknowledgment of exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II (the “ Acknowledgment of Exercise ”) indicating the number of shares which remain subject to future purchases, if any.

The Purchase Price may be paid at the Warrantholder’s election either (i) by cash or check, or (ii) by surrender of all or a portion of the Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock to be exercised under this Agreement and, if applicable, an amended Agreement representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder, as determined below (“ Net Issuance ”). If the Warrantholder elects the Net Issuance method, the Company will issue Preferred Stock in accordance with the following formula:

 

      X = Y(A-B)
                  A
Where:    X =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Warrantholder.

 

2


   Y =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock requested to be exercised under this Agreement.
   A =    the fair market value of one (1) share of Preferred Stock at the time of issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock.
   B =    the Exercise Price.

For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Preferred Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Preferred Stock:

(i) if the exercise is in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Initial Public Offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” of the Common Stock specified in the final prospectus with respect to the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

(ii) if the exercise is after, and not in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and:

(A) if the Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average closing price of a share of common stock reported for the five (5) trading days ending two (2) days before the date on which the Warrantholder delivers this Warrant for exercise and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

(B) if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the prior day closing bid and asked price quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

(iii) if at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ National Market or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Preferred Stock shall be the amount determined in good faith by its Board of Directors, unless the Company shall become subject to a Merger Event, in which case the fair market value of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the per share value received by the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock pursuant to such Merger Event.

Upon partial exercise by either cash or Net Issuance, the Company shall promptly issue an amended Agreement representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder. All other terms and conditions of such amended Agreement shall be identical to those contained herein, including, but not limited to the Effective Date hereof.

(b) Exercise Prior to Expiration . To the extent this Agreement is not previously exercised as to all Preferred Stock subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Preferred Stock is greater than the Exercise Price then

(c) in effect, this Agreement shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 3(a) (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share of the Preferred Stock upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 3(a). To the extent this Agreement or any portion thereof is deemed automatically

 

3


exercised pursuant to this Section 3(b), the Company agrees to promptly notify the Warrantholder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock, if any, the Warrantholder is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

SECTION 4. RESERVATION OF SHARES.

During the term of this Agreement, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Preferred Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights to purchase Preferred Stock as provided for herein, and shall have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder.

SECTION 5. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES OR SCRIP.

No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Agreement, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor upon the basis of the then fair market value of one share of Preferred Stock.

SECTION 6. NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER.

This Agreement does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise of this Agreement.

SECTION 7. WARRANTHOLDER REGISTRY.

The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered holder of this Agreement. Warrantholder’s initial address, for purposes of such registry, is set forth below Warrantholder’s signature on this Agreement. Warrantholder may change such address by giving written notice of such changed address to the Company.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT RIGHTS.

The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment, as follows:

(a) Merger Event . If at any time there shall be Merger Event, then, as a part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that the Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon surrender of this Agreement, either (i) the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities or property (collectively, “ Reference Property ”) that the Warrantholder would have received in connection with such Merger Event if Warrantholder had exercised this Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event net of such Exercise Price; or (ii) the consideration that Warrantholder would have received if Warrantholder had chosen to exercise its right to have shares issued pursuant to the Net Issuance provisions of this Warrant Agreement without actually exercising such right, acquiring such shares and exchanging such shares for such consideration (“ Warrant Surrender ”). In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the rights and interests of the Warrantholder after the Merger Event to the end that the provisions of this Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and adjustments to ensure that the provisions of this Section 8 shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as possible, to the purchase rights under this Agreement in relation to any Reference Property thereafter acquirable upon exercise of such purchase rights) shall continue to be applicable in their entirety, and to the greatest extent possible. Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Merger Event, upon the closing thereof, the successor or surviving entity shall assume the obligations of this Agreement; provided that the foregoing assumption requirement shall not apply if the consideration to be paid for or in respect of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in such Merger Event consists solely of cash and/or readily marketable securities, in which case, such Warrant (subject to Section 3(c)) will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Merger Event unless otherwise exercised or exchanged for such cash and/or readily marketable securities as set forth herein. In connection with a Merger Event and upon Warrantholder’s written election to the Company, the Company shall cause this Warrant Agreement to be

 

4


exchanged for the consideration that Warrantholder would have received if Warrantholder had chosen to exercise its right to have shares issued pursuant to the Net Issuance provisions of this Warrant Agreement without actually exercising such right, acquiring such shares and exchanging such shares for such consideration. The provisions of this Section 8(a) shall similarly apply to successive Merger Events.

(b) Reclassification of Shares . Except for Merger Events subject to Section 8(a), and subject to Section 8(f), if the Company at any time shall, by combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Agreement shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change. The provisions of this Section 8(b) shall similarly apply to successive combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

(c) Conversion of Preferred Stock . In the event that all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the Company’s Initial Public Offering, then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Preferred Stock would have been converted had the Preferred Stock been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Purchase Price shall equal the Exercise Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time shall combine or subdivide its Preferred Stock, (i) in the case of a subdivision, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased, or (ii) in the case of a combination, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased.

(e) Stock Dividends . If the Company at any time while this Agreement is outstanding and unexpired shall:

(i) pay a dividend with respect to the Preferred Stock payable in Preferred Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or

(ii) make any other distribution with respect to Preferred Stock (or stock into which the Preferred Stock is convertible), except any distribution specifically provided for in any other clause of this Section 8, then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the Warrantholder shall receive upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such distribution as though it were the holder of the Preferred Stock (or other stock for which the Preferred Stock is convertible) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the stockholders of the Company entitled to receive such distribution.

 

5


(f) Antidilution Rights . Additional antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are as set forth in the Charter and shall be applicable with respect to the Preferred Stock issuable hereunder. The Company shall promptly provide the Warrantholder with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter; provided , that no such amendment, modification or waiver shall impair or reduce the antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock as of the date hereof unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights of Warrantholder with respect to the Preferred Stock in the same manner as it affects all other holders of Preferred Stock. The Company shall provide Warrantholder with written notice of any issuance of its stock or other equity security to occur after the Effective Date of this Agreement, which notice shall include (a) the price at which such stock or security is to be sold, (b) the number of shares to be issued, and (c) such other information as necessary for Warrantholder to determine if a dilutive event has occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no duplicate anti-dilution adjustment pursuant to this subsection (e), the forgoing subsection (d) and the Charter.

(g) Notice of Adjustments . If: (i) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in stock, cash, property or other securities; (ii) there shall be any Merger Event; (iv) there shall be an Initial Public Offering; (iii) the Company shall sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its assets; or (iv) there shall be any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the Warrantholder: (A) at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution, subscription rights (specifying the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; (B) in the case of any such Merger Event, sale, lease, license or other transfer of all or substantially all assets, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding up); and (C) in the case of an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall give the Warrantholder at least ten (10) days’ written notice prior to the effective date thereof.

Each such written notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail, (i) the event requiring the notice, and (ii) if any adjustment is required to be made, (A) the amount of such adjustment, (B) the method by which such adjustment was calculated, (C) the adjusted Exercise Price (if the Exercise Price has been adjusted), and (D) the number of shares subject to purchase hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall be given in accordance with Section 12(g) below.

(h) Timely Notice . Failure to timely provide such notice required by subsection (f) above shall entitle Warrantholder to retain the benefit of the applicable notice period notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any insufficient notice received by Warrantholder. For purposes of this subsection (g), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 12(g), the notice period shall begin on the date Warrantholder actually receives a written notice containing all the information required to be provided in such subsection (g).

SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Reservation of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights has been or, in the case of Preferred Stock issuable in the Next Round, will be duly and validly reserved and, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; provided , that the Preferred Stock issuable pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or federal securities laws. The Company has made available to the Warrantholder true, correct and complete copies of its Charter and current bylaws. The issuance of certificates for shares of Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Agreement shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issuance tax in respect thereof, or other cost incurred by the Company

 

6


in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Preferred Stock; provided , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Warrantholder.

(b) Due Authority . The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Warrantholder of the right to acquire the shares of Preferred Stock and the Common Stock into which it may be converted, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. This Agreement: (1) does not violate the Company’s Charter or current bylaws; (2) does not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it; and (3) does not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(c) Consents and Approvals . No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except for the filing of notices pursuant to Regulation D under the Act and any filing required by applicable state securities law, which filings will be effective by the time required thereby.

(d) Issued Securities . All issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock and any other securities were issued in full compliance with all federal and state securities laws. In addition, as of the date immediately preceding the date of this Agreement:

(i) The authorized capital of the Company consists of (A) 62,700,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 9,091,699 shares are issued and outstanding, and (B) 49,300,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 43,657,351 shares are issued and outstanding and are convertible into 46,622,710 shares of Common Stock.

(ii) The Company has reserved 7,755,300 shares of Common Stock for issuance under its Stock Option Plan(s), under which 5,721,813 options are outstanding. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.14 to the Loan Agreement, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s capital stock or other securities of the Company.

(iii) In accordance with the Company’s Charter and Investor Rights Agreement (as defined below), no stockholder of the Company has preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of the Company’s capital stock.

(e) Registration Rights . The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issued and issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, and, at all times (if any) when the Preferred Stock shall be Common Stock, the shares of Preferred Stock issued and issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, shall have the “Piggyback,” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s investor rights agreement or similar agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) on a pari passu basis with the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock who are parties thereto. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement relating to such registration rights in effect as of the Effective Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of the Warrantholder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the shares of Preferred Stock issued

 

7


and issuable upon exercise hereof in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock whose holders are parties thereto.

(f) Other Commitments to Register Securities . Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Company is not, pursuant to the terms of any other agreement currently in existence, under any obligation to register under the Act any of its presently outstanding securities or any of its securities which may hereafter be issued.

(g) Exempt Transaction . Subject to the accuracy of the Warrantholder’s representations in Section 10, the issuance of the Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Agreement, and the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, will each constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

(h) Compliance with Rule 144 . If the Warrantholder proposes to sell Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Agreement, or the Common Stock into which it is convertible, in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC, then, upon Warrantholder’s written request to the Company, the Company shall furnish to the Warrantholder, within ten (10) days after receipt of such request, a written statement confirming the Company’s compliance with the filing requirements of the SEC as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

(i) Information Rights . During the term of this Warrant, Warrantholder shall be entitled to the information rights contained in Section 7.1(a) – (c) of the Loan Agreement, and Section 7.1(a) – (c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby incorporated into this Agreement by this reference as though fully set forth herein. Thereafter, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to the information rights contained in Section 2.1 of the Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 10, 2012 between the Company and the stockholders named therein (the “Rights Agreement”), as may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 10. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE WARRANTHOLDER.

This Agreement has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Warrantholder:

(a) Investment Purpose . The right to acquire Preferred Stock is being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Warrantholder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of such rights or the Preferred Stock except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act.

(b) Private Issue . The Warrantholder understands (i) that the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Agreement is not registered under the Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 10.

(c) Financial Risk . The Warrantholder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment, and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

(d) Risk of No Registration . The Warrantholder understands that if the Company does not register with the SEC pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the Act is not in effect when it desires to sell (i) the rights to purchase Preferred Stock pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, it may

 

8


be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. The Warrantholder also understands that any sale of (A) its rights hereunder to purchase Preferred Stock or (B) Preferred Stock issued or issuable hereunder which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

(e) Accredited Investor . Warrantholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

(f) Access to Information . Warrantholder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with the Company’s management and the opportunity to inspect Company facilities and such books and records and material contracts the Warrantholder deemed necessary to its determination to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Agreement and its underlying securities.

SECTION 11. TRANSFERS.

Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Agreement and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, without charge to the holder hereof (except for transfer taxes) upon surrender of this Agreement properly endorsed. Each taker and holder of this Agreement, by taking or holding the same, consents and agrees that this Agreement, when endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable, and that the holder hereof, when this Agreement shall have been so endorsed and its transfer recorded on the Company’s books, shall be treated by the Company and all other persons dealing with this Agreement as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the person entitled to exercise the rights represented by this Agreement. The transfer of this Agreement shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon receipt by the Company of a notice of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III (the “ Transfer Notice ”), at its principal offices and the payment to the Company of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges imposed on such transfer. Until the Company receives such Transfer Notice, the Company may treat the registered owner hereof as the owner for all purposes.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Effective Date . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Company on the date hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

(b) Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Warrantholder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Warrantholder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.

(c) No Impairment of Rights . The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may reasonably be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Warrantholder’s rights hereunder if it amends its Charter, or the holders of Preferred Stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect Warrantholder in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

 

9


(d) Additional Documents . The Company, upon execution of this Agreement, shall provide the Warrantholder with certified resolutions with respect to the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Sections 9(a) through 9(d), 9(f) and 9(g). The Company shall also supply documentation reasonably necessary to evaluate whether to exercise (in cash or a net issuance basis) this Warrant, including without limitation, (i) any merger/purchase/asset sale agreement and related documents and estimated payout allocations to each of the respective shareholders, warrant and option holders in connection with a Merger Event, (ii) the most recent capitalization tables, 409A valuations (if any), and board determination of share value (including any waterfall or per share allocations provided to the share/unitholders), and (iii) most recent articles of incorporation or organization (as applicable).

(e) Attorney’s Fees . In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Company and the Warrantholder relating hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and all actual costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Agreement. For the purposes of this Section 12(e), reasonable attorneys’ fees shall include without limitation reasonable fees incurred in connection with the following: (i) contempt proceedings; (ii) discovery; (iii) any motion, proceeding or other activity of any kind in connection with an insolvency proceeding; (iv) garnishment, levy, and debtor and third party examinations; and (v) post-judgment motions and proceedings of any kind, including without limitation any activity taken to collect or enforce any judgment.

(f) Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

(g) Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, service of process or other communication that is required, contemplated, or permitted under this Agreement or with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, delivered, and received upon the earlier of: (i) the day of transmission by facsimile or hand delivery if transmission or delivery occurs on a business day at or before 5:00 pm in the time zone of the recipient, or, if transmission or delivery occurs on a non-business day or after such time, the first business day thereafter, or the first business day after deposit with an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or (ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States mails, with proper first class postage prepaid, and shall be addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

If to Warrantholder:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.]

Legal Department

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Manuel Henriquez

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

(i) If to the Company:

LITHERA, INC.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

Facsimile: 858-750-1013

Telephone: 858-750-1008 ext. 209

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.

 

10


(h) Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof, and supersede and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, letters, negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof (including Warrantholder’s proposal letter dated May 5, 2014 and accepted by the Company on May 7, 2014). None of the terms of this Agreement may be amended except by an instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

(i) Headings . The various headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provisions hereof.

(j) No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

(k) No Waiver . No omission or delay by Warrantholder at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by the Company at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to which Warrantholder is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of Warrantholder to enforce such provisions thereafter.

(l) Survival . All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto shall be for the benefit of Warrantholder and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the expiration or other termination of this Agreement.

(m) Governing Law . This Agreement have been negotiated and delivered to Warrantholder in the State of California, and shall have been accepted by Warrantholder in the State of California. Delivery of Preferred Stock to Warrantholder by the Company under this Agreement is due in the State of California. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

(n) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue . All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Santa Clara County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in Section 12(g), and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth in Section 12(g). Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

(o) Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial . Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND WARRANTHOLDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY

 

11


THE COMPANY AGAINST WARRANTHOLDER OR ITS ASSIGNEE OR BY WARRANTHOLDER OR ITS ASSIGNEE AGAINST THE COMPANY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than Company and Warrantholder; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between the Company and Warrantholder; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Agreement.

(p) Judicial Reference . If the waiver of jury trial set forth above is ineffective or unenforceable, the parties agree that all Claims shall be resolved by reference to a private judge sitting without a jury, pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638, before a mutually acceptable referee or, if the parties cannot agree, a referee selected by the Presiding Judge of Santa Clara County, California. Such proceeding shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California, with California rules of evidence and discovery applicable to such proceeding.

(q) Prejudgment Relief . In the event Claims are to be resolved by arbitration, either party may seek from a court of competent jurisdiction identified in Section 12(n), any prejudgment order, writ or other relief and have such prejudgment order, writ or other relief enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding that all Claims are otherwise subject to resolution by judicial reference.

(r) Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

  COMPANY:     LITHERA, INC.
      By:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

      Name:  

George Mahaffey

      Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

  WARRANTHOLDER:     HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,
      a Delaware limited partnership
      By:   Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC,
        its General Partner
      By:   Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.,
        its Manager
      By:  

/s/ Ben Bang

      Name:  

Ben Bang

      Title:  

Senior Counsel

 

13


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: LITHERA, INC.

 

(1) The undersigned Warrantholder hereby elects to purchase [                ] shares of the Series [    ] Preferred Stock of Lithera, Inc., pursuant to the terms of the Agreement dated the 11th day of June, 2014 (the “Agreement”) between Lithera, Inc. and the Warrantholder, and [CASH PAYMENT: tenders herewith payment of the Purchase Price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.] [NET ISSUANCE: elects pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Agreement to effect a Net Issuance.]

 

(2) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series [    ] Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below.

 

   

 

    (Name)
   

 

    (Address)
WARRANTHOLDER:     HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,
    a Delaware limited partnership
    By:   Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC,
      its General Partner
    By:   Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.,
      its Manager
    By:  

 

    Name:   Ben Bang
    Title:   Senior Counsel

 

14


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

The undersigned              of Lithera, Inc., hereby acknowledges receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from Hercules Technology III, L.P. to purchase [                ] shares of the Series [    ] Preferred Stock of Lithera, Inc., pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, and further acknowledges that [            ] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Agreement.

 

  COMPANY:     LITHERA, INC.
      By:  

 

      Title:  

 

      Date:  

 

 

15


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

(To transfer or assign the foregoing Agreement execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

 

 

 
(Please Print)    
whose address is  

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:  

 

Holder’s Signature:  

 

Holder’s Address:  

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Agreement.

 

16

Exhibit 4.6

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

September 22, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  

1.

  Registration Rights      1   
  1.1   Definitions      1   
  1.2   Request for Registration      2   
  1.3   Company Registration      4   
  1.4   Form S-3 Registration      4   
  1.5   Obligations of the Company      5   
  1.6   Information From Holders      7   
  1.7   Expenses of Registration      7   
  1.8   Underwriting Requirements      7   
  1.9   Delay of Registration      8   
  1.10   Indemnification      8   
  1.11   Reports Under the Exchange Act      10   
  1.12   Assignment of Registration Rights      11   
  1.13   Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      11   
  1.14   Lock-Up Agreement      12   
  1.15   Termination of Registration Rights      13   

2.

  Covenants of the Company      13   
  2.1   Delivery of Financial Statements      13   
  2.2   Inspection      14   
  2.3   Right of First Offer      14   
  2.4   Stock Vesting      15   
  2.5   Board of Directors Observation Rights      16   
  2.6   Director and Officer Insurance      16   
  2.7   Board Meetings, Compensation and Reimbursement      16   
  2.8   Proprietary Information Agreements      16   
  2.9   Reservation of Equity Securities      17   
  2.10   Future Market Stand-Off      17   
  2.11   Qualified Small Business      17   
  2.12   Termination of Covenants      17   

3.

  Miscellaneous      17   
  3.1   Termination      17   
  3.2   Entire Agreement      17   
  3.3   Successors and Assigns      17   
  3.4   Amendments and Waivers      18   
  3.5   Notices      18   
  3.6   Severability      18   
  3.7   Governing Law      18   
  3.8   Counterparts      18   
  3.9   Titles and Subtitles      18   
  3.10   Aggregation of Stock      18   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
  3.11   Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement      18   
  3.12   Additional Investors      19   

 

-ii-


NEOTHETICS, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 22nd day of September, 2014 by and among Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), John Dobak, M.D. (the “ Founder ”), and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an “ Investor, ” and collectively, as the “ Investors .”

RECITALS

A. The Company, certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) and the Founder are parties to the Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of December 10, 2012 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), which sets forth certain registration rights, rights of first offer and information rights granted by the Company.

B. The Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Series D Investors ”) have entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

C. In order to induce the Series D Investors to enter into the Purchase Agreement and invest funds in the Company pursuant thereto, the Company, the Prior Investors and the Founder desire to enter into this Agreement with the Investors.

Therefore, the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated as set forth below, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights . The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) “ Affiliated Fund ” means, with respect to a Holder that is a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company;

(b) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

-1-


(c) “ Excluded Registration ” means a registration statement relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered;

(d) “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act;

(e) “ Holder ” means any Investor owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement;

(f) “ Major Investor ” means any Investor that holds at least 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities). A Major Investor includes any general partners, managing members and affiliates of a Major Investor, including Affiliated Funds;

(g) “ Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock prior to or in connection with which all the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation as such Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended from time to time;

(h) “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

(i) “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred held by the Holders and any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement, (ii) the shares of Common Stock now or hereafter held by an Investor, or (iii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i) or (ii); excluding , however , in all cases any Registrable Securities sold in a transaction in which the rights under this Agreement are not assigned, or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 of this Agreement;

(j) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

(k) “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

-2-


(l) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(m) “ Series Preferred ” means collectively the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock of the Company.

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) three years after the effective date of the Purchase Agreement, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the initial public offering of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, a written request from the Holders of at least 35% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10,000,000, then the Company shall, within 20 days after receiving such request, give written notice of such requests to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered within 20 days after the mailing of such notice by the Company.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company, which underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in the underwriting. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The Company and all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded from such offering. Any Registrable Securities excluded from or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from registration.

 

-3-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.4(b)(iii) more than once in any 12-month period, and provided, further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 120-day period (other than in an initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act or an Excluded Registration).

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 provided, however , that such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and that either (A) the conditions of Section 1.5(a) have been satisfied or (B) the registration statements remain effective and there are no stop orders in effect to such registration statements;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof unless such offering is not the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

1.3 Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder and the Founder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder and/or the Founder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder and/or the Founder has requested to be registered if any stock of the Company is registered.

 

-4-


(b) The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder and/or the Founder has elected to include securities in such

registration. The expenses of such registration shall be borne by the Company, in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of not less than 20% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.2(c) more than once in any 12-month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction; or (vi) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

 

-5-


1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(c) Promptly notify the Holders of the effectiveness of such registration statement, and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including any supplement to the prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Following the effective date of such registration statement, notify the Holders of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement, or the associated prospectus.

(e) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction.

(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder and other security holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(g) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such

 

-6-


obligation to continue for 120 days or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 1 to be listed on each national securities exchange or trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(j) Make generally available to its security holders, and to deliver to each Holder participating in the registration statement, an earnings statement of the Company that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of such registration statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the termination of such 12-month period.

1.6 Information From Holders . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(2), whichever is applicable.

1.7 Expenses of Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2 or one right to a Form S-3 registration under Section 1.4, as the case may be.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they

 

-7-


accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by selling stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders and/or the Founder (if the Founder has proposed to sell shares pursuant to Section 1.3) according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling Holder and/or the Founder (if the Founder has proposed to sell shares pursuant to Section 1.3) or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by the selling Holders and/or the Founder (if the Founder has proposed to sell shares pursuant to Section 1.3) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders and the Founder (if the Founder has proposed to sell shares pursuant to Section 1.3) included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and (ii) the number of shares the Holders and/or the Founder are entitled to include in an offering hereunder be reduced unless all shares proposed to be sold be any stockholder who is not a party to this Agreement have first been excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a venture capital fund, or a partnership or corporation, the Affiliated Funds, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling stockholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder or Founder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder or Founder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or Founder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or

 

-8-


liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder or Founder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder or Founder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder or Founder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder or Founder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder or Founder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder or Founder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder or Founder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder or Founder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder or Founder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder or Founder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder or Founder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to

 

-9-


the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder or Founder under this Subsection 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder or Founder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder or Founder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders and Founder under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under the Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

 

-10-


(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder upon request, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the initial public offering of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (i) of at least 66% of the Registrable Securities originally acquired by the transferring Investor, (ii) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder, (iii) that is an Affiliated Fund, (iv) who is a Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, a Holder’s “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (v) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such

 

-11-


partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.14 Lock-Up Agreement .

(a) Lock-Up Period; Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder and Founder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

(b) Limitations . The obligations described in Section 1.14(a) shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all greater than 1% stockholders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder and Founder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a)).

(d) Transferees Bound . Each Holder and Founder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14.

 

-12-


(e) Each Holder and Founder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder and Founder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.14):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder or Founder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) with respect to any Holder, at such time after the initial public offering of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three-month period without registration, or (ii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail;

 

-13-


(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and, as soon as prepared, any other updated or revised budgets for such fiscal year prepared by the Company; and

(e) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 2.1, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company and certifying on behalf of the Company that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors or a committee thereof determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so.

2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.3, Investor includes any general partners, managing members and affiliates of an Investor, including Affiliated Funds. An Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (the “ RFO Notice ”) to the Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) Within 30 days after delivery of the RFO Notice, the Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Investor bears to the sum of (A) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities) and (B) shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, consultants or

 

-14-


directors pursuant to then outstanding options, restricted stock grants or other awards pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other stock plan approved by the Board of Directors. Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Investor that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities).

(c) The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days after the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to (i) Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions; (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Company or other persons performing services for the Company, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; (iii) capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; (iv) capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; (v) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred; (vi) Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock; (vii) capital stock issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Company’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; and (viii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with the affirmative vote of at least a majority the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable with

 

-15-


respect to any Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

2.4 Stock Vesting . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including at least one of the directors elected solely by the holders of Series Preferred, all stock options issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to four year vesting as follows: (a) 25% of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the date of issuance and (b) 75% of such stock shall vest in equal monthly installments over the subsequent three years.

2.5 Board of Directors Observation Rights . The Company shall permit one representative of (i) Domain Partners VII, L.P. (“ Domain ”), to be designated by Domain (the “ Domain Observer ”), and (RMI Investments S.a.r.l. (“ RMI ”), to be designated by RMI (the “ RMI Observer ”), to attend all meetings (whether in person, telephonic or otherwise) of the Board of Directors in a non-voting, observer capacity. In addition, but subject to the Domain Observer’s and RMI Observer’s execution of a confidentiality agreement with the Company, the Company shall provide to the Domain Observer and RMI Observer, concurrently with the members of the Board of Directors, and in the same manner, notice of such meeting and a copy of all materials provided to such members, including all materials provided to such members in connection with any action to be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that exclusion of Domain’s representative or RMI representative, as applicable, or omission of the information to be provided to Domain’s representative or RMI’s representative, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.5 is necessary to (i) preserve the attorney client privilege (such determination in the case of this clause to be based on the advice of counsel to the Company), (ii) avoid a conflict of interest between the Company and Domain (including affiliates of Domain) or the Company and RMI (including affiliates of RMI, as applicable or (iii) avoid a breach of any contractual nondisclosure obligation to which the Company is bound, then the Company shall have the right to exclude Domain’s representative or RMI’s representative, as applicable, from portions of meetings of the Board of Directors in which such information is discussed, as applicable, or omit to provide the Domain representative or RMI representative, as applicable, with certain information, in each case to the extent deemed necessary by the Board of Directors.

2.6 Director and Officer Insurance . The Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect within six (6) months following the date of this Agreement director and officer liability insurance on terms consistent with the National Venture Capital Associations VentureInsure product in the amount determined by the Board of Directors.

2.7 Board Meetings, Compensation and Reimbursement . The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to hold meetings of the Board of Directors at least once each calendar quarter. The Company will reimburse any non-management directors for reasonable costs related to attendance at Board of Directors and committee meetings. Unless unanimously

 

-16-


approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, all non-employee directors shall be compensated for their service as directors uniformly (if at all).

2.8 Proprietary Information Agreements . Each person employed by the Company or that consults to the Company in respect to its technology shall, as a condition to the commencement and continuation of their employment and/or consulting arrangement with the Company, execute a proprietary information agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company’s Board of Directors.

2.9 Reservation of Equity Securities . The Company will at all times duly and validly reserve a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to issue upon the conversion of its Series Preferred.

2.10 Future Market Stand-Off . Each person issued equity securities of the Company shall, as a condition to such issuance, execute an agreement that provides that they will not sell, convey or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s equity securities for a period following the initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities determined by the Company or its underwriters (not to exceed 180 days).

2.11 Qualified Small Business . The Company will use its best efforts to comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations, and agrees not to repurchase any stock of the Company is such repurchase would cause the Shares not to so qualify as “ Qualified Small Business Stock .”

2.12 Termination of Covenants .

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through Section 2.11 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

(b) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.12(a) above.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, when the Company shall consummate a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as such Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended from time to time.

3.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or

 

-17-


oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.

3.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Series Preferred or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.4 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, that if such amendment materially and adversely affects the rights of Domain or RMI, as set forth in Sections 2.5 and 3.5, such amendment will require the additional approval of Domain, and/or RMI as applicable. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

3.5 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by facsimile, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, DHL or overnight courier with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth on Exhibit A hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice.

3.6 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

3.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

-18-


3.10 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.11 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement . The Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated herein upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding held by the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock outstanding on the date hereof and held by the Investors that were parties to the Prior Agreement and the parties to the Prior Agreement agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in lieu of the Prior Agreement. Upon such execution and delivery, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect.

3.12 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Series D Preferred Stock after the date hereof pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” and “Holder” for all purposes hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any existing Investor. Each of the exhibits shall be deemed to be amended by adding such “Investor” or “Holder” as applicable.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-19-


The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
NEOTHETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

 

George Mahaffey, President and

Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:  

9191 Towne Centre Drive,

Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


INVESTORS:
DOMAIN PARTNERS VII, L.P.
By:   One Palmer Square Associates VII, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

    Managing Member

 

Address:  

One Palmer Square, Suite 515

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

DP VII ASSOCIATES, L.P.
By:   One Palmer Square Associates VII, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

    Managing Member

 

Address:  

One Palmer Square, Suite 515

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

ALTA PARTNERS VIII, L.P.
By:   Alta Partners Management VIII, LLC
Its:   General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Daniel Janney

    Managing Director

 

Address:  

One Embarcadero Center,

37th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


AMOREPACIFIC GROUP
  By:  

/s/ Seung Hwan Kim

    Seung Hwan Kim, Vice President

 

Address:

 

100 Cheonggyecheon-Ro, Jung-Gu

Seoul 100-230 Korea

 

NUMODA CAPITAL INNOVATIONS LLC
By:   Patrick Keenan
  By:  

/s/ Patrick Keenan

    Managing Director

 

Address:

 

200 W. Washington Sq. – 3107

Philadelphia, PA 19106

 

RMI INVESTMENTS S.á.r.l
By:   Vladimir Gurdus
  By:  

/s/ Vladimir Gurdus

 

Address:

 

7, Rue Robert Stumper,

L-2557, Luxembourg

 

ANDREA HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL LTD
  By:  

/s/ Hee Sun Son

  Title:   Director

 

Address:

 

Wickhams Cay 662, Road Town

British Virgin Islands

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


MIRAE ASSET PIONEER CHAMP 2011-3 VENTURE CAPITAL FUND
By:  

Mirae Asset Venture Investment Co., Ltd.,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Kim Eung Suk

Title:   CEO

 

Address:  

(Mirae Asset Venture Tower 11F),

20, Pangyoyeokro 241 beon-gil,

Bundang-gu, Seongnam-si,

Gyeonggi-do 463-400, Korea

 

EMERALD ISLE CAPITAL, LLC
  By:  

/s/ [signature illegible]

  Title:   Managing Director

 

Address:  

PO Box 33228

San Diego, CA

 

AKS CAPITAL LLC
  By:  

/s/ [signature illegible]

  Title:   Managing Partner

 

Address:  

6457 Dowling Drive

La Jolla, CA 92037

 

WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC
  By:  

/s/ [signature illegible]

  Title:  

 

 

Address:  

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


ATINUM FAST GROWING COMPANIES FUND
By:   Atinum Investment Co., Ltd.
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ki-Cheon Shin

Title:   CEO

 

Address:

 

Atinum Investment Co., Ltd.

2F, Je-il Bldg. Teheran-ro 103 gil, 9

Gangnam-gu, Seoul, 135-882, Korea

Facsimile:

  +82-2-557-2570

 

FUTURE-CREATION NEOPLUX VENTURE CAPITAL FUND
By:  

Neoplux Co., Ltd.

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Sang Ha Lee

Title:  

President

 

Address:

 

Neoplux., Co., Ltd.

15th Fl. Doosan Tower,

275 Jangchungdan-Ro, Jung-Gu,

Seoul 100-730 Korea

Facsimile:

  +82-2-3398-1071

 

KOFC-NEOPLUX R&D-BIZ CREATION 2013-1 VENTURE CAPITAL FUND
By:  

Neoplux Co., Ltd.

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Sang Ha Lee

Title:   President

 

Address:

 

Neoplux., Co., Ltd.

15th Fl. Doosan Tower,

275 Jangchungdan-Ro, Jung-Gu,

Seoul 100-730 Korea

Facsimile:

  +82-2-3398-1071

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


KB12-1 VENTURE FUND
By:  

KB Investment Co., Ltd.

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Inn Nahm, CEO

 

Address:

 

KB Investment Co., Ltd.

(Shinyoung Bldg.) 9F

731, Yeongdong-daero (Blvd),

Gangnam-gu, Seoul, 135-753,

South Korea

Facsimile:

  +82-2-545-5092

 

MIRAE ASSET GOOD COMPANY SECONDARY FUND
By:  

Mirae Asset Venture Investment Co., Ltd.

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Kim Eung Suk

 

Address:

 

Mirae Asset Investment Co., Ltd.

(Mirae Asset Venture Tower) 11F

20, Pangyoyeok-ro 241 beon-gil,

Bundang-gu, Seongnam-si,

Gyeonggi-do 463-400, Korea

Facsimile:

  +82-31-780-1460

 

MIRAE ASSET CAPITAL
By:  

/s/ Kim Eung Suk

Its:   Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:

 

(Mirae Asset Center1 building)

20F East Tower , 26, Eulji-ro 5-gil,

jung-gu, Seoul 100-210

Korea

Facsimile:

  +82-2-3774-5949

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


/s/ Larry W. Nishnick

Larry W. Nishnick

 

Address:  

5433 Sonoma Place

San Diego, CA 92130

 

/s/ Michael Kagnoff

Michael Kagnoff

 

Address:  

6602 Muirlands Drive

La Jolla, CA 92037

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


FOUNDER:

DOBAK FAMILY TRUST DATED

DECEMBER 8, 2000

By:   John D. Dobak
Its:   Co-Trustee
  By:  

/s/ John D. Dobak

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

 

Name:     
Domain Partners VII, L.P.   
DP VII Associates, L.P.   
Alta Partners VIII, LP   
AMOREPACIFIC Group   
Numoda Capital Innovations LLC   
RMI Investments S.a.r.l.   
Andrea Holdings International LTD   
Mirae Asset Pioneer Champ 2011-3 Venture Capital Fund   
Jaesung Hong   
Emerald Isle Capital, LLC   
AKS Capital LLC   
WS Investment Company, LLC   
Larry W. Nishnick   
Kenneth J. Kalb   
Michael Kagnoff   
Atinum Fast Growing Companies Fund   
Future-Creation Neoplux Venture Capital Fund   
KoFC-Neoplux R&D-Biz Creation 2013-1 Venture Capital Fund   
KB12-1 Venture Fund   
Mirae Asset Good Company Secondary Fund   
Mirae Asset Capital   

Exhibit 10.1

DECEMBER 12, 2012

TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AGREEMENT

By and Between

DOMAIN RUSSIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED

And

LITHERA, INC.

Execution Copy


TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AGREEMENT

THIS TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AGREEMENT (the “Agreement ”) is dated as of December 12, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Domain Russia Investments Limited, a private limited company incorporated and existing under the laws of England and Wales with registration number 7899075, having its registered office at The Broadgate Tower, Third Floor, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2RS, United Kingdom (“ DRI ”), and Lithera, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and having its place of business at 9191 Towne Center Drive, Ste. 400, San Diego, California, 92122 USA (“ Company ”). DRI and the Company may each be referred to herein as a “Party” or, collectively, as “Parties.”

RECITALS:

W HEREAS , the Company is a development-stage company engaged in the discovery and development of certain Product(s) (defined below), including the Covered Products (defined below).

W HEREAS , the Company, on the one hand, and one or more funds affiliated with DRI and certain other investors, including RMI Investments, S.á r.l., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of Luxemburg, 17 Rue Des Jardiniers L-1835 Luxemburg (“ RMI ”), and certain other investors (collectively, the “ Investors ”), on the other hand, have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10, 2012 (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which Company will issue and sell, and the Investors will purchase, shares of capital stock of Company (the “ Investment ”);

W HEREAS , in connection with the Investment and the other transactions relating thereto, DRI desires to acquire exclusive rights from the Company in order to grant these exclusive rights by assignment to NovaMedica (defined below) to Develop and Commercialize Covered Products throughout the Territory (defined below).

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the various promises and undertakings set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the following capitalized terms used in the Agreement its appended Schedules shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 “Acquirer” means, in a Change of Control (as defined below) with respect to Company, NovaMedica or a Permitted Transferee, the acquiring entity in such Change of Control.

 

1.2

Affiliate ” shall mean, in relation to any Party or Permitted Transferee, any Person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Party or Permitted Transferee. For purposes of this definition of Affiliate, “control” means: (a) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights, shares or other equity interest of the applicable entity; and/or (b) the power to direct or cause direction of all aspects of the management and policies of the applicable entity (directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither DRI nor

 

Execution Copy


  RMI shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of NovaMedica unless otherwise expressly indicated in the applicable provision of the Agreement.

 

1.3 Ancillary Agreements ” means the other written agreements between Company and NovaMedica contemplated by and referenced in this Agreement, including the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, the Commercial and Clinical Supply Agreements, and the Pharmacovigilance Agreement.

 

1.4 Assigned IP ” means the Assigned Patents and Company Marks. The Assigned IP as of the Effective Date are listed in Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

 

1.5 “Assigned Patents” means (a) Existing Patents; and (b) Company Improvement Patents that (i) the Company has the right to assign and (ii) that specifically claims a Covered Product and/or Compound. For clarity, the Parties agree and acknowledge that the Company shall assign to Transferee the Company Improvement Patents that it has the right to assign.

 

1.6 Assignment ” has the meaning defined in Section 2.5 (a), below.

 

1.7 Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” means that certain written agreement among Company, DRI and NovaMedica pursuant to which DRI assigns all rights and obligations under this Agreement to NovaMedica.

 

1.8 “Assignment and Contribution Agreement” means that certain written agreement between DRI and NovaMedica pursuant to which DRI contribute all Licensed IP and Assigned IP under this Agreement into the charter capital of NovaMedica.

 

1.9 Change of Control ” means (a) a transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of a Party’s assets; or (b) a merger or consolidation in which a Party is not the surviving corporation or in which, if a Party is the surviving corporation, the shareholders of such Party immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or consolidation do not, immediately after consummation of such merger or consolidation, own stock or other securities of the Party that possess a majority of the voting power of all of the Party’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of the Party’s board of directors; or (c) a transaction or series of related transactions (which may include a tender offer for a Party’s stock or the issuance, sale, or exchange of stock of a Party) if the shareholders of such Party immediately prior to the initial such transaction do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or any of such related transactions, own, directly or indirectly through a parent, stock or other securities of the Party that possess a majority of the voting power of all of the Party’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of the Party’s board of directors; provided, however, that a Change of Control excludes (A) any transaction (or series of related transactions) in which the pre-transaction shareholders of the applicable Party own more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or equity interests of the surviving or acquiring entity or its parent, and (B) bona fide equity financings of Company by financial investors.

 

1.10 Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement ” means that certain written agreement between the Company and Transferee for cooperation in clinical trials and other Development activities related to the Covered Products, as set forth in Section 3.1 and Article 5, below.

 

Execution Copy

-2-


1.11 Clinical Trial ” means a clinical trial, investigation, or study in human subjects that has been approved by a Regulatory Authority and is designed to measure the safety and/or efficacy of a Covered Product in humans.

 

1.12 Commercialization ” or “ Commercialize ” means any and all activities that relate to the Manufacture, packaging, marketing, promoting, distributing, importing, sale, offering for sale, and selling, having sold, or use of Covered Products, including interacting with any Regulatory Authorities in any country in the Territory regarding the foregoing. Commercialization shall also include Phase IV Studies.

 

1.13 Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means, (a) with respect to the efforts to be expended by any Party with respect to any objective, such reasonable, diligent, and good faith efforts not less than a company similar to such Party would devote to accomplish a similar objective under similar circumstances, and (b) with respect to any objective relating to Development or Commercialization of a Covered Product by Transferee (and/or a Permitted Transferee), the application by Transferee (or Permitted Transferee), consistent with the exercise of its prudent scientific and business judgment, of diligent efforts and resources to fulfill the obligation in issue, consistent with the level of effort a company similar to Transferee (or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be) would devote to a product at a similar stage in its product life as the Covered Product and having profit potential and strategic value comparable to that of the Covered Product, taking into account the following factors: scientific, development, technical, commercial, and regulatory factors, target product profiles, product labeling, past performance, the regulatory environment and competitive market conditions in therapeutic area safety and efficacy of a subject product, and the strength of its proprietary position, all based on conditions then prevailing. Commercially Reasonable Efforts will not mean that Transferee, alone or through one or more Permitted Transferees, commits that it will actually accomplish the applicable task.

 

1.14 Company Improvement Know-How ” means Know-How owned or/and Controlled by the Company or its Affiliates that is generated after the Effective Date and during the Improvement Period and that is necessary and/or Useful for the Development and/or Commercialization of Covered Products in the Field in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company Improvement Know-How shall not include Third Party Know-How.

 

1.15 Company Improvement Patents ” means Patent Rights in the Territory owned and/or Controlled by the Company or its Affiliates and/or filed by the Company after the Effective Date and during the Improvement Period and that are necessary and/or Useful for the Development or Commercialization of Covered Products in the Field in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company Improvement Patents shall not include Third Party Patents.

 

1.16 Company Indemnitee(s) ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1, below.

 

1.17 Company IP ” means Company Patents, Company Know-How, and Company Marks.

 

1.18 Company Know-How ” means (i) the Existing Know-How; (ii) the Company Improvement Know-How, and (iii) Third Party Know-How.

 

1.19 Company Manufacturer ” has the meaning defined in Section 3.4(c), hereto.

 

Execution Copy

-3-


1.20 Company Marks ” means all Marks that are Controlled by the Company and used or, or expected to be used, in connection with a Covered Product in the Territory (other than Marks that include, in whole or in part, any corporate names or logos of the Company or its Affiliates).

 

1.21 Company Materials ” mean all Materials contained within the Company IP.

 

1.22 Company Patents ” means any (i) the Existing Patents, (ii) Company Improvement Patents; (iii) any Third Party Patents.

 

1.23 Competing Product ” means, with respect to a Covered Product, any product designed and intended for use in and for the Field and approved in the Territory for the same indication as the Covered Product.

 

1.24 Compound ” means salmeterol xinafoate, also known as (RS)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-[1-hydroxy-2-[6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexylamino]ethyl-]-phenol, the chemical structure of which is described in Schedule 1.3 hereto, as well as its physiologically acceptable salts and/or solvates, in any formulation.

 

1.25 Confidential Information ” of a Party means such Party’s confidential information relating to its business, operations and products, including but not limited to, any technical information, formulae, processes, techniques, preclinical information, toxicology information, clinical, non-clinical, or pre-clinical information, regulatory information, Manufacturing information, formulation information, packaging information, dosing information, dose regimen information, target patient information, marketing information, sales information, pricing information, reimbursement information, Know-How, trade secrets, or inventions (whether patentable or not) that is disclosed to or learned by the other Party in connection with this Agreement. All non-public Company Know-How shall be deemed Confidential Information of Company.

 

1.26 Control” or “Controlled ” means, with respect to any Intellectual Property Right, that the Party, or any of its Affiliates has the power and legal authority to assign or grant a license or sublicense to such right, item, or Materials (and additionally, in the case of Materials, has the right to transfer such Materials to the other Party) as provided for in this Agreement.

 

1.27 Cover ”, “ Covering ”, or “ Covered ” means, with respect to a Covered Product, that the Manufacture, importing, using, selling, or offering for sale of such Covered Product would, but for ownership of, or a license granted under this Agreement to the relevant Patent Rights, infringe or be within the scope of a Valid Claim of the relevant Patent Rights in the country in which the activity occurs.

 

1.28 Covered Product ” means any pharmaceutical product (including, without limitation, any diagnostic product) (a) that is developed or commercialized by Company or its Affiliates during the Term, (b) containing or comprising as an active ingredient any beta-adrenergic receptor agonist that was developed or being marketed or is under development as of the Effective Date, and (c) designed and intended for use in and for the Field, whether or not combined with other compounds.

 

1.29 Cure Period ” has the meaning defined in Section 11.3(b), below.

 

1.30 Defending Party ” has the meaning given in Section 7.3(c), below.

 

1.31

Development ” or “ Develop ” means the performance of all development activities, including any pre-clinical and clinical development activities (including, without limitation, toxicology, pharmacology, test method development and stability testing, process development, formulation

 

Execution Copy

-4-


  development, quality control development, statistical analysis, Clinical Trials, and manufacturing and regulatory activities. or any similar activities, that are useful or otherwise required to obtain Regulatory Approval of a Covered Product, including interacting with any Regulatory Authorities regarding the foregoing.

 

1.32 Development Support ” has the meaning defined in Section 3.4(b), below.

 

1.33 Direct License ” has the meaning defined in Section 2.6(d), below.

 

1.34 Disclosing Party ” has the meaning defined in Section 8.1, below.

 

1.35 EMA ” means the European Medicines Agency or any successor agency.

 

1.36 Enforcement Action ” has the meaning given in Section 7.2(a), below.

 

1.37 Existing Know-How ” means the Know-How Controlled by Company as of the Effective Date that is necessary and useful for the Development or Commercialization of Covered Products in the Field in the Territory including without limitation the Know-How listed in Schedule 4 hereto.

 

1.38 Existing Patents ” means the Patent Rights set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto as of the Effective Date.

 

1.39 FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, or a successor federal agency thereto.

 

1.40 Field ” means any and all applications directed to localized reduction of fat in the human body, including without limitation body contouring.

 

1.41 Fixed Payment ” has the meaning defined in Section 6.1, hereto.

 

1.42 Fundamental Breach ” has the meaning defined in Section 11.3(e), below.

 

1.43 Governmental Body ” means any: (a) nation, principality, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district, or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, or other government; (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, subdivision, department, agency, bureau, branch, office, commission, council, board, instrumentality, officer, official, representative, organization, unit, body, or entity and any court or other tribunal); (d) multi-national or supranational organization or body; or (e) individual, entity, or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military, or taxing authority or power of any nature.

 

1.44 IFRS ” means “ International Financial Reporting Standards ” promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor international accounting standard-setting body), as the same may be updated from time to time during the Term.

 

1.45 Import ,” “ Importing ,” “ Importation ,” and the like mean importing the Compound and/or Covered Products into the Territory (as defined below) solely pursuant to a supply agreement or the like which is consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

1.46

“Improvement” means any improvement, alternation or modification to a Compound, a Covered Product or the Company IP that is made, conceived, reduced to practice or otherwise discovered after

 

Execution Copy

-5-


  the Effective Date and during the Improvement Period of this Agreement, including methods of synthesis, Manufacture, or use, compositions, know-how, statistically significant or repeatable observations, or protocols, inactive ingredients, presentation, means of delivery, dosage, formulation, or analysis, whether or not patentable.

 

1.47 “Improvement Period” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the earlier of (a) the termination of this Agreement or (b) the tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of a Covered Product in the Territory, provided that if the first commercial sale of Covered Product in the Territory has not occurred within three (3) years of the approval of the first Covered Product by the FDA, then the Improvement Period shall terminate on the thirteenth anniversary of such FDA approval.

 

1.48 IND ” means an investigational new drug application filed with the FDA or the equivalent application or filing filed with any equivalent agency or Governmental Body outside the United States (including any supra-national entity such as in the European Union) for approval to commence Clinical Trials in such jurisdiction.

 

1.49 Indication ” means a generally acknowledged disease or condition, a significant manifestation of a disease or condition, or symptoms associated with a disease or condition or a risk for a disease or condition. For the avoidance of doubt, all variants of a single disease or condition (whether classified by severity or otherwise) shall be treated as the same Indication.

 

1.50 Infringing Activities ” has the meaning given in Section 7.2(a), below.

 

1.51 Initiating ” or “ Initiate ”, with respect to an Enforcement Action, has the meaning given in Section 7.2(a), below.

 

1.52 Initiation ” of a Clinical Trial means the first dosing of the first patient in such Clinical Trial.

 

1.53 Intellectual Property ” or “ Intellectual Property Rights ” or “ IP ” means, collectively, all intellectual property and similar proprietary rights in any jurisdiction, whether owned or held for use under license, whether registered or unregistered, including such rights in and to: (i) Patent Rights; (ii) Trademarks; (iii) Know-How and non-public business or technical information; (iv) copyrights and copyrightable works; (v) software, including data files, source code, object code, application programming interfaces, databases and other software-related specifications and documentation; (vi) designs; (vii) domain names; and (viii) claims, causes of action, and defenses relating to the enforcement of any of the foregoing; in each of the foregoing cases (i) to (viii), including any registrations or applications to register, and renewals and extensions of, and of the foregoing with any Governmental Body in any jurisdiction.

 

1.54 Joint Commercialization Committee ” or “ JCC ” has the meaning given in Section 5.5, below.

 

1.55 Joint Development Committee ” or “ JDC ” has the meaning given in Section 5.4, below.

 

1.56 Joint Steering Committee ” or “ JSC ” has the meaning given in Section 5.3, below.

 

1.57

Know-How ” means any scientific or technical information, results and data of any type whatsoever, in any tangible or intangible form whatsoever, that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly known, including, without limitation, discoveries, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, databases, practices, protocols, regulatory filings, methods, processes, techniques,

 

Execution Copy

-6-


  information concerning reagents and biological and other materials, specifications, formulations, formulae, data (including pharmacological, biological, chemical, toxicological and clinical) analytical, quality control, and stability data) dosing and target patient information, studies and procedures, and manufacturing process and development information, results and data, whether or not patentable, in each of the foregoing cases to the extent not claimed or disclosed in a patent. “Know How” shall include proprietary reagents and biological and other materials (including without limitation Materials) but excludes Patent Rights.

 

1.58 Knowledge ” means, with respect to a matter that is the subject of a given representation, or warranty, the knowledge, information, or belief that any officer, director, or such other employee of a Party who would reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the matter in question, has, or should reasonably be expected to have, with respect to the relevant subject matter. “Knowingly” means with Knowledge.

 

1.59 Law ” or “ Laws ” means all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, and other pronouncements having the binding effect of law of any Governmental Body.

 

1.60 Licensed IP ” means all Company IP other than Assigned IP, including the Company IP indicated in Schedule 1.2, hereto.

 

1.61 Manufacture ” or “ Manufacturing ” shall mean all activities related to the manufacturing of a Compound or Covered Product, or any ingredient thereof, including, but not limited to, test method development and stability testing, formulation, process development, manufacturing scale-up, manufacturing quality assurance/quality control development, quality control testing (including in-process release and stability testing), packaging, release of product or any component or ingredient thereof, quality assurance activities related to manufacturing and release of product, and regulatory activities related to all of the foregoing.

 

1.62 Marks ” means trademarks, trade names, service marks, logos, trade dress, labeling, packaging, and similar rights.

 

1.63 Materials ” means assays, test reagents and similar experimental (e.g., non-GMP) chemical, biological, or physical materials.

 

1.64 NDA ” means a New Drug Application filed pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 CFR.§ 314.3, et seq, a Biologics License Application filed pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 CFR § 601, and any equivalent application filed (i) in any country outside of the Territory by or on behalf the Company or its successor or licensee or (ii) in any country within the Territory by or on behalf of Transferee or a Permitted Transferee, together, in each case, with all additions, deletions or supplements thereto.

 

1.65 NDA Acceptance ” means the receipt of notice from the relevant Regulatory Authority that an NDA for the Covered Product has met all the criteria for filing acceptance.

 

1.66 NovaMedica ” refers to that certain entity incorporated in Russia as NovaMedica LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation with an address 107113, bldg. 38, Sokolnichesky Val Street, Moscow, Russian Federation.

 

1.67

Out-of-Pocket Expenses ” means direct documented reasonable expenses actually paid by the Company to any Third Party which is either (i) not an Affiliate of the Company, or (ii) is an Affiliate

 

Execution Copy

-7-


  of the Company where such payment is limited to reimbursing such Affiliate for expenses actually paid by such Affiliate to a Third Party which is not an Affiliate.

 

1.68 Patent Right ” means: (a) an issued or granted patent, including any extension, supplemental protection certificate, registration, confirmation, reissue, reexamination, extension, or renewal thereof; (b) a pending patent application, including any continuation, divisional, continuation-in-part, request for continued examination, substitute, or provisional application thereof; (c) all pending or issued counterparts or foreign equivalents of any of the foregoing; (d) a patent application in preparation; and/or (e) any similar rights in any country or other jurisdiction within the Territory.

 

1.69 Permitted Transferee ” means a licensee or sublicensee of NovaMedica (or any other assignee of this Agreement) of any the rights and licenses under this Agreement.

 

1.70 Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, firm, business trust, joint venture, association, organization, company, partnership, or other business entity, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

1.71 Pharmacovigilance Agreement ” means an agreement for the Company to provide pharmacovigilance support services relating to the use of the Covered Products in the Territory, as set forth in Section 3.1, below.

 

1.72 Prosecution and Maintenance ” or “ Prosecute and Maintain ” means, (i) with regard to a Patent Right, the preparing, filing, prosecuting, and maintenance of a patent or patent application, as well as re-examinations, reissues, requests for patent term extensions and the like, together with the conduct of interferences, the initiation and defense of oppositions and other similar proceedings with respect to the particular patent or patent application; (ii) with regard to a Trademark, the preparing, filing, prosecuting, and maintenance of a trademark registration or application for registration, as well as the initiation and defense of oppositions and other similar proceedings with respect to a trademark registration or application for registration; and “Prosecute and Maintain” shall have the correlative meaning.

 

1.73 Receiving Party ” has the meaning defined in Section 8.1, below.

 

1.74 Regulatory Authority ” means (a) the FDA, (b) the EMA or the European Commission, (c) any successor or equivalent of the foregoing; or (d) any regulatory body with regulatory authority or oversight over pharmaceutical or biotechnology products in any other jurisdiction anywhere in the world, or whose review or approval is necessary for exercise of any rights granted hereunder.

 

1.75 Regulatory Approval ” means, with respect to a particular Covered Product, any and all approvals, licenses, registrations, or authorizations of a relevant Regulatory Authority (including price approvals) necessary for the Development, Manufacture, and/or Commercialization of such Covered Product in a particular country or jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, Regulatory Approval in the United States shall be deemed to occur upon approval of the applicable NDA (as defined above) in the United States, and shall not be construed to require a determination or approval of reimbursements of any type.

 

1.76 “Reimbursable Costs” means reasonable documented actual direct employee costs incurred by Company, in addition to Out-of Pocket Expenses.

 

1.77 Rospatent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(e), below.

 

Execution Copy

-8-


1.78 Supply Agreement ” means an agreement for the Company to manufacture (or cause to be manufactured) and supply and sell the Compound and/or Covered Products to NovaMedica, and/or any Permitted Transferee in the Territory, as set forth in Section 3.5, below.

 

1.79 Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1, below.

 

1.80 Termination Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(c), below.

 

1.81 Territory ” means all countries listed in Schedule 3, hereto.

 

1.82 Third Party ” means any Person other than Company, DRI, NovaMedica, and Affiliate of either Company, DRI, or NovaMedica.

 

1.83 Third Party Action ” has the meaning given in Section 7.3(a), below.

 

1.84 Third Party IP ” means Third Party Patents and Third Party Know-How.

 

1.85 Third Party Agreements ” shall mean any agreements entered into during the Term between Company and any Third Party pursuant to which the Company acquires rights under any Third Party IP.

 

1.86 Third Party Know-How ” means Know-How Controlled by the Company or its Affiliates (a) that is licensed, sublicensed or otherwise acquired by the Company from a Third Party, or that otherwise comes into its Control, after the Effective Date and during the Improvement Period, (b) the use of which is subject to commercial milestones and/or royalties in favor of a Third Party; and (c) that is necessary or Useful for the Development or Commercialization of a Covered Products in the Field in the Territory.

 

1.87 Third Party Patents ” means Patent Rights Controlled by the Company or its Affiliates (a) that are licensed or sublicensed by the Company from a Third Party, or that otherwise comes into their Control, after the Effective Date and during the Improvement Period, (b) the use of which is subject to commercial milestones and royalties in favor of a Third Party; and (c) that are necessary or Useful for the Development or Commercialization of the Covered Products in the Field in the Territory.

 

1.88 Trademarks ” means all registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks, certification marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, labeling, packaging, and the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing.

 

1.89 Transferee ” means (a) DRI, (b) upon assignment of this Agreement to NovaMedica, NovaMedica, or (c) any Third Party to whom NovaMedica may assign this Agreement in accordance with Section 13.2, below.

 

1.90 “Transferee Improvement Know-How” means Know-How owned or Controlled by Transferee or its Affiliates that is generated after the Effective Date and during the Improvement Period using or derived from the Company IP or a Covered Product and that is necessary for or was actually used by Transferee in the Development or Commercialization of the Covered Products in the Field outside the Territory.

 

1.91

Transferee Improvement Patents ” means Patent Rights outside the Territory owned or Controlled by Transferee or its Affiliates that are filed after the Effective Date and during the Improvement

 

Execution Copy

-9-


  Period outside the Territory specifically claiming inventions using the Company IP and that is necessary for or were actually used by Transferee in the Development or Commercialization of the Covered Products in the Field outside the Territory.

 

1.92 Transferee Indemnitee(s) ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2, below.

 

1.93 USD ” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.94 “Useful” with respect to an Improvement or other item of Intellectual Property means that such Improvement or other item of Intellectual Property was actually used by Company, or reasonably expected by Company to be used by the Company in the Development or Commercialization of any of a Covered Product in the Field.

 

1.95 Valid Claim ” means (a) a claim of an issued and unexpired patent in the Territory that has not lapsed or been revoked, abandoned, or held unenforceable or invalid by a final decision of a court or Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, reexamination or disclaimer or otherwise or (b) a claim of a pending patent application in the Territory that has not been abandoned or finally rejected without the possibility of appeal or refiling and that has been pending for less than seven (7) years from its priority date.

 

1.96 Interpretation . The captions and headings to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement. Unless specified to the contrary, references to Articles, Sections, or Schedules mean the particular Articles, Sections, or Schedules to this Agreement and references to this Agreement include all Schedules hereto. Unless context otherwise clearly requires, whenever used in this Agreement: (i) “include” or “including” shall be construed as if followed by the words “but not limited to” or “without limitation” or words of similar import; (ii) the word “or” shall be construed as the inclusive meaning identified with the phrase “and/or;” (iii) provisions that require that a Party, the Parties, “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent, or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter, written approval of minutes or otherwise; and (iv) references to any specific Law or article, section, or other division thereof shall be deemed to include then-current amendments thereto or any replacement Law thereof. This Agreement was prepared in the English language, which language shall govern the interpretation of, and any dispute regarding, the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

TRANSFER OF RIGHTS

 

2.1 Assigned IP .

 

  (a) Assigned IP . The Company hereby assigns and shall assign all of its right, title, and interest in, to, and under the Assigned IP to the Transferee.

 

  (b) Assistance of the Company . The Company shall assist the Transferee and any of its successors and assigns to evidence, record, and perfect any assignment made or required pursuant to this Agreement, and to apply for and from time to time assist the Transferee and/or Permitted Transferees to enforce, maintain and defend the assigned rights, including by entering into one or more Assignment and Assumption Agreements substantially in the form of Schedule 6 attached hereto.

 

Execution Copy

-10-


2.2 Grant of Rights .

 

  (a) Licensed IP . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Transferee an exclusive (even as to the Company), fully paid-up and royalty-free (except for the Fixed Payment, irrevocable (except as provided in Sections 11 and 2.3(c), below), assignable (in accordance with Section 13.2 below), and sublicensable (subject to the provisions of Section 2.6, below) license under the Licensed IP to Develop and Commercialize Covered Products in and for the Field and solely in the Territory.

 

  (b) Use outside the Territory . Notwithstanding the limitation of the license in Section 2.2(a), above, to the Territory, the Transferee shall have the right to import or export Covered Products outside of the Territory in each case solely in connection with (i) noncommercial, nonclinical research conducted in universities or academic research institutions, (ii) clinical trials pursuant to the Parties’ rights and obligations under the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, or (iii) otherwise obtaining a supply of Covered Products for the exercise of the Transferee’s rights pursuant to this Agreement, including the Development and Commercialization of Covered Products in the Territory. For clarity, it is understood that the Transferee’s exercise of the rights granted to it under subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.2(b) shall be subject to the oversight of the JDC and that Transferee’s exercise of the rights granted to it under subsections (iii) of this Section 2.2(b) shall be subject to the oversight of the JSC.

 

  (c) Rights in Improvements .

 

  (i) All Company IP except for Assigned IP shall be automatically included within the Licensed IP. All Assigned IP shall be promptly assigned to the Transferee. Inclusion of any Company IP within the Licensed IP and assignment of the Assigned IP to the Transferee shall require no additional payments by the Transferee to the Company beyond the payments set forth in Article 6 below and any amounts due to Third Parties under Section 2.3 below with respect to Third Party IP.

 

  (ii) During the Improvement Period, Company shall provide to Transferee on a quarterly basis a written summary of all Company IP and Improvements during the preceding three (3) month period.

 

  (iii)

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Transferee hereby grants to the Company an exclusive (even as to the Transferee and any Permitted Transferee), fully paid-up and royalty-free (except for any amounts due to Third Parties), irrevocable, assignable, and sublicensable license under all Transferee Improvement Know-How and Transferee Improvement Patents, to Develop and Commercialize Covered Products in and for the Field and solely outside the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Transferee Improvement Know-How or Transferee Improvement Patents were developed on Transferee’s behalf by a Third Party and the use of such Know-How and Patent Rights is subject to contractual obligations (including financial obligations such as payment of milestones and royalties) in favor of such Third Party developer, such Know-How and Patent Rights shall only be licensed to the Company hereunder if the Company notifies the Transferee in writing that it wishes to include such Transferee Know-How and/or Transferee Improvement Patents within the licenses granted to it under this Section 2.2(c)(iii) and agrees to be bound by the applicable terms and obligations imposed on such Patent Rights and/or Know-How by the Third Party developer of such Transferee Improvement Know-How and/or

 

Execution Copy

-11-


  Transferee Improvement Patents. Transferee shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain such rights on Improvements from its Permitted Transferees.

 

  (iv) During the Improvement Period, Transferee shall provide to Company on a quarterly basis a written summary of all Transferee Improvement Know-How and Transferee Improvement Patents generated by or on behalf of Transferee during the preceding three (3) month period.

 

  (v) Transferee shall identify in its quarterly written summaries of new Transferee Improvement Know-How and Transferee Improvement Patents disclosed therein, and shall provide Company with a true and complete description of the terms and obligations to which Company’s use of such Patent Rights and/or Know-How would be subject, including without limitation Transferee’s allocable share of any pass-through royalties, milestones, cost reimbursements and the like owed to the Third Party developer of such Patent Rights and/or Know-How. In the event that any item of Transferee Improvement Know-How and/or Transferee Improvement Patents that Company has elected to license in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2(c)(iii) is subject to milestones, royalties or other financial obligations, the payment terms described in Section 6.4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to such payments.

 

  (d) Exclusive Rights .

 

  (i) As this Agreement conveys exclusive rights to Transferee to use the Assigned IP and Licensed IP for the Development and Commercialization of Covered Products in the Field in the Territory, it is understood and agreed that during the Term only Transferee and Permitted Transferees will be permitted to Develop and Commercialize Covered Products in the Field in the Territory, and that, during the Term, Company will not use any of the Assigned IP or Licensed IP for any Covered Products in the Field in the Territory, excepting only as is expressly authorized by this Agreement or by a written authorization signed by Transferee.

 

  (ii) Further, to enable Transferee to realize the intended benefits of this Agreement Company during the Improvement Period, shall not engage, directly or indirectly, in any competition within the Territory by Developing, manufacturing, selling or otherwise Commercializing any of the Competing Products in the Field during the Term. Any Acquirer or its Affiliates shall be bound by this non-competition covenant.

 

  (iii) To enable the Parties to realize the intended benefits of this Agreement, the Company and Transferee further agree as follows:

 

  (A) Neither Company nor any of its Affiliates shall develop or commercialize in the Territory, nor license or otherwise authorize or grant any right to any Third Party to develop, manufacture or commercialize in the Territory, (1) any product containing the Compound; or (2) Covered Product; and

 

  (B) Neither Transferee nor any of its Affiliates shall develop or commercialize outside the Territory, nor license or otherwise authorize or grant any right to any Third Party (including without limitation any Permitted Transferee) to develop or commercialize outside the Territory, Covered Product.

For avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 2.2(d) is intended to restrict or prohibit Company or its Affiliates from developing or commercializing any Compound or Covered Product outside the Territory or to restrict or prohibit

 

Execution Copy

-12-


Transferee or its Affiliates from Developing or Commercializing any Compound or Covered Product within the Territory and pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 2.2(d)(iii)(A)(1) above shall not apply to a product that was marketed solely outside the Field by an Acquirer or its Affiliates prior to a Change of Control.

 

2.3 Third Party IP .

 

  (a) Third Party IP . If, after the Effective Date and during the Improvement Period, Company licenses, sublicenses or otherwise obtains or acquires any Third Party Patent Rights or Third Party Know-How, Company shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain Control of such Third Party IP in the Territory, provided that Company shall not be required to make any additional payments to any Third Party to obtain such Control. Without limiting the foregoing, Company shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain from Company’s licensees outside the Territory the right to include within the Third Party Know-How the clinical data and regulatory filings generated by such licensee in their development and commercialization of Covered Products outside the Territory. If Company succeeds in obtaining Control of any such Patent Rights and/or Know-How, Company shall promptly notify Transferee to that effect and provide Transferee with a summary of the applicable Patent Rights and/or Know-How, together with a true and complete copy of the Third Party Agreement(s) pursuant to which Company has obtained rights to such Third Party IP, provided that Company shall have the right to redact from such copies portions thereof that are unrelated to the terms and obligations applicable to Transferee. Transferee may, in its sole discretion, provide written confirmation to Company that it wishes to include such Third Party IP within the Company Patents or Company Know-How and agrees to be bound by the applicable pass-through royalties, commercial milestones, applicable for the Territory patent expenses and registration re-imbursement obligations. Effective upon such confirmation, such Third Party IP will be included within the Company Patents or Company Know-How, as applicable, and shall thereafter be deemed the Licensed IP or Assigned IP as applicable for purposes of this Agreement. Thereafter, the Parties shall enter into a separate agreement to confirm the obligations of the Parties with respect to the Third Party IP, which agreement shall be subject in all material respects to terms of the Third Party Agreement pursuant to which such Third Party IP was obtained by Company. For clarity, Transferee shall under no circumstances (i) be responsible for any obligations in connection with such Third Party IP, or (ii) have any licenses or ownership rights under this Agreement with respect to such Third Party IP, unless and until Transferee provides such confirmation and enters into a separate agreement with the Company.

 

  (b) If Company (or any successor or any affiliate of a successor under common control of such successor) is relieved in whole or in part of any obligation under any Third Party Agreement for any reason, then to the extent such relief would have the effect of reducing Company’s obligations under such agreement with respect to the activities of Transferee or Transferee’s assignees, licensees or sublicensees, Company shall promptly so inform Transferee, and thereafter Transferee (and any Permitted Transferee) shall automatically be relieved of its corresponding obligation(s) to Company at the same extent. By way of example, in the event that Company is obligated to pay a royalty on annual worldwide sales of Covered Products by Company, its Affiliates and its sublicensees under any Third Party Agreement for Third Party IP that Transferee has elected to include within the Covered IP, then in the event that Company negotiates a reduction of the applicable royalty rate under such Third Party Agreement, Company shall pass such royalty rate reduction on to Transferee.

 

Execution Copy

-13-


  (c) If after the Effective Date Company agrees to any amendment of a Third Party Agreement that increases any obligations of Transferee under such Third Party Agreement, Transferee’s obligations under such amendment will apply only to the extent of Transferee’s obligation under the pre-amended Third Party Agreement unless and until Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee) confirms in writing its agreement to be bound by any such amendment, and Company will bear any increase in such obligations due to such amendment up until Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee) agrees in writing to be bound by such further obligation(s).

 

  (d) Company shall promptly notify in writing Transferee of any notice of default under, or any termination or amendment of any Third Party Agreement that would result in a material decrease in Transferee’s rights, or an increase in Transferee’s obligations, under such Third Party Agreement. Company agrees to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to include in its Third Party Agreements with its Third Party licensors the right to have the sublicenses it grants under Third Party IP survive any termination of such Third Party Agreements, provided that should Company fail to obtain such right, Company agrees that upon Transferee’s request, Company shall introduce Transferee to the its Third Party licensors and cooperate with Transferee to facilitate the establishment of a direct license between Transferee and such Third Party licensor.

 

2.4 Retained Rights .

 

  (a) All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved by each Party.

 

2.5 Registration of Assignment in the Territory .

 

  (a) Transferee and Company shall perform all actions required to ensure that the assignment of the Assigned IP to Transferee (the “ Assignment ”) is approved, registered, recorded, or noticed with the applicable Governmental Bodies in each country in the Territory where such approval, registration, recordation, or notice is required, and that all other actions required under applicable Laws are taken to ensure that any such Assignment is fully effective and enforceable.

 

  (b) With respect to any Company Improvement Patent within the Licensed IP that (i) the Company has the right to assign and (ii) does not specifically claim Covered Products, Company shall upon Transferee’s request file in the Territory one or more divisional, continuation or continuation-in-part patent applications of such Company Improvement Patent that (i) will claim, and contain disclosure supporting claims directed to, the Covered Product(s), and (ii) will not contain any claims that would cover any product other than a Covered Product (such patent application, a “ Species Specific Patent Application ”). With respect to Transferee’s Prosecution and Maintenance of the Species Specific Patent Applications, Transferee and its Affiliates will not take (and shall not grant to any Third Party the right to take) any action (including by reissue or reexamination) to broaden the scope of any Species Specific Patent Applications to Cover any product or subject matter other than Covered Product(s). Any such Species Specific Patent Application shall be included within the Assigned IP and promptly assigned to Transferee.

 

  (c) Transferee and Company and DRI shall each use all reasonable efforts to ensure that assignment to NovaMedica all of the Existing Patents is completed as soon as practicable but not later than ninety (90) calendar days of the Effective Date of this Agreement

 

  (d) Company during the Improvement Period upon the Transferee’s reasonable request shall file applications to issue and/or register Company Patents with the relevant Governmental Bodies in the Territory and shall promptly assign Assigned IP pursuant to this Section 2.5.

 

Execution Copy

-14-


  (e) Without limiting the foregoing, Company shall submit an application for registration of each Assignment to the Russian Federation with the Russian Federal Service for Intellectual Property, Patents and Trademarks (“ Rospatent ”) (with respect to any Assigned Patents requiring such registration under applicable Russian Law) and similar Governmental Bodies in other countries in the Territory (with respect to any Assigned Patents requiring such registration under applicable Laws of such countries) within 20 (twenty) calendar days after the Effective Date of this Agreement in the case of Assignments with respect to the Existing Patents (and within 20 (twenty) calendar days of a written request by Transferee with respect to Assignments of any other Assigned IP generated thereafter during the Improvement Period), and shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that such registration is completed as soon as practicable. Transferee shall provide such assistance as Company may reasonably require in completing any such Assignment registration.

 

  (f) Upon Transferee’s request, Company shall take such reasonable acts as may be necessary to register with Rospatent and with similar Governmental Bodies in the Territory: (i) this Agreement, (ii) any Third Party Agreement pursuant to which Company has obtained rights to Third Party Patents, and (iii) any sublicense agreement that Company and Transferee may enter into pursuant to Section 2.3(a) above. Transferee shall reimburse Company for Company’s Reimbursable Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in registering such licenses, subject to the Company providing documented evidence of such Out-of-Pocket Expenses and Reimbursable Costs having been incurred.

 

2.6 Transfers by Transferee .

Transferee and any Third Party to whom this Agreement is subsequently assigned in accordance with Section 13.2 below (Transferee and each such assignee, a “ Granting Party ”) shall have the right to grant and authorize sublicenses in the Territory under Company IP to a Third Party, subject to the following conditions (the compliance with which shall result in such Third Party being deemed a “ Permitted Transferee ”):

 

  (a) Granting Party shall promptly (and in any event no later than thirty (30) days) inform Company of the granting of any license or sublicense of any portion of the Company IP in the Territory to any Permitted Transferee, and together with such information shall provide to Company a true and complete copy of the applicable license or sublicense agreement, provided that the Granting Party shall have the right to redact from such copies portions thereof that are unrelated to the Covered Products or are not necessary for Company to verify the consistency of the particular license or sublicense agreement with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Each such license or sublicense agreement shall be in writing and shall be expressly subject to, and require full compliance with, the material terms and provisions of, this Agreement, and shall name Company as an express third party beneficiary of such agreement with respect to such terms and provisions.

 

  (c) Each such license or sublicense with respect to the rights granted under this Agreement, above, shall be subordinate to, consistent with, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly acknowledged that any license with respect to Third Party IP shall be consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Third Party agreements pursuant to which such rights were acquired.

 

Execution Copy

-15-


  (d) In the event that this Agreement is terminated by Company in response to an uncured Fundamental Breach in accordance with Section 11.3 below, any sublicense granted by a Granting Party to a Permitted Transferee that is not an Affiliate of the Granting Party shall, at the election of such Permitted Transferee, survive such termination, provided such Permitted Transferee is and has been in full compliance with the terms of its sublicense under this Agreement at the time this Agreement is terminated, and confirms to Company in writing that it shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement. If such conditions are satisfied, upon termination of this Agreement, Company shall automatically be deemed to have entered into a license agreement with such Permitted Transferee and to have granted a license under Licensed IP (a “ Direct License ”) directly to such Permitted Transferee. Each Direct License shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as those in such Sublicense Agreement, including but not limited to scope, sublicense territory, duration of sublicense grant, financial and diligence obligations, in each case to the extent that such sublicense agreement provisions are not in conflict with the terms of this Agreement or applicable Law. In no event shall Company (a) be liable to such Permitted Transferee for any actual or alleged breach of such sublicense agreement by the Granting Party or (b) have any obligations to such Permitted Transferee other than Company’s obligations to Transferee as set forth herein. At such Permitted Transferee’s request, Company as soon as practicable shall sign license agreement with such Permitted Transferee to memorialize the terms of the Direct License, which written agreement shall be fully consistent with this Section 2.6(d) and such sublicense agreement. Each Permitted Transferee shall be an intended third party beneficiary of this Section 2.6, to the extent such Permitted Transferee elects to receive a Direct License.

 

  (e) For clarity, Assigned IP may not be assigned separately from this Agreement and shall at all times be owned by the then current Transferee of this Agreement.

 

2.7 Retained Rights; No Implied Rights . Company expressly retains all rights with respect to the Development, Manufacture, and Commercialization of the Compound and any Covered Product for any use or Indication in any country or other political subdivision outside of the Territory, and under this Agreement does not grant, assign, or otherwise convey any right, title, or interest to Transferee with respect to the foregoing except otherwise provided in this Agreement or approved by Company in writing. Each Party acknowledges that the rights and licenses granted under this Article 2 and elsewhere in this Agreement are limited to the scope, including Field and Territory, expressly granted.

ARTICLE 3

COOPERATION; KNOWLEDGE TRANSFER; ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS

 

3.1 Ancillary Agreements . Company and NovaMedica shall enter into Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, Commercial and Clinical Supply Agreements, and Pharmacovigilance Agreement, as provided herein.

 

3.2 Development and Commercialization . Transferee, itself or through one or more Permitted Transferees selected by Transferee, shall have the sole authority and the exclusive right under the Company IP during the Term to Develop and Commercialize any and all Covered Products in the Field in the Territory, including the exclusive right to conduct all Clinical Trials and non-clinical studies Transferee believes appropriate to obtain Regulatory Approvals for the Covered Product in the Territory. The Parties shall enter into the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement as soon as practicable following the Effective Date of this Agreement, but no later than 90 (ninety) calendar days from the Effective Date

 

Execution Copy

-16-


3.3 Materials Transfer Requests . Transferee shall have the right at any time to request from Company, by notice in writing (the “ Material Transfer Request ”), that Company transfer Company Materials to Transferee, or an Affiliate or Permitted Transferee designated in the Material Transfer Request, for Transferee’s Development of the Covered Product(s) in the Territory. Company shall transfer Company Materials to Transferee (or a designated Affiliate or Permitted Transferee) according to such request within 20 (twenty) calendar days and subject to the payment to Company of all Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred by Company in connection with such provision and transfer of Company Materials. For clarity, Company’s obligation to supply Transferee with Company Materials shall be limited to Company Materials then on hand at the time of such request. Additionally it is understood that Company’s supply obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be limited to reasonable experimental quantities of Company Materials, the supply of which would not interfere with Company having sufficient supplies of Company Materials on hand for use in its Development activities outside of the Territory.

 

3.4 Knowledge Transfer Procedures .

 

  (a) Upon request of Transferee following the Effective Date, Company shall promptly transfer to Transferee as soon as reasonably practicable copies of all Existing Know-How (“ Initial Know-How Transfer ”). Thereafter throughout the Improvement Period, Company shall promptly transfer to Transferee all Company Know-How (other than Company Materials, access to which is addressed under Section 3.3 above) acquired by Company since the previous transfer of Know-How. The Initial Know-How Transfer shall be carried out at no cost to Transferee. With respect to all subsequent transfers of Know-How, Transferee shall reimburse Company for Company’s Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in carrying out such transfer, subject to Company providing documented evidence of such Out-of-Pocket Expenses having been incurred.

 

  (b) In the event that Transferee desires to obtain support for the Development of a Covered Product, Company agrees to make its personnel that are knowledgeable of the Covered Product (or any constituent Compound), its properties, and functions, reasonably available to Transferee on reasonable advanced notice to provide up to an aggregate total of one hundred (100) hours of scientific and technical explanations, advice, and on-site support at no cost and to provide such further support as reasonably requested, subject to Transferee reimbursement of Reimbursable Costs that shall reasonably be incurred by Transferee, relating to the Development and Commercialization of the Covered Product (the foregoing activities being referred to as “ Development Support ”). Transferee shall reimburse Company for Company’s Reimbursable Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in providing Development Support, subject to Company providing documented evidence of such Out-of-Pocket Expenses and Reimbursable Costs having been incurred.

 

  (c) In the event that Transferee wishes to utilize the personnel of a contract manufacturer of the Company (“ Company Manufacturer ”) for support in connection with training, set-up, or other assistance in establishing Transferee or an in-Territory contract manufacturer’s procedures and capabilities for the manufacture or supply of Covered Products for the Territory, Company shall promptly upon Transferee’s request, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to facilitate establishing a direct relationship between Transferee and such Company Manufacturer, and agrees to grant all consents and releases that may be required on Company’s part in connection with such engagement. Transferee shall be responsible to directly pay such Company Manufacturer for such services or shall reimburse Company for Out-of-Pocket Expenses charged to Company by the Company Manufacturer for such support.

 

Execution Copy

-17-


  (d) Transfer of Transferee Improvement Know-How to Company shall be carried with the terms in Section 3.4(a) applying mutatis mutandis to such transfers.

 

3.5 Manufacturing and Supply .

 

  (a) During the Term Transferee shall have the exclusive right within the Territory to Manufacture the Covered Products solely for Development and Commercialization of Covered Products in the Territory within the Field, itself or through one or more Affiliates or Permitted Transferees, or other Third Parties selected by Transferee.

 

  (b) Company shall make its personnel that are knowledgeable on the manufacture of the Compound (solely as such manufacture relates to Covered Products in the Territory) and the Covered Product reasonably available to Transferee on reasonable advanced notice to provide up to an aggregate total of one hundred (100) hours of scientific and technical explanations, advice, and on-site support at no cost and further support as reasonably requested subject to Transferee reimbursement of Reimbursable Costs, that may reasonably be incurred by Transferee, relating to the manufacture of the Covered Product (and any corresponding Compound) (“ Manufacturing Support ”). Transferee shall reimburse Company for Company’s Reimbursable Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in providing such Manufacturing Support, subject to the Company providing documented evidence of such Out-of-Pocket Expenses and Reimbursable Costs having been incurred.

 

  (c) Until the first commercial sale of a Covered Product within the Territory, Transferee or its Affiliates or Permitted Transferees shall have the right to purchase from Company or Company’s Third Party contract manufacturer or any other Third Party manufacturer of Covered Product and/or Compound supplies of such Compound and/or Covered Product as are then being produced by Company or Company’s Third Party contract manufacturer and any other Third Party Manufacturer, solely for purposes of, and as are reasonable and necessary for, the conduct of Clinical Trials of Covered Product in the Territory, provided that any such purchase does not reasonably interfere with Company having sufficient supplies of Compound and/or Covered Products on hand for use in Development (including the conduct of Clinical Trials) or Commercialization outside of the Territory. With respect to Compound and/or Covered Products purchased from Company, such purchases will be made from Company at ***. The Parties shall enter into the clinical supply agreement ( “Development Supply Agreement ”) governing such clinical supply of Covered Products as soon as practicable following the Effective Date of this Agreement, but not later than ninety (90) calendar days from the Effective Date

 

  (d)

Transferee and Permitted Transferees operating within the Territory shall have the sole and exclusive right during the Term to Import any and all Covered Products into the Territory, and shall do so for solely for Development and Commercialization of Covered Products in the Territory. Following receipt of a reasonable written request from Transferee, Company, itself or through a Third Party contract manufacturer authorized by Company to manufacture and supply the Compound and Covered Products, shall within one hundred twenty (120) days of such request negotiate in good faith and enter into a commercial supply agreement with Transferee to produce and supply, itself or through a Third Party contract manufacturer, needed quantities of Covered Product required solely for Commercialization of Covered Products in the Territory, on commercially fair and reasonable terms (“ Commercial Supply Agreement ”). Such Commercial Supply Agreement negotiations shall be in good faith and on an arm’s length basis, and shall provide for the commercial supply of Compound or Covered Products on***

 

Execution Copy

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

-18-


  ***. Any such Supply Agreement shall not preclude Transferee from entering into other agreements with one or more other contract manufacturers for obtaining the Covered Product for Commercialization solely within the Territory in accordance with Section 3.5(a), above.

ARTICLE 4

REGULATORY MATTERS

 

4.1 Regulatory Filings .

 

  (a) Transferee shall solely own and maintain all regulatory filings and Regulatory Approvals for the Covered Products in the Territory. It is understood and agreed that nothing herein shall preclude Transferee from referencing any IND or NDA Controlled by Company (including those filed by a Company Affiliate, successor, or licensee outside the Territory and Controlled by Company) in respect of a Covered Product Developed or Commercialized outside of the Territory, or using data therein in support of regulatory filings for Covered Products in the Territory, or from authorizing Third Parties to do so.

 

  (b) It is understood and agreed that under Section 3.4 above, Company shall provide Transferee copies of all regulatory filings Controlled by Company and its Affiliates with respect to Covered Products outside the Territory to the extent such regulatory filings are necessary for obtaining Regulatory Approval of the Covered Product in the Territory (“ Company Regulatory Filings ”). It is understood and agreed that information and data included within any Company Regulatory Filing made after the Improvement Period but during the Term shall be deemed Company Know-How for purposes of this Agreement. Transferee shall have the right to use the data therein to support Transferee’s or its Permitted Transferee’s regulatory filings for Covered Products in the Field in the Territory. Additionally, Company shall provide to Transferee under Section 3.4 copies of all regulatory filings of Company’s licensees with respect to Covered Products outside the Territory to the extent such regulatory filings constitute Third Party Know-How which Transferee has elected to include within the Licensed IP in accordance with Section 2.3(a) above (“ Licensed Regulatory Filings ”). Subject to the terms of the Third Party Agreements pursuant to which access to such Licensed Regulatory Filings was acquired, Transferee shall have the right to use the data therein to support Transferee’s or its Permitted Transferee’s regulatory filings for Covered Products in the Field in the Territory. Company shall provide reasonable assistance to Transferee in the preparation of and filing of any IND, IND amendment, or NDA with respect to any Covered Product in the Territory, subject to Transferee’s reimbursement of Company’s Reimbursable Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses. Such assistance shall include, in particular, Company (or its Affiliate, successor, or licensee outside of the Territory) providing Transferee with a complete electronic copy of all relevant documentation within the Company Regulatory Filings and/or Licensed Regulatory Filings submitted to the FDA or EMA in respect of any Clinical Trial for any Covered Product that would be necessary or useful to Transferee in preparing its own IND for a particular Covered Product for use in the Territory, and, to the extent necessary or useful, to allow Transferee to cross-reference any IND, IND amendment, or NDA within the Company Regulatory Filings and/or Licensed Regulatory Filings, whether held by Company or its Affiliate, successor, or licensee outside of the Territory. Additionally, upon Transferee’s request, Company shall make available to Transferee and/or the applicable Regulatory Authorities within the Territory all regulatory information under Company’s Control that is requested by Regulatory Authorities in the Territory in connection with their evaluation of any IND, IND amendment, or NDA for Covered Product filed by Transferee in the Territory or the Development and/or Commercialization of any Covered Product.

 

Execution Copy

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

-19-


  (c) Transferee shall provide Company with complete electronic copies of filings (including serial submissions) submitted to a Regulatory Authority in the Territory in respect of Development or Commercialization of any Covered Product, and Company shall have the right to use data generated by Transferee (or its Permitted Transferee(s)) in support of Development and Commercialization (including use in regulatory filings) of Covered Products for any Indication outside of the Territory and to cross-reference (and to allow its Affiliates and licensees to cross-reference) any such regulatory filings in connection with the preparation of regulatory filing for Covered Products for any Indication outside of the Territory.

 

4.2 Communications with Authorities . Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee) shall be responsible for and act as the sole point of contact for communications with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory in connection with the Development and Commercialization of Covered Products. To the extent Company or Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee of either of them) receives any written or oral communication from any Regulatory Authority relating to a Covered Product, as soon as reasonably practicable the Party receiving such communication shall notify the other Party thereof, which notice shall include a copy of any written communication received or, if applicable, complete and accurate minutes of such oral communication.

 

4.3 Pharmacovigilance . The Parties agree, within sixty (60) days after the date of a request by either Party, to conclude a pharmacovigilance agreement substantially in the form as provided in Schedule 5 hereto. Such pharmacovigilance agreement shall provide for the exchange by the Parties of any information of which a Party becomes aware in the Territory concerning any side effect, injury, toxicity, or sensitivity reaction, or any unexpected incident, in or involving a patient or research subject or, in the case of non-clinical studies, an animal in a toxicology study, and the seriousness thereof, whether or not determined to be attributable to any Covered Product or Compound, including any such information received by either Party from a Third Party. It is understood that each Party and its Affiliates or licensees/sublicensees shall have the right to disclose such information as reasonably necessary to comply with Regulatory Authorities within its respective territory with respect to its filings and activities related to Compounds and Covered Products.

ARTICLE 5

GOVERNANCE

 

5.1 Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement . The Parties understand that assistance from Company will be needed and accepted in connection with the Development of Covered Products in the Field in the Territory. With regard to Development, the Parties agree that as soon as practicable but not later than within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, the Transferee and Company will enter into a mutually acceptable “ Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement ” regarding Development of Covered Product(s) in the Territory.

 

5.2 Clinical Trials and Non-Clinical Studies . The Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement shall, among other things, provide (a) that all additional Clinical Trials to be conducted in the Territory that are necessary to register a Covered Product for use in the Field in any country or jurisdiction within the Territory shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Transferee, and (b) that the Company shall include sites in the Russian Federation in its global Clinical Trials Program, as provided in the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement.

 

5.3

Development and Commercialization . The Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement shall, among other things, require that Company and the Transferee establish a Joint Steering Committee (“ Joint Steering Committee ” or “ JSC ”) to oversee Development in the Territory of

 

Execution Copy

-20-


  Covered Products until the First Commercial Sale of a Covered Product in the Territory, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Company and the Transferee. The JSC will be comprised of an equal number of members appointed by the Transferee and by Company. The JSC shall oversee the Development of Covered Products in the Field in the Territory, and shall plan, implement, and oversee activities relating thereto, including the preparation and implementation of a development plan. All JSC decisions will be made by unanimous vote, with the JSC representatives of Company collectively having one vote and the JSC representatives of Transferee collectively having one vote. If the JSC is unable to decide or resolve unanimously any matter properly presented to it for action, then such matter shall be resolved as provided in the definitive Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement.

 

5.4 The Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement shall, among other things, require that for so long as the Transferee (and/or one or more Permitted Transferees) is Developing a Covered Product(s) for use in the Field in the Territory, the day-to-day Development work with respect to Development of Covered Product(s) in the Territory shall be conducted under the direction of the Joint Development Committee (“ Joint Development Committee ” or “ JDC ”) comprised of an equal number of representatives from Transferee and Company. All JDC decisions will be made by unanimous vote. If the JDC is unable to decide or resolve any matter properly presented to it for action, then the decision of Company shall be final and shall be in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement and Law. The JDC will be responsible for coordinating amendments to any plan for Development in respect of a Covered Product for use in the Field in the Territory for review and approval by the JSC, for overseeing such Development work, and for making operational decisions related to such Development work. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Transferee and Company, until the First Commercial Sale of a Covered Product in the Territory, the JDC will meet on a regular basis, at such times and in such manner as provided in Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement. The Company and Transferee will mutually agree that the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement shall include the development outline and execution plan to be used in the monitoring and oversight of all sites at which such Clinical Trials are to be performed.

 

5.5 The Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement shall, among other things, require that for so long as the Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee) is preparing to Commercialize a Covered Product(s) in the Territory, the day-to-day Commercialization preparation work of Transferee and Permitted Transferee shall be conducted under the direction of a Joint Commercialization Committee (“ Joint Commercialization Committee ” or “ JCC ”). The JCC shall be comprised of an equal number of representatives from the Transferee and Company. All JCC decisions will be made by unanimous vote. If the JCC is unable to decide or resolve any matter properly presented to it for action, then the decision of the Transferee shall be final and in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement and Law. Prior to the First Commercial Sale of a Covered Product (or such longer period as the Parties may agree in writing), the JCC will be responsible for coordinating any amendments to the plan for Commercialization of Covered Product(s) in the Territory, for overseeing performance of the Commercialization program, and for making operational decisions related to that program. The JCC will jointly prepare and provide to each Party on at least a Calendar Quarter basis a report, via e-mail, regarding the status of Commercialization activities hereunder together with a reasonably detailed summary of the Commercialization activities conducted by Transferee and Permitted Transferees in the Territory during the prior calendar quarter

ARTICLE 6.

FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

 

Execution Copy

-21-


6.1 Consideration Payable by DRI . DRI shall pay Company US$100,000 (One hundred thousand US dollars) in consideration for the rights and licenses granted by Company pursuant hereto, and Company’s performance of its obligations hereunder (“ Fixed Payment ”).

 

6.2 Payment of Fixed Payment . The Fixed Payment shall be payable by DRI by wire transfer no later than the Initial Closing of the Investment Transaction.

 

6.3 Payments, Currency, and Invoicing . All payments to Company hereunder shall be made by deposit of United States Dollars in the requisite amount to such bank account as Company may designate by written notice to Transferee.

 

6.4 Third Party Agreements. Subject to Section 2.3, above, the Company shall be responsible for making payments under the Third Party Agreements at its own cost and expense, and shall continue to be responsible for making payments to such Third Parties in a timely manner and to the extent set forth in each of such Third Party Agreement.

 

6.5 Payments for Third Party IP . With respect to pass-through royalties, commercial milestones, patent expense re-imbursement obligations owing to Third Party as a result of Transferee’s election under Section 2.3 to include or exercise rights in any particular item(s) of Third Party IP within the Company IP licensed or assigned to Transferee under this Agreement, Company shall invoice Transferee for the applicable amounts owed, and Transferee shall promptly remit payment to Company for such amounts, in accordance with the separate agreement between the Company and the Transferee, and in any case before payment is due. For clarity it is understood and agreed that Transferee shall only be liable for commercial milestones and pass-through royalties that are specifically and solely attributable to the in-Territory activities of Transferee, its Affiliates and/or Permitted Transferees.

 

6.6 Taxes . Company shall be responsible for the payment of any and all taxes levied on payments paid to Company by Transferee or its Affiliates or any Permitted Transferee, other than any value added tax or similar tax. If applicable Law requires that taxes be deducted and withheld from any payments paid pursuant to this Agreement, Transferee shall (a) deduct those taxes from the payment; (b) pay the taxes to the proper Governmental Body; (c) remit to Company the net amount, after deductions or withholding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Transferee shall be responsible for the payment of any and all taxes (other than taxes commonly known as income taxes) levied by countries in the Territory on account of royalties and other payments owed to Company’s Third Party licensors or Third Party developers/partners as a result of Transferee’s election under Section 2.3 to include any particular item(s) of Third Party IP within the Company IP licensed or assigned to Transferee under this Agreement, unless the applicable agreement between Company and such Third Party licensor or Third Party developer or partner provides that such Third Party licensor or Third Party developer/partner shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes. Company agrees to cooperate with Transferee in any way reasonably requested by Transferee to obtain available reductions, credits, or refunds of any taxes paid by Transferee under this Section 6.6.

ARTICLE 7

PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE; ENFORCEMENT AND DEFENSE

 

7.1 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance

 

  (a) Each Party’s Patents .

 

Execution Copy

-22-


  (i) Company . Subject to Sections 7.1 (b), below, Company shall have the right to Prosecute and Maintain the Patent Rights within the Licensed IP (“ Licensed Patents ”). The Company shall provide Transferee a reasonable opportunity prior to a priority filing in the Territory, but in no event less than thirty (30) days, to review and comment upon the content and text of any new application within the Licensed Patents. Company shall provide Transferee with an electronic copy of each patent application within the Licensed Patents. Company shall keep Transferee advised of the status of all material communications to and from applicable patent offices in the Territory, actual and prospective filings or submissions regarding the Licensed Patents in the Territory, and shall give Transferee an opportunity to review and comment in advance on any such communications, filings, and submissions proposed to be sent to any patent office in the Territory. Company shall provide Transferee with an annual update of the complete worldwide patent status of Licensed Patents. Any such annual update shall be Confidential Information of Company under this Agreement. Transferee shall reimburse Company for all Out-of-Pocket Costs incurred by Company in prosecuting the Third Party Patents licensed to Transferee and shall reimburse Company for fifty percent (50%) of the Out-of-Pocket Costs incurred by Company in prosecuting all other Patent Rights within the Licensed IP.

 

  (ii) Transferee . Subject to Sections 7.1 (b), below, Transferee shall have the right to Prosecute and Maintain the Patent Rights within the Assigned Patents in its discretion and at its expense. Transferee shall provide Company a reasonable opportunity prior to a priority filing in the Territory, but in no event less than thirty (30) days, to review and comment upon the content and text of any new application within the Assigned Patents. Transferee shall provide Company with an electronic copy of each patent application within the Assigned Patents. Transferee shall keep Company advised of the status of all material communications to and from applicable patent offices in the Territory, actual and prospective filings or submissions regarding the Assigned Patents in the Territory, and shall give Company an opportunity to review and comment in advance on any such communications, filings, and submissions proposed to be sent to any patent office in the Territory. Company agrees to provide the Transferee with all information necessary or desirable to enable Transferee to comply with the duty of candor/duty of disclosure requirements of any patent authority with respect to the Assigned Patents. Transferee shall provide Company with an annual update of the complete worldwide patent status of the Assigned Patents. Any such annual update shall be Confidential Information of Transferee under this Agreement.

 

  (iii) No obligation . For avoidance of doubt, Transferee reserves the right (i) to select and use its own trademarks for Commercialization of the Covered Products in the Territory, and (ii) to elect to not use or pay expenses for any of the Company Marks.

 

  (b) Election not to Prosecute or Maintain Patents .

 

  (i)

Company . If Company elects not to Prosecute or Maintain a Patent Right within the Licensed Patents in any country or jurisdiction within the Territory, then it shall inform Transferee in writing at least ninety (90) calendar days before any final deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution, or maintenance of such Patent Right, as the case may be, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such the Patent Right in such country or possession. In such case, by no later than thirty (30) calendar days before any final deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution, or maintenance of such the Patent Right, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such the Patent Rights in such country or possession, Transferee (or its designee) shall have the right, but not the

 

Execution Copy

-23-


  obligation, to pursue the filing or support the continued Prosecution and Maintenance of such the Patent Right, at its sole expense.

 

  (ii) Transferee . If Transferee elects not to Prosecute or Maintain a Patent Right within the Assigned Patents in any country or jurisdiction within the Territory, then it shall inform Company in writing at least ninety (90) calendar days before any final deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution, or maintenance of such Patent Right, as the case may be, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such the Patent Right in such country or possession. In such case, by no later than thirty (30) calendar days before any final deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution, or maintenance of such the Patent Right, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such the Patent Rights in such country or possession, Company (or its designee) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pursue the filing or support the continued Prosecution and Maintenance of such the Patent Right, at its sole expense

 

  (c) Patent Marking . Transferee shall mark, and shall require any Permitted Transferee to mark, all Covered Products Commercialized under the terms of this Agreement, or their containers, in accordance with all applicable patent-marking Laws, if any, in the Territory.

 

  (d) Patent Term Restoration . Company and Transferee (or, as the case may be, Permitted Transferee) will cooperate with each other in obtaining patent term restoration or supplemental protection certificates or their equivalents in any country in the Territory where applicable to Company Patents. In the event that elections with respect to obtaining such patent term restoration are to be made, Company shall determine the matter.

 

7.2 Enforcement of Patent Rights .

 

  (a) Notice . If either Party believes that a the Company Patent is being infringed in the Territory by a Third Party or if a Third Party claims that any Company Patent within the Territory is invalid or unenforceable (collectively, “ Infringing Activities ”), the Party possessing such knowledge or belief shall notify the other Party and provide it with details of such infringement or claim that are known by such Party. As between the Parties, the right to enforce such the Company Patent with respect to such infringement, or to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect thereto, or to compromise or settle such infringement claim or declaratory judgment action, in each case to the extent the same pertains to Infringing Activities (each, an “ Enforcement Action ”) shall be as set forth in this Section 7.2. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Initiating ” or to “ Initiate ”, with respect to an Enforcement Action, refers to bringing an infringement claim or defending a declaratory judgment action, or compromising or settling such infringement claim or allegation or declaratory judgment action, within any country or jurisdiction in the Territory.

 

  (b) Right to bring an Action .

 

  (i) Assigned Patents . Transferee shall have the exclusive right, at its sole expense and discretion, to enforce the Assigned Patents against any act of infringement in the Territory, and to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect to any Assigned Patent.

 

  (ii)

Licensed Patents . Transferee shall have the first right to attempt to abate any Infringing Activities within the Territory with respect to the use or sale of any product for use in the Field containing an injectable beta-agonist as an active ingredient (“ Infringing Product ”), including by taking and controlling an Enforcement Action under the Licensed Patents with

 

Execution Copy

-24-


  respect to such Infringing Product. If Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee) does not intend to prosecute or defend an Enforcement Action, Transferee shall promptly inform Company. If Transferee does not take an Enforcement Action with respect to such an Infringing Product within one hundred eighty (180) days following notice thereof or a request by Company to do so, Company shall have the right to take and control an Enforcement Action under the Licensed Patents in the name of either or both Parties. The Party taking such Enforcement Action shall have the sole and exclusive right to select counsel for any suit it initiates pursuant to this Section 7.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Transferee has tried to prosecute or defend an Enforcement Action in the Territory with respect to an Infringing Product, and the competent court has denied Transferee standing to prosecute or defend, then Company shall, upon Transferee’s request, prosecute, or defend such Enforcement Action, at Transferee’s expense. For clarity, Company shall retain the exclusive right, at its sole expense and discretion, to enforce the Licensed Patents against any other Infringing Activities in the Territory (i.e., other than with respect to an Infringing Product).

 

  (c) Costs of an Action . Subject to the respective indemnity obligations of the Parties set forth in Article 8 of this Agreement, the Party (or its Affiliate or Permitted Transferee) taking an Enforcement Action under this Section 7.2 shall pay all costs associated with such Enforcement Action, other than (subject to Section 7.2(e), below) the expenses of the other Party if the other Party elects to join such Enforcement Action. Each Party (or an Affiliate or Permitted Transferee of such Party) shall, at its own expense, have the right to join an Enforcement Action taken by the other Party.

 

  (d) Settlement . Neither Party (nor an Affiliate or Permitted Transferee) shall settle or consent to any judgment or otherwise compromise any Enforcement Action by admitting that any claim or patent within Company Patents is invalid or unenforceable or not infringed without the other Party’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and, (i) in the case of Company, Company may not settle or otherwise compromise an Enforcement Action in a way that adversely affects or would be reasonably expected to adversely affect Transferee’s or Permitted Transferee’s rights or benefits hereunder in the Territory with respect to the Covered Product, and (ii) in the case of Transferee, Transferee (or any Permitted Transferee) may not settle or otherwise compromise an Enforcement Action in a way that adversely affects or would be reasonably expected to adversely affect Company’s Patent Rights or benefits outside of the Territory.

 

  (e) Reasonable Assistance . The Party not taking an Enforcement Action shall provide reasonable assistance to the other Party (or the other Party’s Affiliate or Permitted Transferee), including providing access to relevant documents and other evidence and making its employees available, subject to the other Party’s (or the other Party’s Affiliate’s or Permitted Transferee’s) reimbursement of any Out-of-Pocket expenses incurred by the non-enforcing or non-defending Party in providing such assistance.

 

  (f) Distribution of Amounts Recovered . Any amounts recovered by the Party (or its Affiliate or Permitted Transferee) taking an Enforcement Action pursuant to this Section 7.2, whether by settlement or judgment, shall first be applied to pro-rata reimbursement of the unreimbursed legal fees and expenses incurred by the Parties in such Enforcement Action, and any remainder shall be distributed to the Party taking or controlling the Enforcement Action.

 

7.3 Defense of Patent Rights .

 

Execution Copy

-25-


  (a) Notice . If a Party becomes aware of any claim or action in the Territory by a Third Party against either Party that claims that the Covered Product, or its Development or Commercialization in the Territory infringes such Third Party’s intellectual property rights (each, a “ Third Party Action ”), such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of all details regarding such claim or action that is reasonably available to such Party.

 

  (b) Right to Defend . Transferee, or a Permitted Transferee, shall have the first right, at its sole expense, but not the obligation, to defend a Third Party Action through counsel of its choosing, subject to Section 7.3(c), below. Company shall have the right to join any defense brought by Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee), with its own counsel at its own expense, or in the event that Transferee (or a Permitted Transferee) declines or fails to assert its intention to defend such Third Party Action within sixty (60) days of receipt/sending of notice under Section 7.3(a), above, then Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to defend such Third Party Action to the extent legally permissible. The Party defending such Third Party Action shall have the sole and exclusive right to select its counsel for such Third Party Action.

 

  (c) Consultation . The Party (including Transferee or Permitted Transferee) defending a Third Party Action pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall be the “ Defending Party .” The Defending Party shall consult with the non-Defending Party on all material aspects of the defense. The non-Defending Party shall have a reasonable opportunity for meaningful participation in decision-making and formulation of defense strategy. The Parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other in all such actions or proceedings. The non-Defending Party will be entitled to be represented by independent counsel of its own choice at its own expense, and shall cooperate with and assist the Defending Party at the expense of and as the Defending Party reasonably requests.

 

  (d) Appeal . In the event that a judgment in a Third Party Action is entered against the Defending Party and an appeal is available, the Defending Party shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to file such appeal. In the event the Defending Party does not desire to file such an appeal, it will promptly, within a reasonable time period (i.e., with sufficient time for the non-Defending Party to take whatever action may be necessary) prior to the date on which such right to appeal will lapse or otherwise diminish, permit the non-Defending Party to pursue such appeal at such non-Defending Party’s own cost and expense. If applicable Law requires the other Party’s involvement in an appeal, the other Party shall be a nominal party of the appeal and shall provide reasonable cooperation to the appealing Party at the appealing Party’s expense.

 

  (e) Costs of an Action . Subject to the respective indemnity obligations of the Parties set forth in Article 10, below, the Controlling Party shall pay all costs associated with a Third Party Action, other than the expenses of the other Party if the other Party elects to join such Action. Each Party shall have the right to join a Third Party Action defended by the other Party, at its own expense.

 

  (f) No Settlement Without Consent . A Controlling Party shall not settle or otherwise compromise any Third Party Action without the non-Controlling Party’s prior written consent, and, (i) in the case of Company, Company may not settle or otherwise compromise a Third Party Action in a way that adversely affects or would reasonably be expected to adversely effects Transferee’s rights and benefits hereunder with respect to Development and Commercialization of Covered Products within the Territory, and (ii) in the case of Transferee, Transferee may not settle or otherwise compromise an Enforcement Action in a way that adversely affects or would reasonably be expected to adversely effects Company’s rights or benefits outside of the Territory.

 

Execution Copy

-26-


7.4 Consistency with Third Party Agreements . With respect to any Third Party Patents that Transferee elects to include within the Licensed Patents, the obligations of Company and the rights of Transferee under Sections 7.1 and 7.2 with respect to such Third Party Patents shall be subject to, and limited by, the terms of the Third Party Agreements pursuant to which Company licensed such Third Party Patents. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to the prosecution or enforcement of Third Party Patents, to the extent Company has the right to do so, Company shall cooperate with Transferee to prosecute and enforce such Third Party Patents in the Territory in the same manner as set forth for Licensed Patents in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 above. As between Company and Transferee, any recoveries from enforcement of such Third Party Patents shall be shared in accordance with Section 7.2(f), after deducting from such recoveries any amounts owed to the Third Party licensor for such enforcement; provided that any Enforcement Actions initiated by the Third Party licensor shall be deemed initiated by Company for purposes of Section 7.2(f) above, and the costs and expenses incurred by Company in such Enforcement Action shall include any costs and expenses reimbursed or required to be reimbursed by Company to the Third Party licensor in such Enforcement Action.

ARTICLE 8

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1 Confidentiality; Exceptions . Except to the extent authorized by this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing, the Parties agree that the receiving Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) shall keep confidential and shall not publish or otherwise disclose or use for any purpose other than as provided for in this Agreement Confidential Information in any form (written, oral, photographic, electronic, magnetic, or otherwise) which is disclosed to it by the other Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) or otherwise received or accessed by a Receiving Party in the course of performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Agreement, except to the extent that such Confidential Information:

 

  (a) was in the lawful knowledge and possession of the Receiving Party prior to the time it was disclosed to, or learned by, the Receiving Party, or was otherwise developed independently by the Receiving Party, as evidenced by written records kept in the ordinary course of business, or other documentary proof of actual use by the Receiving Party;

 

  (b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party;

 

  (c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; or

 

  (d) was disclosed to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others.

 

8.2

Authorized Disclosure . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, a Receiving Party may use and disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as follows: (a) in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of rights granted or reserved in this Agreement (including the rights to Develop and Commercialize the Covered Products); or (b) to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in filing or prosecuting patent, copyright, and trademark applications, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental regulations, obtaining regulatory approval, conducting Clinical Trial Investigations, or otherwise

 

Execution Copy

-27-


  required by Law, provided, however, that if a Receiving Party is required in litigation or by Law or regulation to make any such disclosure of a Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information it shall give reasonable advance notice to the Disclosing Party of such disclosure requirement and, except to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications, shall use its reasonable efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed; or (c) to the extent mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties. In addition, a Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to any of its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, to Third Party appraisers in connection with the appraisal of Company IP for the purpose of contributing such IP into the charter capital of NovaMedica, or in connection with due diligence investigations by or on behalf of a Third Party in connection with a potential license, collaboration, investment, merger, or acquisition with or by such Third Party, and, in the case of Company, to Third Parties in connection with due diligence investigations by or on behalf of a Third Party in connection with a potential license, collaboration, investment or other financing, merger, or acquisition with or by such Third Party; provided, however, in each of the foregoing cases, that such Third Party or Affiliate reasonably needs to have access to such Confidential Information and agrees to be bound by reasonable terms of confidentiality and non-use at least as stringent as those set forth in this Article 8, to limit such disclosure to only personnel having a need to know such information, and to return or certify to the Receiving Party as to the destruction of such Confidential Information promptly after completing the due diligence investigation, negotiation, or transaction, as the case may be.

 

8.3 Disclosure of Agreement . No Party shall issue any press release or similar public disclosure regarding this Agreement or the Parties’ activities hereunder, except with all the other Party’s prior written consent. Except to the extent required by Law or as otherwise permitted in accordance with this Section 8.3, neither Party shall make any public announcements concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof without the prior express written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent information regarding this Agreement has already been publicly disclosed other than through any act or omission of a Party in breach of this Agreement, a Party may subsequently disclose the same information to the public without the consent of the other Party. Each Party shall be permitted to disclose the terms of this Agreement, in each case under appropriate confidentiality provisions that are no less stringent to those of this Agreement, to any actual or potential acquirers, merger partners, and professional advisors or others on a need-to-know basis.

 

8.4 Remedies . Each Party shall be entitled to seek, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have, at law or in equity, a temporary injunction, without the posting of any bond or other security, enjoining or restraining the other Party from any violation or threatened violation of this Article 8.

ARTICLE 9

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

 

9.1 Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that, as of the Effective Date:

 

  (a) such Party is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization;

 

  (b) such Party has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

Execution Copy

-28-


  (c) this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation of such Party, binding upon such Party and enforceable against such Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (d) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not conflict with, breach, or create in any Third Party the right to accelerate, terminate, or modify any agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party or by which such Party is bound, and does not violate any Law of any Governmental Body having authority over such Party;

 

  (e) no consent by any Third Party or Governmental Body is required with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by either Party or the consummation by either Party of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

  (f) such Party has all right, power, and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2 Additional Representations and Warranties of Company . Company represents and warrants to the Transferee that, as of the Effective Date:

 

  (a) Company has the full right and authority to transfer rights to the Assigned IP and grant the licenses under the Licensed IP to Transferee under this Agreement;

 

  (b) To Company’s Knowledge, all Licensed IP is valid, subsisting and enforceable;

 

  (c) There is no Licensed IP that has been rendered invalid or unenforceable due to any act, failure to act or omission by Company;

 

  (d) There are no Company Patents that have been rendered invalid or unenforceable due to any act, failure to act or omission by Company;

 

  (e) Company owns all right, title and interest to Company IP;

 

  (f) Company has not encumbered Company IP with liens, mortgages, security interest or otherwise;

 

  (g) Company has not entered into any contract or agreement that is inconsistent with or conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, nor has the Company taken or failed to take any action that might reasonably be expected to have the effect of waiving any rights granted or licensed to Transferee under this Agreement;

 

  (h) Company has not entered into any agreement that grants any interest in, or any right to use or exploit, any of the Company IP in the Territory;

 

  (i) To Company’s Knowledge, Company’s activities prior to the Effective Date in connection with the Development and Commercialization of Covered Products do not infringe any intellectual property right of any Person, and no claims have been asserted or threatened in writing by any Person with respect to the foregoing and to Company’s Knowledge there is no reasonable basis for such challenge;

 

  (j) none of the Company IP is the subject of any litigation proceeding, discovery process, interference, reissue, reexamination, opposition, or appeal proceedings, and Company has not received written notice of any other legal dispute relating to the Company IP;

 

Execution Copy

-29-


  (k) except for the Assigned IP and the Licensed IP, neither Company nor its Affiliates Control any Intellectual Property Rights that are necessary or Useful for the Development and Commercialization of Covered Products in the Territory. If such other Company IP exists, such other Company Patents are and will be considered as Assigned IP or Licensed IP (as appropriate based on the definitions of such terms) and shall be assigned or licensed, as the case may be, to Transferee at no additional costs to Transferee;

 

  (l) to Company’s Knowledge, the Existing Patents are valid, subsisting, and enforceable. No claims have been asserted or threatened in writing by any Person challenging the validity, effectiveness, enforceability, or ownership of the Licensed IP or the Assigned IP; and to Company’s Knowledge there is no reasonable basis for any such challenge;

 

  (m) the Company has disclosed or made available to Transferee for review all material correspondence and contacts between Company and the FDA, EMA, or any other Governmental Body regarding the Covered Product(s) and Compound

 

  (n) Company and its Affiliates have not directly or indirectly Developed, Manufactured, and Commercialized the Covered Product in the Territory;

 

  (o) all employees, consultants, or other personnel of Company who have performed any activities on its behalf in connection with research regarding any Company IP, any Covered Product, or Compound, have assigned to Company the whole of her/his/their entire worldwide right, title, and interest in any intellectual property made, discovered, or developed by her/him/them as a result of such research, and no such employees, consultants, or other personnel of Company have any rights to any such intellectual property;

 

  (p) To Company’s Knowledge there is no material unauthorized use, infringement, or misappropriation of any the Company IP by any employee or former employee, or by any other Third Party;

 

  (q) There are no Company Materials;

 

  (r) There are no Third Party Agreements;

 

  (s) Company has to its Knowledge provided to Transferee or made available for Transferee’s review all material information and data in Company’s Control relating to Company IP and Covered Products, and has not intentionally withheld any material information and data in Company’s Control relating to Company IP and Covered Products;

 

  (t) with respect to the Existing Patents, Company has complied with all applicable Laws, rules, and regulations, including any information disclosure requirements, in connection with the filing, prosecution, and maintenance of such Patent Rights in the Territory;

 

  (u) unless specifically indicated in a patent application or patent within Patent Rights Controlled by Company, none of the inventions claimed in such Patent Rights were conceived or first reduced to practice using funding from the United States government or any other Governmental Body;

 

  (v)

with respect to any Patent Rights of Company outside the Territory that served as a priority document to the Company Patents, assignments of all inventorship rights from all Persons listed as inventors on such Patent Rights, and all such assignments of inventorship rights relating to

 

Execution Copy

-30-


  such Patent Rights, have been obtained and, with respect to those non-provisional patent applications within such Patent Rights that have been filed in the United States, such assignments have been recorded at the United States Patent and Trademark Office;

 

  (w) with respect to any Company Patents , to the Company’s knowledge all provisions of any Laws, foreign or domestic, related to the rights as inventors of Persons that are named as inventors on such Company Patents have been complied with; and

 

  (x) Company has to its Knowledge disclosed to Transferee all material information in Company’s Control relating to safety and efficacy of the Covered Product(s) and has not intentionally withheld any material information in Company’s Control relating to safety and efficacy of the Covered Product(s).

 

9.3 Company Covenants . Company covenants to Transferee that:

 

  (a) Company shall fulfill all of its obligations, including but not limited to its payment obligations, under any Third Party Agreements, throughout the Term of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall not be in breach of this covenant to the extent that its failure to fulfill all of its obligations under a Third Party Agreement is the result of Transferee’s failure to comply with the terms of any sublicense agreement entered into by Transferee and Company under Section 2.3(a) above;

 

  (b) Company shall not enter into any contract or agreement or take or fail to take any action that is inconsistent with or conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, nor shall the Company take or fail to take any action that might reasonably be expected to have the effect of waiving any material rights granted or licensed to Transferee under this Agreement;

 

  (c) the Company shall have the full right to provide Company Materials to Transferee and to grant to Transferee the right and license to use Company Material for purposes of Developing Covered Product in the Territory;

 

  (d) Company shall not, for as long as Transferee enjoys rights with respect to Company IP and Covered Products under this Agreement, (i) grant rights within the Territory in or with respect to any Company IP for use with Covered Product to any Third Party, or (ii) encumber Company IP with liens, mortgages, security interest or otherwise, other than in connection with conventional and venture debt financings, without prior written notice to the Transferee;

 

  (e) For so long as Transferee retains its rights under this Agreement to Develop and Commercialize the Compound and Covered Products in the Territory, Company shall not provide Covered Products or Compounds to any Third Party in, or for importation into, the Territory for any purpose;

 

  (f)

Company shall not directly or indirectly solicit, advertise, sell, distribute, ship, consign, or otherwise transfer the Covered Products in the Territory. Company shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to ensure that Covered Products sold outside the Territory are not used in the Territory. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company shall not sell any Covered Product to a purchaser if Company knows, or has reason to believe, that such purchaser intends to move such Covered Product into the Territory or otherwise intends to facilitate the use of such Covered Product in the Territory. Company shall ensure that its Affiliates, and shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to ensure that its licensees and sublicensees (except Transferee

 

Execution Copy

-31-


  and Permitted Transferees ), distributors, and wholesalers, comply with all of the foregoing obligations, including by requiring in all agreements with such Persons that such Persons do not export, import or distribute Covered Products in or from the Territory; and

 

  (g) Company shall, conduct all activities in connection with the research, Development, Manufacture, and Commercialization of Covered Products in compliance with applicable Laws in the Territory.

 

9.4 Transferee Covenants . Transferee covenants to Company that:

 

  (a) Transferee shall not, and shall require in all agreements with or including as a party Permitted Transferees that Permitted Transferees do not, directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with one or more Third Parties, distribute, export, or facilitate or assist in exportation of the Compound or any Covered Products outside of the Territory. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Transferee shall not sell any Covered Product to a purchaser if Transferee knows, or has reason to believe, that such purchaser intends to move such Covered Product outside the Territory or otherwise intends to facilitate the use of such Covered Product outside the Territory. Company shall ensure that its Affiliates, and shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to ensure that its Permitted Transferees, distributors, and wholesalers, comply with all of the foregoing obligations, including by requiring in all agreements with such Persons that such Persons do not export, import or distribute Covered Products from the Territory; and

 

  (b) Transferees shall, conduct all activities in connection with the research, Development, Manufacture, and Commercialization of Covered Products in compliance with applicable Laws in the Territory.

 

9.5 Disclosures . With respect to any item of Company IP to be included within this Agreement after the Effective Date, Company, to the extent it is aware of such facts and circumstances, shall promptly notify Transferee if: (a) such Company IP is encumbered with liens, mortgages, security interests or otherwise, (b) such Company IP is the subject of any litigation proceeding, discovery process, interference, reissue, reexamination, opposition, or appeal proceedings, (c) any Patent Rights within such Company IP are not valid, subsisting, and enforceable or are subject to written claims by Third Parties challenging the validity, effectiveness, enforceability, or ownership of such Patent Rights; (d) there is any material unauthorized use, infringement, or misappropriation of such Company IP by any employee or former employee, or by any other Third Party, or (e) one or more of the inventions claimed in the Patent Rights within such Company IP were conceived or first reduced to practice using funding from the United States government or any other Governmental Body.

 

9.6 Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR EXTENDS ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THE PROSPECTS OR LIKELIHOOD OF DEVELOPMENT OR COMMERCIAL SUCCESS OF ANY COVERED PRODUCT, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPOUND, ANY COVERED PRODUCT, OR COMPANY IP.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

Execution Copy

-32-


10.1 Indemnification by Transferee . Transferee shall indemnify, defend, and hold Company and its Affiliates, and each of their respective employees, officers, directors, and agents (individually or collectively, the “ Company Indemnitee(s) ”) harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost, or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from Third Party claims against Company Indemnitee(s) arising out of or resulting from (a) the Development or Commercialization of Covered Products by or on behalf of Transferee in the Territory; (b) Use of Company IP by or on behalf of Transferee outside the Territory in accordance with Section 2.2(b); (c) any breach by Transferee of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement; (d) any breach of the representations, warranties, or covenants made by Transferee; (e) willful misconduct or negligence of Transferee; or ; provided, however, that such obligations pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall not apply to the extent such Claim (i) arise out of breach by the Company of its representations, warranties, or covenants set forth in Article 8, above; or (ii) are based on actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of the Company in breach of its obligations under this Agreement; or (iii) result from the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Company Indemnitee(s). For clarity, it is understood and agreed that (A) the provisions of Section 10.1(e), above, shall not apply to DRI with respect to acts or omissions occurring after execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, and (B) DRI shall not have any obligation under Section 10.1(c) or (d), above, with respect to claims by Company Indemnitees based on acts or omissions of NovaMedica, and (C) NovaMedica shall not have any obligation under Section 10.1(c) or (d), above, with respect to claims by Company Indemnitees based on acts or omissions of DRI.

 

10.2 Indemnification by Company . Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold each Transferee and any Permitted Transferee, and each of their respective agents, employees, officers, and directors (individually or collectively, the “ Transferee Indemnitee(s) ”), harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost, or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from Third Party claims against Transferee Indemnitee(s) arising out of or resulting from any (a) the Development or Commercialization of Covered Products by or on behalf of Company outside of the Territory; (b) any breach by Company of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement; (c) any breach of the representations, warranties, or covenants made by Company; or (d) willful misconduct or negligence of Company; provided, however, that such obligations pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall not apply to the extent such Third Party claim (i) arises out of breach by Transferee of its representations, warranties, or covenants set forth in Article 9, above; or (ii) are based on actions taken or omitted to be taken by such Transferee in breach of its obligations under this Agreement; or (iii) result from the negligence or willful misconduct of any of Transferee Indemnitee(s).

 

10.3 No Consequential Damages . IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY (OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, ASSIGNEES, LICENSEES, OR SUCCESSORS) BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY (OR ANY OF THE OTHER PARTY’S AFFILIATES, ASSIGNEES, LICENSEES, OR SUCCESSORS) FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY BREACH THEREOF; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THIS SECTION 10.3 SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS UNDER SECTION 10.1 OR 10.2, ABOVE.

 

10.4

Notification of Claims; Conditions to Indemnification Obligations . As a condition to a Party’s (or, as the case may be, a Transferee Indemnitee’s or a the Company Indemnitee’s) right to receive indemnification under this Article 10, it shall (a) promptly notify the other party as soon as it becomes aware of any Third Party claim or suit for which indemnification may be sought hereunder, (b) reasonably cooperate, and cause the individual indemnitees to cooperate, with the indemnifying

 

Execution Copy

-33-


  party in the defense, settlement, or compromise of such claim or suit, and (c) permit the indemnifying party to control the defense, settlement, or compromise of such claim or suit, including the right to select defense counsel; provided, however, the indemnified party shall have the right to join any defense with its own counsel at its own expense, or if the indemnifying party declines or fails to assert its intention to defend such action within sixty (60) days of receipt/sending of notice under this Section 10.4, then the indemnified party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to defend such action. In no event, however, may the indemnifying party compromise or settle any claim or suit in a manner that admits fault or negligence on the part of the indemnified party (or any indemnitee) without the prior written consent of the indemnified party. The indemnifying party shall have no liability under this Article 10 with respect to claims or suits settled or compromised by the indemnified party without the indemnifying party’s its prior written consent.

ARTICLE 11

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

11.1 Term and Expiration . The term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as expressly provided in this Article 11, shall continue until the expiration, abandonment or invalidation of the last remaining Patent Right within the Company Patent Rights, provided that the all licenses and assignments granted to Transferee with respect to Company IP prior to the date of such expiration shall remain exclusive irrevocable sublicensable and assignable licenses in perpetuity.

 

11.2 Termination of the Agreement for Convenience . After such time as DRI assigns all rights and obligations to NovaMedica hereunder and NovaMedica becomes Transferee, NovaMedica shall have the right, any time thereafter during the Term and at its convenience, to terminate this Agreement in its entirety upon ninety (90) calendar days prior written notice to Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Company shall have no right during the Term to revoke or unilaterally terminate the Agreement, in whole or in part, or the licenses granted to Transferee under this Agreement for convenience. For avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of Assigned IP shall be irrevocable.

 

11.3 Termination upon Fundamental Breach .

 

  (a) Company may give to Transferee Termination Notice:

 

  (i) in the event of Fundamental Breach by Transferee (as defined in Section 11.3(e), below, of this Agreement); and

 

  (ii) if Company is not in breach of this Agreement, or any of its covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement.

 

  (b) Any Termination Notice shall specify the nature of the Fundamental Breach, requiring that the Fundamental Breach shall be cured, and stating Company’s intention to terminate this Agreement if such Fundamental Breach is not cured or disputed within six (6) months from the date of receipt termination notice by the Transferee (the “ Cure Period ”).

 

  (c)

In order to constitute termination notice under this Agreement (a “ Termination Notice ”), any notice of breach pursuant to this Section 11.3 shall identify the Person(s) alleged to be responsible for the alleged breach and shall also include such documentary information as is reasonably available to Company to substantiate the breach allegation. Transferee shall have twenty (20)

 

Execution Copy

-34-


  business days following the date of such notice to request in writing such additional supporting information from Company as Transferee believes is reasonably necessary to allow evaluation of the breach allegation, in response to which Company shall have up to thirty (30) days to provide in writing such additional supporting information as is reasonably available to Company. In the event Company does not receive a written request for additional supporting information within twenty (20) business days of the date of Company’s original notice, notice of breach under this Section 11.3(c) shall be deemed effective as of the first day after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period. If Company receives a timely written request for additional supporting information, notice of breach under this Section 11.3(c) shall be deemed effective as of the first day after the date Company provides Transferee with the requested additional information, provided that if Company responds to Transferee’s request by certifying in writing that Company’s initial notice of breach included a copy of all material information available to Company in respect of the material breach alleged in such notice, then notice of breach shall be deemed to have been given as of the date of Company’s written certification.

 

  (d) During the Cure Period Transferee shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cure such Fundamental Breach, and shall continue to pursue such efforts diligently until the Fundamental Breach is cured. If Transferee does not use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cure such Fundamental Breach and such Fundamental Breach continues or was not disputed by Transferee by the end of the Cure Period, Company shall thereafter have the right to seek injunctive relief (including permanent, preliminary, and/or temporary injunctive relief) and/or have a right terminate this Agreement.

 

  (e) For the avoidance of doubt, only the following breaches by or on behalf of Transferee of this Agreement shall constitute a “ Fundamental Breach ”:

 

  (i) Transferee knowingly exports out of the Territory for commercial purposes a material and substantial quantity of the Compound or Covered Product; or

 

  (ii) Transferee or a Permitted Transferee, without prior written consent of Company, initiates any judicial proceeding (except if such judicial proceeding was initiated as a result of Third Parties Claims against Transferee or is required under applicable Law) to challenge or contest the validity and/or enforceability of any Company Patents anywhere in the world that claims the Compound or Covered Product, and does not withdraw, expressly abandon, dismiss, or otherwise cease to oppose the validity of Company Patent within the Cure Period.

 

  (f) Any dispute regarding a Fundamental Breach of this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Article 12, below. Any consequences of termination described in this Article 11 shall only apply from and after the earlier of (i) such time as such termination has been upheld in a final judgment or arbitral decision from which no appeal can be taken, or that is unappealed with the time allowed for appeal, or (ii) such time as the Party allegedly in Fundamental Breach is no longer disputing such termination. For avoidance of doubt, in the event of such a dispute, during the course of the arbitration Company shall have the right to seek interim injunctive relief (including preliminary and/or temporary injunctive relief) in any court of competent jurisdiction to abate conduct giving rise to the Fundamental Breach claim.

 

11.4 Effects of Termination .

 

  (a)

Termination of Rights . Upon any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.3, above, by Company, all licenses granted by Company under this Agreement (and any and all

 

Execution Copy

-35-


  licenses and sublicenses granted by Transferee, shall terminate, and all Licensed IP shall revert to Company. Additionally, (i) Transferee shall thereafter be without any rights to Develop and/or Commercialize the Compound or Covered Products, (ii) Transferee and any Permitted Transferee shall promptly cease and desist all such activities and all activities related thereto, and (iii) immediately and without further action on the party of Company, Transferee, or any Third Party, Company is hereby granted an exclusive, irrevocable, fully paid up, royalty-free sublicensable license to all Assigned IP.

 

  (b) Return of Confidential Information . Upon termination, but not expiration, of this Agreement, each Party shall promptly return to the other Party, or delete or destroy, all relevant records and materials in such Party’s possession or control containing Confidential Information of the other Party; provided, however, that each Party shall be entitled to retain one (1) copy of the other Party’s Confidential Information (subject to a continuing obligation of confidentiality) for the sole purpose of monitoring compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and all Confidential Information received by Company may continue to be used by it insofar as it relates to the Company, any Covered Product or any Improvement.

 

  (c) Accrued Obligations . Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release either Party of any obligation or liability which, at the time of such termination, has already accrued to the other Party or which is attributable to a period prior to such termination.

 

  (d) Non-Exclusive Remedy . Termination of this Agreement by a Party shall be without prejudice to other remedies such Party may have at law or equity.

 

  (e) Survival . The provisions of Articles 1, 8, 10, 12 and 13 and Sections 2.4, 2.6(d), 2.6(e), 2.7, 9.6 and 11.4, and any other provision that by its nature is intended to survive expiration and/or termination of this Agreement shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

  (f) Third Party Beneficiaries . NovaMedica is designated as an intended third party beneficiary under this Agreement, and NovaMedica may independently and without prior notice or permission, enforce all rights of Transferee pursuant to such Agreement and such other agreements and instruments.

ARTICLE 12

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

The provisions of this Article 12 concern resolution of disputes between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, exclusive of disputes between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement (“ Development Disputes ”), which Development Disputes shall be resolved in accordance with dispute resolution procedures in the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement.

 

12.1 Disputes . The Parties recognize that disputes as to certain matters may from time to time arise during the Term that relate to either Party’s rights and/or obligations hereunder. It is the objective of the Parties to establish procedures to facilitate the resolution of disputes relating to or arising under this Agreement in an expedient manner by mutual cooperation and without resort to litigation. In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute within thirty (30) days from the day that one Party had designated to the other an issue as a dispute, then either Party shall have the right to escalate such issue to senior management as set forth in Section 12.2, below.

 

Execution Copy

-36-


12.2 Escalation to Senior Representatives . Either Party may, by written notice to the other Party, request that a dispute that remained unresolved for a period of thirty (30) days as set forth in Section 12.1, above, be resolved by the chief executive officer of NovaMedica (or such person’s designee) (the “ Transferee Representative ”) and the chief executive officer of the Company (or such person’s designee) (the “ the Company Representative ”) (collectively, the “ Representatives ”) within sixty (60) days of the Representatives’ first consideration of such dispute, but in all cases within ninety (90) days after a Party’s written request for resolution by the Representatives. If the Representatives cannot resolve such dispute within such ninety (90) day period, either Party may proceed to enforce any and all of its rights with respect to such dispute in accordance with Section 12.3 or Section 12.4, below, as applicable.

 

12.3 Arbitration .

 

  (a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with, this Agreement, including any dispute regarding the interpretation, validity or termination or the performance or breach of this Agreement, as well as any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with it, which is not resolved by mutual agreement, above, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration under the Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration (the “ LCIA ”) then in effect.

 

  (b) The arbitration shall be conducted by arbitrators, of whom one shall be nominated by Transferee and one shall be nominated by Company. The two arbitrators so appointed shall nominate the third arbitrator, who shall act as chairman of the Arbitral Tribunal. In the event that an arbitrator is not appointed pursuant to the foregoing provisions within the time period prescribed under the Rules of the LCIA or within the time-period agreed upon by the parties to the arbitration, upon request of either party to the arbitration, such arbitrator shall instead be appointed by the Court of the LCIA.

 

  (c) The Parties shall use good faith efforts to complete arbitration under this Section 12.3 within one hundred eighty (180) days following the initiation of such arbitration. The Arbitral Tribunal shall permit full and complete discovery, both written and oral by deposition and shall establish reasonable additional procedures to facilitate and complete such arbitration within such one hundred eighty (180) day period. The place of arbitration will be London, England. The language of the arbitration, and all proceedings thereunder, including all discovery (both written and oral) will be English.

 

  (d) By agreeing to arbitration, the Parties do not intend to deprive any court of competent jurisdiction of its ability to issue any form of provisional remedy, including but not limited to a preliminary injunction or attachment in aid of the arbitration, or order any interim or conservatory measure. A request for such provisional remedy or interim or conservatory measure by a Party to a court or other government entity shall not be deemed a waiver of this agreement to arbitrate.

 

  (e) The award rendered by the Arbitral Tribunal, which shall cover which party shall bear the costs of the arbitration in accordance with subsection (e) below, shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  (f)

The costs of such arbitration, including administrative and fees of the arbitrators comprising the arbitration panel, shall be shared equally by the Parties, and each Party shall bear its own expenses and attorney’s fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; provided, however, that the arbitration panel may direct that the costs and attorney fees paid by one party be reimbursed

 

Execution Copy

-37-


  by the other party. The arbitration panel shall consider the following factors in determining whether to award costs and attorney fees to be paid by one party to another party: (i) the conduct of the parties in the transactions or occurrences that gave rise to the dispute or claim, including any conduct of a party that was reckless, willful, malicious, in bad faith or illegal; (ii) the objective reasonableness of the claims and defenses asserted by a party; (iii) the extent to which an award of costs and attorney fees would deter future bad faith claims or defenses; (iv) the objective reasonableness of the parties and the diligence of the parties and their attorneys during the proceedings; (v) the objective reasonableness of the parties and the diligence of the parties in pursuing settlement of the dispute; and (vi) such other factors as the arbitration panel may consider appropriate under the circumstances.

 

12.4 Provisional Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of either Party to seek to obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief, pending resolution under Sections 12.1, 12.2 or 12.3, above, as applicable, that may be necessary to protect the rights or property of that Party. Seeking or obtaining such equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy in a court shall not be deemed a waiver of the agreement to arbitrate. For clarity, any such equitable remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive and are in addition to any other remedies that either Party may have under this Agreement or applicable Law.

 

12.5 Remedies . In the event a Party is in breach of its obligations under this Agreement, and the breach is not remedied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the other Party shall be entitled to all remedies available in law or equity, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation, collection of damages, injunctive relief, and specific performance.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

13.1 Relationship of the Parties . Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be deemed to constitute a partnership, agency, joint venture, or other relationship between the Parties.

 

13.2 Assignment .

 

  (a) Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any interest hereunder shall be assignable, nor any other obligation delegable, by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have the right to assign this Agreement in whole without the consent of the other Party to (X) any Affiliate, (Y) a successor to substantially all of the business of the assigning Party to which this Agreement relates (the “ Successor ”), whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or similar transaction, operation of law, or otherwise; provided, however, that an Affiliate or Successor must accept all rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

  (b) Any permitted assignment under this Section 13.2 shall relieve the assigning Party of any and all of its responsibilities or obligations hereunder, provided that, as a condition of such assignment, the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by all obligations of the assigning Party hereunder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties.

 

  (d) Any assignment not in accordance with this Section 13.2 shall be void.

 

Execution Copy

-38-


13.3 Performance by Transferee and Permitted Transferee . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Transferee shall have the right to have any of its obligations hereunder performed, or its rights hereunder exercised, by, any of its Affiliates or Permitted Transferees, and the performance of such obligations by any such Affiliate(s) or Permitted Transferee(s) shall be deemed to be performance by Transferee and, provided that (a) any Transferee or Permitted Transferee that agrees to perform or exercise on Transferee behalf any of Transferee’s obligations or rights under this Agreement agrees that the Company is an intended third party beneficiary of any such performance or exercise and (b) Transferee provides Company with a copy of such agreement between Transferee and the Permitted Transferee, thereafter Transferee shall not be responsible to Company for performance of such obligation(s) under this Agreement and any failure of such Permitted Transferee in performing obligations shall be not deemed to be a failure by Transferee to perform such obligations.

 

13.4 Protection under Section 365(n) US Bankruptcy Code . All rights granted under or pursuant to this Agreement by the Company are, and shall otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, if applicable, grants of rights in and to “intellectual property” as defined under Section 101 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Parties agree that Transferee, as grantee of such rights under this Agreement, shall retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Parties further agree that, in the event of the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against the Company under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, Transferee shall be entitled to a complete duplicate of (or complete access to, as appropriate) any such intellectual property and all embodiments of such intellectual property, which, if not already in Transferee’s possession, shall be promptly delivered to it (or its designee) (a) upon any such commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding upon Transferee’s written request thereof, or (b) if not delivered under clause (a), following the rejection of this Agreement by the Company upon written request thereof by Transferee.

 

13.5 Further Actions . Each Party agrees to execute, acknowledge, and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

13.6 Force Majeure . Neither Party shall be liable to the other for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement for the time and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by acts of God, earthquake, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, war, strikes or other labor disputes, fire, flood, failure or delay of transportation, default by suppliers or unavailability of raw materials, governmental acts or restrictions or any other reason which is beyond the control of the respective Party.

 

13.7 Entire Agreement of the Parties; Amendments . This Agreement and the schedules hereto constitute and contain the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties respecting the subject matter hereof and cancel and supersede any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings, and agreements between the Parties, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter. No waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in a writing referencing this Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each Party.

 

13.8 Captions . The captions to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Execution Copy

-39-


13.9 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York, USA, excluding the application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the Law of another jurisdiction; provided, however, that matters of intellectual property law shall be determined in accordance with the national intellectual property laws relevant to the intellectual property at issue.

 

13.10 Notices and Deliveries . Any notice, request, approval, or consent required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person, transmitted, by facsimile (receipt verified), or by express courier service (signature required) to the Party to which it is directed at its address or facsimile number shown below or such other address or facsimile number as such Party shall have last given by notice to the other Party.

If to DRI, addressed to:

Domain Russia Investments Limited

c/o Reed Smith LLP, 20 Primrose Street

The Broadgate Tower, Third Floor

City of London, EC2A 2RS

United Kingdom

Attention: President & CEO

Facsimile: +44-20-3116-3999

With a copy to:

Reed Smith, LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Fax: 310-734-5299

Attn.: Michael Sanders/Ramsey Hanna

to Company, addressed to:

Lithera, Inc.

9191 Towne Center Drive, Ste 400

San Diego, California, 92122 USA

Attention: President and CEO

Facsimile: 858-750-1013

With a copy to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

12235 El Camino Real, Suite 200

San Diego, California, 92130 USA

Attention: Michael Hostetler, Ph.D.

Facsimile: 858-350-2399

If to NovaMedica, address to:

NovaMedica LLC

 

Execution Copy

-40-


bldg. 29/22, 1 st Brestskaja Street, 125047, Moscow, Russian Federation

Attention: Vladimir Gurdus, CEO

 

13.11 Waiver . A waiver by either Party of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof. All rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy, right, undertaking, obligation, or agreement of either Party.

 

13.12 Severability . When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable Law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The Parties shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one that in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

13.13 Assumptions . The terms and provisions in this Agreement have been negotiated and drafted on the assumption by the Parties that there are no laws or regulations in the Territory that will prevent or significantly hinder Transferee or Permitted Transferees or Company from performing their obligations and realizing their benefits as set forth in this Agreement. If this assumption ultimately proves to be untrue, the Parties will use good faith efforts to make such revisions as are reasonable and equitable to the Parties and are in compliance with the laws and regulations of the Territory.

 

13.14 English as the Controlling Language for all Agreements . All notices and other communications under this Agreement and any related agreements, including assignments, licenses, and/or sublicenses with NovaMedica and/or a Permitted Transferee, shall be in the English language. Transferee shall, furthermore, require that any assignment, license, sublicense, or other agreement (i) having NovaMedica or a Permitted Transferee as a party and (ii) a copy of which is required by this Agreement to be provided a Party, shall be prepared in the English language, which language shall govern the interpretation of, and any dispute regarding, the terms of that agreement.

 

13.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

 

Execution Copy

-41-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written, each copy of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original.

 

LITHERA, INC.     DOMAIN RUSSIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

    By:  

/s/ Saribekian Tatiana

Name:   George Mahaffey     Name:   Saribekian Tatiana
Title:   President & CEO     Title:   CEO

 

Execution Copy


Schedule 1.1 – Assigned IP

 

Application / Patent

  

Country

  

Filing/

Publication Date

  

Grant Date

***

  

***

  

***

  

Existing Patents:

 

Application / Patent

  

Country

  

Filing/

Publication Date

  

Grant Date

***

  

***

     

***

***

  

***

     

***

***

  

***

     

***

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

 

Execution Copy

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

-43-


Schedule 1.2 – Licensed IP

(see Schedule 4)

 

Execution Copy

-44-


Schedule 1.3 – Compound

***

 

Execution Copy

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

-45-


Schedule 2 – Existing Third Party Agreement(s)

[None]

 

Execution Copy

-46-


Schedule 3 – Territory

CIS states:

 

1. Armenia

 

2. Azerbaijan

 

3. Belarus

 

4. Kazakhstan

 

5. Kyrgyzstan

 

6. Moldova

 

7. Russia

 

8. Tajikistan

 

9. Ukraine

 

10. Uzbekistan

Non-CIS states:

 

11. Georgia

 

12. Turkmenistan

 

Execution Copy

-47-


Schedule 4 – Company Know-How

Due Diligence Site Documentation – Lithera Know-How

 

Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

Corporate and Finance
Intellectual Property
   Salmeterol Xinafoate (SX) Intellectual Property    SX IP white paper Feb 2012.pdf
   UK Patent Application    702.641 - ***.pdf
   US Patent Application Publication    702.831 - ***.pdf
   UK Patent    703.641 - ***.pdf
   US Patent Application Publication    703.831 - ***.pdf
   US Patent    704.201 - ***.pdf
   US Patent Application    705.201 - ***.pdf
   US Patent Application Publication    707.201 - ***.pdf
   Provisional Patent Application    712.101 - ***.pdf
   Provisional Patent Application    713.101 - ***.pdf
   IP Position Summary    IP Position Summary August 2012.PPTX
CMC      
Summary      
   CMC Summary    CMC Overview 2012_06_28.pdf
Reports      
   End-of-Phase 2 Briefing Document    eop2-briefing-document.pdf
   IND 102,514 Annual Report 2010    ind-102514-annual-report-2010.pdf
   IND 102,514 Annual Report 2011    ind-102514-annual-report-2011.pdf
   IND 107,765 Annual Report 2011    ind-107765-annual-report-2011.pdf
Clinical      
Summary      
   Lithera Corporate Presentation    Lithera Corp Presentation July 2012.pdf
   Investigator’s Brochure    lipo-102-ibrochure-edition-4-v.061112.pdf
   Salmeterol Xinafoate (SX) for the Aesthetic Treatment of Localized Abdominal Bulging    SX Dosing White Paper Feb 2012.pdf
   Development Summary for the Abdominal Subcutaneous Adiposity Questionnaire (ASAQ) - Phase 2 Clinical Trial Results    abdominal-sub-adiposity-questionnaire.pdf
  

Phase V Outcomes Information System

Patient Photonumeric Scale for Abdominal Adiposity Instrument Attribute Dossier

   patient-photonumeric-scale.pdf
   Abdominal Volumes in Nonobese and Obese Women and Men    Regional Body Volumes Manuscript.pdf
   Poster: Abdominal Volumes in Nonobese and Obese Women and Men    EB_2012_Poster.ppt
   Quantitation of the Results of Abdominal Liposuction    ASJ publication.pdf
   Qualitative Outcome Measures    Qualitative Outcome Measures 9-4-12.pdf

 

Execution Copy

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

-48-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

Reports   
  

Clinical Study Report: LIPO-102-CL-01

An Evaluation of the Pharmacokinetics and Safety of Salmeterol Xinafoate and Fluticasone Propionate Co-Administered Subcutaneously in Healthy Volunteers

   lipo-102-cl-01-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: LIPO-102-CL-03

A Dose-Ranging and Dose Frequency Study Evaluating the Safety and Efficacy of LIPO-102 (Salmeterol Xinafoate [SX] and Fluticasone Propionate [FP] for Subcutaneous Injection) for the Reduction of Abdominal Subcutaneous Adiposity

   lipo-102-cl-03-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: LIPO-102-CL-04

A Double-Masked Evaluation of the Safety and Efficacy of LIPO-102 (Fluticasone Propionate [FP] and Salmeterol Xinafoate [SX] for Subcutaneous Injection) for the Reduction of Subcutaneous Abdominal Adiposity

   lipo-102-cl-04-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: LIPO-102-CL-04E

A 12-Week Post-Treatment, Non-interventional, Observational, Follow-on Study Evaluating the Safety and Duration of Effects of LIPO-102 (Fluticasone Propionate [FP] and Salmeterol Xinafoate [SX} for Subcutaneous I

   lipo-102-cl-04e-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: PRO-CL-07

The Development of a Patient-Reported Outcome Instrument to Assess Abdominal Subcutaneous Adiposity

   pro-cl-07-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: LIPO-102-CL-09

A Multicenter, Randomized, Double-Masked, Placebo-Controlled, Dose-Ranging Study of the Safety and Efficacy of Subcutaneous Injections of Salmeterol Xinafoate [SX] and Fluticasone Propionate [FP] Compared with Pl

   lipo-102-cl-09-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: LIPO-102-CL-09E

A 12-Week Post-Treatment, Non-interventional, Observational Study Evaluating the Safety and Duration of Effect of LIPO-102 (Fluticasone Propionate [FP] and Salmeterol Xinafoate [SX] for Subcutaneous Injection) for Subcutaneous Abdominal Adiposity

   lipo-102-cl-09e-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: VAL-CL-10

Validation of a 3-Dimensional (3D) Stereophotogrammetric Imaging System for Measuring Human Abdominal Surfaces

   val-cl-10-csr.pdf
  

Clinical Study Report: LIPO-102-CL-11

A Multi-center, Randomized, Double-Masked, Placebo-Controlled, Dose Ranging Study of the Safety and Efficacy of Fluticasone Propionate (FP) and Salmeterol Xinafoate (SX) in Healthy Patients with Abdominal Contour Defects

   lipo-102-cl-11-csr.pdf
  

Study Protocol and Amendments LIPO-102-CL-01

An Open-Label Evaluation of the Pharmacokinetics and Safety of Salmeterol Xinafoate and Fluticasone Propionate Co-administered Subcutaneously in Healthy Volunteers

   protocol-lipo-102-cl-01.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-49-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

  

Study Protocol LIPO-102-CL-03

A Dose-Ranging and Dose Frequency Study Evaluating the Safety and Efficacy of LIPO-102- (Salmeterol Xinafoate (SX) and Fluticasone Propionate (FP) for Subcutaneous Injection) for the Reduction of Abdominal Subcutaneous Ad

   protocol-lipo-102-cl-03.pdf
  

Study Protocol Amendment LIPO-102-CL-04

A Double-Masked Evaluation of the Safety and Efficacy of LIPO-102 (Fluticasone Propionate (FP) and Salmeterol Xinafoate (SX) for Subcutaneous Injection) for the Reduction of Subcutaneous Abdominal Adiposity

   protocol-lipo-102-cl-04.pdf
  

Study Protocol LIPO-102-CL-04E

A 12-Week Post-Treatment, Non-interventional, Observational, Follow-on Study Evaluating the Safety and Duration of Effect of LIPO-102 (Fluticasone Propionate [FP] and Salmeterol Xinafoate [SX] for Subcutaneous Injection)

   protocol-lipo-102-cl-04e.pdf
  

Study Protocol and Amendments PRO-CL-07

The Development of the Abdominal Appearance Questionnaire (AAQ) to Assess Abdominal Subcutaneous Adiposity

   pro-cl-07-protocol.pdf
  

Study Protocol and Amendments LIPO-102-CL-09

A Multi-center, Randomized, Double-Masked, Placebo-Controlled, Dose-Ranging Study of the Safety and Efficacy of subcutaneous Injections of Salmeterol Xinafoate (SX) and Fluticasone Propionate (FP) Compared

   lipo-102-cl-09-protocol.pdf
  

Study Protocol LIPO-102-CL-09E

A 12-Week Post-Treatment, Non-interventional, Observational Study Evaluating the Safety and Duration of Effect of LIPO-102- (Fluticasone) Propionate [FP] and Salmeterol Xinafoate [SX] for Subcutaneous Injection) for the

   lipo-102-cl-09e-protocol.pdf
  

Study Protocol VAL-CL-10

Validation of a 3-Demensional (3D) Stereophotogrammetric Imaging System for Measuring Human Abdominal Surfaces

   val-cl-10-protocol.pdf
  

Study Protocol VAL-CL-13

Single Center Study Comparing Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) with 3D Photography, and Manual Tape as Objective Measures of Abdominal Volume and Circumference

   val-cl-13-protocol.pdf
  

Study Protocol LIPO-202-CL-16

A Multi-Center, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Dose-Ranging Study Evaluating the Safety and Efficacy of Salmeterol Xinafoate (SX) in the Aesthetic Treatment of Disproportionate Abdominal Bulging Due To Excess Subcutaneous Fat in Healthy, Non-Obese Patients

   lipo-202-cl-16-protocol.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-50-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

  

Clinical Study Report: VAL-CL-13

Single Center Study Comparing Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) with 3D Photography, and Manual Tape as Objective Measures of Abdominal Volume and Circumference

   val-cl-13-csr.pdf
Pre-Clinical      
Summary      
   Pre-Clinical Development Overview - 2010    preclinical-overview-22jan10.pdf
  

Tachyphylaxis

Figures 1-17

   tachyphylaxis-26mar10.pdf
Reports      
  

Study No. 08-529

Pilot Study: Plasma Pharmacokinetics Following Single Intravenous and Subcutaneous Injections of Salmeterol Xinafoate

   08-529 Pig SX Bioavailability TK.pdf
  

Study No. 08-529 Final Report

Pilot Study: Plasma Pharmacokinetics Following Single Intravenous and Subcutaneous Injections of Salmeterol Xinafoate

   08-529 Pig SX Bioavailability.pdf
  

Study No. 08-534 Final Report

Pilot Study: Plasma Pharmacokinetics Following Single Intravenous and Subcutaneous Injections of Fluticasone Propionate in Gottingen Minipigs

   08-534 Prelim Pig FP Bioavailability.pdf
  

Study No. 08-546

Pilot Bridging Study: Plasma Pharmacokinetics Following Single Intravenous and Subcutaneous Injections of Fluticasone Propionate or Salmeterol Xinafoate Gottingen Minipigs

   08-546 Pig FP Bioavailability TK.pdf
  

Study No. 08-546 Final Report

Pilot Bridging Study: Plasma Pharmacokinetics Following Single Intravenous and Subcutaneous Injections of fluticasone Propionate or Salmeterol Xinafoate in Gottingen Minipigs

   08-546 Pig FP Bioavailability.pdf
  

Study No. 08-547

Plasma Concentrations of Salmeterol and Fluticasone Propionate in Lipo-102: Pilot 2-Week Multiple-Dose Subcutaneous Tolerability Study With Toxicokinetics in Male and Females Rats

   08-547 2WK Rat TK.pdf
  

Study No. 08-547 Final Report

Lipo-102: Pilot 2-Week Multiple Dose Subcutaneous Tolerability Study with Toxicokinetics in male and Female Rats

   08-547 2WK Rat.pdf
  

Study No. 08-547

Quantitative Determination of Fluticasone and Salmeterol in Rat Plasma by LC/MS/MS

   08-547 Rat TK Validation.pdf
  

Study No. 08-548

Plasma Concentrations of Salmeterol and Fluticasone Propionate in Lipo-102: Pilot 2-Week Multiple-Dose Subcutaneous Tolerability Study With Toxicokinetics in Male and Female Gottingen Minipigs

   08-548 2WK Pig TK.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-51-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

  

Study No. 08-548 Final Report

Lipo-102: Pilot 2-Week Multiple Dose Subcutaneous Tolerability Study with Toxicokinetics in Male and Female Gottingen Minipigs

   08-548 2WK Pig.pdf
  

Study No. 08-548

Quantitative Determination of Fluticasone and Salmeterol in Mini-Pig Plasma by LC/MS/MS

   08-548 Pig TK Validation.pdf
  

Study No. 08-552 Final Report

Pilot Study: Radial Diffusion of [3H]-Salmeterol in the Back Fat of Gottingen Minipigs Following a Single Subcutaneous Injection

   08-552 3H-SX Pig SC Diffusion.pdf
  

Tandem Labs: Bioanalytical Sample Analysis Report

Quantitative Determination of Fluticasone Propionate and Salmeterol in Minipig Plasma by LC/MS/MS for Protocol 08-557

   08-557 4WK Pig BA.pdf
  

Study No. 08-557

Plasma Concentrations of Salmeterol and Fluticasone Propionate in Lipo-102: 4-Week Multiple-Dose Subcutaneous Toxicity and Toxicokinetics Study with 4-Week Recovery in gottingen Minipigs

   08-557 4WK Pig TK.pdf
  

Study No. 08-557 Final Report (Volume I of III)

Lipo-102: 4-Week Multiple Dose Subcutaneous Toxicity and Toxicokinetics Study with 4-Week Recovery in Gottingen Minipigs

   08-557(Vol I) 4WK Pig.pdf
  

Study No. 08-557 Final Report (Volume II of III)

Lipo-102: 4-Week Multiple Dose Subcutaneous Toxicity and Toxicokinetics Study with 4-Week Recovery in Gottingen Minipigs

   08-557(Vol II) 4WK Pig.pdf
  

Study No. 08-557 Final Report (Volume III of III)

Lipo-102: 4-Week Multiple Dose Subcutaneous Toxicity and Toxicokinetics Study with 4-Week Recovery in Gottingen Minipigs

   08-557(Vol III) 4WK Pig.pdf
  

Study No. 1605-001

Potential Cardiovascular Effects of Salmeterol Xinafoate/Fluticasone Propionate Injected Subcutaneously in the gottingen Minipig

   MPI 1605-001-pig telemetry.pdf
  

Assay Validation Report - Tandem Labs

Quantitative Determination of Fluticasone Propionate and Salmeterol in Minipig Plasma by LC/MS/MS

   Pig Plasma LC-MS-MS Validation.pdf
Regulatory IND 107765   
Summary      
   End of Phase 2 Briefing Document    eop2-briefing-document.pdf
   FDA Communication Log    fda-communication-log.pdf
   IND 102,514 Submission Log    ind-102514-submission-log.pdf
   IND 107,765 Submission Log    ind-107765-submission-log.pdf
Reports      
  

Submission Serial No. 000

Original IND 107,765 Application

Volume 1 of 2

   sn000-original-ind-107765-vol-1.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-52-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

  

Submission Serial No. 000

Original IND 107,765 Application

Volume 2 of 2

   sn000-original-ind-107765-vol-2.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 001

Protocol LIPO-102-CL-09 and

Dr. Maytom – CV

   sn001-protocol-cl-09-cv-mayton.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 002

Response to FDA Request for Information

   sn002-response-to-fda.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 003

Response to FDA Request for Information

   sn003-response-to-fda.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 004

Response to FDA Request for Information

   sn004-response-to-fda.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 005

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-09

Amendment 1

   sn005-protocol-cl-09-a1.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 006

Protocol CL-09

New Investigator Information

   sn006-cl-09-new-investigator.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 007

Response to FDA Request for Information

   sn007-response-to-fda.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 008

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-09

Amendment 2

   sn008-protocol-cl-09-a2.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 009

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-09E

New Protocol

   sn009-protocol-cl-09e.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 010

Protocol CL-09E

New Investigator Information

   sn010-cl-09e-new-investigator.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 011

Study CL-08 Statistical Analysis Plan

Synopsis

   sn011-cl-08-synopsis-and-sap.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 012

Response to FDA Request for Information

   sn012-response-to-fda.pdf
  

Electronic Submission Serial No. 013

Clinical Study Reports

Studies CL-01, CL-03, and CL-04

   sn013-study-cl-01-03-04-csr.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 014

End-of-Phase 2

Meeting Request Type B

   sn014-eop2-meeting-request.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 015

IND Annual Report - April 2011

   sn015-ind-107765-annual-report-2011.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 016

End-of-Phase 2

Briefing Document

   sn016-eop2-briefing-document.pdf
  

Electronic Submission Serial No. 017

Clinical Study Reports

Studies: CL-04E, CL-09, CL-09E, PRO-07, and VAL-10

   sn017-study-cl-04e-07-09-09e-10-csr.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 018

Response to FDA Request for Information

   sn018-response-to-fda.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-53-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

  

Submission Serial No. 019

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-11

New Investigator Information

   sn019-protocol-cl-11-new-investigator.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 020

Meeting Request Type A

   sn020-meeting-request-type-a.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 021

Type-A Briefing Document

   sn021-type-a-briefing-document-26oct2011.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 022

New Investigator Information

   sn022-investigators-cv-cl-11.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 023

Annual Report – April 2012

   sn023-107765-ind-annual-report-2012.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 024

Type B Meeting Request

   sn024-meeting-request-type-b.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 025

Meeting Request Withdrawal

   sn025-meeting-request-withdrawal.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 026

Clinical Outcome Assessments

   sn026-SEALD-briefing-document.pdf
  

Electronic Submission Serial No. 027

Clinical Study Reports

Studies: CL-11 and VAL-13

   sn027-study-cl-11-13-csr.pdf
FDA Meeting Minutes   
   Dec 14 2011 FDA Meeting Minutes.pdf    Dec 14 2011 FDA Meeting Minutes.pdf
   July 13 2011 FDA Meeting Minutes.pdf    July 13 2011 FDA Meeting Minutes.pdf
   Nov 29 2010 FDA Meeting Minutes.pdf    Nov 29 2010 FDA Meeting Minutes.pdf
Regulatory IND 102514   
Summary      
   IND 102,514 Submission Log    ind-102514-submission-log.pdf
   IND 107,765 Submission Log    ind-107765-submission-log.pdf
Reports      
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 1 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-1.pdf
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 2 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-2.pdf
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 3 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-3.pdf
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 4 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-4.pdf
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 5 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-5.pdf
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 6 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-6.pdf
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 7-8 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-7-8.pdf
  

Original IND 102,514 Application

Volume 9 of 9

   sn000-original-ind-102514-vol-9.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 001

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-05 Synopsis

   sn001-protocol-cl-05.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 002

Response to FDA Request for Information

Chemistry / Microbiology

   sn002-response-to-fda.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-54-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

  

Submission Serial No. 003

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-01 Amendment 1

New Investigator Information

   sn003-protocol-cl-01-a1.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 004

New Protocol Lipo-102-CL-03

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-01 Amendment 2 and 3

   sn004-protocol-cl-03-cl-01-a2-a3.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 005

120-Day IND Safety Update

Pharmacology / Toxicology

   sn005-pharm-tox-120-day-update.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 006

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-03

New Investigator Information

   sn006-cl-03-new-investigator.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 007

New Protocol Lipo-102-CL-06

New Investigator Information

   sn007-protocol-cl-06-investigator.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 008

New Protocol Lipo-102-CL-04

New Investigator Information

   sn008-protocol-cl-04-investigator.pdf
  

Submission No. 009

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-04 Amendment 1

   sn009-protocol-cl-04-a1.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 010

General Correspondence

Letter of Cross Reference: Dr. Frank Greenway

   sn010-gen-correspondence.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 011

New Protocol Lipo-102-CL-04E

   sn011-protocol-cl-04e.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 012

Response to FDA Request for Information

   sn012-response-to-fda.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 013

IND 102,514 Annual Report 2010

   sn013-ind-102514-annual-report-2010.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 014

Protocol Lipo-102-CL-05

   sn014-protocol-cl-05.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 015

Chemistry Manufacturing and Controls

   sn015-cmc.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 016

Protocol Amendment Lipo-102-CL-06

   sn016-protocol-cl-06-a3.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 017

IND 102,514 Annual Report 2011

   sn017-ind-102514-annual-report-2011.pdf
  

Submission Serial No. 018

IND 102,514 Annual Report 2012

   sn018-ind-102514-annual-report-2012.pdf
Orphan      
  

LIPO-102

Request for Orphan Designation

Volume 1 of 3

   orphant-designation-request-vol-1.pdf
  

LIPO-102

Request for Orphan Designation

Volume 2 of 3

   orphant-designation-request-vol-2.pdf
  

LIPO-102

Request for Orphan Designation

Volume 3 of 3

   orphant-designation-request-vol-3.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-55-


Folder Name

  

Document Title

  

File Name

  

LIPO-102

Request for Orphan Designation

Amendment 1

   ref-no-08-2732-amendment-1.pdf
  

LIPO-102

Request for Orphan Designation

Amendment 2

   ref-no-08-2732-amendment-2.pdf
FDA Meeting Minutes   
   102,514 PreIND Meeting Minutes    102514 PreIND Minutes.pdf

 

Execution Copy

-56-


Schedule 5 – Form Pharmacovigilance Agreement

This Pharmacovigilance Agreement (this “ PV Agreement ”) is dated as of               201     (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between NovaMedica LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation with an address 10113, bldg. 38, Sokolnichesky Val Street, Moscow, Russian Federation (“ NovaMedica ”), and                     , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of                      and having its place of business at                                          (“ Company ”). NovaMedica and Company may each be referred to herein as a “ Party ” or, collectively, as “ Parties .”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS , Domain Russia Investments Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales with registration number 7899075, having its registered office at The Broadgate Tower, Third Floor, 20 Primrose Street, City of London, EC2A 2RS, United Kingdom (“ DRI ”), and Company entered into a Technology Transfer Agreement (“ TTA ”) on             , 201    , whereby Company transferred to DRI the sole and exclusive right to itself or through Permitted Transferees (as defined in the TTA) to Develop and Commercialize in the Territory certain products in exchange for the consideration specified in the TTA;

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 4.3 of the TTA, NovaMedica and Company wish to conclude the terms governing pharmacovigilance in respect of the Covered Products subject to the TTA and NovaMedica-DRI Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the various promises and undertakings set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein or in the TTA, the following terms shall have the following meanings, and other capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings as set forth in the TTA:

 

  1.1 Adverse Event ” (also referred to in the ICH guidance as an “ Adverse Experience ”) means any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation subject administered a Covered Product and which does not necessarily have to have a causal relationship with this treatment.

 

  1.2 Serious Adverse Event ” means any Adverse Event that is (a) associated with the use of a Covered Product or has occurrence in a blinded study that included Covered Product and (b) serious, including death, a life-threatening event (at immediate risk of death from the event as it occurs), an event that requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, a persistent or significant disability/incapacity, a congenital anomaly/birth defect, or is an important medical event that may not result in any of the above outcomes, but, based upon appropriate medical judgment, may jeopardize the patient or subject and may require medical or surgical intervention to prevent any such the outcome.

 

  1.3

Interpretation . The captions and headings to this PV Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this

 

Execution Copy

-57-


  Agreement. Unless context otherwise clearly requires, whenever used in this PV Agreement: (i) “include” or “including” shall be construed as if followed by the words “but not limited to” or “without limitation” or words of similar import; (ii) the word “or” shall be construed as the inclusive meaning identified with the phrase “and/or;” (iii) provisions that require that a Party, the Parties, or any committee or team hereunder “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent, or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter, written approval of minutes, or otherwise; and (iv) references to any specific Law or article, section, or other division thereof shall be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement Law thereof. This Agreement was prepared in the English language, which language shall govern the interpretation of, and any dispute regarding, the terms of this PV Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

POLICIES

 

  2.1 Existing Procedures . Each Party shall ensure that its existing procedures for intake, review, and reporting of Adverse Events and Serious Adverse Events comply with ICH Guidance E2A on Clinical Data Safety Data Management.

 

  2.2 Document Maintenance . Each Party shall maintain the original source documents with regard to any Adverse Event, and Serious Adverse Event in accordance with current Law and regulatory requirements of the Regulatory Authority(ies) in its respective territory.

 

  2.3 Information Exchange . The Parties shall exchange Adverse Event and Serious Adverse Event information as set forth in Article 3 and exchange any other safety information as appropriate.

 

  2.4 Review . The Parties shall review this PV Agreement periodically, but in no event less than annually, and revise and/or update it as necessary in order to ensure the complete and timely exchange of safety information.

 

  2.5 Central Database . Company shall maintain a central international Adverse Event database of Adverse Event and Serious Adverse Event reports associated with the Compound or a Covered Product (the “ Central Database ”). Not later thirty (30) days after the first clinical site initiation of a clinical study of Covered Product, Company shall provide NovaMedica with a copy of Company’s standard operating procedure (“ SOP ”) for safety-related reporting, including a detailed technical description of any data or information intended for inclusion and storage in, and retrieval from, the Central Database. Company shall periodically, but less than annually, review its SOP to ensure adequacy and compliance with then-applicable United States FDA and EMEA regulatory reporting requirements.

 

  2.6 Data Use . NovaMedica shall have the right to obtain data from the central database within a reasonable time frame to meet requirements for providing such data and information to any Regulatory Authority in the Territory as may be required by Law or as otherwise may be reasonably necessary to comply with requirements of a Regulatory Authority within the Territory.

 

Execution Copy

-58-


ARTICLE 3

ADVERSE EXPERIENCES

 

  3.1 Adverse Event Reporting . With respect to Adverse Events, in the event either Party becomes aware through its own Development or Commercialization activities or receives a report of an Adverse Event from a Third Party, the Party receiving such report shall enter the adverse report information according to SOPs into the Central Database. Company will run periodic safety reports at intervals to be determined and to be shared with NovaMedica. With respect to Serious Adverse Events, in the event either Party becomes aware of through its own Development or Commercialization activities or receives a report of a Serious Adverse Event from a Third Party, the Party receiving such report shall provide initial case notification to the other Party via electronic communication within one (1) calendar day for death and life threatening, and five (5) calendar days for all other, Serious Adverse Event reports. Company shall have the right to review all applicable data, records and reports regarding all Adverse Events and Serious Adverse Events reported by NovaMedica and to fully investigate such Adverse Events and Serious Adverse Events at the sites and locations thereof including conducting such personnel interviews as needed so that Company may comply with applicable regulations by regulatory agencies outside the Territory.

 

  3.2 Reporting Procedures . Procedures regarding initial exchange safety data and frequency thereafter will be determined via the Joint Development Committee in accordance with requirements to support development activities.

 

  3.3 Regulatory Filings in the Territory . With respect to regulatory filings filed by or on behalf of Company (or NovaMedica, as the case may be) in the Territory, the party designated by Company and NovaMedica to report to Regulatory Authorities in the Territory shall be responsible for reporting to such Regulatory Authorities any Adverse Event required to be reported, whether in non-clinical or clinical studies for or during Development or Commercialization of any Covered Product. The filing party shall promptly provide the other party with a complete and true copy of any Adverse Event report filed with a Regulatory Authority within the Territory.

 

  3.4 Communication . Information exchanged by the Parties pursuant to this PV Agreement can be transmitted by a secure internet-based interface, e-mail, facsimile, overnight courier, or any other means the Parties agree. Communications hereunder shall be directed as follows:

If to NovaMedica:

[insert point of contact name and contact information]

If to Company:

[insert point of contact name and contact information]

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  4.1 Term . Following execution, this PV Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until expiration or termination of the TTA, unless terminated earlier by mutual written agreement between the Parties.

 

Execution Copy

-59-


  4.2 No Consequential Damages . IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBLICENSEES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBLICENSEES FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY BREACH THEREOF.

 

  4.3 Additional Signatories . In the event that NovaMedica shall transfer any rights to Covered Products to a Permitted Transferee, then NovaMedica shall require such Permitted Transferee to become a signatory hereto and subject to the same rights and obligations as NovaMedica hereunder.

 

  4.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This PV Agreement, the TTA, and any other agreement appended thereto as a schedule or exhibit, constitute and contain the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties respecting the subject matter hereof and cancel and supersede any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings, and agreements between the Parties, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter. No waiver, modification, or amendment of any provision of this PV Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in a writing referencing this PV Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each Party.

 

  4.5 Captions . The captions to this PV Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions hereof.

 

  4.6 Force Majeure . Neither Party shall be liable to the other for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this PV Agreement for the time and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by acts of God, earthquake, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, war, strikes or other labor disputes, fire, flood, failure or delay of transportation, default by suppliers or unavailability of raw materials, governmental acts or restrictions, or any other reason which is beyond the control of the respective Party.

 

  4.7 Governing Law . This PV Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, U.S.A., excluding the application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the Law of another jurisdiction.

 

  4.8 Waiver . A waiver by either Party of any of the terms and conditions of this PV Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof. All rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations, and agreements contained in this PV Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy, right, undertaking, obligation, or agreement of either Party.

 

  4.9

Severability . When possible, each provision of this PV Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this PV Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable Law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this PV Agreement. The Parties shall make a good faith effort to replace the

 

Execution Copy

-60-


  invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one that in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

  4.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this PV Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written, each copy of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original.

 

[Insert Company Name]     NovaMedica LLC
By:     By:
Name:     Name:
Title:     Title:

 

Execution Copy

-61-


Schedule 6 – Assignment and Assumption Agreement

[begins on following page]

 

Execution Copy

-62-

Exhibit 10.2

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (“ Agreement ”), signed as of December 12, 2012, is made by and among Domain Russia Investments Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales with registration number 7899075, having an address at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KYI-1104, Cayman Islands (“ DRI ”), Lithera, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, USA, and having its place of business at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400 San Diego, California 92122, USA (“ Lithera ” or “Company” ), and NovaMedica LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation with an address of 10113, bldg. 38, Sokolnichesky Val Street, Moscow, Russian Federation (“ NovaMedica ” and, together with DRI and Lithera, the “ Parties ”, and each of NovaMedica, Lithera, and DRI, a “ Party ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Lithera and DRI entered into that certain Technology Transfer Agreement on December 12, 2012 (the “TTA” ), and Lithera, RMI Investments S.à.r.l. and certain other parties have entered into a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 12, 2012 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, DRI has agreed to assign the TTA in full, including all rights and obligations thereunder, to NovaMedica, and NovaMedica has agreed to accept such assignment of rights and agrees to assume such obligations.

WHEREAS, the assignments and assumptions effected by this Agreement are consistent with the terms of the TTA, and Lithera has consented to these assignments and assumptions.

WHEREAS, DRI and NovaMedica intend that the assignment of Intellectual Property Rights under the TTA to NovaMedica be effected as a contribution to the charter capital and to the additional paid-in capital of NovaMedica, in accordance with the terms of the Investment Agreement dated February 15, 2012 (the “Investment Agreement” ) among Domain Associates, L.L.C., RUSNANO OJSC, RusnanoMedInvest LLC ( “RMI” ), DRI, and NovaMedica and the Assignment and Contribution Agreement dated December 12, 2012, among RMI, DRI, and NovaMedica. Towards that end, NovaMedica is engaging a licensed appraiser (the “Appraiser” ) to perform an appraisal of the value of the Intellectual Property Rights (as such term is defined in the Investment Agreement) to be contributed to NovaMedica, in accordance with Article III, Section 2.1(c)-(f) of the Investment Agreement.

WHEREAS, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the TTA, DRI and Lithera shall cause to be filed with the Russian Federal Service for Intellectual Property, Patents and Trademarks (“ Rospatent ”), the Eurasian Patent Office ( “EAPO” ), the Georgian Patent Office, the State Patent Office of the Republic of Uzbekistan, and the Patent Office of Ukraine ( “Governmental Bodies” ) an application for registration of the Existing Patents assigned pursuant to the TTA, as further specified herein in Schedule A (hereinafter “Assigned IP” ).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meaning set forth in the TTA.

SECTION 2. Assignment and Assumption . DRI hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to NovaMedica all of DRI’s rights and obligations (including all license, sublicense, and assignment rights) under the TTA, and NovaMedica accepts and assumes from DRI such assignment, transfer, and conveyance. NovaMedica shall be deemed a party to the TTA substituted in the place of DRI, and NovaMedica shall become, and shall have all the rights and obligations of “Transferee” (as defined in the TTA) thereunder and at the same time also retain and have all the obligations of the entity separately identified in the TTA as those of “NovaMedica”. NovaMedica shall benefit from all of the rights of, and shall be bound by and perform all of the obligations, representations, and warranties of, Transferee under the TTA as if NovaMedica were originally named in place of Transferee in the TTA. NovaMedica hereby assumes and agrees to pay, perform, fulfill, and discharge, within the time such payment is due, and in such a manner as may be required by the TTA, and to indemnify and hold harmless DRI against, all liabilities and obligations under the TTA of DRI, NovaMedica, and Transferee, except such liabilities and obligations specified in Section 6(a) of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not relieve DRI of any currently outstanding or accrued obligations under the TTA directly applicable to DRI, if any, including the obligation to pay the up-front license of $100,000 pursuant to Section 6.1 of the TTA, to the extent not already paid. The indemnification obligation pursuant to the sentence shall not apply to any such outstanding or accrued obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the Effective Date, NovaMedica shall automatically and immediately become the “Transferee” and a “Party” to the TTA instead of DRI and at the same time also retains all the rights and has all the obligations of the entity separately identified in the TTA as “NovaMedica.” Lithera and NovaMedica shall have the right to amend and/or terminate the TTA without DRI’s consent. Neither NovaMedica nor DRI shall be liable to Lithera for any direct or indirect action, inaction, or omission of the other, or for breach of a representation, warranty, covenant, or other obligation of the other, under the TTA or this Agreement.

SECTION 3. Acknowledgement of the TTA . The Parties agree that, except as explicitly stated herein, all of the terms and conditions of the TTA, remain unchanged and in full force and effect throughout the term of the TTA.

SECTION 4. Certain Obligations of DRI under the TTA . DRI and Lithera shall cooperate to promptly register the Assigned IP in the name of DRI with Governmental Bodies, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of the Section 5, below. Promptly upon registration of the Assigned IP in the name DRI, DRI shall cooperate with NovaMedica to register the Assigned IP in the name of NovaMedica with Governmental Bodies, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of the Section 6, below.

SECTION 5. Registration of Assignments by Lithera .

 

2


(a) Prior to the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), Lithera shall file with Governmental Bodies as applicable, one or more applications for the registration of the assignment of each patent and pending patent application within the Assigned IP to DRI, and shall undertake all reasonable measures to ensure that any such assignment is registered within the statutory sixty (60) calendar days or such other term that is provided by the applicable regulation (each a “ L-to-D Application for Registration ”).

(b) DRI and Lithera shall provide each other with all information and assistance as may be required to complete each L-to-D Application for Registration as soon as practicable but in no event later than seven (7) calendar days from the date of the request for further information and/or assistance. DRI and Lithera shall execute such documents as are reasonable and necessary to effect registration of assignment of each patent and pending patent application within the Assigned IP in the name of DRI. DRI and Lithera will work together to make any amendments required by Governmental Bodies, as the case may be, to any L-to-D Application for Registration, and to resubmit any such revised L-to-D Application for Registration at such time as Governmental Bodies as applicable, is expected to accept the revised submission of such application. DRI and Lithera shall each bear its own expenses for all such actions.

(c) In the event that Lithera fails to complete the application for any L-to-D Application for Registration within the time frames set forth above (including any extension thereof occasioned by resubmission of the application for the L-to-D Application for Registration), then Lithera shall be deemed to have irrevocably granted to DRI the power of attorney to file such L-to-D Application for Registration with Governmental Bodies, as applicable, and to execute and file such documents and papers as necessary with respect thereto and to do all other lawfully permitted acts as may be reasonably necessary to complete the L-to-D Application for Registration with Governmental Bodies, in each case in the name and on behalf of Lithera as Lithera’s agent and attorney-in-fact or otherwise.

SECTION 6. Registration of Assignments by DRI .

(a) Within 20 (twenty) calendar days after the date of registration of an assignment of each patent or patent application within the Assigned IP in the name of DRI, as evidenced by publication of a notice of registration by Governmental Bodies or by issuance of a certificate or official correspondence providing such official notice, DRI shall file with Governmental Bodies an application for the registration of the assignment of each patent and patent application within the Assigned IP in the name of NovaMedica, and shall undertake all measures to ensure that any such assignment is registered within the statutory sixty (60) calendar days or such other term that is provided by the applicable regulation (each a “ D-to-N Application for Registration ”).

(b) DRI and NovaMedica shall provide each other with all information and assistance as may be required to complete any D-to-N Application for Registration as soon as practicable but in no event later than seven (7) calendar days from the date of the request for further information and/or assistance. DRI and NovaMedica shall execute such documents as are reasonable and necessary to effect registration of assignment of the Assigned IP. DRI and NovaMedica will work together to make such amendments (if required by Governmental Bodies) to any D-to-N Application for Registration, as the case may be, and resubmit such revised D-to-N Application for Registration at such time as Governmental Bodies, as applicable, is expected

 

3


to accept the submission of such application. DRI and NovaMedica shall each bear its own expenses for all such actions.

(d) In the event that DRI fails to complete any D-to-N Application for Registration within the time frames set forth above (including any extension thereof occasioned by resubmission of any such application), then DRI shall be deemed to have irrevocably granted to NovaMedica the power of attorney to file D-to-N Application for Registration with Governmental Bodies, as the case may be, and to execute and file such documents and papers as necessary with respect thereto and to do all other lawfully permitted acts as may be reasonably necessary to complete such D-to-N Application for Registration, in each case in the name and on behalf of DRI as DRI’s agent and attorney-in-fact or otherwise.

(e) DRI shall comply with its obligations under Chapter III, Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the Investment Agreement. This Section 5 is not intended to alter or restrict DRI’s rights or obligations under the foregoing provisions of the Investment Agreement. DRI’s breach of any of its respective obligations herein or its respective obligations under Chapter III, Section 3.6 and 3.7 of the Investment Agreement will cause irreparable damage to NovaMedica which cannot adequately be remedied in an action at law and in the event of such a breach, NovaMedica shall be entitled to seek equitable relief in the nature of specific performance as well as other remedies available at law.

SECTION 7. Representations and Warranties of NovaMedica to Lithera and DRI .

NovaMedica hereby represents, and warrants to Lithera and DRI that, as of the date hereof:

(a) NovaMedica is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization;

(b) NovaMedica has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, except for receiving of NovaMedica’s corporate approval, which corporate approval shall be obtained as soon as practicable;

(c) this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation of NovaMedica, binding upon NovaMedica, and enforceable against NovaMedica in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(d) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by NovaMedica and the performance by NovaMedica of its obligations under this Agreement does not conflict with, breach, or create in any Third Party the right to accelerate, terminate, or modify any agreement or instrument to which NovaMedica is a party or by which NovaMedica is bound, and, to NovaMedica’s knowledge, does not violate any Law of any Governmental Body having authority over NovaMedica;

(e) to NovaMedica’s knowledge, no consent by any Third Party or Governmental Body is required with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by NovaMedica or the consummation by NovaMedica of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

4


(f) NovaMedica has all right, power, and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 8. Representations and Warranties of DRI to NovaMedica and Lithera .

DRI hereby represents, warrants and covenants to NovaMedica and Lithera that, as of the date hereof:

(a) DRI is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization;

(b) DRI has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation of DRI, binding upon DRI, and enforceable against DRI in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(d) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by DRI, and the performance by DRI of its obligations under this Agreement, does not conflict with, breach, or create in any Third Party the right to accelerate, terminate, or modify any agreement or instrument to which DRI is a party or by which DRI is bound, and, to DRI’s knowledge, does not violate any Law of any Governmental Body having authority over DRI;

(e) to DRI’s knowledge, no consent by any Third Party or Governmental Body is required with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by DRI or the consummation by DRI of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(f) DRI has all right, power, and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and

(g) DRI shall have timely paid to Lithera the up-front license fee required pursuant to Section 6.1 of the TTA.

SECTION 9. Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, USA, irrespective of the choice of laws principles thereof. If any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable at law, the remainder shall remain in effect. No person that is not a Party to this Agreement shall have any rights or obligations pursuant to this Agreement, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by each of the Parties. The headings used in this Agreement are for the purpose of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement and any amendments hereto may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument This Agreement is not transferable or assignable, and neither DRI nor NovaMedica shall have the power or right to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder, whether by operation of law or otherwise. DRI and NovaMedica each agrees to execute any additional documents and take any other actions necessary or appropriate to carry out the intents and purposes of this Agreement. DRI shall promptly provide NovaMedica all documents and

 

5


correspondence received from or provided to Governmental Bodies, Lithera, or any Third Party that relate to any patent or patent application in the Territory within the Existing Patents, the TTA, or this Agreement. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with, this Agreement, including any dispute regarding its validity or termination or the performance or breach of this Agreement, as well as any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with it, shall be finally settled by arbitration under the Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration (the “LCIA”) then in effect, except as they may be modified by agreement of the Parties. The place of arbitration will be London, England. The language of the arbitration will be English. All capitalized terms shall have the same meaning as set forth in the TTA, unless otherwise stated. This Agreement shall enter into full force and effect from the date of NovaMedica’s Board of Directors approval (the “Effective Date” ).

[Signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is executed as of the date first written above on behalf of the Parties by their duly authorized representatives.

 

DOMAIN RUSSIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/ Saribekian Tatiana

Name:  

Saribekian Tatiana

Title:  

CEO

LITHERA, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

Name:  

George Mahaffey

Title:  

President and CEO

NOVAMEDICA LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Vladimir Gurdus

Name:   Vladimir Gurdus
Title:   General Director, CEO of LLC “D-Pharma”, Managing Company

 

7


Schedule A – Assigned IP

 

Application / Patent

  

Country

  

Filing/

Publication Date

  

Grant Date

***

  

***

     

***

***

  

***

     

***

***

  

***

     

***

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

8

Exhibit 10.3

CLINICAL DEVELOPMENT AND COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

THIS CLINICAL DEVELOPMENT AND COLLABORATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of the 2 nd day of July, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between NovaMedica, LLC (“ NovaMedica ”), a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation with an address of 107113 bldg. 38, pr. 7, Sokolnichesky Val Street Moscow Russian Federation and Lithera, Inc. (“ Lithera ” or “ Company ”), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and having its place of business at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, California, 92122, USA. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Party ” means NovaMedica and Lithera, individually, and “ Parties ” means NovaMedica and Lithera, collectively.

WHEREAS , NovaMedica is engaged in the business of the research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products in the Territory (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS , Lithera is a development stage company engaged in the research, development and commercialization of certain products including the Covered Products (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS , Lithera and Domain Russia Investments Limited (“ DRI ”) entered into a Technology Transfer Agreement (“ TTA ”) dated December 12, 2012 pursuant to which Lithera transferred certain Lithera IP (as defined therein) to DRI; and

WHEREAS , on December 12, 2012, Lithera, DRI and NovaMedica entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to which DRI assigned the TTA in full to NovaMedica and under which NovaMedica agreed to accept such assignment of rights and to assume all of DRI’s rights and obligations under the TTA; and

WHEREAS , pursuant to the TTA, the Parties are required to enter into this Agreement under which Lithera shall assist NovaMedica in the Development and Commercialization of the Covered Product in the Territory (as hereinafter defined);

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, hereby agree as follows.

 

  1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Additional Indication” shall mean any Indication within the Field that NovaMedica elects to Develop, other than the Current Indication.

1.2 Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means, (a) with respect to the efforts to be expended by any Party with respect to any objective, such reasonable, diligent, and good faith efforts not less than a company similar to such Party would devote to accomplish a similar objective under similar circumstances, and (b) with respect to any objective relating to


Development or Commercialization of a Covered Product by Transferee (and/or a Permitted Transferee), the application by Transferee (or Permitted Transferee), consistent with the exercise of its prudent scientific and business judgment, of diligent efforts and resources to fulfill the obligation in issue, consistent with the level of effort a company similar to Transferee (or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be) would devote to a product at a similar stage in its product life as the Covered Product and having profit potential and strategic value comparable to that of the Covered Product, taking into account the following factors: scientific, development, technical, commercial, and regulatory factors, target product profiles, product labeling, past performance, the regulatory environment and competitive market conditions in therapeutic area safety and efficacy of a subject product, and the strength of its proprietary position, all based on conditions then prevailing. Commercially Reasonable Efforts will not mean that Transferee, alone or through one or more Permitted Transferees, commits that it will actually accomplish the applicable task.

1.3 Commercial Supplies ” means supplies of the Covered Products in suitable final package form, as specified under the separate Commercial Supply Agreement (as defined in Schedule 3) between the Parties, manufactured in compliance with GMP.

1.4 “Current Indication” means the esthetic treatment of abdominal bulging in non-obese subjects, the Indication being Developed by Lithera as of the Effective Date.

1.5 Commercialization ” or “Commercialize” means any and all activities that relate to the Manufacture, packaging, marketing, promoting, distributing, importing, sale, offering for sale, and selling, having sold, or use of Covered Products, including interacting with any Regulatory Authorities in any country in the Territory regarding the foregoing. Commercialization shall also include phase IV studies.

1.6 Compound ” means salmeterol xinafoate, also known as (RS)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-[1-hydroxy-2-[6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexylamino]ethyl-]-phenol, the chemical structure of which is described in Schedule 1.3 hereto, as well as its physiologically acceptable salts and/or solvates, in any formulation.

1.7 Confidential Information ” of a Party means such Party’s confidential information relating to its business, operations and products, including but not limited to, any technical information, formulae, processes, techniques, preclinical information, toxicology information, clinical, non-clinical, or pre-clinical information, regulatory information, Manufacturing information, formulation information, packaging information, dosing information, dose regimen information, target patient information, marketing information, sales information, pricing information, reimbursement information, Know-How, trade secrets, or inventions (whether patentable or not) that is disclosed to or learned by the other Party in connection with this Agreement. All non-public Company Know-How shall be deemed Confidential Information of Company.

1.8 Covered Product ” means any pharmaceutical product (including, without limitation, any diagnostic product) (a) that is developed or commercialized by Company or its Affiliates during the Term, (b) containing or comprising as an active ingredient any beta-adrenergic receptor agonist that was developed or being marketed or was under development as

 

-2-


of December 12, 2012, whether alone or in combination with other active pharmaceutical ingredients (“ API ”) or excipients, and (c) designed and intended for use in and for the Field, whether or not combined with other compounds.

1.9 Development ” or “ Develop ” means the performance of all development activities, including any pre-clinical and clinical development activities (including, without limitation, toxicology, pharmacology, test method development and stability testing, process development, formulation development, quality control development, statistical analysis, Clinical Trials, and manufacturing and regulatory activities. or any similar activities, that are useful or otherwise required to obtain Regulatory Approval of a Covered Product, including interacting with any Regulatory Authorities regarding the foregoing.

1.10 Development Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.1.

1.11 “Drug Approval Application” shall mean an application to a Regulatory Authority for Regulatory Approval of the Covered Product.

1.12 EMA ” means the European Medicines Agency or any successor agency.

1.13 Field ” means any and all applications directed to localized reduction of fat in the human body, including without limitation body contouring.

1.14 IND ” means an investigational new drug application filed with the FDA or the equivalent application or filing filed with any equivalent agency or Regulatory Authority outside the United States (including any supra-national entity such as in the European Union) for approval to commence Clinical Trials in such jurisdiction.

1.15 Indication ” means a generally acknowledged disease or condition, a significant manifestation of a disease or condition, or symptoms associated with a disease or condition or a risk for a disease or condition. For the avoidance of doubt, all variants of a single disease or condition (whether classified by severity or otherwise) shall be treated as the same Indication.

1.16 Joint Commercialization Committee ” or “ JCC ” has the meaning given in Section 3.3, below.

1.17 Joint Development Committee ” or “ JDC ” has the meaning given in Section 3.2, below.

1.18 Joint Steering Committee ” or “ JSC ” has the meaning given in Section 3.1, below.

1.19 Know-How ” means any scientific or technical information, results and data of any type whatsoever, in any tangible or intangible form whatsoever, that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly known, including, without limitation, discoveries, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, databases, practices, protocols, regulatory filings, methods, processes, techniques, information concerning reagents and biological and other materials, specifications, formulations, formulae, data (including pharmacological, biological,

 

-3-


chemical, toxicological and clinical) analytical, quality control, and stability data) dosing and target patient information, studies and procedures, and manufacturing process and development information, results and data, whether or not patentable, in each of the foregoing cases to the extent not claimed or disclosed in a patent. “Know How” shall include proprietary reagents and biological and other materials (including without limitation Materials (as defined in the TTA)) but excludes Patent Rights.

1.20 Law ” or “ Laws ” means all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, and other pronouncements having the binding effect of law of any Governmental Body.

1.21 NDA ” means a New Drug Application filed pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 CFR.§ 314.3, et seq, a Biologics License Application filed pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 CFR § 601, and any equivalent application filed (i) in any country outside of the Territory by or on behalf Lithera or its successor or licensee or (ii) in any country within the Territory by or on behalf of NovaMedica or its successor or a Permitted Transferee, together, in each case, with all additions, deletions or supplements thereto.

1.22 NDA Acceptance ” means the receipt of notice from the relevant Regulatory Authority that an NDA for the Covered Product has met all the criteria for filing acceptance.

1.23 Permitted Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the TTA.

1.24 “Product Trademark” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

1.25 Regulatory Authority ” means (a) the FDA, (b) the EMA or the European Commission, (c) any successor or equivalent of the foregoing; or (d) any regulatory body with regulatory authority or oversight over pharmaceutical or biotechnology products in any other jurisdiction anywhere in the world, or whose review or approval is necessary for exercise of any rights granted hereunder.

1.26 Regulatory Approval ” means, with respect to a particular Covered Product, any and all approvals, licenses, registrations, or authorizations of a relevant Regulatory Authority (including price approvals) necessary for the Development, Manufacture, and/or Commercialization of such Covered Product in a particular country or jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, Regulatory Approval in the United States shall be deemed to occur upon approval of the applicable NDA (as defined above) in the United States, and shall not be construed to require a determination or approval of reimbursements of any type.

1.27 Rospatent ” means Russian Federal Service for Intellectual Property, Patents and Trademarks

1.28 Territory ” means all countries listed in Schedule 2, hereto.

1.29 Third Party ” means any Person other than Company, DRI, NovaMedica, and Affiliate of either Company, DRI, or NovaMedica.

 

-4-


1.30 Interpretation . The captions and headings to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement. Unless specified to the contrary, references to Articles, Sections, or Schedules mean the particular Articles, Sections, or Schedules to this Agreement and references to this Agreement include all Schedules hereto. Unless context otherwise clearly requires, whenever used in this Agreement: (i) “include” or “including” shall be construed as if followed by the words “but not limited to” or “without limitation” or words of similar import; (ii) the word “or” shall be construed as the inclusive meaning identified with the phrase “and/or;” (iii) provisions that require that a Party, the Parties, “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent, or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter, written approval of minutes or otherwise; and (iv) references to any specific Law or article, section, or other division thereof shall be deemed to include then-current amendments thereto or any replacement Law thereof. This Agreement was prepared in the English language, which language shall govern the interpretation of, and any dispute regarding, the terms of this Agreement.

In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

(a) the headings are included for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement;

(b) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

(c) words denoting one gender shall include each gender and all genders;

(d) the words “include” or “including” shall mean “include, without limitation” or “including, without limitation,” as the case may be, and the language following “include” or “including” shall not be deemed to set forth an exhaustive list; and

(e) any reference to an enactment or statutory provision is a reference to it as it may have been, or may from time to time be amended, modified, consolidated or reenacted.

(f) any Capitalized Terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the TTA.

The Schedules to this Agreement comprise part of and shall be construed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  2. SCOPE OF THE COLLABORATION

2.1. Collaboration Goals. Pursuant and subject to the terms of this Agreement and the TTA, the Parties agree: (a) that NovaMedica (i) engages in Development activities with the goal of obtaining Regulatory Approval for any of the Covered Products, as soon as reasonably practicable, in the Territory and (ii) thereafter conducts the Commercialization of the Covered Products in the Territory, and (b) that Company (i) through its membership on the JSC, JDC and JCC, participates in the planning and oversight of such Development and Commercialization activities and (ii) provides such other assistance as is set forth in this Agreement and the TTA.

 

-5-


Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, either Party shall be free to work alone or with Third Parties to research, develop, manufacture and/or commercialize any product that is not a Covered Product in or outside the Field.

2.2. Assistance by Lithera . The Parties hereto understand that assistance from Lithera will be needed and accepted in connection with NovaMedica’s Development and/or Commercialization of Covered Product(s) in the Territory. Accordingly, the Parties agree to form the committees specified in Section 3 of this Agreement to oversee the Development and Commercialization of the Covered Products in the Territory.

 

  3. MANAGEMENT OF COLLABORATION

3.1 Joint Steering Committee . Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a Joint Steering Committee (“ JSC ”) to oversee Development of Covered Products in the Territory and Field. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Lithera and NovaMedica, the JSC shall continue in existence for the term of this Agreement. The JSC will be comprised of an equal number of members appointed by NovaMedica and Lithera. The JSC shall oversee the Development of Covered Products in the Territory and Field, including the preparation and implementation of the clinical development program for the Covered Products in the Territory and the selection of any clinical sites in the Russian Federation that may be included in Company’s global clinical trials of Covered Product under Section 4.3 below. All JSC decisions will be made by unanimous vote, with the JSC representatives of Lithera collectively having one vote and the JSC representatives of NovaMedica collectively having one vote. If the JSC is unable to decide or resolve unanimously any matter properly presented to it for action, then such matter shall be resolved as provided in Section 3.1.3 below.

3.1.1 Chairmanship . One JSC representative from a Party shall chair the JSC (the “ Chairperson ”) on a rotating annual calendar year basis, alternating between a representative from NovaMedica and a representative from Lithera, with the initial Chairperson to be from NovaMedica. The Chairperson shall send notices and agendas for all JSC meetings to all JSC members and ensure review and approval of the minutes of each JSC meeting within thirty (30) calendar days of adjournment of a JSC meeting.

3.1.2 Meetings . Unless otherwise agreed in writing by NovaMedica and Lithera, the JSC will meet as needed upon request from at least one of the Parties to the then-current Chairperson, but not less than twice per year. At each meeting, the Parties shall provide updates on the status of their respective responsibilities. Meetings may be held by teleconference, videoconference or in person, as mutually agreed upon by the Parties. At each meeting, a secretary shall by appointed by the Chairperson to record meeting minutes. Within ten (10) calendar days after a meeting, the Chairperson shall circulate draft minutes to the Parties for review, comment and distribution, in order to finalize the minutes within thirty (30) calendar days of such meeting.

3.1.3 Dispute Resolution. If a dispute arises in connection with the Development or Commercialization of the Covered Product in the Territory or any other issue within the purview of the JSC, the JSC shall confer immediately and use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to resolve the dispute or issue within ten (10) calendar days of their initial

 

-6-


conference. No such dispute or issue shall be considered resolved until the JSC has unanimously agreed to the resolution; provided, however, that if the JSC does not reach consensus, within a thirty (30) calendar day period, then the resolution of the dispute or issue (a) if it relates to Development shall be made by the JSC representatives of Lithera, or (b) if it relates to Commercialization in the Territory shall be made by the JSC Representative of NovaMedica, unless such resolution in the opinion of any member of the JSC would be reasonably expected to be adverse to, materially conflict with, or interfere with the regulatory approval, manufacture, marketing authorization or marketing efforts for Covered Products outside of the Territory (in the case of decisions made by NovaMedica through the exercise of its final decision-making authority under subsection (b) above) or inside the Territory (in the case of decisions made by Lithera through the exercise of its final decision-making authority under subsection (a) above), in which case such dispute will be handled in accordance with Section 12 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Lithera in exercising its final decision-making authority described in Subsection (a) or NovaMedica in exercising its final decision-making authority described in Subsection (b), have the right to amend, modify or waive compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement or the TTA. Additionally, it is understood and agreed that in no event shall NovaMedica, whether in exercising its final decision-making authority described in Subsection (b) or otherwise, take any action which would unilaterally impose an obligation (financial or otherwise) on Lithera beyond those expressly provided for in this Agreement.

3.2 Joint Development Committee . Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a Joint Development Committee (“ JDC ”). Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Lithera and NovaMedica, the JDC shall continue in existence for so long as the JSC exists. All day-to-day Development work shall be conducted under the direction of the JDC which shall be comprised of an equal number of representatives from NovaMedica and Lithera. All JDC decisions will be made by unanimous vote. The JDC will be responsible for drafting the Development Plan for submission to the JSC, coordinating amendments to any Development Plan in respect of a Covered Product for use in the Field in the Territory, for overseeing such Development work, and for making operational decisions related to such Development work.

3.2.1 Chairmanship . One JDC representative from a Party shall chair the JDC (the “ Chairperson ”) on a rotating annual calendar year basis, alternating between a representative from NovaMedica and a representative from Lithera, with the initial Chairperson to be from Lithera. The Chairperson shall send notices and agendas for all JDC meetings to all JDC members and ensure review and approval of the minutes of each JDC meeting within thirty (30) calendar days of adjournment of a JSC meeting.

3.2.2 Meetings . The JDC will meet as needed upon request from at least one of the Parties to the then-current Chairperson, but not less than once every calendar quarter. At each meeting, the Parties shall provide updates on the status of their respective responsibilities. Meetings may be held by teleconference, videoconference or in person, as mutually agreed upon by the Parties. At each meeting, a secretary shall by appointed by the Chairperson to record meeting minutes. Within ten (10) calendar days after a meeting, the

 

-7-


Chairperson shall circulate draft minutes to the Parties for review, comment and distribution, in order to finalize the minutes within thirty (30) calendar days of such meeting.

3.2.3 Dispute Resolution. If a dispute arises in connection with the Development Plan or Development of the Covered Products or any other issue addressed by the JDC, the JDC shall confer immediately and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute or issue within ten (10) calendar days of their initial conference. No such dispute or issue shall be considered resolved until the JDC has unanimously agreed to the resolution; provided, however, that if the JDC does not reach consensus, within a thirty (30) calendar day period, the resolution of the dispute or issue shall be made by the JSC representatives of Lithera unless such resolution in the opinion of any member of the JSC would be reasonably expected to be adverse to, materially conflict with the Development or regulatory approval for Covered Products in the Territory, in which case such dispute will be handled in accordance with Section 12 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Lithera in exercising its final decision-making authority described in this Section 3.2.3 have the right to (a) amend, modify or waive compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement or the TTA or (b) require NovaMedica to take any action which would result in a material increase in the costs NovaMedica is required to incur in connection with its Development of the applicable Covered Product(s).

3.3 Joint Commercialization Committee . Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a Joint Commercial Committee (“ JCC ”). Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Lithera and NovaMedica, the JCC shall remain in existence for so long as the JSC exists. The day-to-day Commercialization preparation work and supply chain audit procedures with respect to Covered Products for use in the Territory shall be conducted under the direction of the JCC. The JCC shall be comprised of an equal number of representatives from the NovaMedica and Lithera. All JCC decisions will be made by unanimous vote. The JCC will be responsible for coordinating any amendments to the plan for Commercialization of Covered Product(s) in the Territory (“ Commercialization Program ”), for overseeing performance of the Commercialization Program, and for making operational decisions related to that program. Periodically, the member of the JCC for NovaMedica shall provide the JCC a reasonably detailed summary of the Commercialization activities conducted in the Territory. The JCC will jointly prepare and provide to each Party on at least a Calendar Quarter basis a report, via e-mail, regarding the status of Commercialization activities hereunder.

3.3.1 Chairmanship . One JCC representative from a Party shall chair the JCC (the “ Chairperson ”) on a rotating annual calendar year basis, alternating between a representative from NovaMedica and a representative from Lithera, with the initial Chairperson to be from NovaMedica. The Chairperson shall send notices and agendas for all JCC meetings to all JCC members and ensure review and approval of the minutes of each JCC meeting within thirty (30) calendar days of adjournment of a JSC meeting.

3.3.2 Meetings . The JCC will meet as needed upon request from at least one of the Parties to the then-current Chairperson, but not less than once every calendar quarter. At each meeting, the Parties shall provide updates on the status of their respective responsibilities. Meetings may be held by teleconference, videoconference or in person, as mutually agreed upon by the Parties. At each meeting, a secretary shall by appointed by the

 

-8-


Chairperson to record meeting minutes. Within ten (10) calendar days after a meeting, the Chairperson shall circulate draft minutes to the Parties for review, comment and distribution, in order to finalize the minutes within thirty (30) calendar days of such meeting.

3.3.3 Dispute Resolution. If a dispute arises in connection with the Commercialization of the Covered Products or any other issue addressed by the JCC, the JCC shall confer immediately and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute or issue within ten (10) calendar days of their initial conference. No such dispute or issue shall be considered resolved until the JCC has unanimously agreed to the resolution; provided, however, that if the JCC does not reach consensus, within a thirty (30) calendar day period, the resolution of the dispute or issue shall be made by the JCC representatives of NovaMedica unless such resolution in the opinion of any member of the JSC would be reasonably expected to be adverse to, materially conflict with, or interfere with the regulatory approval, manufacture, marketing authorization or marketing efforts for Covered Products outside of the Territory, in which case such dispute will be handled in accordance with Section 12 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall NovaMedica in exercising its final decision-making authority described in this Section 3.3.3 have the right to (a) amend, modify or waive compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement or the TTA or (b) otherwise, take any action which would unilaterally impose an obligation (financial or otherwise) on Lithera beyond those expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  4. DEVELOPMENT

4.1. Development Efforts.

4.1.1 Except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.3 below and subject to the Development Support and other assistance of Lithera according to the terms of the TTA and this Agreement, all Development of Covered Products in the Territory necessary to register the Covered Products for use in the Field in any country or jurisdiction within the Territory shall be the sole responsibility of NovaMedica. NovaMedica will carry out the Development of Covered Products in accordance with a written plan setting forth the Development activities to be undertaken by NovaMedica and the associated time lines for such activities for each country or jurisdiction in the Territory (“ Development Plan ”).

4.1.2 Except as expressly specified herein and in the TTA, NovaMedica shall not be obliged to reimburse Lithera for any costs and expenses incurred in connection with any studies, research and Development conducted by or on behalf of Lithera outside and inside the Territory for the goal to obtain the Regulatory Approval in any country outside the Territory.

4.2. Development Plan and Lithera’s assistance.

4.2.1 Initial Development Plan. Initial Development Plan shall be prepared by the JDC within One Hundred Eighty(180) calendar days from the Effective Date.

4.2.2 The Development Plan shall have the following goals:

 

-9-


(a) the Development of the Covered Products as required to obtain Regulatory Approval for the Current Indication in each country within the Territory as promptly as commercially and technically practicable, or as otherwise deemed appropriate by the JSC;

(b) coordinating (i) the on-going knowledge transfers to be provided by Lithera to NovaMedica in accordance with Sections 3.4(a) of the TTA, and (ii) the Development Support (as defined in the TTA) to be provided by Lithera to NovaMedica in accordance with Sections 3.4(b) of the TTA;

(c) the identification, selection and Development of Covered Products for any Additional Indications NovaMedica may elect to Develop;

(d) description of Lithera’s Global Clinical Trials Program and list of potential sites in the Russian Federation.

4.2.3 Assistance of Lithera. Consistent with its responsibilities under this Agreement, TTA and the Development Plan Lithera shall:

(a) Conduct upon NovaMedica’s request the Initial Know-How Transfer (as defined in the TTA) to transfer to NovaMedica all Existing Know-How (as defined in the TTA), including but not limited to preclinical data, clinical data and FDA filings, and when appropriate, protocols and procedures and manufacturing Know-How, in each case to the extent falling within the definition of Existing Know-How, and thereafter during the Improvement Period transfer to NovaMedica copies of all documentation in the possession of Lithera related to the Covered Products and/or Compound, including but not limited to research data and reports, regulatory materials and correspondence (including INDs and NDAs in U.S.), clinical and preclinical data (including all raw data), chemistry, manufacturing and controls (CMC) data, relevant to conducting clinical studies and obtaining Regulatory Approval in the Field in the Territory, in each case (i) to the extent falling within the definition of Improvement Know-How or Third Party Know-How (provided in the case of Third Party Know-How, that NovaMedica has elected to include such Third Party Know-How within the Company Know-How), and (ii) that was acquired by Company since the previous transfer of Know-How (other than Company Materials, transfer of which is addressed below) and all as further described in Section 3.4(a) of the TTA;

(b) upon NovaMedica’s providing to Lithera a Material Transfer Request (as defined in the TTA), transfer reasonable quantities of the requested Company Materials to NovaMedica in accordance with the terms of Section 3.3 of the TTA;

(c) in accordance with the Development Plan or as otherwise reasonably requested by NovaMedica, provide NovaMedica with the Development Support in accordance with the terms of Sections 3.4(b) of the TTA;

(d) assist NovaMedica by supporting NovaMedica’s communications with the relevant Regulatory Authorities regarding the conduct of Clinical Trials to seek Regulatory Approvals for the Covered Products in the Territory, provided that such assistance will be considered Development Support and subject to the terms of Section 3.4(b) of the TTA;

 

-10-


(e) provide reasonable assistance to NovaMedica (subject to NovaMedica reimbursing Lithera for its Reimbursable Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses, estimates of which costs will be disclosed to NovaMedica in advance for NovaMedica’s approval) in the preparation of and filing of any IND, IND amendment, or NDA with respect to any Covered Product in the Territory in each case in accordance with, and to the extent required, under Section 4.1(b) of the TTA. Such assistance shall include, in particular, Company (or its Affiliate, successor, or licensee outside of the Territory) providing NovaMedica, to the extent an electronic copy is available or in possession of Company, with a complete electronic copy of all relevant documentation within the Company Regulatory Filings and/or Licensed Regulatory Filings submitted to the FDA or EMA in respect of any Clinical Trial for any Covered Product that would be necessary or useful to NovaMedica in preparing its own IND for a particular Covered Product for use in the Territory, and, to the extent necessary or useful, to allow NovaMedica on a free-of-charge basis to cross-reference any such IND, IND amendment, or NDA within the Company Regulatory Filings and/or Licensed Regulatory Filings held by Company (or its Affiliate, successor, or licensee outside of the Territory);

(f) determine whether to include at least one site in the Russian Federation in its global Clinical Trials for Covered Product pursuant to Section 4.3;

(g) perform such other obligations as are expressly assigned to it by this Agreement and the TTA; and

(h) such other activities reasonably requested by the JSC, JDC or JCC.

4.2.4 Responsibilities of NovaMedica . With coordination of the JSC, JDC or JCC, if applicable, NovaMedica shall:

(a) at its sole cost and expense and using Commercially Reasonable Efforts, be responsible for Development of Covered Products in the Territory in accordance with the Development Plan approved by the JSC;

(b) be responsible for the preparation and filing at its sole cost and expense of any applications to register or obtain the Regulatory Approvals for the Covered Products in the Territory;

(c) be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the performance of all activities and undertakings as may be required by any Regulatory Authorities to register or obtain the Regulatory Approval in the Territory for its own purposes;

(d) at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for the Commercialization of the Covered Products, including all sales and marketing activities, in the Field in the Territory;

(e) following receipt of Regulatory Approval, be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the maintenance and updating of all Regulatory Approvals as may be required by any Regulatory Authorities, including any post approval studies required by any Regulatory Authorities;

 

-11-


(f) keep the JSC reasonably and regularly informed of the Regulatory Approvals received for Covered Products in the Territory and provide the JSC with periodic summaries of the registration process status in each country in the Territory.

(g) perform such other obligations as are expressly assigned to it by this Agreement and the TTA;

(h) in cases specified in this Agreement or the TTA, reimburse Lithera all Out-of-Pocket Expenses and Reimbursable Costs incurred by Lithera in performing its obligations hereunder; and

(i) such other activities reasonably requested by the JSC, JDC or JCC.

4.3. Clinical Trials in the Territory . Lithera shall have the right to conduct at its own costs Clinical Trials in the Territory as part of its Global Clinical Trial Program. NovaMedica shall have the right to conduct at its own costs Clinical Trials in the Territory which are necessary to obtain Regulatory Approval in each country in the Territory. All clinical data and reports related to Clinical Trials conducted by NovaMedica for the Covered Products in the Territory shall be owned by NovaMedica, and NovaMedica shall have full use, for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, of all such data and reports related to Clinical Trials for the Covered Products and/or Compound. All clinical data and reports related to Clinical Trials conducted by Lithera for the Covered Products in the Territory shall be owned by Lithera, and Lithera shall provide NovaMedica with all such clinical data and reports for NovaMedica’s use, for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, of all such data and reports related to Clinical Trials for the Covered Products in the Territory.

4.4. This Section intentionally left blank

4.5. Drug Approval Applications . NovaMedica shall be entitled to file Drug Approval Applications and seek Regulatory Approvals for the Covered Products in the Territory, provided that such filing shall be subject to the oversight of the JDC. Prior to submitting any IND or Drug Approval Application, the Parties, through the JDC, shall consult and cooperate in preparing such filings, their content and scope. NovaMedica shall own all regulatory submissions, including all INDs, Drug Approval Applications and associated government licenses, approvals, and certificates for the Covered Products in the Territory.

4.6. Regulatory Meetings and Communications.

4.6.1 NovaMedica shall timely inform the JDC of any material meetings scheduled with the applicable Regulatory Authorities in the Territory relating to the Covered Products and/or Compound as soon as reasonably practicable. NovaMedica shall provide the JDC with a description of the plan or purpose of each such meeting, shall keep the JDC informed regarding the meeting and its results and shall make available to the JDC copies of the relevant correspondence relating to such meeting. Upon decision of the JSC and NovaMedica’s request Lithera will participate in substantive discussions and meetings with Regulatory Authorities in

 

-12-


the Territory which relate to the Covered Products and/or Compound, including, but not limited to, with respect to any Drug Approval Applications.

4.6.2 The JDC shall develop processes and procedures for the conduct and reporting to the Parties of telephone communications and written correspondence with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory related to the Covered Products and/or Compound.

4.6.3 The Parties shall cooperate in good faith with respect to the conduct of any inspections by any Regulatory Authority of (a) clinical sites in the Territory at which clinical studies are being conducted on behalf of either Party or (b) NovaMedica’s facilities, in each case to the extent related to the Covered Products and/or Compound, and each Party shall at a minimum be given the opportunity to attend the summary, or wrap up, meeting related to the Covered Products and/or Compound with such Regulatory Authority at the conclusion of such site inspection.

 

  5. COMMERCIALIZATION

5.1 Product Trademarks. The Covered Products shall be sold in the Territory under the Company Marks or NovaMedica TradeMarks as selected solely by NovaMedica (the “Product Trademarks” ). The term “Product Trademarks” shall also include any servicemarks for use in connection with services related to the Covered Products. In the event of a Third Party challenge of the Parties right to commercialize the Covered Products under Product Trademarks, the JSC shall consider the grounds for such challenge and recommend to the JCC a course of action in the affected market based on an assessment of the legal merits of such Third Party claim. The foregoing procedure shall also be followed in the event of an objection to the Company Marks raised by a Regulatory Authority that is reviewing a Drug Approval Application.

5.2 Sales Representative Training. NovaMedica shall supervise and maintain such competent and qualified sales representatives. With respect to each country in the Territory, the sales representatives of NovaMedica shall be trained by NovaMedica with assistance of Lithera as described below. Lithera shall upon request by the JCC make available free of charge one (1) copy of each form (in its original language) of (a) marketing, advertising and other materials used by Lithera to promote the Covered Products to Third Parties outside the Territory (collectively, “ Promotional Materials ”), and (b) educational and training manuals and other materials used to train its medical and sales representatives with respect to Covered Products (collectively, “ Educational Materials ”), in each case, to the extent owned or Controlled by Lithera, and NovaMedica shall have the right to reproduce, translate, and use, directly or indirectly, Promotional Materials and Educational Materials in connection with its commercialization of the Covered Products in the Territory. . The Parties shall in all material respects conform their practices and procedures relating to promotion of Covered Products to the applicable laws, rules and regulations of their respective territories.

5.3 Commercial Supplies . Commercial Supplies of the Covered Products shall be governed by the Commercial Supply Agreement, the terms of which shall be consistent with Sections 3.5 (d) and (e) of the TTA and Schedule 3 hereto, which are binding for both Parties.

 

-13-


5.4 Recalls. Decisions with respect to recalls, withdrawals or corrections of the Covered Products related to manufacturing or product quality issues shall be handled in accordance with the Clinical Supply Agreement and the Commercial Supply Agreement. The JCC shall have decision-making authority with respect to issuing all recall, market withdrawal or correction of any the Covered Products in the Territory related to safety issues. Each Party shall delegate their appropriate executive officers in their respective regulatory departments who shall develop appropriate standard operating procedures with respect to such recalls. To the extent regulatory timeframes or public safety considerations require immediate action, a telephone conference of the JSC’s designees under this Section shall be called within the required timeframe to consider the action and make a decision. In the event that any Regulatory Authority issues or requests a recall or takes a similar action in connection with a Covered Product in the Territory, or in the event either Party determines that an event, incident or circumstance has occurred that may result in the need for a recall, market withdrawal or other corrective action in the Territory, the Party notified of such recall or similar action, or the Party that desires such recall or similar action, shall notify the other Party promptly (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of written notice)and will make available to the other Party, upon request, all of such Party’s pertinent records that the other Party may reasonably request to assist the JCC in evaluating the need for and/or effecting any recall or market withdrawals.

 

  6. JOINT INVENTIONS

6.1. As between the Parties, all right, title and interest to inventions and other subject matter (together with all intellectual property rights therein) conceived or created or first reduced to practice (in the case of patentable inventions) or made or developed (in the case of non-patentable inventions) in connection with this Agreement (“ Inventions ”) (i) by or under the authority of Lithera or its Affiliates, independently of NovaMedica and its Affiliates, shall be owned by Lithera, (ii) by or under the authority of NovaMedica or its Affiliates, independently of Lithera and its Affiliates, shall be owned by NovaMedica and (iii) that are invented jointly by personnel of Lithera or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and NovaMedica or its Affiliates, on the other hand, will be owned jointly by Lithera and NovaMedica (“ Joint Inventions ”), and subject to Section 6.7 below, each Party shall retain an undivided one-half interest in and to such Joint Inventions, including, without limitation, any patents resulting therefrom, with full ownership rights in and to any field and including the right to practice, assign, license, or otherwise exploit such Joint Inventions, in each case, without any obligation to obtain the approval of the other Party, nor to pay to the other Party any share of the proceeds from or otherwise account to the other Party for such activities, and each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the Laws of any country to require such approval, sharing or accounting.

6.2. Each Party shall promptly disclose to the other any invention disclosures, or other similar documents, submitted to it by its employees, agents or independent contractors describing subject matter that are purported to be Joint Inventions.

6.3. Upon the identification of a Joint Invention, the JDC shall (i) promptly discuss such Joint Invention, (ii) promptly discuss the desirability of filing a PCT patent application covering such Joint Invention, and (iii) make the final decision with respect to any such filings as soon as practicable, it being understood that in the event that the JDC cannot

 

-14-


agree as to whether to file a patent application covering such Joint Invention, Company shall have the right to make the final decision. Despite the right to make the final decision belongs to Company in abovementioned particular case, NovaMedica still retains one-half interest in and to such Joint Invention as described in Section 6.1. hereof. In the event that the JDC elects to pursue the filing of one or more patent applications covering such Joint Invention, Company shall be responsible for the supervision of the preparation, filing and prosecution of such PCT patent application by outside patent counsel reasonably acceptable to the JDC. Such outside patent counsel shall be instructed to act in the best interests of both Parties taking into consideration their relative interests under this Agreement. In the event that the JDC does not wish to file a PCT patent application covering such Joint Invention, NovaMedica shall have the right to do so at its own expense in accordance with the terms of Section 6.4 below.

6.4. The Party responsible for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of PCT patent application for a Joint Invention shall consult with the JDC on all material decisions related to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of such PCT patent application, and shall use diligent efforts to implement the decisions of the JDC. The Party responsible for the preparation, filing and prosecution of the PCT patent application shall provide the other Party with a copy of such patent application prior to filing such application for review and comment by the other Party, shall consult with the other Party with respect to such application, and shall supply the other Party with notice of its filing date and serial number.

6.5. NovaMedica shall have the right to file and prosecute national phase applications in the Territory with respect to any PCT patent applications covering a Joint Invention. Company shall have the right to file and prosecute national phase applications outside the Territory with respect to any PCT patent applications covering a Joint Invention.

6.6. The Party responsible for the filing and prosecution of each national phase patent application shall keep the other Party advised of the status of the actual and prospective patent filings with respect to such Joint Inventions. Subject to the rights and licenses granted by the Parties to each other under this Agreement, each Party shall be free to exploit its Joint Invention patent rights without restriction.

6.7. To the extent that such Joint Invention(s) constitute Company Improvement Know-How, such Joint Inventions shall be included within the license granted to NovaMedica under Section 2.2(a) of the TTA and Lithera will assign to NovaMedica its interest in any patent applications that NovaMedica may elect to file in the Territory to the extent claiming such Joint Inventions. To the extent that such Joint Invention(s) constitute Transfer Improvement Know-How, such Joint Inventions and all Patent Rights directed thereto shall be included within the license granted to Lithera under Section 2.2(c)(iii) of the TTA.

6.8. The JSC shall within a reasonable time after the Effective Date establish a mutually agreeable procedure for determining inventorship of Inventions, provided that such determination shall be made in accordance with applicable United States laws and other applicable laws and regulation relating to inventorship. All such determinations shall be documented to ensure that any divisional or continuation patent applications reflect appropriate inventorship and that inventions and patent rights are assigned to the appropriate party.

 

-15-


  7. ADVERSE DRUG EVENTS AND REPORTS

7.1. Compliance. Each Party shall maintain a record of all non-medical and medical product-related complaints it receives with respect to any Covered Product in the Territory. Each Party shall notify the other Party of any complaint received by it in sufficient detail and in accordance with the timeframes and procedures for reporting established by the JSC, and in any event in sufficient time to allow the Party that holds the applicable regulatory filing to comply with any and all regulatory requirements imposed upon it in any country. The Party that holds the applicable regulatory filing in a particular country shall investigate and respond to all such complaints in such country with respect to any Covered Product as soon as reasonably practicable. All such responses shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the JSC. The Party responsible for responding to such complaint shall promptly provide the other Party a copy of any such response.

7.2. Adverse Drug Events. Each Party will be responsible for the safety surveillance and pharmacovigilance regulatory obligations with respect to the Covered Product in those territories where it is the sponsor of non-clinical or clinical development, including but not limited to animal toxicology or pharmacology studies. Company shall be responsible for establishing and maintaining a global safety database of adverse events for the Covered Products, which shall be used for regulatory reporting and responses to safety queries from Regulatory Authorities by both Parties. NovaMedica shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, transfer all adverse events information in its or their possession or control to the global safety database within a mutually agreed period of time that provides Company with sufficient time to enter all of the data and to obtain validation of the database, and Company shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to enter data from all adverse events information in its possession or control into the global safety database. Within sixty (60) days after the submission of the Initial Development Plan, the Parties’ respective regulatory affairs or other applicable departments, including the members of the JDC with regulatory and drug safety expertise, shall meet and agree upon processes and procedures to recommend to the JDC for monitoring of clinical experiences with respect to Covered Products and sharing information relating to such clinical experiences as needed to support each Party’s respective regulatory responsibilities with respect to safety reporting requirements in its respective territory, including without limitation, development of appropriate safety databases relating to Covered Products. All reports, updates, Adverse Events, product complaint and other information provided by one Party to the other Party under this Agreement (including under this Section 7.2), shall be considered Confidential Information of the disclosing Party, subject to the terms of Section 8 hereof it being understood that the FDA or other applicable Regulatory Authority may publish information relating to Adverse Events on its website.

7.3. Pharmacovigilance . The Parties agree that Lithera and NovaMedica will, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the first Regulatory Approval in the Territory, conclude a Pharmacovigilance Agreement substantially in the form as provided in Schedule 4.3 to the TTA.

 

-16-


  8. TREATMENT OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

8.1 Confidentiality; Exceptions . Except to the extent authorized by this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing, the Parties agree that the receiving Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) shall keep confidential and shall not publish or otherwise disclose or use for any purpose other than as provided for in this Agreement, Confidential Information in any form (written, oral, photographic, electronic, magnetic, or otherwise) which is disclosed to it by the other Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) or otherwise received or accessed by a Receiving Party in the course of performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Agreement, except to the extent that such Confidential Information:

(a) was in the lawful knowledge and possession of the Receiving Party prior to the time it was disclosed to, or learned by, the Receiving Party, or was otherwise developed independently by the Receiving Party, as evidenced by written records kept in the ordinary course of business, or other documentary proof of actual use by the Receiving Party;

(b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party;

(c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; or

(d) was disclosed to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others.

8.2 Authorized Disclosure . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, a Receiving Party may use and disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as follows: (a) in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of rights granted or reserved in this Agreement (including the rights to Develop and Commercialize the Covered Products); (b) to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in filing or prosecuting patent, copyright, and trademark applications, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental regulations, obtaining regulatory approval, conducting Clinical Trial Investigations, marketing Covered Products, or otherwise required by Law; (c) in connection with the appraisal of Lithera IP for the purpose of contributing such IP into the charter capital of NovaMedica or (d) to the extent mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties; provided, however, that if a Receiving Party is required in litigation or by Law or regulation to make any such disclosure of a Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information it shall give reasonable advance notice to the Disclosing Party of such disclosure requirement and, except to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications, shall use its reasonable efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed. In addition, a Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to any of its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, or in connection with due diligence investigations by or on behalf of a Third Party in connection with a potential license, collaboration, investment, merger, or acquisition with or by such Third Party, and, in the case of Lithera, to Third Parties in

 

-17-


connection with due diligence investigations by or on behalf of a Third Party in connection with a potential license, collaboration, investment or other financing, merger, or acquisition with or by such Third Party; provided, however, in each of the foregoing cases, that such Third Party reasonably needs to have access to such Confidential Information agrees to be bound by reasonable terms of confidentiality and non-use at least as stringent as those set forth in this Section 8, to limit such disclosure to only personnel having a need to know such information, and to return or certify to the Receiving Party as to the destruction of such Confidential Information promptly after completing the due diligence investigation, negotiation, or transaction, as the case may be.

8.3 Disclosure of Agreement . No Party shall issue any press release or other public disclosure regarding this Agreement or the Parties’ activities hereunder, or any results or data arising hereunder, except with all the other Party’s prior written consent. Except to the extent required by Law or as otherwise permitted in accordance with this Section 8.3, neither Party shall make any public announcements concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof without the prior express written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent information regarding this Agreement has already been publicly disclosed other than through any act or omission of a Party in breach of this Agreement, a Party may subsequently disclose the same information to the public without the consent of the other Party. Each Party shall be permitted to disclose the terms of this Agreement, in each case under appropriate confidentiality provisions that are no stringent to those of this Agreement, to any actual or potential acquirers, merger partners, and professional advisors.

8.4 Remedies . Each Party shall be entitled to seek, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have, at law or in equity, a temporary injunction, without the posting of any bond or other security, enjoining or restraining the other Party from any violation or threatened violation of this Section 8.

 

  9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

9.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each Party hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the other Party as of the Effective Date, as follows:

9.1.1 Such Party (i) has the power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and (ii) has taken all necessary action on its part required to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party and is in accordance with its terms subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditor rights and judicial principles affecting the availability of specific performance and general principles of equity, whether enforceability is considered a proceeding at law or equity.

9.1.2 Such Party is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation (and has not received any communication) that alleges that such Party’s activities related to this Agreement have violated, or that by conducting the activities as contemplated in this Agreement

 

-18-


such Party would violate, any of the intellectual property rights of any Person (after giving effect to the license grants in this Agreement).

9.1.3 All necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of all regulatory and governmental authorities and other Persons required to be obtained by such Party in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement have been obtained (other than such consents, approvals and authorizations that the Parties will obtain in the course of performing their obligations under this Agreement).

9.1.4 The execution and delivery of this Agreement the performance of such Party’s obligations hereunder (i) do not conflict with or violate in any material way any requirement of applicable Law, (ii) do not conflict with or violate any provision of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, limited partnership agreement or any similar instrument of such Party, and (iii) do not conflict with, violate, or breach or constitute a default or require any consent under, any contractual obligation or court or administrative order by which such Party is bound.

9.2 Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY (AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES) HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OR EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY TECHNOLOGY LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 9.2 SHALL OPERATE TO LIMIT OR INVALIDATE ANY EXPRESS WARRANTY CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

  10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Indemnification by NovaMedica . NovaMedica shall indemnify, defend, and hold Lithera and its Affiliates, and each of their respective employees, officers, directors, and agents (individually or collectively, the “ Lithera Indemnitee(s)”) harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost, or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from Third Party claims against Lithera Indemnitee(s) arising out of or resulting from (a) any breach by NovaMedica, NovaMedica or Permitted Transferee of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement; (b) any breach of the representations, warranties, or covenants made by NovaMedica; (c) willful misconduct or negligence of NovaMedica, Permitted Transferee or any subcontractors or sublicensees; provided, however, that such obligations pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall not apply to the extent such claim (i) arise out of breach by the Lithera of its representations, warranties, or covenants set forth in Section 9, above; or (ii) are based on actions taken or omitted to be taken by Lithera in breach of its obligations under this Agreement; or (iii) result from the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Lithera Indemnitee(s).

10.2 Indemnification by Lithera . Lithera shall indemnify, defend, and hold each NovaMedica and any Permitted Transferee, and each of their respective agents, employees, officers, and directors (individually or collectively, the “ NovaMedica Indemnitee(s)”), harmless

 

-19-


from and against any and all from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost, or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from Third Party claims against NovaMedica Indemnitee(s) arising out of or resulting from any (a) breach by Lithera of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement; (b) any breach of the representations, warranties, or covenants made by Lithera; or (c) willful misconduct or negligence of Lithera or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that such obligations pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall not apply to the extent such Third Party claim (i) arises out of breach by NovaMedica of its representations, warranties, or covenants set forth in Section 9, above; or (ii) are based on actions taken or omitted to be taken by such NovaMedica in breach of its obligations under this Agreement; or (iii) result from the negligence or willful misconduct of any of NovaMedica Indemnitee(s).

10.3 No Consequential Damages . IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY (OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, ASSIGNEES, LICENSEES, OR SUCCESSORS) BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY (OR ANY OF THE OTHER PARTY’S AFFILIATES, ASSIGNEES, LICENSEES, OR SUCCESSORS) FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY BREACH THEREOF; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THIS SECTION 10.3 SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS UNDER SECTION 10.1 OR 10.2, ABOVE.

10.4 Notification of Claims ; Conditions to Indemnification Obligations. As a condition to a Party’s (or, as the case may be, a NovaMedica Indemnitee’s or a the Lithera Indemnitee’s) right to receive indemnification under this Section 10, it shall (a) promptly notify the other party as soon as it becomes aware of any Third Party claim or suit for which indemnification may be sought hereunder, (b) reasonably cooperate, and make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause the individual indemnitees to cooperate, with the indemnifying party in the defense, settlement, or compromise of such claim or suit, and (c) permit the indemnifying party to control the defense, settlement, or compromise of such claim or suit, including the right to select defense counsel; provided, however, the indemnified party shall have the right to join any defense with its own counsel at its own expense, or if the indemnifying party declines or fails to assert its intention to defend such action within sixty (60) days of receipt/sending of notice under this Section 10.4, then the indemnified party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to defend such action. In no event, however, may the indemnifying party compromise or settle any claim or suit in a manner that admits fault or negligence on the part of the indemnified party (or any indemnitee) without the prior written consent of the indemnified party. The indemnifying party shall have no liability under this Section 10 with respect to claims or suits settled or compromised by the indemnified party without the indemnifying party’s prior written consent.

 

  11. TERM AND TERMINATION

11.1 Term and Expiration . The term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as expressly provided in this Section 11, shall continue until the earlier of (a) the termination of the TTA or (b) the tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of the Covered Products in the Territory; provided that if

 

-20-


the first commercial sale of Covered Product in the Territory has not occurred within three (3) years of the approval of the first Covered Product by the FDA, then the Term shall terminate on the thirteenth anniversary of such FDA approval.

11.2 This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon termination of the TTA.

11.3 Termination of the Agreement Mutual Consent . The Parties shall have the right, any time during the Term upon their mutual written agreement, to terminate this Agreement in its entirety. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither Party shall have the right during the Term to revoke or unilaterally terminate the Agreement, in whole or in part.

11.4 Effects of Termination .

(a) Return of Confidential Information . Upon termination, but not expiration, of this Agreement, each Party shall promptly return to the other Party, or delete or destroy, all relevant records and materials in such Party’s possession or control containing Confidential Information of the other Party; provided, however, that each Party shall be entitled to retain one (1) copy of the other Party’s Confidential Information (subject to a continuing obligation of confidentiality) for the sole purpose of monitoring compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and all Confidential Information received by Lithera may continue to be used by it insofar as it relates to the Lithera or any Covered Product.

(b) Accrued Obligations . Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release either Party of any obligation or liability which, at the time of such termination, has already accrued to the other Party or which is attributable to a period prior to such termination.

(c) Non-Exclusive Remedy . Termination of this Agreement by a Party shall be without prejudice to other remedies such Party may have at law or equity.

(d) Survival . The provisions of Sections 1, 6 –8, 9.2, 10, 11.4, 12, 13 shall survive termination of this Agreement. Furthermore, any other provision that by its nature is intended to survive expiration and/or termination of this Agreement shall survive.

 

  12. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

The provisions of this Section 12 concern resolution of disputes between the Parties, which shall be resolved in accordance with dispute resolution procedures set forth below:

12.1 Generally.

(a) Disputes . The Parties recognize that disputes as to certain matters may from time to time arise during the Term that relate to either Party’s rights and/or obligations hereunder. It is the objective of the Parties to establish procedures to facilitate the prompt resolution of disputes relating to or arising under this Agreement in an expedient manner by mutual cooperation and without resort to litigation. In the event that the Parties are

 

-21-


unable to resolve such dispute within thirty (30) days from the day that one Party had designated to the other an issue as a dispute, then either Party shall have the right to escalate such issue to senior management as set forth in Section 12.1(b), below.

(b) Escalation to Senior Representatives . Either Party may, by written notice to the other Party, request that a dispute that remained unresolved for a period of thirty (30) days as set forth in Section 12.1(a), above, be resolved by the Chief Executive Officer of NovaMedica (or such person’s designee) (the “ NovaMedica Representative ”) and the Chief Executive Officer of Lithera (or such person’s designee) (the “ the Lithera Representative ”) (collectively, the “ Representatives ”) within sixty (60) days of the Representatives’ first consideration of such dispute, but in all cases within ninety (90) days after a Party’s written request for resolution by the Representatives. If the Representatives cannot resolve such dispute within such ninety (90) day period, either Party may proceed to enforce any and all of its rights with respect to such dispute in accordance with Section 12.3(c) or Section 12.2, below, as applicable.

(c) Arbitration .

(i) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with, this Agreement, including any dispute regarding the interpretation, validity or termination or the performance or breach of this Agreement, as well as any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with it, which is not resolved by mutual agreement, above, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration under the Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration (the “ LCIA ”) then in effect.

(ii) The arbitration shall be conducted by arbitrators, of whom one shall be nominated by NovaMedica and one shall be nominated by Lithera. The two arbitrators so appointed shall nominate the third arbitrator, who shall act as chairman of the Arbitral Tribunal. In the event that an arbitrator is not appointed pursuant to the foregoing provisions within the time period prescribed under the Rules of the LCIA or within the time-period agreed upon by the parties to the arbitration, upon request of either party to the arbitration, such arbitrator shall instead be appointed by the Court of the LCIA.

(iii) The Parties shall use good faith efforts to complete arbitration under this Section 12.1(c) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the initiation of such arbitration. The Arbitral Tribunal shall permit full and complete discovery, both written and oral by deposition and shall establish reasonable additional procedures to facilitate and complete such arbitration within such one hundred eighty (180) day period. The place of arbitration will be London, England. The language of the arbitration, and all proceedings thereunder, including all discovery (both written and oral) will be English.

(iv) By agreeing to arbitration, the Parties do not intend to deprive any court of competent jurisdiction of its ability to issue any form of provisional remedy, including but not limited to a preliminary injunction or attachment in aid of the arbitration, or order any interim or conservatory measure. A request for such provisional remedy or interim or conservatory measure by a Party to a court or other government entity shall not be deemed a waiver of this agreement to arbitrate.

 

-22-


(v) The award rendered by the Arbitral Tribunal, which shall cover which party shall bear the costs of the arbitration in accordance with subsection (vi) below, shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(vi) The costs of such arbitration, including administrative and fees of the arbitrators comprising the arbitration panel, shall be shared equally by the Parties, and each Party shall bear its own expenses and attorney’s fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; provided, however, that the arbitration panel may direct that the costs and attorney fees paid by one party be reimbursed by the other party. The arbitration panel shall consider the following factors in determining whether to award costs and attorney fees to be paid by one party to another party: (A) the conduct of the parties in the transactions or occurrences that gave rise to the dispute or claim, including any conduct of a party that was reckless, willful, malicious, in bad faith or illegal; (B) the objective reasonableness of the claims and defenses asserted by a party; (C) the extent to which an award of costs and attorney fees would deter future bad faith claims or defenses; (D) the objective reasonableness of the parties and the diligence of the parties and their attorneys during the proceedings; (E) the objective reasonableness of the parties and the diligence of the parties in pursuing settlement of the dispute; and (F) such other factors as the arbitration panel may consider appropriate under the circumstances.

12.2 Disputes of the JSC, JDC or JCC . In the event the JSC, JDC or JCC is unable to mutually agree upon a matter that is specifically allocated in this Agreement for decision or resolution by the JSC, JDC or JCC and such matter is not subject to the deciding vote of one Party or the other, such matter shall be subject to resolution by baseball arbitration under this Section 12.2 to be conducted as follows: The Arbitral Tribunal shall be selected as set forth in subsection 12.1(c)(ii) above. Within thirty (30) days after appointment of the third arbitrator, each Party shall deliver to the arbitrators and the other Party a reasonably detailed written description of its last proposal to the JSC, JDC or JCC (as applicable) regarding such matter, together with a written report summarizing its position and explaining why its proposal is more appropriate than the other Party’s proposal. The Arbitral Tribunal will then determine how much, if any, discovery is appropriate, taking into consideration the need for such discovery and likely effect of such discovery on the prompt resolution of the dispute. Within forty five (45) days after appointment of the third arbitrator, the Arbitral Tribunal shall give each Party the opportunity to explain in person to the arbitrators why its proposal is more appropriate than the other Party’s proposal. Within sixty (60) days after appointment of the third arbitrator, the Arbitral Tribunal shall select one of the proposals from the two submitted. The proposal selected by Arbitral Tribunal shall be binding on the Parties as if mutually agreed by the Parties. THE ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL MAY NOT MODIFY OR ALTER THE TERMS IN EITHER PARTY’S PROPOSAL. The Arbitral Tribunal may not award damages or other monetary amounts to either Party in any proceeding conducted pursuant to this Section 12.2, provided , however , the cost of the arbitration shall be borne by the Party whose proposal was not accepted by the arbitrator.

12.3 Provisional Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of either Party to seek to obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief, pending resolution under Sections 12.1 or 12.2, above, as applicable, that may be necessary to protect the rights or property of that Party. Seeking or obtaining such equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy in a court shall not be

 

-23-


deemed a waiver of the agreement to arbitrate. For clarity, any such equitable remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive and are in addition to any other remedies that either Party may have under this Agreement or applicable Law.

12.4 Remedies . In the event a Party is in breach of its obligations under this Agreement, and the breach is not remedied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the other Party shall be entitled to all remedies available in law or equity, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation, collection of damages, injunctive relief, and specific performance.

 

  13. MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Relationship of the Parties . Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be deemed to constitute a partnership, agency, joint venture, or other relationship between the Parties.

13.2 Assignment .

(a) Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any interest hereunder shall be assignable nor any other obligation delegable, by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have the right to assign this Agreement in whole without the consent of the other Party to (X) any Affiliate (Y) Permitted Transferee or (Y) a successor to substantially all of the business of the assigning Party to which this Agreement relates ( “Successor” ), whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or similar transaction, operation of law, or otherwise; provided, however, that an Affiliate or Successor must accept all rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) Any permitted assignment under this Section 13.2 shall relieve the assigning Party of any and all of its responsibilities or obligations hereunder, provided that, as a condition of such assignment, the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by all obligations of the assigning Party hereunder.

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties.

(d) Any assignment not in accordance with this Section 13.2 shall be void.

13.3 Performance by NovaMedica and Permitted Transferee . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, NovaMedica shall have the right to have any of its obligations hereunder performed, or its rights hereunder exercised, by, any of its Affiliates or Permitted Transferees, and the performance of such obligations by any such Affiliate(s) or Permitted Transferee(s) shall be deemed to be performance by NovaMedica and, provided that (a) any NovaMedica or Permitted Transferee that agrees to perform or exercise on NovaMedica behalf any of NovaMedica’s obligations or rights under this Agreement agrees that Lithera is an intended third party beneficiary of any such performance or exercise and (b) NovaMedica provides Lithera with a copy of such agreement between NovaMedica and the Permitted

 

-24-


Transferee, thereafter NovaMedica shall not be responsible to Lithera for performance of such obligation(s) under this Agreement and any failure of such Permitted Transferee in performing obligations shall not be deemed to be a failure by NovaMedica to perform such obligations.

13.4 Actions . Each Party agrees to execute, acknowledge, and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

13.5 Force Majeure . Neither Party shall be liable to the other for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement for the time and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by acts of God, earthquake, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, war, strikes or other labor disputes, fire, flood, failure or delay of transportation, default by suppliers or unavailability of raw materials, governmental acts or restrictions or any other reason which is beyond the control of the respective Party.

13.6 Amendments . No waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in a writing referencing this Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each Party.

13.7 Captions . The captions to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement.

13.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York, USA, excluding the application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the Law of another jurisdiction; provided, however, that matters of intellectual property law shall be determined in accordance with the national intellectual property laws relevant to the intellectual property at issue.

13.9 Notices and Deliveries . Any notice, request, approval, or consent required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person, transmitted, by facsimile (receipt verified), or by express courier service (signature required) to the Party to which it is directed at its address or facsimile number shown below or such other address or facsimile number as such Party shall have last given by notice to the other Party.

If to

Lithera, Inc., addressed to:

9191 Towne Center Drive, Ste 400

San Diego, California, 92122 USA

Attention: President and CEO

Facsimile: 858-750-1013

With a copy to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

 

-25-


12235 El Camino Real, Suite 200

San Diego, California, 92130 USA

Attention: Michael Hostetler, Ph.D.

Facsimile: 858-350-2399

If to NovaMedica, addressed to:

NovaMedica, LLC

125047 bldg 29/22

1st Brestskaya Street

Moscow

Russian Federation

Attention: CEO of LLC “D-Pharma”, Managing Company

Vladimir Gurdus

13.10 Waiver . A waiver by either Party of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof. All rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy, right, undertaking, obligation, or agreement of either Party.

13.11 Severability . When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable Law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The Parties shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one that in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.

13.12 Transfer and Technology Agreement. The terms and conditions of the TTA are not changed, amended or modified through this Agreement and shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. All rights, powers and privileges of the Parties under this Agreement are in addition to any rights, powers and privileges granted to the Parties by the TTA.

13.13 Assumptions . The terms and provisions in this Agreement have been negotiated and drafted on the assumption by the Parties that there are no laws or regulations in the Territory that will prevent or significantly hinder NovaMedica or Permitted Transferees or Lithera from performing their obligations and realizing their benefits as set forth in this Agreement. If this assumption ultimately proves to be untrue, the Parties will use good faith efforts to make such revisions as are reasonable and equitable to the Parties and are in compliance with the laws and regulations of the Territory.

13.14 English as the Controlling Language for all Agreements . All notices and other communications under this Agreement and any related agreements, including assignments, licenses, and/or sublicenses with NovaMedica and/or a Permitted Transferee, shall be in the English language. NovaMedica shall, furthermore, require that any assignment, license, sublicense, or other agreement (i) having NovaMedica or a Permitted Transferee as a party and

 

-26-


(ii) a copy of which is required by this Agreement to be provided a Party, shall be prepared in the English language, which language shall govern the interpretation of, and any dispute regarding, the terms of that agreement.

13.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties have caused this Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the Effective Date.

 

LITHERA, INC.:     NOVAMEDICA LLC:
By:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

    By:  

/s/ Vladimir Gurdus

Name:   George Mahaffey     Name:   Vladimir Gurdus
Title:   President & CEO     Title:  

CEO of LLC “D-Pharma”

Managing Company

 

-28-


Schedule 1-Compounds

Salmeterol xinafoate, having the chemical structure:

***

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

-29-


Schedule 2 – Territory

CIS states:

 

1. Armenia

 

2. Azerbaijan

 

3. Belarus

 

4. Kazakhstan

 

5. Kyrgyzstan

 

6. Moldova

 

7. Russia

 

8. Tajikistan

 

9. Ukraine

 

10. Uzbekistan

Non-CIS states:

 

11. Georgia

 

12. Turkmenistan

 

-30-


Schedule 3 – Commercial Supplies

 

1. Company and NovaMedica shall enter into a commercial supply agreement for supply of Covered Product to NovaMedica (“ Commercial Supply Agreement ”) within sixty (60) days of Company’s having executed a supply agreement with a contract manufacturing organization (“ CMO ”) securing Company’s commercial supply of Covered Product.

 

2. NovaMedica shall have the right to order, and Lithera undertakes to supply the Covered Product for exclusive Commercialization in the Territory within the term of the Commercial Supply Agreement.

 

3. All supply of Covered Product hereunder shall be initiated by a purchase order placed by NovaMedica, which written purchase order shall include the quantity of Product ordered and the requested shipment date (“ Delivery Orders ”). Each Delivery Order shall be subject to acceptance via invoicing by Lithera and once accepted, shall be binding on both Parties. Lithera shall accept and fill all validly placed Delivery Orders (i.e., that comply with the terms and conditions of Commercial Supply Agreement). For clarity, it is understood that Lithera shall not be obligated to accept any Delivery Order until such time as Lithera has retained a CMO to manufacture Product for commercial use.

 

4. The price of Products specified in each Delivery Order shall not exceed ***. For the purpose of this Schedule 3, “ COGS ” shall mean all auditable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Lithera in connection with the supply of Covered Product to NovaMedica. In calculating the COGS, the Company shall use the same assumptions, allocations and calculations as it uses in preparing its publicly reported financial statements and shall allocate to cost categories in a manner consistent across all Lithera’s product lines.

 

5. The other terms and conditions of commercial supply shall be specified by the Parties in the Commercial Supply Agreement.

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

-31-

Exhibit 10.4

 

CONTRACT NO. 0702/12

This Contract (the “ Contract ”) is entered into as of July 2, 2013, by and between:

Lithera, Inc, a company incorporated and existing in accordance with the State of Delaware and having its registered office at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, California, 92122, USA, hereinafter referred to as “ SELLER ”,

and

NovaMedica LLC , a company incorporated and existing in accordance with the laws of the Russian Federation and having its registered office at Sokolnichesky Val, 38, of. VII, 107113, Moscow, Russian Federation, hereinafter referred to as “ BUYER ”.

SELLER and BUYER are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, BUYER is desirous to purchase from SELLER the Product (as defined below) solely for the purpose of conducting clinical trials in the Russian Federation, and SELLER agrees to supply Products to the SELLER for this purpose,

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and of the mutual covenants of the Parties hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. SUBJECT OF THE CONTRACT

 

1.1 Purchase and Sale of Products . The Parties anticipate that BUYER may need up to one thousand (1,000) vialed doses of Product (as defined below) to carry out clinical trials of Product in the Russian Federation (“ Anticipated Maximum Quantity ”). Accordingly, BUYER shall have the right to order, and SELLER undertakes to deliver for

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO


clinical trials, up to the Anticipated Maximum Quantity of the medicinal product LIPO202 in bulk form (i.e., unlabeled vialed drug) (hereinafter referred to as the “ Product ”) in accordance with the terms described below. All supply of Product hereunder shall be initiated by a purchase order placed by BUYER, which written purchase order shall include the quantity of Product ordered and the requested shipment date (“ Delivery Orders ”). Each Delivery Order shall be subject to acceptance via invoicing by SELLER and once accepted, shall be binding on both Parties. SELLER shall accept and fill all validly placed Delivery Orders (i.e., that comply with the terms and conditions of this Contract). For clarity, it is acknowledged that SELLER shall not be obligated to accept orders to the extent that doing so would result in SELLER supplying to BUYER more than the Anticipated Maximum Quantity (taking into account all quantities of Product which SELLER has delivered or is obligated to deliver under any prior Delivery Orders). Additionally, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Contract, it is understood that SELLER shall not be obligated to accept any Delivery Order until such time as SELLER has retained a third party contract manufacturer (“ CMO ”) to manufacture Product and Exhibit 1 has been completed, which SELLER commits to do as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within 9 months of the date of execution of this Contract. In the event that SELLER rejects a Delivery Order from BUYER, SELLER shall so notify BUYER in writing and BUYER shall have the option to either (i) modify the Delivery Order based on the Parties’ mutual discussion, or (ii) cancel the Delivery Order.

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


1.2 In the event that SELLER has available existing inventory of Product on hand that meets the shelf-life requirements set forth in Section 2.3 below (“ Existing Inventory ”), SELLER shall fulfill BUYER’s accepted Delivery Orders from Existing Inventory. In the event that SELLER does not have sufficient Existing Inventory to fulfill BUYER’s Delivery Order, SELLER shall so notify BUYER. In such case, BUYER may at its election, either defer its order until such time as SELLER receives its next shipment of Product from the CMO, or if BUYER does not wish to wait until SELLER receives its next order for Product, BUYER may request that SELLER place an order for Product on BUYER’s behalf with CMO in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit 1, (any such Product, “ Newly Manufactured Product ”), provided that if BUYER elects to request that SELLER place an order with CMO for Product on BUYER’s behalf (i.e., place an order for Product that SELLER was not otherwise planning to place), then to the extent that Exhibit 1 establishes a minimum order size for orders of Product, BUYER shall be responsible for the costs of the entire order placed on its behalf (i.e., for the entire batch).

 

1.3 In the event that the NovaMedica reasonably determines that additional quantities of Product beyond the

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Anticipated Maximum Quantity are reasonably required for BUYER’s obtaining regulatory approval for Product in the Russian Federation (such additional quantities, “ Excess Quantities ”), SELLER agrees to use its reasonable efforts to accept and fill Delivery Orders from BUYER for such Excess Quantities, provided that in the event SELLER is unable to accept or fill Delivery Orders for Excess Quantities despite its reasonable efforts to do so, such inability shall not be deemed a material breach of this Contract.

 

1.4 A) The price for each shipment of ordered Products shall be reflected in the invoice provided by SELLER in its acceptance of BUYER’s Delivery Order, which price shall be *** and for clarity shall include SELLER’s acquisition costs for such Products as well as all shipping, insurance, excise fees, taxes and other expenses incurred by SELLER in connection with the delivery of the shipment to the delivery point.

B) The price for each shipment of Products shall be denominated in US Dollars, understood as per CIP (Moscow) (Incoterms 2010). The Parties shall sign the additional agreement hereto setting forth the total price and/or total quantity of the Products to be supplied hereunder, if required by mandatory rules of the legislation of the Russian Federation.

C) Products will be delivered either in bulk form or labeled for clinical use in accordance with the requirements of

LOGO

 

 

*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

LOGO


the United States Food and Drug Administration. BUYER shall be responsible for labeling (or overlabeling, as applicable) of the Products at its own expense.

D) With respect to shipments of Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, payment to SELLER shall be made by BUYER within 30 days from the date such shipment is delivered into the custody of the carrier for delivery to BUYER. With respect to shipments of Newly Manufactured Product, payment shall be made in accordance with the procedures and timelines set forth in Exhibit 1. Other terms of payment may be agreed to by SELLER in writing.

 

1.5 Transfer of Title . With respect to shipments of Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, the title and risk of loss with respect to each such shipment of Products supplied hereunder shall be transferred to BUYER from the date the shipment is delivered into the custody of the carrier prepared for shipment to BUYER CIP (Moscow) (Incoterms 2010). With respect to shipments of Newly Manufactured Product, transfer of title and risk of loss shall be as set forth in Exhibit 1.

 

1.6 The supply of Products by SELLER to BUYER shall be solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract. ANY TERMS OR CONDITIONS OF ANY PURCHASE ORDER OR ACKNOWLEDGMENT GIVEN OR RECEIVED WHICH ARE ADDITIONAL TO OR INCONSISTENT WITH THIS CONTRACT SHALL HAVE NO EFFECT AND SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED AND REJECTED BY EACH PARTY.

 

2. QUALITY OF PRODUCTS

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


2.1 SELLER warrants to BUYER that the Product to be supplied shall conform in quality and completeness to the requirements of the applicable law of the USA.

 

2.2 The Products shall, at the time they are placed in the custody of the carrier by SELLER, conform with the specifications established for the Product.

 

2.3 With respect to shipments of Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, unless otherwise consented to in writing by BUYER, the shelf-life of such Products at the moment of the Products’ being placed in the custody of the carrier by SELLER shall not be less than 50% of the then current whole shelf-life period established for such Products. With respect to shipments of Newly Manufactured Product, the shelf-life of such Products at the moment of the Products’ being placed in the custody of the carrier by SELLER shall not be less than 80% of the whole shelf-life period established for these Products.

 

3. TERMS OF DELIVERY

 

3.1 With respect to shipments of Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, Products shall be shipped to BUYER CIP (delivery to the customs clearance point in Russian Federation, Moscow) (Incoterms 2010). Each Delivery Order shall specify the shipment date requested by BUYER, which shipment date shall be at least 20 business days after the date such Delivery Order is received by SELLER). Each shipment shall be delivered into the custody of the carrier within three (3) business days of the shipment date specified in the accepted Delivery Order (i.e., three (3) business days before or three (3) business days after the shipment

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


date, the “ Seven (7) Business Day Window ”). For clarification, delivery of Product to the carrier within the Seven (7) Business Day Window shall be deemed meeting such shipment date. With respect to shipments of Newly Manufactured Product, delivery of such Product (including applicable lead times for orders) shall be as set forth in Exhibit 1.

 

3.2 If required in accordance with the applicable law BUYER is obliged prior to the beginning of the first shipment of the Products to send SELLER by fax a copy of the Permission of the Ministry of Healthcare and Social Development of the Russian Federation in respect of the importation of the relevant batch of Products of respective description per the Contract. The permission can be executed on the name of BUYER or representative of BUYER, including CRO.

 

3.3 With respect to shipments of Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, SELLER shall inform BUYER of shipment of such Products within 24 hours from the moment of their shipment, but not later than 5 days before the arrival of such shipment at the customs clearance point in the Russian Federation. Such notice shall specify the date of dispatch, planned date of delivery of the shipment to the customs clearance point in the BUYER’s country, identity of the Product contained in such shipment, shipment document number, Contract number, number of shippers and packs, gross and net weights. Simultaneously SELLER provides BUYER by e-mail the copies of the following documents:

 

    International commodity transport waybill,

 

    Export invoice;

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


    Packing list;

 

    Insurance policy;

 

    Certificate of Analysis (i.e., a document containing confirmation of the execution of the relevant quality tests, a description of the results of such testing, and manufacturing and expiry dates) in English (provided that at BUYER’s request and expense, SELLER will arrange to have the Certificate of Analysis translated into Russian).

With respect to shipments of Newly Manufactured Product, shipment and delivery procedures shall be as set forth in Exhibit 1.

 

3.4 The quantity and completeness of the supplied Products shall be consistent with the details set forth in invoice, export invoice, waybill and packing list.

 

4. PACKING AND MARKING OF PRODUCTS

 

4.1 SELLER shall deliver the Products to BUYER in packages suitable for the Products that ensure safe storage under normal conditions.

 

4.2 With each shipment of Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, SELLER shall provide the documents listed in Section 3.3. With each shipment of Newly Manufactured Product, BUYER shall be provided with the certificate of analysis in English and such other documentation as is specified in Exhibit 1.

 

5. ACCEPTANCE OF THE PRODUCTS

 

5.1 BUYER shall accept the Products with regard to quantity of the shippers from the representative of the carrier based on the

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


documentation accompanying the Products.

 

5.2 All claims in respect of weight, quantity, external defects and non-compliance with the specification of the Products under this Contract shall (i) in the case of Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, be sent by BUYER in the written form to SELLER’s address within 30 calendar days after the date of receipt of the shipment by BUYER along with the report signed by individuals authorized by the management of the BUYER to accept the Products specifying the nature of the defect and the lot number for the affected Product (“ Notice of Defective Product ”), and (ii) in the case of Newly Manufactured Product, be reported in the manner and within the timelines set forth in Exhibit 1.

 

5.3. Claims with respect to quality of the Products that are due to defects that are not identifiable using commercially reasonable acceptance testing procedures at the time of receipt of the shipment (“ Latent Defects ”), shall to the extent such claims are permitted Exhibit 1, be made in the manner and within the timelines set forth in Exhibit 1.

 

5.4. With respect to Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory, in the event BUYER provides SELLER with a Notice of Defective Product, SELLER shall be obliged to confirm/reject such claim in the written form within 20 working days from the moment it is received. In case BUYER does not receive this confirmation/rejection within the mentioned timelines, the claim is considered to be accepted. If the claim is accepted, SELLER must issue a credit-note to BUYER within 10 working days from the moment

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


the claim is accepted refunding the purchase price of the rejected Products including customs expenses borne by BUYER and also expenses (if applicable) borne by BUYER during receipt, storage, certification, customs clearance of the damaged and/or poor quality Products. In the case SELLER disputes such rejection because it believes that that Products in question are not defective (or that the defect is due to the mishandling or incorrect or inappropriate storage (i.e., not in accordance with the specifications) of the Products by BUYER), samples of the rejected Products may be submitted for tests and a decision by a mutually agreed upon, independent and reputable third party laboratory in the United States, which appointment shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by either Party. The determination of such laboratory shall be final and binding upon the Parties. The Party against whom the determination is made shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of such laboratory. In the event the laboratory finds that the Products are defective, SELLER shall issue to BUYER a credit-note as described above within 10 business days of such determination. In the event the laboratory finds for the SELLER, BUYER shall be obligated to pay for such Products to the extent payment has not already been received. With respect to damaged and/or poor quality Newly Manufactured Product, rejection and refund/replacement procedures shall be as set forth in Exhibit 1.

For clarity, the right to receive a

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


credit-note as set forth in this Section 5.4 shall be BUYER’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any damaged and/or poor quality Product supplied by SELLER from Existing Inventory under this Contract and the remedies set forth in Exhibit 1 shall be BUYER’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to damaged and/or poor quality Newly Manufactured Product.

 

  5.5. Damaged and/or nonconforming Products shall at BUYER’s election, either be returned to SELLER at SELLER’s cost or destroyed by BUYER provided SELLER compensates for all the costs reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by BUYER for destruction confirmed by appropriate documents.

 

6. LIABILITY

 

6.1     

 

  A. The Parties shall be held liable for non-performance or improper performance of their obligations under the Contract in accordance with the applicable law of the State of New York, USA.

 

  B. NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST OR ANTICIPATED REVENUES OR PROFITS RELATING TO THE SAME), ARISING FROM ANY CLAIM RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


POSSIBILITY OR LIKELIHOOD OF SAME. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, SELLER’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY UNDER THIS CONTRACT FOR PRODUCT CLAIMS THAT DO NOT RESULT FROM SELLER’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED ONE MILLION U.S. DOLLARS ($1,000,000).

 

7. FORCE MAJEURE

 

7.1 It is agreed that any delay, breach or failure on the part of either Party in complying with the terms and conditions of this Contract (other than a failure to pay amounts due hereunder) shall not be treated as a default or breach or give rise to any claim for damage to or in favor of either party, if and to the extent, such delay, breach or failure is caused by occurrences beyond the control of either party such as acts of God, fires, floods, explosions, war/civil commotion, strikes lock outs, statutory prohibitions and other similar causes. The Party claiming an event of force majeure shall as soon as possible notify the other Party in writing and provide all the particulars of the cause or event and the date it first occurred. Failure to give such a notice to the other Party shall prevent the Party claiming

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


force majeure from availing itself of the protections otherwise afforded to it under this Section 7.1. If the force majeure in question continues for a continuous period in excess of six months, the Parties shall enter into good faith discussions with a view of mitigating its effects or to agree upon such alternative arrangements as may be fair and reasonable. In case no such arrangement can be agreed upon, the other Party not affected by force majeure will be entitled to terminate this Contract by giving three (3) months notice to the Party affected by force majeure.

 

8. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

8.1 Term . The initial term of this Contract shall be for a period of four (4) years commencing on the date of its execution (“ Term ”). If either Party desires to extend the Term, such Party shall notify the other in writing not later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Term, whereupon the Parties shall commence, within a reasonable time thereafter, good faith negotiations regarding the extension of this Contract.

 

8.2 Termination .

 

  A) This Contract shall automatically terminate upon termination of BUYER’s licenses from SELLER to develop and commercialize the Product.

 

  B) BUYER shall have the right to

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


terminate this Contract in its entirety upon ninety (90) calendar days prior written notice to SELLER.

 

  C) SELLER shall have the right to terminate this Contract upon written notice, in the event of BUYER’s material breach hereof which is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice specifying such breach.

 

8.3 Effects of Termination .

 

  A) Termination of this Contract for any reason shall not release either party hereto from any liability which at the time of such termination has already accrued to the other Party.

B) Articles 6, 9 and 11 and Sections 5.4 and 8.3 shall survive the expiration and any termination of this Contract. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, all rights and obligations of the parties under this Contract shall terminate upon the expiration or termination of this Contract.

 

9. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

 

9.1 All disputes, differences or claims which can arise from the present Contract or in respect of it, including concerning its performance, violation, termination or non validity, shall be resolved by the Parties by the mutual agreement. In the case of failure, such disputes, differences or claims shall be referred for resolution as follows:

 

A. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with, this Contract, including any dispute regarding the interpretation, validity or

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


termination or the performance or breach of this Contract, as well as any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with it, which is not resolved by mutual agreement, above, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration under the Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration (the “ LCIA ”) then in effect.

 

B. The arbitration shall be conducted by arbitrators, of whom one shall be nominated by SELLER and one shall be nominated by BUYER. The two arbitrators so appointed shall nominate the third arbitrator, who shall act as chairman of the Arbitral Tribunal. In the event that an arbitrator is not appointed pursuant to the foregoing provisions within the time period prescribed under the Rules of the LCIA or within the time-period agreed upon by the parties to the arbitration, upon request of either party to the arbitration, such arbitrator shall instead be appointed by the Court of the LCIA.

 

C. The Parties shall use good faith efforts to complete any arbitration hereunder within one hundred eighty (180) days following the initiation of such arbitration. The Arbitral Tribunal shall permit full and complete discovery, both written and oral by deposition and shall establish reasonable additional procedures to facilitate and complete such arbitration within such one hundred eighty (180) day period. The place of arbitration will be London, England. The language of the arbitration, and all proceedings thereunder, including all discovery (both written and oral) will be English.

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


D. By agreeing to arbitration, the Parties do not intend to deprive any court of competent jurisdiction of its ability to issue any form of provisional remedy, including but not limited to a preliminary injunction or attachment in aid of the arbitration, or order any interim or conservatory measure. A request for such provisional remedy or interim or conservatory measure by a Party to a court or other government entity shall not be deemed a waiver of this agreement to arbitrate.

 

E. The award rendered by the Arbitral Tribunal, which shall cover which party shall bear the costs of the arbitration in accordance with subsection F below, shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

F. The costs of such arbitration, including administrative and fees of the arbitrators comprising the arbitration panel, shall be shared equally by the Parties, and each Party shall bear its own expenses and attorney’s fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; provided, however, that the arbitration panel may direct that the costs and attorney fees paid by one party be reimbursed by the other party. The arbitration panel shall consider the following factors in determining whether to award costs and attorney fees to be paid by one

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Party to another Party: (i) the conduct of the Parties in the transactions or occurrences that gave rise to the dispute or claim, including any conduct of a Party that was reckless, willful, malicious, in bad faith or illegal; (ii) the objective reasonableness of the claims and defenses asserted by a Party; (iii) the extent to which an award of costs and attorney fees would deter future bad faith claims or defenses; (iv) the objective reasonableness of the Parties and the diligence of the Parties and their attorneys during the proceedings; (v) the objective reasonableness of the parties and the diligence of the Parties in pursuing settlement of the dispute; and (vi) such other factors as the Arbitral Tribunal may consider appropriate under the circumstances.

 

G. Provisional Remedies . Nothing in this Contract shall limit the right of either Party to seek to obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief, pending resolution under Sections 9.1 A-F above, that may be necessary to protect the rights or property of that Party. Seeking or obtaining such equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy in a court shall not be deemed a waiver of the agreement to arbitrate. For clarity, any such equitable remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive and are in addition to any other remedies that either Party may have under this Contract or applicable law.

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


H. Remedies . In the event a Party is in breach of its obligations under this Contract, and the breach is not remedied in accordance with the terms of this Contract, the other Party shall be entitled to all remedies available in law or equity, consistent with the terms of this Contract, including without limitation, collection of damages, injunctive relief, and specific performance.

 

9.2 This Contract shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, USA, excluding the application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the law of another jurisdiction.

 

10. NOTICES

 

10.1 Any notice given by one Party to the other under this Contract shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery, by international courier service or by facsimile, as follows:

If to SELLER :

Lithera, Inc., addressed to:

9191 Towne Center Drive, Ste 400

San Diego, California, 92122 USA

Facsimile: 858-750-1013

For the attention of: President and CEO

If to BUYER :

NovaMedica, LLC

125047 bldg 29/22 1st Brestskaya Street

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Moscow Russian Federation

Facsimile: +7 495 545-39-12

For the attention of: CEO of LLC “D-Pharma”, Managing Company Vladimir Gurdus

 

10.2 Such notice shall be deemed received when given, if given by hand or by facsimile, or two days after dispatch if given by international courier service.

 

10.3 The Parties shall notify each other of the changes in their registered addresses, payment details and facsimile numbers within three (3) days.

 

11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

11.1 Bank Requisites of the Parties

SELLER :

Silicon Valley Bank

Routing No. 121140399

Acct No. 33-00556011

BUYER :

USD account 40702840192000004435 in GPB (Open Joint-Stock Company) Moscow Correspondence account 30101810200000000823

 

11.2 Relationship between Parties . Nothing in this Contract or in the activities engaged in by SELLER hereunder shall be deemed to create an agency, partnership, employment or joint venture relationship between the Parties. Each Party shall be deemed to be acting solely on its own behalf and has no authority, express or implied, to pledge the credit of, or incur obligations or perform any acts or make any statements on behalf of the other Party. Each Party shall hold the other harmless and indemnify it against any liability (including cost of defense) arising from a

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


determination by a court or agency that the Parties are not independent contractors as a result of the Party defaulting in its obligations pursuant to this Section.

 

11.3 Allocation of Costs between Parties . With respect to the registration of the Products for export, SELLER shall pay the costs due under its country’s regulations and include such amounts in the invoiced price for the Products. BUYER shall at its own expense receive the permits and licenses necessary for importation of the Products into the territory of Russia,. BUYER shall at its own expense perform the customs clearance of the Products in the territory of the Russian Federation. All bank charges on the BUYER’s territory shall be borne by BUYER and outside of its territory by SELLER.

 

11.4 Assignment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Contract nor any interest hereunder shall be assignable, nor any other obligation delegable, by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, SELLER shall have the right to transfer or assign this Contract in whole without the consent of BUYER (i) to its affiliates, by giving at least thirty (30) days notice of such assignment to BUYER, and (ii) a successor to substantially all of the

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


business of SELLER to which this Contract relates (the “ Successor ”), whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or similar transaction, operation of law, or otherwise; provided, however, that an affiliate or Successor must accept all rights and obligations under this Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SELLER may subcontract the performance of its obligations under this Contract to one or more third parties, provided that SELLER shall remain liable under this Contract for the performance of all its obligations under this Contract.

 

11.5 Non-Disclosure Agreement . Neither Party may disclose any information to any third person with respect to the terms of this Contract without the prior written consent from the non-disclosing Party, except as required by securities or other applicable laws, to prospective and other investors and such party’s accountants, attorneys and other professional advisors.

 

11.6 Language . This Contract shall be executed in two counterparts in the English and Russian languages; and the English version shall be a controlling version.

 

11.7 Headings . The headings used in the Contract are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way either the meaning or interpretation of the terms thereof.

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


11.8 Severability . If any provision of this Contract is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions thereof. In such case of invalidity or unenforceability, the Parties shall agree on a supplementary provision consistent with the original intent and purpose of this Contract. Where this Contract does not contain express provisions on the matter in question, statutory provisions shall apply.

 

11.9 No Waiver . No forbearance, indulgence or relaxation shown or granted by each party to the other in enforcing any of the terms or conditions of this Contract shall in any way affect, diminish, restrict or prejudice the rights or powers of such party under this Contract, or operate as, or be deemed to be, a waiver of any breach of the terms or conditions of this Contract.

 

11.10 Amendments . No provision of this Contract shall be altered, amended, revoked or waived except by writing, signed by both Parties and designated as an amendment, revocation or waiver.

 

11.11 Counterparts . This Contract and any amendment or waiver relating to this Contract may be executed in counterparts or counterpart signature pages, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and together they shall constitute a single document.

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


11.12 Entire Contract . This Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersede all prior agreements or understandings or other documents signed by the Parties related to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Contract has been executed by the Parties as of the day and date first above written.

SELLER:

/s/ George Mahaffey

 

Name:  George Mahaffey

Title:    CEO

BUYER:

/s/ Vladimir O. Gurdus

 

Name:  Vladimir O. Gurdus

Title:    CEO of LLC “D-Pharma”, Managing company of

             LLC “NovaMedica”

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.5

OFFICE SPACE LEASE

BETWEEN

WW&LJ GATEWAYS, LTD.

AND

LIPOTHERA, INC.


OFFICE SPACE LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the 3 rd day of July, 2008, by and between WW&LJ GATEWAYS, LTD., a California limited partnership, hereafter called “Landlord,” and LIPOTHERA, INC., a Delaware corporation, hereafter called “Tenant.”

ARTICLE I. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

Each reference in this Lease to the “Basic Lease Provisions” shall mean and refer to the following collective terms, the application of which shall be governed by the provisions in the remaining Articles of this Lease.

 

1. Tenant’s Trade Name: N/A

 

2. Premises: Suite No. 400 (the Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1).

 

   Address of Building: 9191 Towne Centre Drive, San Diego, California, 92122

 

   Project Description: La Jolla Gateway

 

3. Use of Premises: General office and for no other use.

 

4. Estimated Commencement Date: Thirty (30) days after full and final execution of this Lease.

 

5. Lease Term: Twenty-Four (24) months, plus such additional days as may be required to cause this Lease to terminate on the final day of the calendar month.

 

6. Basic Rent:

 

Months of Term
or Period

   Monthly Rate Per
Square Foot
   Monthly Basic Rent

01 – 12

   $3.00    $8,172.00

13 – 24

   $3.09    $8,417.00

 

7. Property Tax Base: The Property Taxes per rentable square foot incurred by Landlord and attributable to the twelve month period ending June 30, 2009 (the “Base Year”).

 

   Building Cost Base: The Building Costs per rentable square foot incurred by Landlord and attributable to the Base Year.

 

   Expense Recovery Period: Every twelve month period during the Term (or portion thereof during the first and last Lease years) ending June 30; provided, however, that the first (1 st ) Expense Recovery Period shall not commence until July 1, 2009.

 

8. Floor Area of Premises: approximately 2,724 rentable square feet

 

9. Security Deposit: $9,259.00

 

10. Broker(s): Irvine Realty Company (“Landlord’s Broker”) and The Staubach Company-San Diego, Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”)

 

11. Plan Approval Date: N/A

 

12. Parking: Six (6) unreserved vehicle parking spaces and two (2) reserved vehicle parking spaces, as more fully described in Exhibit C.

 

2


13. Address for Payments and Notices:

 

LANDLORD

Payment Address:

 

WW&LJ Gateways, Ltd.

Department #6533

Los Angeles, CA 90084-6533

 

Notice Address:

 

WW&LJ Gateways, Ltd.

9171 Towne Centre Drive

Suite 140

San Diego, CA 92122

Attn: Building Manager

 

with a copy of notices to:

 

THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC

P.O. Box 6370

Newport Beach, CA 92658-6370

Attn: Vice President, Operations,

Office Properties

 

TENANT

 

Lipothera, Inc.

12481 High Bluff Drive, Suite 150

San Diego, CA 92130

Attn: John Dobak

(Prior to the Commencement Date)

 

Lipothera, Inc.

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

Attn: John Dobak

(After the Commencement Date)

 

3


ARTICLE II. PREMISES

SECTION 2.1. LEASED PREMISES. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant rents from Landlord the premises shown in Exhibit A (the “Premises”), containing approximately the floor area set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions and known by the suite number identified in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Premises are located in the building identified in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Building”), which is a portion of the project described in Item 2 (the “Project”).

SECTION 2.2. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Building or the suitability or fitness of either for any purpose, except as set forth in this Lease. The taking of possession or use of the Premises by Tenant for any purpose other than construction shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were in satisfactory condition and in conformity with the provisions of this Lease in all respects, except for those matters which Tenant shall have brought to Landlord’s attention on a written punch list. The list shall be limited to any items required to be accomplished by Landlord under the Work Letter (if any) attached as Exhibit X, and shall be delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the term (“Term”) of this Lease commences as provided in Article Ill below. Nothing contained in this Section shall affect the commencement of the Term or the obligation of Tenant to pay rent; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant have any obligation to pay any rent until the date the Premises are ready for occupancy (as hereinafter defined in Section 3.2) and the substantial completion by Landlord of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Work Letter. Landlord shall diligently complete all punch list items of which it is notified as provided above.

Upon the substantial completion by Landlord of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit X and made a part hereof, Landlord hereby represents and warrants that the Premises shall be in good working order, condition and repair with all Building systems in good working order and condition such that Tenant can use the Premises for the use set forth in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

SECTION 2.3. BUILDING NAME, ADDRESS AND DEPICTION. Tenant shall not utilize any name selected by Landlord from time to time for the Building and/or the Project as any part of Tenant’s corporate or trade name. Landlord shall have the right to change the name, number or designation of the Building or Project without liability to Tenant. Tenant shall not use any picture of the Building in its advertising, stationery or in any other manner.

ARTICLE III. TERM

SECTION 3.1. GENERAL. The Term shall be for the period shown in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Term shall commence (“Commencement Date”) on the earlier of (a) the date the Premises are deemed ready for occupancy in accordance with Section 3.2, or (b) the date Tenant commences its business activities within the Premises. Promptly following request by Landlord, the parties shall memorialize on a form provided by Landlord (the “Commencement Memorandum”) the actual Commencement Date and the expiration date (“Expiration Date”) of this Lease; should Tenant fail to execute and return the Commencement Memorandum to Landlord within five (5) business days (or provide specific written objections thereto within that period), then Landlord’s determination of the Commencement and Expiration Dates as set forth in the Commencement Memorandum shall be conclusive.

SECTION 3.2. DELAY IN POSSESSION. If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Commencement Date set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, this Lease shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any resulting loss or damage. However, Tenant shall not be liable for any rent and the Commencement Date shall not occur until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises with the Tenant Improvements substantially completed and the Premises are in fact ready for occupancy as defined below, except that if Landlord’s failure to so deliver possession is attributable to any action or inaction by Tenant (including without limitation any Tenant Delay described in the Work Letter, if any, attached to this Lease), then the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy, and Landlord shall be entitled to full performance by Tenant (including the payment of rent), as of the date Landlord would have been able to deliver the Premises to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements substantially completed therein but for Tenant’s delay(s). Subject to the foregoing, the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy if and when Landlord, to the extent applicable, (a) has put into operation and good working order and condition all building services essential for the use of the Premises by Tenant, (b) has provided reasonable access to the Premises for Tenant so that they may be used without unnecessary interference, (c) has substantially completed all the work required to be done by Landlord in this Lease, and (d) has obtained requisite governmental approvals to Tenant’s occupancy.

 

4


SECTION 3.3. EARLY ENTRY. Following the full execution of this Lease, payment of all deposits due hereunder and delivery of proper evidence of insurance pursuant to Exhibit D hereof, Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Premises in order that it may install its furniture, telephone systems and data cabling equipment. Tenant’s access to the Premises prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and obligations of this Lease, including the indemnity provisions herein, except that Tenant shall not be required to pay Basic Rent during that period unless it commences its business activities in the Premises. The foregoing license to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date is however, conditioned upon the compliance by Tenant’s contractors with all requirements imposed by Landlord on third party contractors, including without limitation the maintenance by Tenant and its contractors and subcontractors of workers’ compensation and public liability and property damage insurance in amounts and with companies and on forms satisfactory to Landlord, with certificates of such insurance being furnished to Landlord prior to proceeding with any such entry. The entry shall be deemed to be under all of the provisions of the Lease except as to the covenants to pay rent. Except as shall be due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees, Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any such work being performed by Tenant, the same being solely at Tenant’s risk. In no event shall the failure of Tenant’s contractors to complete any work in the Premises extend the Commencement Date of the Lease. Landlord may withdraw such permission to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date at any time that Landlord reasonably determines that such entry by Tenant is causing a dangerous situation for Landlord, Tenant or their respective contractors or employees, or if Landlord reasonably determines that such entry by Tenant is hampering or otherwise preventing Landlord from proceeding with the completion of Tenant Improvements at the earliest possible date.

SECTION 3.4. RIGHT TO EXTEND THIS LEASE. Provided that Tenant is not in Default (as hereinafter defined in Section 14.1 of this Lease) under any provision of this Lease at the time of exercise of the extension right granted herein, and provided further that Tenant is occupying the entire Premises and has not assigned or sublet any of its interest in this Lease (except in connection with an assignment of this Lease to a Tenant Affiliate as described in Section 9.1(f) hereof), Tenant may extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) period of twelve (12) months. Tenant shall exercise its right to extend the Term by and only by delivering to Landlord, not less than six (6) months nor more than nine (9) months prior to the expiration date of the Term, Tenant’s written notice of its irrevocable commitment to extend (the “Commitment Notice”). Should Tenant fail timely to deliver the Commitment Notice, then this extension right shall thereupon lapse and be of no further force or effect. The Basic Rent payable under the Lease during the extension of the Term shall be at the prevailing market rental rate (“Fair Market Rental Rate”) for comparable and similarly improved space within the Building as of the commencement of the extension period, as determined by Landlord based on a reasonable extrapolation of the then-current leasing rates. Within fifteen (15) days following receipt of the Commitment Notice, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant with its determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate, pursuant to which Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to reach agreement within thirty (30) days of receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate as to the Fair Market Rental Rate. Once the parties have reached an agreement as to the Fair Market Rental Rate, Landlord shall prepare an appropriate amendment to the Lease memorializing the extension of the Term in accordance with the foregoing, and Tenant shall duly execute and return same to Landlord within fifteen (15) days. Should Tenant fail timely to execute and deliver the amendment, then Landlord may, at its sole written election, either specifically enforce the Commitment Notice or extinguish Tenant’s right to extend the Term. Should Landlord elect the latter, then this Lease shall terminate upon the scheduled date of expiration and Tenant’s rights under this paragraph shall be of no further force or effect. Any attempt to assign or transfer any right or interest created by this paragraph to other than a Tenant Affiliate shall be void from its inception. Tenant shall have no other right to extend the Term beyond the single twelve (12) month extension created by this paragraph. Unless agreed to in a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant, any extension of the Term, whether created by an amendment to this Lease or by a holdover of the Premises by Tenant, or otherwise, shall be deemed a part of, and not in addition to, any duly exercised extension period permitted by this paragraph. Time is specifically made of the essence of this paragraph.

ARTICLE IV. RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES

SECTION 4.1. BASIC RENT. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord without deduction or offset a Basic Rent for the Premises in the total amount shown (including subsequent adjustments, if any) in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, any rental adjustment shown in Item 6 shall be deemed to occur on the first day of the next calendar month following the specified monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date. The rent shall be due and payable in advance commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each successive calendar month of the Term, as prorated for any partial month. No demand, notice or invoice shall be required. An installment of rent in the amount of one (1) full month’s Basic Rent at the initial rate specified in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions shall be delivered to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease and shall be applied against the Basic Rent first due hereunder; the next installment of Basic Rent shall be due on the first day of the second calendar month of the

 

5


Term, which installment shall, if applicable, be appropriately prorated to reflect the amount prepaid for that calendar month.

SECTION 4.2. OPERATING EXPENSE INCREASE.

(a) Tenant shall compensate Landlord, as additional rent, for Tenant’s proportionate shares of “Building Costs” and “Property Taxes,” as those terms are defined below, incurred by Landlord in the operation of the Building and Project. Property Taxes and Building Costs are mutually exclusive and may be billed separately or in combination as determined by Landlord. Tenant’s proportionate share of Property Taxes shall equal the product of the rentable floor area of the Premises multiplied by the difference of (i) Property Taxes per rentable square foot less (ii) the Property Tax Base set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant’s proportionate share of Building Costs shall equal the product of the rentable floor area of the Premises multiplied by the difference of (i) Building Costs per rentable square foot less (ii) the Building Cost Base set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s rights to make changes or additions to the Building and/or Project from time to time pursuant to Section 6.5 below, in which event the total rentable square footage within the Building and/or Project may be adjusted. For convenience of reference, Property Taxes and Building Costs may sometimes be collectively referred to as “Operating Expenses.”

(b) Commencing prior to the start of the first full “Expense Recovery Period” of the Lease (as defined in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions), and prior to the start of each full or partial Expense Recovery Period thereafter, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of the amount of Tenant’s proportionate shares of Building Costs and Property Taxes for the Expense Recovery Period or portion thereof. Tenant shall pay the estimated amounts to Landlord in equal monthly installments, in advance, with Basic Rent; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant’s obligation to pay estimated amounts of Operating Expenses commence prior to July 1, 2009. If Landlord has not furnished its written estimate for any Expense Recovery Period by the time set forth above, Tenant shall continue to pay cost reimbursements at the rates established for the prior Expense Recovery Period, if any; provided that when the new estimate is delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall, at the next monthly payment date, pay any accrued cost reimbursements based upon the new estimate. Landlord may from time to time change the Expense Recovery Period to reflect a calendar year or a new fiscal year of Landlord, as applicable, in which event Tenant’s share of Operating Expenses shall be equitably prorated for any partial year.

(c) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Expense Recovery Period, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement setting forth the actual or prorated Property Taxes and Building Costs attributable to that period, and the parties shall within thirty (30) days thereafter make any payment or allowance necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments, if any, to Tenant’s actual proportionate shares as shown by the annual statement. If Tenant has not made estimated payments during the Expense Recovery Period, any amount owing by Tenant pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be paid to Landlord in accordance with Article XVI. If actual Property Taxes or Building Costs allocable to Tenant during any Expense Recovery Period are less than the Property Tax Base or the Building Cost Base, respectively, Landlord shall not be required to pay that differential to Tenant, although Landlord shall refund any applicable estimated payments collected from Tenant. Should Tenant fail to object in writing to Landlord’s determination of actual Operating Expenses within sixty (60) days following delivery of Landlord’s expense statement, Landlord’s determination of actual Operating Expenses for the applicable Expense Recovery Period shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant.

(d) Even though the Lease has terminated and the Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s share of Property Taxes and Building Costs for the Expense Recovery Period in which the Lease terminates, Tenant shall upon notice pay the entire increase due over the estimated expenses paid; conversely, any overpayment made in the event expenses decrease shall be rebated by Landlord to Tenant. However, in lieu thereof, Landlord may deliver a reasonable estimate of the anticipated reconciliation amount to Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, in which event the appropriate party shall fund that amount by the termination date.

(e) If, at any time during any Expense Recovery Period, any one or more of the Operating Expenses are increased to a rate(s) or amount(s) in excess of the rate(s) or amount(s) used in calculating the estimated expenses for the year, then Tenant’s estimated share of Property Taxes or Building Costs, as applicable, shall be increased for the month in which the increase becomes effective and for all succeeding months by an amount equal to Tenant’s proportionate share of the increase. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the amount or estimated amount of the increase, the month in which the increase will become effective, Tenant’s monthly share thereof and the months for which the payments are due. Tenant shall pay the increase to Landlord as a part of Tenant’s monthly payments of estimated expenses as provided in paragraph (b) above, commencing with the month in which effective.

(f) The term “Building Costs” shall include all charges and expenses pertaining to the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building and the Project, together with all appurtenant Common Areas (as defined in Section 6.2), and shall include the following charges by way of illustration but not limitation: water and sewer charges; insurance premiums or reasonable

 

6


premium equivalents should Landlord elect to self-insure any risk or deductible that Landlord is authorized to insure hereunder; license, permit, and inspection fees; heat; light; power; janitorial services; the cost of equipping, staffing and operating an on-site and/or off-site management office for the Building and Project (it being understood that the rent component for the on-site management office will not exceed prevailing market rents for such space and if the office serves other projects, the costs will be prorated; all labor and labor-related costs for personnel applicable to the Building and Project, including both Landlord’s personnel and outside personnel; a commercially reasonable Landlord overhead/management fee (consistent with that charged by landlords of comparable office projects in the area); reasonable fees for consulting services; access control/security costs, inclusive of the reasonable cost of improvements made to enhance access control systems and procedures; repairs; air conditioning; supplies; materials; equipment; tools; tenant services; programs instituted to comply with transportation management requirements; any expense incurred pursuant to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 7.2, and 10.2 and Exhibits B and C below; costs incurred (capital or otherwise) on a regular recurring basis every three (3) or more years for normal maintenance projects (e.g., parking lot slurry coat or replacement of lobby, corridor and elevator cab carpets and coverings); and the annual amortized cost of capital improvements (as distinguished from replacement parts or components installed in the ordinary course of business) which are intended to maintain the safety of the Building and/or Project, reduce other operating costs or increases thereof, or upgrade Building and/or Project security, or which are required to bring the Building and/or Project into compliance with applicable laws and building codes enacted after the Commencement Date. Landlord shall amortize the cost of capital improvements on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the Payback Period (as defined below) or the useful life of the capital improvement as reasonably determined by Landlord. Any amortized Building Cost item may include, at Landlord’s option, an actual or imputed interest rate that Landlord would reasonably be required to pay to finance the cost of the item, applied on the unamortized balance. “Payback Period” shall mean the reasonably estimated period of time that it takes for the cost savings, if any, resulting from a capital improvement item to equal the total cost of the capital improvement. It is understood that Building Costs shall include competitive charges for direct services provided by any subsidiary or division of Landlord. If any Building Cost is applicable to one or more buildings or properties in addition to the Building, then that cost shall be equitably prorated and apportioned among the Building and such other buildings or properties. The term “Property Taxes” as used herein shall include the following: (i) all real estate taxes or personal property taxes, as such property taxes may be reassessed from time to time; and (ii) other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to this Lease or to the Building and/or the Project, and any improvements, fixtures and equipment and other property of Landlord located in the Building and/or the Project, except that general net income and franchise taxes imposed against Landlord shall be excluded; and (iii) any tax, surcharge or assessment which shall be levied in addition to or in lieu of real estate or personal property taxes, other than taxes covered by Article VIII; and (iv) costs and expenses incurred in contesting the amount or validity of any Property Tax by appropriate proceedings. A copy of Landlord’s unaudited statement of expenses shall be made available to Tenant upon request. The Building Costs, inclusive of those for the Base Year, shall be extrapolated by Landlord to reflect at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupancy of the rentable area of the Building.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall exclude the following:

 

  (i) Any ground lease rental;

 

  (ii) Costs incurred by Landlord with respect to goods and services other than parking (including utilities sold and supplied to tenants and occupants of the Building) to the extent that Landlord is entitled to reimbursement for such costs other than through the Operating Expense pass-through provisions of such tenants’ lease;

 

  (iii) Costs incurred by Landlord for repairs, replacements and/or restoration to or of the Building to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds or by tenants (other than through Operating Expense pass-throughs), warrantors or other third persons;

 

  (iv) Costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for other tenants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building;

 

  (v) Costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

 

  (vi) Attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, except those attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations, disputes or claims relating to items of Operating Expenses, enforcement of rules and regulations of the Building and such other matters relating to the maintenance of standards required of Landlord under this Lease;

 

7


  (vii) Capital expenditures as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, except as otherwise provided in subsection (f) above;

 

  (viii) Brokers commissions, finders’ fees, attorneys’ fees, entertainment and travel expenses and other costs incurred by Landlord in leasing or attempting to lease space in the Building;

 

  (ix) Expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building;

 

  (x) Costs, fines or penalties incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of (i) any governmental rule or regulation (provided that costs of complying with such governmental requirements may be included unless otherwise provided herein) or (ii) the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building;

 

  (xi) Overhead and profit increments paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services provided to the Building to the extent the same exceeds the costs that would generally be charged for such services if rendered on a competitive basis (based upon a standard of similar office buildings in the general market area of the Premises) by unaffiliated third parties capable of providing such service;

 

  (xii) Interest on debt or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages encumbering the Building;

 

  (xiii) Landlord’s general corporate overhead, except as it relates to the specific management of the Building or Project;

 

  (xiv) Costs of installing the initial landscaping and the initial sculpture, paintings and objects of art for the Building and Project;

 

  (xv) Advertising expenditures;

 

  (xvi) Costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the correction of defects in design or original construction of the Building or Project; and

 

  (xvii) Environmental clean-up costs or hazardous waste clean-up costs incurred by Landlord with respect to pre-existing conditions at the Building.

SECTION 4.3. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum, if any, stated in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Security Deposit”), to be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease to pay any rental sums, including without limitation such additional rent as may be owing under any provision hereof, and to maintain the Premises as required by Sections 7.1 and 15.3 or any other provision of this Lease. For purposes of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code to the contrary, rental sums shall include prospective rent that would have been payable by Tenant but for the early termination of this Lease due to Tenant’s Default or insolvency. Upon a Default by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord may apply all or part of the Security Deposit as full or partial compensation. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand by Landlord deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep this Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. In no event may Tenant utilize all or any portion of the Security Deposit as a payment toward any rental sum due under this Lease. Any unapplied balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease within thirty (30) days following the termination of this Lease and Tenant’s vacation of the Premises.

ARTICLE V. USES

SECTION 5.1. USE. Tenant shall use the Premises only for the purposes stated in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The parties agree that any contrary use shall be deemed to cause material and irreparable harm to Landlord and shall entitle Landlord to injunctive relief in addition to any other available remedy. The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) intentionally omitted; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) intentionally omitted; (iv) schools, special classrooms or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant shall not permit more than nine (9) persons on each balcony of the Premises at any time. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way interfere with the

 

8


rights or quiet enjoyment of other occupants of the Building or the Project, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance or commit any waste in the Premises or the Project. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will invalidate or increase the cost of any insurance policy(ies) covering the Building, the Project and/or their contents, and shall comply with all applicable insurance underwriters rules. Tenant shall comply at its expense with all present and future laws, ordinances and requirements of all governmental authorities that pertain to Tenant or its use of the Premises, including without limitation all federal and state occupational health and safety and handicap access requirements, whether or not Tenant’s compliance will necessitate expenditures or interfere with its use and enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant shall not generate, handle, store or dispose of hazardous or toxic materials (as such materials may be identified in any federal, state or local law or regulation) in the Premises or Project without the prior written consent of Landlord; provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to proscribe the use by Tenant of customary office supplies in normal quantities so long as such use comports with all applicable laws (“Allowed Materials”). Tenant agrees that it shall promptly complete and deliver to Landlord any disclosure form regarding hazardous or toxic materials that may be required by any governmental agency. Tenant shall also, from time to time upon request by Landlord, execute such affidavits concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of hazardous or toxic materials in the Premises. Landlord shall have the right at any time to perform an assessment of the environmental condition of the Premises and of Tenant’s compliance with this Section. As part of any such assessment, Landlord shall have the right, upon 24 hours prior notice to Tenant, to enter and inspect the Premises and to perform tests, provided those tests are performed in a manner that minimizes disruption to Tenant. Tenant will cooperate with Landlord in connection with any assessment by, among other things, promptly responding to inquiries and providing relevant documentation and records. The reasonable cost of the assessment/testing shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord if such assessment/testing determines that Tenant generated, handled, stored or disposed of Hazardous Materials in the Premises or the Project, except for the Allowed Materials. In all events Tenant shall indemnify Landlord in the manner elsewhere provided in this Lease from any release of hazardous or toxic materials caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants or licensees. As of the date hereof, Landlord represents, to the best of its knowledge, the Premises is free of any hazardous materials. The foregoing covenants shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

SECTION 5.2. BALCONIES. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Tenant has access to certain balconies located on the Premises; (ii) Tenant is responsible for supervising and controlling access to the balconies by Tenant’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, contractors and/or invitees; (iii) Landlord is not responsible for supervising and controlling access to the balconies, and (iv) except as shall be due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees, Tenant assumes the risk for any loss, claim, damage or liability arising out of the use or misuse of the balconies by Tenant’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, contractors and/or invitees, and Tenant releases and discharges Landlord from and against any such loss, claim, damage or liability. Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses and claims relating to or arising out of the use or misuse of the balconies by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, officers, shareholders, directors, agents, representatives, contractors and/or invitees. Pursuant to Landlord’s written approval thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), Tenant shall have the right to install and use outdoor furniture and planters on the balconies. Tenant furthermore agrees (a) not to store or place any personal property or other items upon said balconies without the prior consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, (b) to use and keep the appearance of the balconies in a manner consistent with a first-class office building, (c) not to use the balcony as an area for people to congregate or as a smoking area or for other similar purposes, and (d) not to keep the balcony door(s) ajar.

SECTION 5.3. SIGNS. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall affix and maintain a sign (restricted solely to Tenant’s name as set forth herein or such other name as Landlord may consent to in writing) adjacent to the entry door of the Premises, together with a directory strip listing Tenant’s name as set forth herein in the lobby and floor directory of the Building. Any subsequent changes to that initial signage shall be at Tenant’s sole expense. All signage shall conform to the criteria for signs established by Landlord and shall be ordered through Landlord. Tenant shall not place or allow to be placed any other sign, decoration or advertising matter of any kind that is visible from the exterior of the Premises. Any violating sign or decoration may be immediately removed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense without notice and without the removal constituting a breach of this Lease or entitling Tenant to claim damages.

ARTICLE VI. LANDLORD SERVICES

SECTION 6.1. UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Landlord shall furnish to the Premises the utilities and services described in Exhibit B, subject to the conditions and payment obligations and standards set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to furnish any services or utilities when the failure is the result of any accident or other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, nor shall Landlord be liable for damages resulting from power surges or any breakdown in telecommunications facilities or services. However, if the Premises, or a material portion of the

 

9


Premises, are made untenantable for a period in excess of 5 consecutive business days as a result of a service interruption that is reasonably within the control of Landlord to correct, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the sixth (6 th ) consecutive business day of the service interruption and ending on the day the service has been restored. If the entire Premises have not been rendered untenantable by the service interruption, the amount of abatement shall be equitably prorated. Landlord’s temporary inability to furnish any services or utilities shall not entitle Tenant to any damages, relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or constitute a constructive or other eviction of Tenant, except that Landlord shall diligently attempt to restore the service or utility promptly. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably establish for the provision of services and utilities, and shall cooperate with all reasonable conservation practices established by Landlord. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have free access to all electrical and mechanical installations of Landlord.

SECTION 6.2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS. During the Term, Landlord shall operate all Common Areas within the Building and the Project. The term “Common Areas” shall mean all areas within the Building and other buildings in the Project which are not held for exclusive use by persons entitled to occupy space, and all other appurtenant areas and improvements provided by Landlord for the common use of Landlord and tenants and their respective employees and invitees, including without limitation parking areas and structures, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, hallways and interior stairwells not located within the premises of any tenant, common entrances and lobbies, elevators, and restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant.

SECTION 6.3. USE OF COMMON AREAS. The occupancy by Tenant of the Premises shall include the use of the Common Areas in common with Landlord and with all others for whose convenience and use the Common Areas may be provided by Landlord, subject, however, to compliance with all rules and regulations as are prescribed from time to time by Landlord. Landlord shall at all times during the Term have exclusive control of the Common Areas, and may restrain or permit any use or occupancy, except as otherwise provided in this Lease or in Landlord’s rules and regulations. Tenant shall keep the Common Areas clear of any obstruction or unauthorized use related to Tenant’s operations. Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Common Areas for repairs, remodeling and/or alterations, to prevent a public dedication or the accrual of prescriptive rights, or for any other reasonable purpose; as long as Tenant’s access and/or use of the Premises shall not be materially or adversely affected.

SECTION 6.4. PARKING. Parking shall be provided in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit C to this Lease.

SECTION 6.5. CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to the Building or the Project, or to the attendant fixtures, equipment and Common Areas. No change shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord, provided that the change does not deprive Tenant of reasonable access to or use of the Premises and/or the parking facility.

ARTICLE VII. MAINTAINING THE PREMISES

SECTION 7.1. TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Article XI, Tenant at its sole expense shall make all repairs necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements and fixtures therein in the condition as existed on the Commencement Date (or on any later date that the applicable improvements may have been installed), excepting ordinary wear and tear. Notwithstanding Section 7.2 below, Tenant’s maintenance obligation shall include without limitation all appliances, non-building standard lighting/electrical systems, and plumbing fixtures and installations located within the Premises, together with any supplemental HVAC equipment servicing only the Premises. All repairs shall be at least equal in quality to the original work, shall be made only by a licensed, bonded contractor approved in writing in advance by Landlord and shall be made only at the time or times approved by Landlord. Any contractor utilized by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s standard requirements for contractors, as modified from time to time. Landlord may impose reasonable restrictions and requirements with respect to repairs, as provided in Section 7.3, and the provisions of Section 7.4 shall apply to all repairs. Alternatively, should Landlord or its management agent agree to make a repair on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s request, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as additional rent for all costs incurred (including the standard coordination fee of Landlord’s management agent equal to five percent (5%) of the cost thereof) upon submission of an invoice.

SECTION 7.2. LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Article XI, Landlord shall provide service, maintenance and repair with respect to the heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) equipment of the Building (exclusive of any supplemental HVAC equipment servicing only the Premises) and shall maintain in good repair the Common Areas, roof, foundations, footings, the exterior surfaces of the exterior walls of the Building, and the structural, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems of the Building except as provided in Section 7.1 above. Landlord shall have the right to employ or designate any reputable person or firm, including any employee or

 

10


agent of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates or divisions, to perform any service, repair or maintenance function. Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs except as specifically required under this Lease, and nothing contained in this Section shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance, repair costs and replacement costs as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Tenant understands that it shall not make repairs at Landlord’s expense or by rental offset. Except as provided in Sections 11.1 and 12.1 below and except as shall be due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees (but subject to Section 10.5), there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building, including repairs to the Premises, nor shall any related activity by Landlord constitute an actual or constructive eviction; provided, however, that in making repairs, alterations or improvements, Landlord shall interfere as little as reasonably practicable with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

SECTION 7.3. ALTERATIONS. Except for alteration projects costing less than $10,000.00 and satisfying the criteria in the next following sentence (which work shall require notice to Landlord but not Landlord’s consent), Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall be granted or withheld for reasonable reasons within ten (10) business days following receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s request therefor. Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld as long as the proposed changes do not affect the structural, electrical or mechanical components or systems of the Building, are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, and utilize only building standard materials. Landlord may impose, as a condition to its consent, any requirements that Landlord in its discretion may deem reasonable or desirable, including but not limited to a requirement that all work be covered by a lien and completion bond satisfactory to Landlord and requirements as to the manner, time, and contractor for performance of the work. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall use Landlord’s designated mechanical and electrical contractors for all work affecting the mechanical or electrical systems of the Building. Should Tenant perform any work that would necessitate any ancillary Building modification or other expenditure by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly fund the cost thereof to Landlord. Tenant shall obtain all required permits for the work and shall perform the work in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances. Except for cosmetic alteration projects that do not require a permit Landlord shall be entitled to a supervision fee in the amount of five percent (5%) of the cost of the work. Under no circumstances shall Tenant make any improvement which incorporates asbestos-containing construction materials into the Premises. In no event shall Tenant prosecute any alteration work that results in picketing or labor demonstrations in or about the Building or Project. Any request for Landlord’s consent shall be made in writing and shall contain architectural plans (if applicable) describing the work in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord may elect to cause its architect to review Tenant’s architectural plans, and the reasonable cost of that review shall be reimbursed by Tenant. Should the work proposed by Tenant modify the internal configuration of the Premises, then Tenant shall, at its expense, furnish Landlord with as-built drawings and CAD disks compatible with Landlord’s systems. Unless Landlord otherwise agrees in writing, all alterations, additions or improvements affixed to the Premises (excluding moveable trade fixtures and furniture) shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term, except that Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given at the time of Landlord’s consent to the alteration or improvement, require Tenant to remove by the Expiration Date, or sooner termination date of this Lease, all or any alterations, decorations, fixtures, additions, improvements and the like installed either by Tenant or by Landlord at Tenant’s request; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be required to remove any Tenant Improvements at the expiration or termination of this Lease. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from that removal and restore the affected area to its pre-existing condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease or in any Exhibit to this Lease, should Landlord make any alteration or improvement to the Premises at the request of Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to prompt payment from Tenant of the cost thereof, inclusive of the standard coordination fee of Landlord’s management agent.

SECTION 7.4. MECHANIC’S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly cause any such lien to be released by posting a bond in accordance with California Civil Code Section 3143 or any successor statute. In the event that Tenant shall not, within thirty (30) days following the imposition of any lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other available remedies, the right to cause the lien to be released by any means it deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien. All expenses so incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees, shall be reimbursed by Tenant promptly following Landlord’s demand, together with interest from the date of payment by Landlord at the maximum rate permitted by law until paid. Tenant shall give Landlord no less than twenty (20) days’ prior notice in writing before commencing construction of any kind on the Premises so that Landlord may post and maintain notices of nonresponsibility on the Premises.

SECTION 7.5. ENTRY AND INSPECTION. Landlord shall at all reasonable times and upon twenty-four (24) hours reasonable prior notice (except in an emergency), have the right to enter the Premises to inspect them, to supply services in accordance with this Lease, to protect the interests of Landlord in the Premises, to make repairs and renovations as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord, and to submit the Premises to prospective or actual purchasers or encumbrance holders (or,

 

11


during the final twelve months of the Term or when an uncured Tenant default exists, to prospective tenants), all without being deemed to have caused an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent except as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key which unlocks all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord shall not under any circumstances be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or any eviction of Tenant from the Premises.

SECTION 7.6. SPACE PLANNING AND SUBSTITUTION. Landlord shall have the right, upon providing not less than sixty (60) days written notice, to move Tenant to other space of comparable size in the Building or in the Project. The new space shall be provided with improvements of comparable quality to those within the Premises and shall contain similar finishes as the Premises, approximately the same rentable square footage as the Premises and the same number of work stations, offices, breakrooms and reception areas as are contained in the Premises as of the date Tenant receives Landlord’s notice of relocation. The total monthly Basic Rent for the new space shall in no event exceed the total monthly Basic Rent for the Premises prior to the relocation, and Tenant’s proportionate share for the new space shall in no event exceed Tenant’s proportionate share for the Premises prior to the relocation. Landlord shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket costs to relocate and reconnect Tenant’s personal property and equipment within the new space; provided that Landlord may elect to cause such work to be done by its contractors. Landlord shall also reimburse Tenant for such other reasonable out-of-pocket costs that Tenant may incur in connection with the relocation, including without limitation necessary stationery revisions, provided that a reasonable estimate thereof is given to Landlord within twenty (20) days following Landlord’s notice. In no event, however, shall Landlord be obligated to incur or fund total relocation costs, exclusive of tenant improvement expenditures, in an amount in excess of two (2) months of Basic Rent at the rate then payable hereunder. Within ten (10) days following request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease prepared by Landlord to memorialize the relocation. Should Tenant fail timely to execute and deliver the amendment to Landlord, or should Tenant thereafter fail to comply with the terms thereof, then Landlord may at its option elect to terminate this Lease upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice to Tenant. Upon the effective date of any termination of this Lease, Tenant shall vacate the Premises in accordance with Section 15.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord provides Tenant with a notice of relocation and Tenant, in its reasonable judgment, determines that the new space is not comparable to the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination to Landlord within 10 days after the date of Landlord’s notice of relocation to Tenant. Tenant’s notice of termination shall set forth the reasons why Tenant believes the new space is not comparable to the Premises. Such termination shall be effective 60 days after the date of Landlord’s notice of relocation, provided that Landlord, within 10 days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of termination, shall have the right to withdraw its notice of relocation. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if Landlord had never provided Tenant with a notice of relocation.

ARTICLE VIII. TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, all taxes and assessments levied against all personal property of Tenant located in the Premises. When possible Tenant shall cause its personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of which the Premises form a part. If any taxes on Tenant’s personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property and if Landlord pays the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion of a value placed upon the personal property of Tenant and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon the increased assessment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of the taxes resulting from the increase in the assessment.

ARTICLE IX. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

SECTION 9.1. RIGHTS OF PARTIES.

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Tenant may not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sublet, encumber, or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1(c). For purposes of this Lease, references to any subletting, sublease or variation thereof shall be deemed to apply not only to a sublease effected directly by Tenant, but also to a sub-subletting or an assignment of subtenancy by a subtenant at any level. No assignment (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) and no subletting shall be valid or effective without Landlord’s prior written consent and, at Landlord’s election, shall constitute a material default of this Lease. Landlord shall not be deemed to have given its consent to any assignment or subletting by any other course of action, including its acceptance of any name for listing in the Building directory. To the extent not prohibited by provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. (the

 

12


“Bankruptcy Code”), including Section 365(f)(1), Tenant on behalf of itself and its creditors, administrators and assigns waives the applicability of Section 365(e) of the Bankruptcy Code unless the proposed assignee of the Trustee for the estate of the bankrupt meets Landlord’s standard for consent as set forth in Section 9.1(c) of this Lease. If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all monies or other considerations to be delivered in connection with the assignment shall be delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of the assignment, and shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming that assumption.

(b) The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant (other than bulk sales in the ordinary course of business) shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning and provisions of this Article.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, if Tenant or any subtenant hereunder desires to transfer an interest in this Lease, Tenant shall first notify Landlord and request in writing Landlord’s consent to the transfer. Tenant shall also submit in writing to Landlord: (i) the name and address of the proposed transferee; (ii) the nature of any proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of any proposed sublease or assignment (including without limitation the rent and other economic provisions, term, improvement obligations and commencement date); (iv) evidence that the proposed assignee or subtenant will comply with the requirements of Exhibit D to this Lease; and (v) any other information requested by Landlord and reasonably related to the transfer. Except as provided in Subsection (d) of this Section, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided: (1) the use of the Premises will be consistent with the provisions of this Lease and with Landlord’s commitment to other tenants of the Building and Project; (2) any proposed subtenant or assignee demonstrates that it is financially responsible by submission to Landlord of all reasonable information as Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee, including, but not limited to, a balance sheet of the proposed subtenant or assignee as of a date within ninety (90) days of the request for Landlord’s consent and statements of income or profit and loss of the proposed subtenant or assignee for the two-year period preceding the request for Landlord’s consent; (3) the proposed subtenant or assignee is, in Landlord’s good faith determination, appropriate for tenancy in a first class office project; (4) the proposed assignee or subtenant is neither an existing tenant or occupant of the Building or Project nor a prospective tenant with whom Landlord has been actively negotiating. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord will not withhold its consent solely because the proposed subtenant or assignee is an occupant of the Building if Landlord does not have space available for lease in the Building that is comparable to the space Tenant desires to sublet or assign. Landlord shall be deemed to have comparable space if it has, or will have, space available on any floor of the Building that is approximately the same size as the space Tenant desires to sublet or assign within 6 months of the proposed commencement of the proposed sublease or assignment; and (5) the proposed transferee is not an SDN (as defined below) and will not impose additional burdens or security risks on Landlord. If Landlord consents to the proposed transfer, then the transfer may be effected within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the consent upon the terms described in the information furnished to Landlord; provided that any material change in the terms shall be subject to Landlord’s consent as set forth in this Section. Landlord shall approve or disapprove any requested transfer within thirty (30) days following receipt of Tenant’s written notice and the information set forth above. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a transfer fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) if and when any transfer request submitted by Tenant is approved.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (c) above, in lieu of consenting to a proposed assignment or subletting more than twenty percent (20%) of the floor area of Premises for more than fifty percent (50%) of the remaining Lease Term, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased or assigned with a proportionate abatement in the rent payable under this Lease, effective on the date that the proposed sublease or assignment would have commenced. Landlord may thereafter, at its option, assign or re-let any space so recaptured to any third party, including without limitation the proposed transferee identified by Tenant.

(e) Should any assignment or subletting occur, Tenant shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to Landlord, as additional rent, fifty percent (50%) of any amounts paid by the assignee or subtenant, however described and whether funded during or after the Lease Term, to the extent such amounts are in excess of the sum of (i) the scheduled rental sums payable by Tenant hereunder (or, in the event of a subletting of only a portion of the Premises, the rent allocable to such portion as reasonably determined by Landlord) and (ii) the direct out-of-pocket costs, as evidenced by invoices provided to Landlord, incurred by Tenant to effect the transfer. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant and all other parties to the transfer shall memorialize in writing the amounts to be paid pursuant to this paragraph.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Tenant is not then in Default hereunder, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior consent but with prior written notice to Landlord and subject to the provisions of Section 9.2, assign or transfer its right, title and interest in this Lease or sublease the Premises to any of the following: (i) any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant; (ii)

 

13


any entity succeeding to the business and assets of Tenant; or (iii) any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Affiliate”). Promptly following the effectiveness of any such transfer, Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of all pertinent transfer documents and such other information pertaining thereto as Landlord may reasonably request.

SECTION 9.2. EFFECT OF TRANSFER. No subletting or assignment, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant, or any successor-in-interest to Tenant hereunder, of its obligation to pay rent and to perform all its other obligations under this Lease. Moreover, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless, as provided in Section 10.3, for any act or omission by an assignee or subtenant. Each assignee, other than Landlord, shall be deemed to assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease and shall be liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of all rent, and for the due performance of all of Tenant’s obligations, under this Lease. Such joint and several liability shall not be discharged or impaired by any subsequent modification or extension of this Lease. No transfer shall be binding on Landlord unless any document memorializing the transfer is delivered to Landlord, both the assignee/subtenant and Tenant deliver to Landlord an executed consent to transfer instrument prepared by Landlord and consistent with the requirements of this Article, and the assignee/subtenant independently complies with all of the insurance requirements of Tenant as set forth in Exhibit D and evidence thereof is delivered to Landlord. The acceptance by Landlord of any payment due under this Lease from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any transfer. Consent by Landlord to one or more transfers shall not operate as a waiver or estoppel to the future enforcement by Landlord of its rights under this Lease. In addition to the foregoing, no change in the status of Tenant or any party jointly and severally liable with Tenant as aforesaid (e.g., by conversion to a limited liability company or partnership) shall serve to abrogate the liability of any person or entity for the obligations of Tenant, including any obligations that may be incurred by Tenant after the status change by exercise of a pre-existing right in this Lease.

SECTION 9.3. SUBLEASE REQUIREMENTS. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be included in each sublease:

(a) Tenant hereby irrevocably assigns to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of the Premises, and Landlord may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Default occurs in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to receive and collect the sublease rentals. Landlord shall not, by reason of this assignment or the collection of sublease rentals, be deemed liable to the subtenant for the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under the sublease. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that an uncured default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord all sums then and thereafter due under the sublease. Tenant agrees that the subtenant may rely on that notice without any duty of further inquiry and notwithstanding any notice or claim by Tenant to the contrary. Tenant shall have no right or claim against the subtenant or Landlord for any rentals so paid to Landlord. In the event Landlord collects amounts from subtenants that exceed the total amount then due from Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall promptly remit the excess to Tenant.

(b) In the event of the termination of this Lease, Landlord may, at its sole option, take over Tenant’s entire interest in any sublease and, upon notice from Landlord, the subtenant shall attorn to Landlord. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable for any previous act or omission by Tenant under the sublease or for the return of any advance rental payments or deposits under the sublease that have not been actually delivered to Landlord, nor shall Landlord be bound by any sublease modification executed without Landlord’s consent or for any advance rental payment by the subtenant in excess of one month’s rent. The general provisions of this Lease, including without limitation those pertaining to insurance and indemnification, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the sublease despite the termination of this Lease.

(c) Tenant agrees that Landlord may, at its sole option, authorize a subtenant of the Premises to cure a default by Tenant under this Lease. Should Landlord accept such cure, the subtenant shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Tenant under the applicable sublease.

ARTICLE X. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

SECTION 10.1. TENANT’S INSURANCE. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide and maintain in effect the insurance described in Exhibit D. Evidence of that insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date.

SECTION 10.2. LANDLORD’S INSURANCE. Landlord shall provide all of the following types of insurance, with or without deductible and in amounts and coverages as may be determined by Landlord in its discretion: property insurance, subject to standard exclusions, covering the Building or Project, and such other risks as Landlord or its mortgagees may from time to time deem appropriate, and commercial general liability coverage. Landlord shall not be required to carry insurance of any

 

14


kind on any tenant improvements or alterations in the Premises installed by Tenant or its contractors or otherwise removable by Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Installations”), as well as any trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, interior plate glass, signs and all items of personal property in the Premises, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of the foregoing items should damage occur. All proceeds of insurance maintained by Landlord upon the Building and Project shall be the property of Landlord, whether or not Landlord is obligated to or elects to make any repairs.

SECTION 10.3. TENANT’S INDEMNITY. To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to Section 10.5 below, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, lenders, and any and all affiliates of Landlord (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs or expenses (collectively, “Claims”) arising either before or after the Commencement Date from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, or from the conduct of its business, or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or its agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees in or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, or from any default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, or from any act or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees. Landlord may, at its option, require Tenant to assume Landlord’s defense in any action covered by this Section through counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent it is ultimately determined that the Claim was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party, then Tenant’s indemnification obligation shall not apply and Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from same. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any Claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

SECTION 10.4. LANDLORD’S NONLIABILITY. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents and invitees, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord, its employees and agents for loss of or damage to any property, or any injury to any person, or loss or interruption of business or income, resulting from any condition including, but not limited to, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, electrical works or other fixtures in the Building, whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising in the Premises or in other portions of the Building. It is understood that any such condition may require the temporary evacuation or closure of all or a portion of the Building. Should Tenant elect to receive any service from a concessionaire, licensee or third party tenant of Landlord, Tenant shall not seek recourse against Landlord for any breach or liability of that service provider. Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for interference with light or other similar intangible interests. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in case of fire or accident in the Premises, the Building or the Project and of defects in any improvements or equipment.

SECTION 10.5. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all rights of recovery against the other on account of loss and damage occasioned to the property of such waiving party to the extent that the waiving party is entitled to proceeds for such loss and damage under any property insurance policies carried or otherwise required to be carried by this Lease. By this waiver it is the intent of the parties that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to any insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the other party for any loss or damage insured against under any property insurance policies, even though such loss or damage might be occasioned by the negligence of such party, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. The foregoing waiver by Tenant shall also inure to the benefit of Landlord’s management agent for the Building.

ARTICLE XI. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

SECTION 11.1. RESTORATION.

(a) If the Building of which the Premises are a part is damaged as the result of an event of casualty, then subject to the provisions below, Landlord shall repair that damage as soon as reasonably possible unless: (i) Landlord reasonably determines that the cost of repair would exceed ten percent (10%) of the full replacement cost of the Building (“Replacement Cost”) and the damage is not covered by Landlord’s fire and extended coverage insurance (or by a normal extended coverage policy should Landlord fail to carry that insurance); or (ii) Landlord reasonably determines that the cost of repair would exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Replacement Cost; or (iii) Landlord reasonably determines that the cost of repair would exceed ten percent (10%) of the Replacement Cost and the damage occurs during the final twelve (12) months of the Term. Should Landlord elect not to repair the damage for one of the preceding reasons, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in the “Casualty Notice” (as defined below), and this Lease shall terminate as of the date of delivery of that notice. In the event the Building is damaged as the result of an event of casualty during the final twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, Tenant shall also have the right to elect to terminate the Lease by providing Landlord with a written notice notifying Landlord of Tenant’s election to terminate the Lease, and this Lease shall terminate as of the date of delivery of that notice.

 

15


(b) As soon as reasonably practicable following the casualty event but not later than sixty (60) days thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (“Casualty Notice”) of Landlord’s election, if applicable, to terminate this Lease. If this Lease is not so terminated, the Casualty Notice shall set forth the anticipated period for repairing the casualty damage. If the anticipated repair period exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days and if the damage is so extensive as to reasonably prevent Tenant’s substantial use and enjoyment of the Premises, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days following delivery of the Casualty Notice.

(c) To the extent and for the period that Landlord is entitled to reimbursement from the proceeds of rental interruption insurance carried by Landlord as part of Operating Expenses, the rental to be paid under this Lease shall be abated in the same proportion that the floor area of the Premises that is rendered unusable by the damage from time to time bears to the total floor area of the Premises.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section, but subject to Section 10.5, the cost of any repairs shall be borne by Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to rental abatement or termination rights, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant or its employees, subtenants, contractors, invitees or representatives. In addition, the provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to require Landlord to repair any Tenant Installations, fixtures and other items that Tenant is obligated to insure pursuant to Exhibit D or any other provision of this Lease.

SECTION 11.2. LEASE GOVERNS. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 11.1, shall govern any damage or destruction and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.

ARTICLE XII. EMINENT DOMAIN

SECTION 12.1. TOTAL OR PARTIAL TAKING. If all or a material portion of the Premises is taken by any lawful authority by exercise of the right of eminent domain, or sold to prevent a taking, either Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. In the event title to a portion of the Building or Project, other than the Premises, is taken or sold in lieu of taking, and if Landlord elects to restore the Building in such a way as to alter the Premises materially, either party may terminate this Lease, by written notice to the other party, effective on the date of vesting of title. In the event neither party has elected to terminate this Lease as provided above, then Landlord shall promptly, after receipt of a sufficient condemnation award, proceed to restore the Premises to substantially their condition prior to the taking, and a proportionate allowance shall be made to Tenant for the rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises of which, Tenant is deprived on account of the taking and restoration. In the event of a taking, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire amount of the condemnation award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant; provided that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in, or prevent Tenant from seeking any award against the taking authority for, the taking of personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant or for relocation or business interruption expenses recoverable from the taking authority.

SECTION 12.2. TEMPORARY TAKING. No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this Lease or give Tenant any right to abatement of rent, and any award specifically attributable to a temporary taking of the Premises shall belong entirely to Tenant. A temporary taking shall be deemed to be a taking of the use or occupancy of the Premises for a period of not to exceed ninety (90) days.

SECTION 12.3. TAKING OF PARKING AREA. In the event there shall be a taking of the parking area such that Landlord can no longer provide sufficient parking to comply with this Lease, Landlord may substitute reasonably equivalent parking in a location reasonably close to the Building; provided that if Landlord fails to make that substitution within ninety (90) days following the taking and if the taking materially impairs Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord. If this Lease is not so terminated by Tenant, there shall be no abatement of rent and this Lease shall continue in effect.

ARTICLE XIII. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

SECTION 13.1. SUBORDINATION. At the option of Landlord or any of its mortgagees/deed of trust beneficiaries, this Lease shall be either superior or subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust, if any, which may hereafter affect the Building, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, that so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, this Lease shall not be terminated or Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises disturbed in the event of termination of any such ground or underlying lease, or the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, to which this Lease has been subordinated pursuant to this Section. In the event of a termination or foreclosure, Tenant shall become a tenant of and attorn to the successor-in-interest to Landlord upon the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease, and shall promptly execute any instrument reasonably required by Landlord’s

 

16


successor for that purpose. Tenant shall also, within ten (10) days following written request of Landlord (or the beneficiary under any deed of trust encumbering the Building), execute and deliver all instruments as may be required from time to time by Landlord or such beneficiary (including without limitation any subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement in the form customarily required by such beneficiary) to subordinate this Lease and the rights of Tenant under this Lease to any ground or underlying lease or to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust; provided, however, that any such beneficiary may, by written notice to Tenant given at any time, subordinate the lien of its deed of trust to this Lease. Tenant shall agree that any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or lender taking title under a deed in lieu of foreclosure shall not be responsible for any act or omission of a prior landlord, shall not be subject to any offsets or defenses Tenant may have against a prior landlord, and shall not be liable for the return of any security deposit not actually recovered by such purchaser or bound by any rent paid in advance of the calendar month in which the transfer of title occurred; provided that the foregoing shall not release the applicable prior landlord from any liability for those obligations. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s mortgagees and successors-in-interest and all beneficiaries under deeds of trust encumbering the Building are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section.

SECTION 13.2. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days following written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, in any form that Landlord may reasonably require, a statement in writing in favor of Landlord and/or any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Building (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of the modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental, additional rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that, to Tenant’s knowledge, there are no uncured defaults on the part of Landlord, or specifying each default if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth all further information that Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant’s statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or Project. In addition to Landlord’s other rights and remedies, Tenant’s failure to deliver any estoppel statement within the provided time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and (iii) not more than one month’s rental has been paid in advance.

ARTICLE XIV. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 14.1. TENANT’S DEFAULTS. In addition to any other event of default set forth in this Lease, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default by Tenant (“Default”):

(a) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent required to be made by Tenant, as and when due, where the failure continues for a period of three (3) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 as amended. For purposes of these default and remedies provisions, the term “additional rent” shall be deemed to include all amounts of any type whatsoever other than Basic Rent to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

(b) Intentionally omitted.

(c) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement provided by Tenant, or by any affiliate, successor or guarantor of Tenant, was materially false.

(d) The failure or inability by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in any other subsection of this Section, where the failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 as amended. However, if the nature of the failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences the cure within thirty (30) days, and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion.

(e) (i) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a Chapter 7 debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or to have debts discharged or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, if possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where the seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or (v) Tenant’s convening of a meeting of its creditors for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts. Landlord shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any event described in this subsection unless

 

17


notification in writing is received by Landlord, nor shall there be any presumption attributable to Landlord of Tenant’s insolvency. In the event that any provision of this subsection is contrary to applicable law, the provision shall be of no force or effect.

SECTION 14.2. LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.

(a) In the event of any default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may exercise the following remedies:

(i) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. Such termination shall not affect any accrued obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Upon termination, Landlord shall have the right to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from Tenant:

(1) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent and additional rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

(2) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and additional rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

(3) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and additional rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

(4) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result from Tenant’s default, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, commissions and other expenses of reletting, including necessary repair, renovation, improvement and alteration of the Premises for a new tenant, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any other reasonable costs; and

(5) At Landlord’s election, all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted by law. The term “rent” as used in this Lease shall be deemed to mean the Basic Rent and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including without limitation any sums that may be owing from Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3 of this Lease. Any sum, other than Basic Rent, shall be computed on the basis of the average monthly amount accruing during the twenty-four (24) month period immediately prior to default, except that if it becomes necessary to compute such rental before the twenty-four (24) month period has occurred, then the computation shall be on the basis of the average monthly amount during the shorter period. As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

(ii) Landlord may elect not to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, in which event Landlord may continue to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to collect all rent as it becomes due. Efforts by the Landlord to maintain, preserve or relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interests under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. In the event that Landlord elects to avail itself of the remedy provided by this subsection (ii), Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or subletting of the Premises subject to the reasonable standards for Landlord’s consent as are contained in this Lease.

(b) The various rights and remedies reserved to Landlord in this Lease or otherwise shall be cumulative and, except as otherwise provided by California law, Landlord may pursue any or all of its rights and remedies at the same time. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of the right or remedy or of any breach or default by Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of rent shall not be a (i) waiver of any preceding breach or default by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of the preceding breach or default at the time of acceptance of rent, or (ii) a waiver of Landlord’s right to exercise any remedy available to Landlord by virtue of the breach or default. The acceptance of any payment from a debtor in possession, a trustee, a receiver or any other person acting on behalf of Tenant or Tenant’s estate shall not waive or cure a default under Section 14.1. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent required by this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account of the earliest due stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord shall accept the check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent or pursue any other remedy available to it. Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1174 or 1179, or under any other present or future law, in the event this Lease is terminated

 

18


by reason of any default by Tenant. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys to the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease, and the delivery of the keys to any employee shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

SECTION 14.3. LATE PAYMENTS.

(a) Any rent due under this Lease that is not paid to Landlord within five (5) days of the date when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law from the date due until fully paid. The payment of interest shall not cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition, Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Those costs may include, but are not limited to, administrative, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any rent due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after the date due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the interest provided above, a late charge for each delinquent payment equal to the greater of (i) five percent (5%) of that delinquent payment or (ii) One Hundred Dollars ($1 00.00). Acceptance of a late charge by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, nor shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies.

(b) Following each second consecutive installment of Basic Rent that is not paid within five (5) days following notice of nonpayment from Landlord, Landlord shall have the option (i) to require that beginning with the first payment of Basic Rent next due, Basic Rent shall no longer be paid in monthly installments but shall be payable quarterly three (3) months in advance and/or (ii) to require that Tenant increase the amount, if any, of the Security Deposit by one hundred percent (100%). Should Tenant deliver to Landlord, at any time during the Term, two (2) or more insufficient checks, the Landlord may require that all monies then and thereafter due from Tenant be paid to Landlord by cashier’s check.

SECTION 14.4. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM. All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent or right of set-off. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money, or fails to perform any other act on its part to be performed under this Lease, and the failure continues beyond any applicable grace period set forth in Section 14.1, then in addition to any other available remedies, Landlord may, at its election, make the payment or perform the other act on Tenant’s part. Landlord’s election to make the payment or perform the act on Tenant’s part shall not give rise to any responsibility of Landlord to continue making the same or similar payments or performing the same or similar acts. Tenant shall, promptly upon demand by Landlord, reimburse Landlord for all sums paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law from the date of the payment by Landlord.

SECTION 14.5. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease unless and until it has failed to perform the obligation within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it commences performance within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion.

SECTION 14.6. EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES. Should either Landlord or Tenant bring any action in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of the action its reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all other costs. The prevailing party for the purpose of this paragraph shall be determined by the trier of the facts.

SECTION 14.7. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE.

(a) LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND EACH PARTY DOES HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

(b) IN THE EVENT THAT THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 14.7(a) ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 14.7(b) SHALL APPLY. IT IS THE DESIRE AND INTENTION OF THE PARTIES TO AGREE UPON

 

19


A MECHANISM AND PROCEDURE UNDER WHICH CONTROVERSIES AND DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR RELATED TO THE PREMISES WILL BE RESOLVED IN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS FOR UNLAWFUL OR FORCIBLE DETAINER OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OF ATTACHMENT, ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, SHALL BE HEARD AND RESOLVED BY A REFEREE UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, SECTIONS 638—645.1, INCLUSIVE (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED, OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO) (THE “REFEREE SECTIONS”). ANY FEE TO INITIATE THE JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE PAID BY THE PARTY INITIATING SUCH PROCEDURE; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT THE COSTS AND FEES, INCLUDING ANY INITIATION FEE, OF SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL ULTIMATELY BE BORNE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 14.6 ABOVE. THE VENUE OF THE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED. WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF RECEIPT BY ANY PARTY OF A WRITTEN REQUEST TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 14.7(b), THE PARTIES SHALL AGREE UPON A SINGLE REFEREE WHO SHALL TRY ALL ISSUES, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND REPORT A FINDING AND JUDGMENT ON SUCH ISSUES AS REQUIRED BY THE REFEREE SECTIONS. IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN SUCH TEN (10) DAY PERIOD, THEN ANY PARTY MAY THEREAFTER FILE A LAWSUIT IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR THE PURPOSE OF APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE UNDER CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 AND 640, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO. IF THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED BY THE COURT, THE REFEREE SHALL BE A NEUTRAL AND IMPARTIAL RETIRED JUDGE WITH SUBSTANTIAL EXPERIENCE IN THE RELEVANT MATTERS TO BE DETERMINED, FROM JAMS/ENDISPUTE, INC., THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION OR SIMILAR MEDIATION/ARBITRATION ENTITY. THE PROPOSED REFEREE MAY BE CHALLENGED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OF THE GROUNDS LISTED IN SECTION 641 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO. THE REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES OF FACT AND LAW AND REPORT HIS OR HER DECISION ON SUCH ISSUES, AND TO ISSUE ALL RECOGNIZED REMEDIES AVAILABLE AT LAW OR IN EQUITY FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION THAT IS BEFORE THE REFEREE, INCLUDING AN AWARD OF ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW. THE REFEREE SHALL NOT, HOWEVER, HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD PUNITIVE DAMAGES, AND THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO RECOVER ANY SUCH DAMAGES. THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY AND MAY ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE, WITH RIGHTS TO REGULATE DISCOVERY AND TO ISSUE AND ENFORCE SUBPOENAS, PROTECTIVE ORDERS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISCOVERY AVAILABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE REFEREE SHALL LIMIT DISCOVERY TO THAT WHICH IS ESSENTIAL TO THE EFFECTIVE PROSECUTION OR DEFENSE OF THE ACTION, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL DISCOVERY BY EITHER PARTY INCLUDE MORE THAN ONE NON-EXPERT WITNESS DEPOSITION UNLESS BOTH PARTIES OTHERWISE AGREE. THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW (INCLUDING THE RULES OF EVIDENCE), AND IN ALL REGARDS, THE REFEREE SHALL FOLLOW CALIFORNIA LAW APPLICABLE AT THE TIME OF THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 644 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE UPON THE WHOLE ISSUE MUST STAND AS THE DECISION OF THE COURT, AND UPON THE FILING OF THE STATEMENT OF DECISION WITH THE CLERK OF THE COURT, OR WITH THE JUDGE IF THERE IS NO CLERK, JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED THEREON IN THE SAME MANNER AS IF THE ACTION HAD BEEN TRIED BY THE COURT. THE PARTIES SHALL PROMPTLY AND DILIGENTLY COOPERATE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND THE REFEREE, AND SHALL PERFORM SUCH ACTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS RESOLUTION OF THE DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION 14.7(b). TO THE EXTENT THAT NO PENDING LAWSUIT HAS BEEN FILED TO OBTAIN THE APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE, ANY PARTY, AFTER THE ISSUANCE OF THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE, MAY APPLY TO THE COURT OF THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR CONFIRMATION BY THE COURT OF THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE IN THE SAME MANNER AS A PETITION FOR CONFIRMATION OF AN ARBITRATION AWARD PURSUANT TO CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1285 ET SEQ. (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO).

ARTICLE XV. END OF TERM

SECTION 15.1. HOLDING OVER. This Lease shall terminate without further notice upon the expiration of the Term, and any holding over by Tenant after the expiration shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease, or give Tenant any rights under this Lease, except when in writing

 

20


signed by both parties. If Tenant holds over for any period after the expiration (or earlier termination) of the Term, Landlord may, at its option, treat Tenant as a tenant at sufferance only, commencing on the first (1 st ) day following the termination of this Lease. However, should Landlord accept the payment of monthly hold-over rent by Tenant, then a month-to-month tenancy shall be deemed effected and neither party shall terminate this Lease without thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party. Any hold-over by Tenant shall be subject to all of the terms of this Lease, except that the monthly rental shall be one hundred percent (150%) of the total monthly rental for the month immediately preceding the date of termination. The acceptance by Landlord of monthly hold-over rental in a lesser amount shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of this Lease despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant relating to such failure to surrender. The foregoing provisions of this Section are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord under this Lease or at law.

SECTION 15.2. MERGER ON TERMINATION. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual termination of this Lease, shall terminate any or all existing subleases unless Landlord, at its option, elects in writing to treat the surrender or termination as an assignment to it of any or all subleases affecting the Premises.

SECTION 15.3. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY. Upon the Expiration Date or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order, condition and repair as when received or as hereafter may be improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall remove the cost of removing all wallpapering and voice and/or data transmission cabling installed by or for Tenant (but excluding any and all cabling existing in the Premises as of the date hereof, which cabling Tenant shall have no obligation to remove), together with all personal property and debris, except for any items that Landlord may by written authorization allow to remain. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal and restore the affected area to its pre-existing condition, reasonable wear and tear. If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Section, Landlord may effect the removal and/or make any repairs, and the cost to Landlord shall be additional rent payable by Tenant upon demand. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an instrument in writing releasing and quitclaiming to Landlord all right, title and interest of Tenant in the Premises.

ARTICLE XVI. PAYMENTS AND NOTICES

All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid, without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at its address set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or at any other place as Landlord may designate in writing. Unless this Lease expressly provides otherwise, as for example in the payment of rent pursuant to Section 4.1, all payments shall be due and payable within five (5) days after demand. All payments requiring proration shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days in the pertinent calendar month or year, as applicable. Any notice, election, demand, consent, approval or other communication to be given or other document to be delivered by either party to the other may be delivered to the other party, at the address set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions, by personal service or electronic facsimile transmission, or by any courier or “overnight” express mailing service, or may be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Either party may, by written notice to the other, served in the manner provided in this Article, designate a different address. If any notice or other document is sent by mail, it shall be deemed served or delivered three (3) business days after mailing or, if sooner, upon actual receipt. The refusal to accept delivery of a notice, or the inability to deliver the notice (whether due to a change of address for which notice was not duly given or other good reason), shall be deemed delivery and receipt of the notice as of the date of attempted delivery. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant under this Lease, service of any notice upon any one of them shall be deemed as service upon all of them.

ARTICLE XVII. RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees to comply with the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit E, and any reasonable and nondiscriminatory amendments, modifications and/or additions as may be adopted and published by written notice to tenants by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order, or cleanliness of the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of the Rules and Regulations or the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease or any other act or conduct by any other tenant, and the same shall not constitute a constructive eviction hereunder. One or more waivers by Landlord of any breach of the Rules and Regulations by Tenant or by any other tenant(s) shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of that rule or any other. Tenant’s failure to keep and observe the Rules and Regulations shall constitute a default under this Lease. In the case of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and this Lease, this Lease shall be controlling.

 

21


ARTICLE XVIII. BROKER’S COMMISSION

The parties recognize as the broker(s) who negotiated this Lease the firm(s) whose name(s) is (are) stated in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to those broker(s) unless otherwise provided in this Lease. It is understood that Landlord’s Broker represents only Landlord in this transaction and Tenant’s Broker represents only Tenant. Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any other real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any cost, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any other real estate broker or agent employed or claiming to represent or to have been employed by the indemnifying party in connection with the negotiation of this Lease. The foregoing agreement shall survive the termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE XIX. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

In the event of any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all obligations on the part of Landlord accruing under this Lease from and after the date of the transfer, provided that Tenant is duly notified of the transfer. Any funds held by the transferor in which Tenant has an interest shall be turned over, subject to that interest, to the transferee. No holder of a mortgage and/or deed of trust to which this Lease is or may be subordinate shall be responsible in connection with the Security Deposit unless the mortgagee or holder of the deed of trust actually receives the Security Deposit. It is intended that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to the foregoing, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during and in respect to their respective successive periods of ownership.

ARTICLE XX. INTERPRETATION

SECTION 20.1. GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context of this Lease requires, the words “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include the plural as well as the singular, and words used in neuter, masculine or feminine genders shall include the others.

SECTION 20.2. HEADINGS. The captions and headings of the articles and sections of this Lease are for convenience only, are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon its construction or interpretation.

SECTION 20.3. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant, the obligations imposed upon each shall be joint and several and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them shall be binding on all of them with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, termination or modification of this Lease.

SECTION 20.4. SUCCESSORS. Subject to Articles IX and XIX, all rights and liabilities given to or imposed upon Landlord and Tenant shall extend to and bind their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Nothing contained in this Section is intended, or shall be construed, to grant to any person other than Landlord and Tenant and their successors and assigns any rights or remedies under this Lease.

SECTION 20.5. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

SECTION 20.6. CONTROLLING LAW/VENUE. This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Should any litigation be commenced between the parties in connection with this Lease, such action shall be prosecuted in the applicable State Court of California in the county in which the Building is located.

SECTION 20.7. SEVERABILITY. If any term or provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material benefit by either party or the deletion of which is consented to by the party adversely affected, shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

SECTION 20.8. WAIVER. One or more waivers by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. Consent to any act by one of the parties shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of that party’s consent to any subsequent act. No

 

22


breach of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived unless the waiver is in a writing signed by the waiving party.

SECTION 20.9. INABILITY TO PERFORM. In the event that either party shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any work or in performing any act required under this Lease by reason of any cause beyond the reasonable control of that party, then the performance of the work or the doing of the act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the time for performance shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of the delay. The provisions of this Section shall not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of rent.

SECTION 20.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease and its exhibits and other attachments cover in full each and every agreement of every kind between the parties concerning the Premises, the Building, and the Project, and all preliminary negotiations, oral agreements, understandings and/or practices, except those contained in this Lease, are superseded and of no further effect. Tenant waives its rights to rely on any representations or promises made by Landlord or others which are not contained in this Lease. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to modify the provisions of this Lease, any statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.

SECTION 20.11. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises for the Term without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person claiming by or through Landlord.

SECTION 20.12. SURVIVAL. All covenants of Landlord or Tenant which reasonably would be intended to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, including without limitation any warranty or indemnity hereunder, shall so survive and continue to be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their successors and assigns.

ARTICLE XXI. EXECUTION AND RECORDING

SECTION 21.1. COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement.

SECTION 21.2. CORPORATE AND PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY. lf Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the entity represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and that this Lease is binding upon the corporation, limited liability company or partnership in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, deliver a certified copy of its organizational documents or an appropriate certificate authorizing or evidencing the execution of this Lease.

SECTION 21.3. EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and shall not constitute an offer to or option for Tenant to lease the Premises. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this Lease to Tenant, it being intended that this Lease shall only become effective upon execution by Landlord and delivery of a fully executed counterpart to Tenant.

SECTION 21.4. RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord, shall execute and acknowledge a “short form” memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.

SECTION 21.5. AMENDMENTS. No amendment or mutual termination of this Lease shall be effective unless in writing signed by authorized signatories of Tenant and Landlord, or by their respective successors in interest. No actions, policies, oral or informal arrangements, business dealings or other course of conduct by or between the parties shall be deemed to modify this Lease in any respect.

ARTICLE XXII. MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 22.1. NONDISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that it, and its respective partners, officers, directors, employees and attorneys, shall not intentionally and voluntarily disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other tenant or apparent prospective tenant of the Building or Project, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the other party, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under this Lease or pursuant to any legal requirement.

 

23


SECTION 22.2. REPRESENTATIONS BY TENANT. The application, financial statements and tax returns, if any, submitted and certified to by Tenant as an accurate representation of its financial condition have been prepared, certified and submitted to Landlord as an inducement and consideration to Landlord to enter into this Lease. The application and statements are represented and warranted by Tenant to be correct and to accurately and fully reflect Tenant’s true financial condition as of the date of execution of this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall during the Term promptly furnish Landlord with current annual financial statements accurately reflecting Tenant’s financial condition upon written request from Landlord.

SECTION 22.3. CHANGES REQUESTED BY LENDER. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Building, the lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to the financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent, provided that the modifications do not materially increase the obligations of Tenant (including without limitation, rent) or materially and adversely affect the leasehold interest created by this Lease.

SECTION 22.4. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION. No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would otherwise entitle Tenant to be relieved of its obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease shall result in such a release or termination unless (a) Tenant has given notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgage covering the Building whose address has been furnished to Tenant and (b) such beneficiary is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure the default by Landlord, including, if necessary to effect the cure, time to obtain possession of the Building by power of sale or judicial foreclosure provided that such foreclosure remedy is diligently pursued.

SECTION 22.5. SDN LIST. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any officer, director, employee, partner, member or other principal of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) is listed as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person (“SDN”) on the list of such persons and entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). In the event Tenant or any Tenant Party is or becomes listed as an SDN, Tenant shall be deemed in breach of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease immediately upon written notice to Tenant.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:  
WW&LJ GATEWAYS, LTD.,     LIPOTHERA, INC.,  
a California limited partnership     a Delaware corporation  
By   California Diversified LLC,        
 

a Delaware limited liability company,

General Partner

       
By   /s/ Steven M. Case       By   /s/ John Dobak  
 

Steven M. Case

Senior Vice President, Leasing

     

 

Printed Name John Dobak                                

 
       

 

Title President                                                 

 
By   /s/ Michael T. Bennett       By   /s/ Michael S. Kagnoff  
 

Michael T. Bennett

Vice President, Operations

    LOGO  

 

 

Printed Name Michael S. Kagnoff                        

 
        Title Secretary                                                       
         

 

24


 

LOGO

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

 

LOGO

Exhibit A


EXHIBIT B

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

The following standards for utilities and services shall be in effect at the Building. Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and additions to these standards. In the case of any conflict between these standards and the Lease, the Lease shall be controlling. Subject to all of the provisions of the Lease, including but not limited to the restrictions contained in Section 6.1, the following shall apply:

1. Landlord shall make available to the Premises during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and upon notice, from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturday (“Building Hours”), generally recognized national holidays excepted, reasonable HVAC services. Subject to the provisions set forth below, Landlord shall also furnish the Building with elevator service (if applicable), reasonable amounts of electric current for normal lighting by Landlord’s standard overhead fluorescent and incandescent fixtures and for the operation of office equipment consistent in type and quantity with that utilized by typical office tenants of the Building and Project, and water for lavatory purposes. Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, connect any apparatus, machine or device with water pipes or electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises) for the purpose of using electric current or water. Because the Building systems have been designed for normal occupancy of approximately four persons per one thousand usable square feet, Tenant understands that excess occupancy of the Premises may result in excessive use of power and other services and may inhibit the efficient cooling of the Premises. This paragraph shall at all times be subject to applicable governmental regulations.

2. Upon written request from Tenant delivered to Landlord at least 24 hours prior to the period for which service is requested, but during normal business hours, Landlord will provide any of the foregoing building services to Tenant at such times when such services are not otherwise available. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord for those after-hour services at rates that Landlord may establish from time to time. The after hours HVAC charge for the Building as of the date of this Lease is Sixty Dollars ($60.00) per hour for the initial Term of the Lease only. Thereafter such charges shall be at Landlord’s rates as determined from time to time. If Tenant requires electric current in excess of that which Landlord is obligated to furnish under this Exhibit B, Tenant shall first obtain the consent of Landlord, and Landlord may cause an electric current meter to be installed in the Premises to measure the amount of electric current consumed. The cost of installation, maintenance and repair of the meter shall be paid for by Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for all electric current consumed for any special power use as shown by the meter. The reimbursement shall be at the rates charged for electrical power by the local public utility furnishing the current, plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the electric current consumed.

3. Landlord shall furnish water for drinking, personal hygiene and lavatory purposes only. If Tenant requires or uses water for any purposes in addition to ordinary drinking, cleaning and lavatory purposes, Landlord may, in its discretion, install a water meter to measure Tenant’s water consumption. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost of the meter and the cost of its installation, and for consumption throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant shall keep the meter and installed equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s own cost and expense, in default of which Landlord may cause the meter to be replaced or repaired at Tenant’s expense. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on the meter and when bills are rendered, and on Tenant’s default in making that payment Landlord may pay the charges on behalf of Tenant. Any costs or expenses or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes stated above shall be deemed to be additional rent payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

4. In the event that any utility service to the Premises is separately metered or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay all charges for that utility service to the Premises and the cost of furnishing the utility to tenant suites shall be excluded from the Operating Expenses as to which reimbursement from Tenant is required in the Lease. If any utility charges are not paid when due Landlord may pay them, and any amounts paid by Landlord shall immediately become due to Landlord from Tenant as additional rent. If Landlord elects to furnish any utility service to the Premises, Tenant shall purchase its requirements of that utility from Landlord as long as the rates charged by Landlord do not exceed those which Tenant would be required to pay if the utility service were furnished it directly by a public utility.

5. Landlord shall provide janitorial services five days per week, equivalent to that furnished in comparable buildings, and window washing as reasonably required; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay for any additional or unusual janitorial services required by reason of any nonstandard improvements in the Premises, including without limitation wall coverings and floor coverings installed by or for Tenant, or by reason of any use of Premises other than exclusively as offices. The cleaning services provided by Landlord shall also exclude refrigerators, eating utensils (plates, drinking containers and silverware), and interior glass partitions. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish, to the extent that they exceed the refuse and rubbish usually attendant with general office usage.

 

1


6. Tenant shall have access to the Building 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year; provided that Landlord may install access control systems as it deems advisable for the Building. Such systems may, but need not, include full or part-time lobby supervision, the use of a sign-in sign-out log, a card identification access system, building parking and access pass system, closing hours procedures, access control stations, fire stairwell exit door alarm system, electronic guard system, mobile paging system, elevator control system or any other access controls. In the event that Landlord elects to provide any or all of those services, Landlord may discontinue providing them at any time with or without notice. Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for access control cards and/or keys issued to Tenant. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for the provision by Landlord of improper access control services, for any breakdown in service, or for the failure by Landlord to provide access control services. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord’s access systems may be temporarily inoperative during building emergency and system repair periods. Tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with any regulations established by Landlord with respect to any card key access or any other system of building access as Landlord may establish. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from its or its employees use of any access system.

7. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing any supplemental air conditioning unit serving only the Premises shall be borne solely by Tenant. Such costs shall include all metered electrical charges as described above in this Exhibit, together with the cost, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, to supply cooling water or other means of heat dissipation for the unit. Should Tenant desire to install such a unit, the plans and specifications must be submitted in advance to Landlord and approved in writing by Landlord. Such installation shall be at Tenant’s sole expense and shall include installation of a separate meter for the operation of the unit. Landlord may require Tenant to remove at Lease expiration any such unit installed by or for Tenant and to repair any resulting damage to the Premises or Building.

 

2


EXHIBIT C

PARKING

The following parking regulations shall be in effect at the Building. Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable, nondiscriminatory modifications and additions to the regulations by written notice to Tenant. In the case of any conflict between these regulations and the Lease, the Lease shall be controlling.

1. Landlord agrees to maintain, or cause to be maintained, an automobile parking area (“Parking Area”) in reasonable proximity to the Building for the benefit and use of the visitors and patrons and, except as otherwise provided, employees of Tenant, and other tenants and occupants of the Building. The Parking Area shall include, whether in a surface parking area or a parking structure, the automobile parking stalls, driveways, entrances, exits, sidewalks and attendant pedestrian passageways and other areas designated for parking. Landlord shall have the right and privilege of determining the nature and extent of the automobile Parking Area, whether it shall be surface, underground or other structure, and of making such changes to the Parking Area from time to time which in its opinion are desirable and for the best interests of all persons using the Parking Area. Landlord shall keep the Parking Area in a neat, clean and orderly condition, and shall repair any damage to its facilities. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to motor vehicles of visitors or employees, for any loss of property from within those motor vehicles, or for any injury to Tenant, its visitors or employees, unless ultimately determined to be caused by the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Unless otherwise instructed by Landlord, every parker shall park and lock his or her own motor vehicle. Landlord shall also have the right to establish, and from time to time amend, and to enforce against all users of the Parking Area all reasonable rules and regulations (including the designation of areas for employee parking) as Landlord may deem necessary and advisable for the proper and efficient operation and maintenance of the Parking Area. Garage managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these regulations.

2. Landlord may, if it deems advisable in its sole discretion, charge for parking and may establish for the Parking Area a system or systems of permit parking for Tenant, its employees and its visitors, which may include, but not be limited to, a system of charges against nonvalidated parking, verification of users, a set of regulations governing different parking locations, and an allotment of reserved or nonreserved parking spaces based upon the charges paid and the identity of users. In no event shall Tenant or its employees park in reserved stalls leased to other tenants or in stalls within designated visitor parking zones, nor shall Tenant or its employees utilize more than the number of parking stalls allotted in this Lease to Tenant. It is understood that Landlord shall not have any obligation to cite improperly parked vehicles or otherwise attempt to enforce reserved parking rules during hours when parking attendants are not present at the Parking Area. Tenant shall comply with such system in its use (and in the use of its visitors, patrons and employees) of the Parking Area, provided, however, that the system and rules and regulations shall apply to all persons entitled to the use of the Parking Area, and all charges to Tenant for use of the Parking Area shall be no greater than Landlord’s then current scheduled charge for parking.

3. Tenant shall, upon request of Landlord from time to time, furnish Landlord with a list of its employees’ names and of Tenant’s and its employees’ vehicle license numbers. Tenant agrees to acquaint its employees with these regulations and assumes responsibility for compliance by its employees with these parking provisions, and shall be liable to Landlord for all unpaid parking charges incurred by its employees. Any amount due from Tenant shall be deemed additional rent. Tenant authorizes Landlord to tow away from the Building any vehicle belonging to Tenant or Tenant’s employees parked in violation of these provisions, and/or to attach violation stickers or notices to those vehicles. In the event Landlord elects or is required to limit or control parking by tenants, employees, visitors or invitees of the Building, whether by validation of parking tickets, parking meters or any other method of assessment, Tenant agrees to participate in the validation or assessment program under reasonable rules and regulations as are established by Landlord and/or any applicable governmental agency.

4. Landlord may establish an identification system for vehicles of Tenant and its employees which may consist of stickers, magnetic parking cards or other identification devices supplied by Landlord. All identification devices shall remain the property of Landlord, shall be displayed as required by Landlord or upon request and may not be mutilated or obliterated in any manner. Those devices shall not be transferable and any such device in the possession of an unauthorized holder shall be void and may be confiscated. Landlord may impose a reasonable fee for identification devices and a replacement charge for devices which are lost or stolen. Each identification device shall be returned to Landlord promptly following the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease. Loss or theft of parking identification devices shall be reported to Landlord or its Parking Area operator immediately and a written report of the loss filed if requested by Landlord or its Parking Area operator.

5. Persons using the Parking Area shall observe all directional signs and arrows and any posted speed limits. Unless otherwise posted, in no event shall the speed limit of 5 miles per hour be exceeded. All vehicles shall be parked entirely within painted stalls, and no vehicles shall be

 

1


parked in areas which are posted or marked as “no parking” or on or in ramps, driveways and aisles. Only one vehicle may be parked in a parking space. In no event shall Tenant interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Parking Area by other tenants of the Building or their employees or invitees.

6. Parking Areas shall be used only for parking vehicles. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of vehicles, or the parking of any vehicle on an overnight basis, in the Parking Area (other than emergency services) by any parker or his or her agents or employees is prohibited unless otherwise authorized by Landlord. Tenant shall have no right to install any fixtures, equipment or personal property (other than vehicles) in the Parking Area, nor shall Tenant make any alteration to the Parking Area.

7. It is understood that the employees of Tenant and the other tenants of Landlord within the Building and Project shall not be permitted to park their automobiles in the portions of the Parking Area which may from time to time be designated for patrons of the Building and/or Project and that Landlord shall at all times have the right to establish rules and regulations for employee parking. Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall be obligated to lease from Landlord for the Term of this Lease, the total number of vehicle parking spaces set forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Allotted Stalls”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord for the lease of the Allotted Stalls the amounts as Landlord shall from time to time determine; provided so long as Tenant is not in Default under the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the monthly stall charge for the Allotted Stalls as follows: i) $0.00 for six (6) of the unreserved Allotted Stalls during the initial Term of the Lease, and ii) $0.00 for the two (2) reserved Allotted Stalls during the first (1st) twelve (12) months of the initial Term of the Lease only. Should any monthly parking charge installment not be paid within five (5) days following the date due, then a late charge shall be payable by Tenant equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent installment, which late charge shall be separate and in addition to any late charge that may be assessed pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Lease for other than delinquent monthly parking charges. Landlord may authorize persons other than those described above, including occupants of other buildings, to utilize the Parking Area. In the event of the use of the Parking Area by other persons, those persons shall pay for that use in accordance with the terms established above; provided, however, Landlord may allow those persons to use the Parking Area on weekends, holidays, and at other non-office hours without payment.

8. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs 1 through 7, Landlord shall be entitled to pass on to Tenant its proportionate share of any charges or parking surcharge or transportation management costs levied by any governmental agency. The foregoing parking provisions are further subject to any governmental regulations which limit parking or otherwise seek to encourage the use of carpools, public transit or other alternative transportation forms or traffic reduction programs. Tenant agrees that it will use its best efforts to cooperate, including registration and attendance, in programs which may be undertaken to reduce traffic. Tenant acknowledges that as a part of those programs, it may be required to distribute employee transportation information, participate in employee transportation surveys, allow employees to participate in commuter activities, designate a liaison for commuter transportation activities, distribute commuter information to all employees, and otherwise participate in other programs or services initiated under a transportation management program.

9. Should any parking spaces be allotted by Landlord to Tenant, either on a reserved or nonreserved basis, Tenant shall not assign or sublet any of those spaces, either voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Landlord, except in connection with an authorized assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises.

 

2


EXHIBIT D

TENANT’S INSURANCE

The following requirements for Tenant’s insurance shall be in effect at the Building, and Tenant shall also cause any subtenant to comply with the requirements. Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory modifications and additions to these requirements. Tenant agrees to obtain and present evidence to Landlord that it has fully complied with the insurance requirements.

1. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, commencing on the date Tenant is given access to the Premises for any purpose and during the entire Term, procure, pay for and keep in full force and effect: (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Premises and the operations of or on behalf of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, including but not limited to coverage for personal injury, contractual liability, independent contractors, broad form property damage, fire legal liability, products liability (if a product is sold from the Premises), and liquor law liability (if alcoholic beverages are sold, served or consumed within the Premises), which policy(ies) shall be written on an “occurrence” basis and for not less than $2,000,000 combined single limit (with a $50,000 minimum limit on fire legal liability) per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and property damage liability, or the current limit of liability carried by Tenant, whichever is greater, and subject to such increases in amounts as Landlord may determine from time to time: (ii) workers’ compensation insurance coverage as required by law, together with employers’ liability insurance coverage of at least $1,000,000; (iii) with respect to improvements, alterations, and the like required or permitted to be made by Tenant under this Lease, builder’s risk insurance, in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the work; (iv) insurance against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and such other additional perils as may be included in a standard “special form” policy, insuring all Tenant Installations, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and items of personal property in the Premises, in an amount equal to not less than ninety percent (90%) of their actual replacement cost (with replacement cost endorsement), which policy shall also include extra expense coverage to cover three (3) months of loss. In no event shall the limits of any policy be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

2. All policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit shall be written by responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of California and with a general policyholder rating of not less than “A-” and financial rating of not less than “VII” in the most current Best’s Insurance Report. The deductible or other retained limit under any policy carried by Tenant shall be commercially reasonable, and Tenant shall be responsible for payment of such retained limit with full waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord. Any insurance required of Tenant may be furnished by Tenant under any blanket policy carried by it or under a separate policy. A certificate of insurance, certifying that the policy has been issued, provides the coverage required by this Exhibit and contains the required provisions, together with endorsements acceptable to Landlord evidencing the waiver of subrogation and additional insured provisions required below, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the date Tenant is given the right of possession of the Premises. Proper evidence of the renewal of any insurance coverage shall also be delivered to Landlord in advance of the expiration of the coverage. In the event of a loss covered by any policy under which Landlord is an additional insured, Landlord shall be entitled to review a copy of such policy.

3. Each policy evidencing insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit shall contain the following provisions and/or clauses satisfactory to Landlord: (i) with respect to Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance, a provision that the policy and the coverage provided shall be primary and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be excess of and noncontributory with any policies carried by Tenant, together with a provision including Landlord, The Irvine Company LLC, and any other parties in interest designated by Landlord as additional insureds; (ii) except with respect to Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance, a waiver by the insurer of any right to subrogation against Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors and representatives which arises or might arise by reason of any payment under the policy or by reason of any act or omission of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or representatives; and (iii) a provision that the insurer will not cancel or materially change the coverage provided by the policy without first endeavoring to give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice. Tenant shall also name Landlord as an additional insured on any excess or umbrella liability insurance policy carried by Tenant.

4. In the event that Tenant fails to procure, maintain and/or pay for, at the times and for the durations specified in this Exhibit, any insurance required by this Exhibit and such failure continues for five (5) business days following receipt by Tenant of written notice from Landlord, or fails to carry insurance required by any governmental authority, Landlord may at its election procure that insurance and pay the premiums, in which event Tenant shall repay Landlord all sums paid by Landlord, together with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law and any related costs or expenses incurred by Landlord, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written demand to Tenant.

NOTICE TO TENANT: IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE, TENANT MUST PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE REQUIRED INSURANCE TO LANDLORD’S MANAGEMENT AGENT PRIOR TO BEING AFFORDED ACCESS TO THE PREMISES.

 

1


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following Rules and Regulations shall be in effect at the Building. Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory modifications and additions at any time. In the case of any conflict between these regulations and the Lease, the Lease shall be controlling.

1. Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, or unless otherwise specifically authorized in this Lease, Tenant shall not sell or permit the retail sale of goods or services in or from the Premises, nor shall Tenant allow the Premises to be utilized for any manufacturing or medical practice.

2. The sidewalks, halls, passages, elevators, stairways, and other common areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for storage, for depositing items, or for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. The halls, passages, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to those areas of all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants. Should Tenant have access to any balcony or patio area, Tenant shall not place any furniture or other personal property in such area without the prior written approval of Landlord. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to prevent access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals only for the purpose of conducting its business on the Premises (such as clients, customers, office suppliers and equipment vendors and the like) unless those persons are engaged in illegal activities. Neither Tenant nor any employee or contractor of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.

3. The sashes, sash doors, windows, glass lights, solar film and/or screen, and any lights or skylights that reflect or admit light into the halls or other places of the Building shall not be covered or obstructed. The toilet rooms, water and wash closets and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind shall be thrown in those facilities, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

4. No sign, advertisement or notice visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Building or the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord shall have given its consent at any time, whether before or after the execution of this Lease, that consent shall in no way operate as a waiver or release of any of the provisions of this Lease, and shall be deemed to relate only to the particular sign, advertisement or notice so consented to by Landlord and shall not be construed as dispensing with the necessity of obtaining the specific written consent of Landlord with respect to any subsequent sign, advertisement or notice. If Landlord, by a notice in writing to Tenant, shall object to any curtain, blind, tinting, shade or screen attached to, or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises, the use of that curtain, blind, tinting, shade or screen shall be immediately discontinued and removed by Tenant. No awnings shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. No antenna or satellite dish shall be installed by Tenant that is either located or visible from outside the Premises without the prior written agreement of Landlord.

5. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Premises, or bring or keep anything in the Premises, which shall in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on the Building, or on the property kept in the Building, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or in any way injure or annoy them, or conflict with the regulations of the Fire Department or the fire laws, or with any insurance policy upon the Building, or any portion of the Building or its contents, or with any rules and ordinances established by the Board of Health or other governmental authority.

6. The installation and location of any unusually heavy equipment in the Premises, including without limitation file storage units, safes and electronic data processing equipment, shall require the prior written approval of Landlord. Landlord may restrict the weight and position of any equipment that may exceed the weight load limits for the structure of the Building, and may further require, at Tenant’s expense, the reinforcement of any flooring on which such equipment may be placed and/or an engineering study to be performed to determine whether the equipment may safely be installed in the Building and the necessity of any reinforcement. The moving of large or heavy objects shall occur only between those hours as may be designated by, and only upon previous written notice to, Landlord, and the persons employed to move those objects in or out of the Building must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description shall be received into or moved out of the lobby of the Building or carried in any elevator other than the freight elevator designated by Landlord unless approved in writing by Landlord.

7. Landlord shall clean the Premises as provided in the Lease, and except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord will be permitted to enter the Building for that purpose. Tenant shall not cause unnecessary labor by reason of

 

1


Tenant’s carelessness and indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or its employees for loss or damage to property in connection with the provision of janitorial services by third party contractors.

8. Tenant shall not sweep or throw, or permit to be swept or thrown, from the Premises any dirt or other substance into any of the corridors or halls or elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the Building, and Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business with other tenants, nor shall any animals or birds be kept by Tenant in or about the Building. Smoking or carrying of lighted cigars, cigarettes, pipes or similar products anywhere within the Premises or Building is strictly prohibited, and Landlord may enforce such prohibition pursuant to Landlord’s leasehold remedies. Smoking is permitted outside the Building and within the project only in areas designated by Landlord.

9. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except pursuant to the normal use of a U.L. approved microwave oven and coffee maker for the benefit of Tenant’s employees and invitees, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise or for lodging. Any pipes or tubing used by Tenant to transmit water to an appliance or device in the Premises must be made of copper or stainless steel, and in no event shall plastic tubing be used for that purpose.

10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable fluid or any other illuminating material (except for Allowed Materials), or use any method of heating other than that supplied by Landlord.

11. If Tenant desires telephone, telegraph, burglar alarm or similar connections, Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how the wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires or otherwise shall be made without directions from Landlord.

12. Upon the termination of its tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all the keys to offices, and all access cards which shall have been furnished to Tenant or which Tenant shall have had made.

13. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises, except to install normal wall hangings. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except by a paste, or other material which may easily be removed with water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive materials being expressly prohibited. The method of affixing any floor covering shall be subject to approval by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

14. On Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m., access to the Building, or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways in the Building, or to the Premises, may be refused unless the person seeking access complies with any access control system that Landlord may establish. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person whom Landlord has the right to exclude under Rules 2 or 18 of this Exhibit. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, or in the event of any other situation reasonably requiring the evacuation of the Building, Landlord reserves the right at its election and without liability to Tenant to prevent access to the Building by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in the Building.

15. Tenant shall be responsible for protecting the Premises from theft, which includes keeping doors and other means of entry closed and securely locked. Tenant shall cause all water faucets or water apparatus to be shut off before Tenant or Tenant’s employees leave the Building, and that all electricity, gas or air shall likewise be shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord.

16. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or any bolt on any door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord gives its consent, Tenant shall in each case promptly furnish Landlord with a key for any new or altered lock.

17. Tenant shall not install equipment, such as but not limited to electronic tabulating or computer equipment, requiring electrical or air conditioning service in excess of that to be provided by Landlord under the Lease except in accordance with Exhibit B.

18. Landlord shall have full and absolute authority to regulate or prohibit the entrance to the Premises of any vendor, supplier, purveyor, petitioner, proselytizer or other similar person if, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, such person will be involved in general solicitation activities, or the proselytizing, petitioning, or disturbance of other tenants or their customers or invitees, or engaged or

 

2


likely to engage in conduct which may in Landlord’s opinion distract from the use of the Premises for its intended purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the absolute right and discretion to limit or prevent access to the Buildings by any food or beverage vendor, whether or not invited by Tenant, and Landlord may condition such access upon the vendor’s execution of an entry permit agreement which may contain provisions for insurance coverage and/or the payment of a fee to Landlord.

19. Tenant shall, at its expense, be required to utilize the third party contractor designated by Landlord for the Building to provide any telephone wiring services from the minimum point of entry of the telephone cable in the Building to the Premises.

20. Tenant shall, upon request by Landlord, supply Landlord with the names and telephone numbers of personnel designated by Tenant to be contacted on an after-hours basis should circumstances warrant.

21. Tenant shall cause its employees and agents, and shall endeavor to instruct its invitees. to wear attire suitable for a first class office project while such persons are in the Building or Project.

22. Landlord may from time to time grant tenants individual and temporary variances from these Rules, provided that any variance does not have a material adverse effect on the use and enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant.

23. Neither Tenant nor its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees shall bring any firearm, whether loaded or unloaded, into the Building at any time.

 

3


EXHIBIT X

WORK LETTER

Landlord shall cause its contractor to construct the tenant improvements for the Premises as shown in the list of improvements (the “Plan”) prepared by Burger Construction and dated April 17, 2008 and attached hereto as Schedule 1 and made a part hereof (collectively, “Tenant Improvements”). Any additional cost resulting from changes requested by Tenant shall be borne solely by Tenant and paid to Landlord prior to the commencement of construction. Unless otherwise specified in the Plan or hereafter agreed in writing by Landlord, all materials and finishes utilized in constructing the Tenant Improvements shall be Landlord’s building standard. Should Landlord submit any additional plans, equipment specification sheets, or other matters to Tenant for approval or completion, Tenant shall respond in writing, as appropriate, within three (3) business days unless a shorter period is provided herein. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any matter, and any disapproval shall be limited to items not previously approved by Tenant in the Plan or otherwise.

In the event that Tenant requests in writing a revision in the Plan or in any other plans hereafter approved by Tenant, then provided such change request is acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant by written change order of any additional cost and/or Tenant Delay (as defined below) such change would cause. Tenant shall approve or disapprove such change order in writing within two (2) business days following its receipt. Tenant’s approval of a change order shall not be effective unless accompanied by payment in full of the additional cost of the tenant improvement work resulting from the change order. It is understood that Landlord shall have no obligation to interrupt or modify the Tenant Improvement work pending Tenant’s approval of a change order.

Notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary, if Tenant fails to comply with any of the time periods specified in this Work Letter, requests any changes to the work, fails to make timely payment of any sum due hereunder, furnishes inaccurate or erroneous specifications or other information, or otherwise delays in any manner the completion of the Tenant Improvements or the issuance of an occupancy certificate (any of the foregoing being referred to in this Lease as a “Tenant Delay”), then Tenant shall bear any resulting additional construction cost or other expenses and the Commencement Date shall be deemed to have occurred for all purposes, including Tenant’s obligation to pay rent, as of the date Landlord reasonably determines that it would have been able to deliver the Premises to Tenant but for the collective Tenant Delays.

Tenant hereby designates John Dobak, Telephone No.(858) 480-2411, as its representative, agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of receiving notices, approving submittals and issuing requests for Changes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely upon authorizations and directives of such person(s) as if given by Tenant. Tenant may amend the designation of its construction representative(s) at any time upon delivery of written notice to Landlord.

Prior to Tenant’s move-in into the Premises, Landlord and Tenant’s representative shall inspect the Premises and complete a punch list of unfinished items of Tenant Improvements. Landlord and Tenant’s representative shall execute said punch list to indicate their approval thereof. The items listed on such punch list shall be completed by Landlord as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter.

 

1


SCHEDULE “1”

WORK LETTER

 

LOGO     

420 Stevens Ave.; Ste #100

Solana Beach, CA 92075

License No. 504587

858-755-1800

Lipotham - Lease Transaction - Exhibit A

 

Project:    Misc Work; Suite 8400   Date:    4/17/2008
Location:    9191 Tower Center Drive   Contact:    Brien Dix
Proj Mgr:    Keith Stone   Phone:    [ILLEGIBLE ]
Sheet Date:    n/a   Architect:    n/a

 

PRELIMINARY PRICING  
DIVISION          DESCRIPTION    TOTAL
QTY
  UNIT
PRICE
             COST
TOTAL
     DIVISION
TOTAL
 

1

   GENERAL CONDITIONS              
      LUMP SUM PER MASTER AGREEMENT              
                                                   
2   

SITEWORK

             
     

PROTECTION OF EXISTING BLDG FINISHES

   1   $ 220.00         LS       $ -      
     

FINAL CLEAN

   1   $ 630.00         LS       $ 550.00      
                    $ 550.00   
                                                   
6   

WOOD AND PLASTIC

             
     

PLASTIC LAMINATE MILLWORK

             
     

REPAIR RECEPTION DESK-ALLOWANCE

   1   $ 750.00         LS       $ 250.00      
     

REPAIR/ADJUST HARDWARE-ALL PLAM MILL WORK

   1   $ 400.00         LS       $ 250.00      
     

WOOD MILLWORK

             
     

REPAIR/RE-ADHERE/CAULK WOOD FLOOR BASE

   -     -         LF        
 
EXCLUDED
BY TENANT
 
  
  
                    $ 500.00   
                                                   
7   

MOSTURE & THERMAL PROTECTION

             
     

NO WORK

              $ -   
                                                   
8   

DOORS AND WINDOWS

             
     

DOORS/FRAMES/HARDWARE

             
     

REPLACE BROKE DOOR STOP

   1   $ 28.00         EA       $ 28.00      
     

DOOR HARDWARE REPAIR- ALLOWANCE

   1   $ 450.00         LS       $ 300.00      
     

GLASS AND GLAZING

             
     

REMOVE/RECAULK GLAZING JOINTS AT 1/2 GLASS

   1   $ 000.00         SF       $ 000.00      
     

RECAULK HEAD ABOVE EXTERIOR AT SLIDING DOOR

   1   $ 225.00         EA       $ 225.00      
                    $ 1,353.00   
                                                   
9    FINISHES              
      DRYWALL/METAL STUDS    [ILLEGIBLE]   $ 75.00         HR       $ 480.0      
      PREPAINT POINT & PATCH              
      PATCH AT RELOCATED OUTLETS              
      ACOUSTICAL CEILING    1   $ 550.00         LS       $ 550.00      
      REPAIR CEILING TILE/GRID AS REQD-ALLOWANCE              
      FLOORING              
      CARPET REPAIR AS REQUIRED-ALLOWANCE    -     -         LS        
 
EXCLUDED
BY TENANT
 
  
  
      PAINTING (Includes painting the entire Suite)              
      WALLS/COLUMNS FLAT ONE COLOR: BLDG STAND    1   $ 2,350.00         LS       $ 2,350.00      
      GYP SOFFITS/CURTAIN POCKET    170   $ 2.00         LF       $ 340.00      
      CAULK AT BASE BOARD    320   $ 0.50         LF       $ 100.00      
                    $ 3,880.00   
                                                   
10    SPECIALTIES              
      SPECIALTIES              
      NO WORK              
                    $ -   
                                                   
12    FURNISHINGS              
      WINDOW BLINDS              
      DEMO CURTAINS/TRACK AT CONFERENCE ROOM    1   $ 40.00         LS       $ 40.00      
                    $ 40.00   
                                                   
15    MECHANICAL              
      FIRE SPRINKLERS              
      NO WORK              

 

2

Exhibit 10.6

NINTH AMENDMENT

THIS NINTH AMENDMENT (the “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of April 21 , 2014, by and between LJ GATEWAY OFFICE LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and LlTHERA, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A. Landlord (as successor in interest to California Diversified LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and as successor in interest to WW&LJ Gateways, LTD., a California limited partnership) and Tenant (formerly known as Lipothera, Inc., a Delaware corporation) are parties to that certain lease dated July 3, 2008, which lease has been previously amended by a First Amendment dated February 6, 2009, a Second Amendment dated February 16, 2010, a Third Amendment dated February 1, 2011, a Fourth Amendment dated April 20, 2011, a Fifth Amendment dated April 10, 2012, a Sixth Amendment dated October 31, 2012, a Seventh Amendment dated April 30, 2013 and an Eighth Amendment dated November 8, 2013 (collectively, the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 6,119 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) described as Suite Nos. 400 and 450 on the 4 th floor of the building located at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, San Diego, California (the “ Building ”).

 

B. The Lease by its terms shall expire on June 30, 2014 (“ Seventh Prior Extended Expiration Date ”), and the parties desire to extend the Term of the Lease all on the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

I. Extension . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended and shall expire on December 31, 2014 (“ Seventh Extended Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. That portion of the Term commencing the day immediately following the Seventh Prior Extended Expiration Date (“ Seventh Extension Date ”) and ending on the Seventh Extended Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Seventh Extended Term ”.

 

II. Basic Rent . As of the Seventh Extension Date and continuing through the Seventh Extended Term, the schedule of Basic Rent payable with respect to the Premises is the following:

 

Months of Term or Period

   Monthly Rate Per Square Foot      Monthly Basic Rent  

7/1/14 - 12/31/14

   $ 2.85       $ 17,439.00   

All such Basic Rent shall be payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

III. Building Costs and Property Taxes . Effective as of the Seventh Extension Date, Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant’s proportionate share of Building Costs, and Property Taxes accruing in connection with Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease (as amended) through the Seventh Extended Term.

 

IV. Additional Security Deposit . No additional security deposit shall be required in connection with this Amendment.

 

V. Improvements .

 

  A. Tenant is in possession of the Premises and accepts the same “as is” without any agreements, representations, understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, repairs or improvements, except as may be expressly provided otherwise in this Amendment.

 

  B. Any construction, alterations or improvements to the Premises shall be performed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense using contractors selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord and shall be governed in all respects by the provisions of Section 7.3 of the Lease.

 

VI. Other Pertinent Provisions . Landlord and Tenant agree that, effective as of the date of this Amendment (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), the Lease shall be amended in the following additional respects:

 

  A.

Parking . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in Exhibit C to the Lease, “Parking,” during the Seventh Extended Term, Landlord shall continue to lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall continue to lease from Landlord, 20 unreserved parking passes (the “ Unreserved Parking Passes ”) at the rate of $50.00 per unreserved pass, per month. Subject to Landlord availability, Tenant may convert up to 3 of the Unreserved Parking Passes to reserved parking passes (the “ Reserved Parking Passes ”) at the rate of

 

1


  $80.00 per reserved parking pass, per month upon prior written notice to Landlord. The Reserved Parking Passes shall be at a mutually approved location. Thereafter, the parking charge shall be at Landlord’s scheduled parking rates from time to time.

 

  B. SDN List . Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any officer, director, employee, partner, member or other principal of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) is listed as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person (“ SDN ”) on the list of such persons and entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). In the event Tenant or any Tenant Party is or becomes listed as an SDN, Tenant shall be deemed in breach of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to terminate the Lease immediately upon written notice to Tenant.

 

VII. GENERAL .

 

  A. Effect of Amendments . The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.

 

  B. Entire Agreement . This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

  C. Counterparts . If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation.

 

  D. Defined Terms . All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

  E. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, or is comprised of any of them, each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation, limited liability company or partnership represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of such entity and that this Amendment is binding upon such entity in accordance with its terms.

 

  F. Attorneys’ Fees . The provisions of the Lease respecting payment of attorneys’ fees shall also apply to this Amendment.

 

  G. Execution of Amendment . Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:
LJ GATEWAY OFFICE LLC,       LITHERA, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Case

    By:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

  Steven M. Case     Printed Name:  

George Mahaffey

  Executive Vice President     Title:  

President & CEO

  Office Properties      
By:  

/s/ Michael T. Bennett

    By:  

/s/ Susan A. Knudson

  Michael T. Bennett     Printed Name:  

Susan A. Knudson

  Senior Vice President, Operations     Title:  

VP Finance & Admin

  Office Properties      

 

2

Exhibit 10.7

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made and dated as of June 11, 2014 and is entered into by and between LITHERA, INC., a Delaware corporation, and each of its subsidiaries (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower has requested Lender to make available to Borrower a loan in an aggregate principal amount of up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “Term Loan”); and

B. Lender is willing to make the Term Loan on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower, Agent and Lender agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Unless otherwise defined herein, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

“Account Control Agreement(s)” means any agreement entered into by and among the Agent, Borrower and a third party Bank or other institution (including a Securities Intermediary) in which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or an account holding Investment Property and which grants Agent a perfected first priority security interest in the subject account or accounts.

“ACH Authorization” means the ACH Debit Authorization Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit I.

“Advance(s)” means a Term Loan Advance.

“Advance Date” means the funding date of any Advance.

“Advance Request” means a request for an Advance submitted by Borrower to Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

 

1


Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified entity, any other entity who or that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified entity. As used herein, “control” of any entity means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

“Agent” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended from time to time.

“Amortization Date” means August 1, 2015.

“Assignee” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.13.

“Borrower Products” means all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology currently being designed, manufactured or sold by Borrower or which Borrower intends to sell, license, or distribute in the future including any products or service offerings under development, collectively, together with all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology that have been sold, licensed or distributed by Borrower since its incorporation.

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are closed for business.

“Cash” means all cash and liquid funds.

“Change in Control” means any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower or any Subsidiary, sale or exchange of outstanding shares (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower or any Subsidiary in which the holders of Borrower or Subsidiary’s outstanding shares immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent of such surviving entity if such surviving entity is wholly owned by such parent), in each case without regard to whether Borrower or Subsidiary is the surviving entity.

“Claims” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.10.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Collateral” means the property described in Section 3.

 

2


“Commitment Fee” means $15,000, which Lender acknowledges was paid prior to the Closing Date, and shall be deemed fully earned on the Closing Date regardless of the early termination of this Agreement; receipt of which Lender hereby acknowledges.

“Confidential Information” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.12.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyright License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Copyrights” means all copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or of any other country.

“Deposit Accounts” means any “deposit accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and includes any checking account, savings account, or certificate of deposit.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

“Facility Charge” means $50,000, which represents one-half percent (0.50%) of the Maximum Term Loan Amount.

“Financial Statements” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.1.

 

3


“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any state within the United States.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time.

“Indebtedness” means indebtedness of any kind, including (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade credit entered into in the ordinary course of business due within ninety (90) days), including reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

“Initial Public Offering” means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of Borrower’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; trade secrets and inventions; mask works; Borrower’s applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; and Borrower’s goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, together with Borrower’s rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated therewith.

“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement between Borrower and Lender being executed concurrently herewith.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interests) of or in any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person or the acquisition of all, or substantially all, of the assets of another Person.

“Joinder Agreements” means for each Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a completed and executed Joinder Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“knowledge” means, as it relates to Borrower, the knowledge of Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, Vice President of Finance and Administration or Chief Financial Officer, Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Medical Officer.

“Lender” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

4


“License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature of a security interest.

“Loan” means the Advances made under this Agreement.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes (if any), the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the ACH Authorization, the Account Control Agreements, the Joinder Agreements, all UCC Financing Statements, the Warrant, the Subordination Agreement (if any), and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (ii) the ability of Borrower to perform the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or the ability of Agent or Lender to enforce any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations; or (iii) the Collateral or Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

“Maximum Term Loan Amount” means Ten Million and No/100 Dollars ($10,000,000).

“Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3.

“Note” means a Term Note.

“Patent License” means any written agreement granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence or a Patent application is pending, in which agreement Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Patents” means all letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States or in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States or any other country.

“Performance Milestone” means, in Lender’s reasonable discretion, Borrower’s conclusion of an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration that allows for the commencement of LIPO-202 Phase III Trials based on a development plan that is substantially similar to the development plan Borrower provided to Lender prior to the Closing Date.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means: (i) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Lender or Agent arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) Indebtedness existing on

 

5


the Closing Date which is disclosed in Schedule 1A; (iii) Indebtedness of up to $400,000 outstanding at any time secured by a Lien described in clause (vii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the Equipment financed with such Indebtedness; (iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business, including Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business with corporate credit cards; (v) Indebtedness that also constitutes a Permitted Investment; (vi) Subordinated Indebtedness; (vii) reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit that are secured by cash or cash equivalents and issued on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof in an amount not to exceed $300,000 at any time outstanding, (viii) other Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $200,000 at any time outstanding, and (ix) guarantees of any Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder (but without increasing the amounts otherwise permitted hereunder), (x) Contingent Obligations of the type described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof, so long as such Indebtedness is incurred by Borrower in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by Borrower, or changes in the value of securities issued by Borrower, and not for speculative purposes, in any event not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (xi) Indebtedness in respect of: (A) workers’ compensation claims or obligations in respect of health, disability or other employee benefits; (B) property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; (C) completion, bid, performance, appeal or surety bonds issued for the account of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof; or (D) bankers’ acceptances and other similar obligations not constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money, in each of the foregoing cases, to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (xii) extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means: (i) Investments existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1B; (ii) (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) certificates of deposit issued by any bank with assets of at least $500,000,000 maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (d) money market accounts or money market mutual funds; (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, directors, consultants or other service providers of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements at the original issuance price of such securities and repurchases of stock by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the exercise of rights of first refusal in favor of the Borrower, in each case in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases; (iv) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers; (v) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (vi) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vi) shall not apply to Investments of

 

6


Borrower in any Subsidiary; (vii) Investments consisting of loans not involving the net transfer on a substantially contemporaneous basis of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of capital stock of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; (viii) Investments consisting of travel advances in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Investments in newly-formed Domestic Subsidiaries, provided that each such Domestic Subsidiary enters into a Joinder Agreement promptly after its formation by Borrower and execute such other documents as shall be reasonably requested by Agent; (x) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries approved in advance in writing by Agent; (xi) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the nonexclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (xii) employee relocation loans not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (xiii) additional Investments that do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate.

“Permitted Liens” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in favor of Agent or Lender; (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1C; (iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, that Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP to the extent required thereby; (iv) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and imposed without action of such parties; provided, that the payment thereof is not yet required; (v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; (vi) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of business: deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vii) Liens on Equipment or software or other intellectual property constituting purchase money Liens and Liens in connection with capital leases securing Indebtedness permitted in clause (iii) of “Permitted Indebtedness”; (viii) Liens incurred in connection with Subordinated Indebtedness; (ix) leasehold interests in leases or subleases and licenses granted in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the licensor; (x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due; (xi) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due (provided that such Liens extend only to such insurance proceeds and not to any other property or assets); (xii) statutory and common law rights of set-off and other similar rights as to deposits of cash and securities in favor of banks, other depository institutions and brokerage firms; (xiii) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business so long as they do not materially impair the value or marketability of the related property; (xiv) Liens on cash or cash equivalents securing obligations permitted under clause

 

7


(vii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; and (xv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) through (xi) above; provided, that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (as may have been reduced by any payment thereon) does not increase.

“Permitted Transfers” means (i) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) dispositions of worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment at fair market value in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) other Transfers of assets having a fair market value of not more than $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, other entity or government.

“Preferred Stock” means at any given time any equity security issued by Borrower that has any rights, preferences or privileges senior to Borrower’s common stock.

“Prepayment Charge” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5.

“Qualified Financing” means either (i) an equity financing in which the Borrower sells and issues shares of its capital stock in one or more transactions; or (ii) an Initial Public Offering, in each case, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Borrower of at least $45,000,000 in the aggregate (including, for the purposes of clarity, any principal then outstanding for 90 or fewer days prior to the closing of such Qualified Financing that is due and payable under any promissory note that is part of any convertible bridge financing that constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness and is converted into the same capital stock issued in such Qualified Financing and such note holder becomes a party to the same financing agreements entered into in connection with such Qualified Financing) .

“Receivables” means (i) all of Borrower’s Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper, Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of any letter of credit, and Letter of Credit Rights, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and business records related thereto.

“Required Lenders” means at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding.

“SBA” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.16.

“SBIC” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.16.

 

8


“SBIC Act” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.16.

“Secured Obligations” means Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and any Loan Document, including any obligation to pay any amount now owing or later arising.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Secured Obligations in amounts and on terms and conditions satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion.

“Subordination Agreement” means any written subordination agreement among Borrower, Agent and the subordinating creditor thereunder regarding specific Subordinated Indebtedness, as applicable.

“Subsequent Financing” means after the date of this Agreement, the closing of any non-public offering of equity securities by the Borrower in a transaction or series of related transactions principally for equity financing purposes in which the cash received by the Borrower and/or debt of the Borrower cancelled or converted in exchange for equity securities of the Borrower results in aggregate gross cash proceeds to Borrower of at least $10,000,000.

“Subsidiary” means an entity, whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or otherwise, in which Borrower owns or controls 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities, including each entity listed on Schedule 1 hereto.

“Term Commitment” means as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan Advance to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1.

“Term Loan Advance” means any Term Loan funds advanced under this Agreement.

“Term Loan Interest Rate” means for any day a per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of either (i) 9.0% plus the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal minus 3.25%, and (ii) 9.0%.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means January 1, 2018.

“Term Note” means a Promissory Note in substantially the form of Exhibit B.

“Trademark License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Trademarks” means all trademarks (registered, common law or otherwise) and any applications in connection therewith, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof.

 

9


“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, then the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

“Warrant” means any warrant entered into in connection with the Loan, as may be amended, restated or modified from time to time.

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents, terms that are used herein or in the other Loan Documents and defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.

SECTION 2. THE LOAN

2.1 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.2 Term Loan.

(a) Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $4,000,000 on the Closing Date. Beginning on the date the Borrower satisfies the Performance Milestone through September 30, 2014, Borrower may request, and Lender shall fund, an additional Term Loan Advance of $6,000,000 in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Advance Request. To obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall complete, sign and deliver an Advance Request (at least five (5) Business Days before the Advance Date) to Agent. Lender shall fund the Term Loan Advance in the manner requested by the Advance Request provided that each of the conditions precedent to such Term Loan Advance is satisfied as of the requested Advance Date.

(c) Interest. The principal balance of each Term Loan Advance shall bear interest thereon from such Advance Date at the Term Loan Interest Rate based on a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days elapsed. The Term Loan Interest Rate will float and change on the day the Prime Rate changes from time to time.

 

10


(d) Payment. Borrower will pay interest on each Term Loan Advance on the first business day of each month, beginning the month after the Advance Date. Borrower shall repay the aggregate Term Loan principal balance that is outstanding on the day immediately preceding the Amortization Date, in equal monthly installments of principal and interest (mortgage style) beginning on the Amortization Date and continuing on the first Business Day of each month thereafter, amortized over a 36-month schedule. The entire Term Loan principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest hereunder, shall be due and payable on Term Loan Maturity Date, which such final payment shall include a balloon payment for any remaining principal balance and all remaining accrued but unpaid interest based on the 36-month amortized schedule. Borrower shall make all payments under this Agreement without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. Lender will initiate debit entries to the Borrower’s account as authorized on the ACH Authorization on each payment date of all periodic obligations payable to Lender under each Term Advance.

2.3 Maximum Interest. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the parties’ intent not to contract for, charge or receive interest at a rate that is greater than the maximum rate permissible by law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall deem applicable hereto (which under the laws of the State of California shall be deemed to be the laws relating to permissible rates of interest on commercial loans) (the “Maximum Rate”). If a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that Borrower has actually paid to Lender an amount of interest in excess of the amount that would have been payable if all of the Secured Obligations had at all times borne interest at the Maximum Rate, then such excess interest actually paid by Borrower shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of the Secured Obligations consisting of the outstanding principal; second, after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Lender’s accrued interest, costs, expenses, professional fees and any other Secured Obligations; and third, after all Secured Obligations are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to Borrower.

2.4 Default Interest. In the event any payment is not paid on the scheduled payment date, an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the past due amount shall be payable on demand. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, all Secured Obligations, including principal, interest, compounded interest, and professional fees, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in 2.2(c) plus three percent (3%) per annum. In the event any interest is not paid when due hereunder, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in 2.2(c) or Section 2.4, as applicable.

2.5 Prepayment. At its option upon at least seven (7) Business Days prior notice to Agent, Borrower may prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Advances by paying the entire principal balance, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with a prepayment charge equal to the following percentage of the Advance amount being prepaid (which for clarification shall be the outstanding principal amount of the Advance on the date of prepayment): if such Advance amounts are prepaid in any of the first twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, three percent (3.0%); after twelve (12) months but prior to twenty four (24) months, two percent (2.0)%; and thereafter, one percent (1.0)% (each, a

 

11


“Prepayment Charge”). Borrower agrees that the Prepayment Charge is a reasonable calculation of Lender’s lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticality of determining actual damages resulting from an early repayment of the Advances. Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of all principal and accrued interest through the prepayment date and the Prepayment Charge upon a Change in Control. Borrower may make a prepayment in accordance with the above provisions of this Section 2.5 with the proceeds from the Change in Control transaction simultaneous with the closing of such Change in Control.

2.6 End of Term Charge. On the earliest to occur of (i) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date that Borrower prepays the outstanding Secured Obligations, or (iii) the date that the Secured Obligations become due and payable, Borrower shall pay Lender a charge of $300,000. Notwithstanding the required payment date of such charge, it shall be deemed earned by Lender as of the Closing Date.

2.7 Termination. All of Borrower’s covenants and obligations under this Agreement (other than inchoate indemnity obligations which shall survive the termination hereof and obligations under Section 8 of this Agreement which shall survive for the period set forth in Section 8) shall terminate upon indefeasible satisfaction in full, in cash, of all amounts being owed by Borrower to Lender hereunder and upon termination of Lender’s commitment to make Advances hereunder. Upon such termination, and upon Borrower’s written request therefore, and at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, Lender shall promptly terminate all Liens in favor of the Borrower.

2.8 Notes. If so requested by Lender by written notice to Borrower, then Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of Lender pursuant to Section 11.13) (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence Lender’s Loans.

2.9 Pro Rata Treatment. Each payment (including prepayment) on account of any fee and any reduction of the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the Term Commitments of the relevant Lender.

SECTION 3. SECURITY INTEREST

3.1 As security for the prompt, complete and indefeasible payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, Borrower grants to Agent a security interest in all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following personal property whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”): (a) Receivables; (b) Equipment; (c) Fixtures; (d) General Intangibles (excluding Intellectual Property only to the extent provided below); (e) Inventory; (f) Investment Property (but excluding thirty-five percent (35%) of the capital stock of any foreign Subsidiary that constitutes a Permitted Investment); (g) Deposit Accounts; (h) Cash; (i) Goods; and all other tangible and intangible personal property of Borrower whether now or hereafter owned or existing, leased, consigned by or to, or acquired by, Borrower and wherever located, and any of Borrower’s property in the possession or under the control of

 

12


Agent; and, to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing. Commencing on the Closing Date and thereafter, the Collateral shall include Intellectual Property; provided, that such Lien on Intellectual Property will automatically be released effective as of the date that Borrower satisfies the covenant set forth in Section 7.17 herein, and effective as of such date the Collateral shall automatically exclude Borrower’s Intellectual Property, except that the Collateral at all times shall include all Accounts and General Intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date Borrower satisfies the covenant set forth in Section 7.17 herein, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Agent’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

3.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Collateral” shall not include Borrower’s right, title or interest in, and Borrower shall not be required to grant a Lien upon:

(a) any lease, license, contract or other agreement to which Borrower is a party or any of Borrower’s rights or interests thereunder if and for so long as the valid grant of a Lien therein to Agent is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such lease, license, contract or other agreement (including where the violation of any such prohibition would result in the termination of the applicable lease, license, contract or other agreement), and such prohibition has not been or is not waived or the consent of the other party to such lease, license, contract or other agreement, has not been or is not otherwise obtained; provided, that the exclusions set forth in this Section 3.2 shall in no way be construed (A) to apply if any described prohibition is unenforceable under applicable laws, including Section 9-406, 9-407 or 9-408 of the UCC, (B) to apply after the cessation of any such prohibition, and upon the cessation of such prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (C) so as to limit, impair or otherwise affect Agent’s Lien upon Borrower’s rights or interests in or to monies due or to become due under any described lease, license, contract or other agreement (including any Accounts), or (D) to limit, impair or otherwise affect Agent’s Lien upon any of Borrower’s rights or interest in and to any proceeds from the sale, license, lease or other disposition of any such lease, license, contract or other agreement; and

(b) more than 65% of the equity interest entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code) in any foreign Subsidiary that constitutes a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

3.3 Notwithstanding the broad grant of the security interest set forth in Section 3.1, above, the Collateral shall not include more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any

 

13


Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN

The obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are subject to the satisfaction by Borrower of the following conditions:

4.1 Initial Advance. On or prior to the Closing Date, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent the following:

(a) executed originals of the Loan Documents, Account Control Agreements, and all other documents and instruments reasonably required by Agent to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby or to create and perfect the Liens of Agent with respect to all Collateral, in all cases in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent;

(b) certified copy of resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors evidencing approval of (i) the Loan and other transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents; and (ii) the Warrant and transactions evidenced thereby;

(c) certified copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, as amended through the Closing Date, of Borrower;

(d) a certificate of good standing for Borrower from its state of incorporation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions in which it does business and where the failure to be qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) payment of the Facility Charge and reimbursement of Agent’s and Lender’s current expenses reimbursable pursuant to this Agreement, which amounts may be deducted from the initial Advance; and

(f) such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

4.2 All Advances. On each Advance Date:

(a) Agent shall have received (i) an Advance Request for the relevant Advance as required by 2.2(b), each duly executed by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) any other documents Agent may reasonably request.

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and in Section 5, except as may be qualified by the Schedule of Exceptions approved by Agent as of each applicable Advance Date prior to the making of such Advance, and in the Warrant shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

 

14


(c) Borrower shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) Each Advance Request shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower on the relevant Advance Date as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.2 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

4.3 No Default. As of the Closing Date and each Advance Date, (i) no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default and (ii) no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

Borrower represents and warrants that (except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions delivered simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement and as may subsequently be updated by Borrower as part of any future Advance Date, as reasonably acceptable to Lender):

5.1 Corporate Status. Borrower is a corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or location of its properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower’s present name, former names (if any), locations, place of formation, tax identification number, organizational identification number and other information are correctly set forth in Exhibit C, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice (including any Compliance Certificate) provided to Agent after the Closing Date.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower owns the Collateral and the Intellectual Property, free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has the power and authority to grant to Agent a Lien in the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations.

5.3 Consents. Borrower’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents, and Borrower’s execution of the Warrant, (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Borrower, (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens and the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) do not violate any provisions of Borrower’s Certificate or Articles of Incorporation (as applicable), bylaws, or any, law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which Borrower is subject and (iv) except as described on Schedule 5.3, do not violate any contract or agreement or require the consent or approval of any other Person which has not already been obtained, other than for filings pursuant to Section 25102(f) of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, and the rules thereunder, other applicable

 

15


state securities laws and Regulation D of the Securities Act. The individual or individuals executing the Loan Documents and the Warrant are duly authorized to do so.

5.4 Material Adverse Effect. No event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

5.5 Actions Before Governmental Authorities. Except as described on Schedule 5.5, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or its property.

5.6 Laws. Borrower is not in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default in any material respects under any provision of any agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

5.7 Information Correct and Current. No information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished, by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent in connection with any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading in any material respect at the time such statement was made or deemed made. Additionally, any and all financial or business projections provided by Borrower to Agent, whether prior to or after the Closing Date, shall be (i) provided in good faith and based on the most current data and information available to Borrower, and (ii) the most current of such projections provided to Borrower’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that Agent agrees and acknowledges that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower are good faith estimates based upon reasonable assumptions and actual results may differ from the projected and forecasted results.

5.8 Tax Matters. Except as described on Schedule 5.8, (a) Borrower has filed, or has obtained presently effective extensions for, all federal, state and local tax returns that it is required to file, (b) Borrower has duly paid or fully reserved for all taxes or installments thereof (including any interest or penalties) as and when due, which have or may become due pursuant to such returns, and (c) Borrower has paid or fully reserved for any tax assessment received by Borrower for the three (3) years preceding the Closing Date, if any (including any taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings).

5.9 Intellectual Property Claims. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is the sole owner of, or otherwise has the right to use, the Intellectual Property. Except as described on Schedule 5.9, to Borrower’s knowledge (i) each of the material Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, (ii) no material part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and (iii) no claim

 

16


has been made to Borrower that any material part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party. Exhibit D is a true, correct and complete list of each of Borrower’s Patents, registered Trademarks, registered Copyrights, and material agreements under which Borrower licenses Intellectual Property from third parties (other than shrink-wrap software licenses), together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case as of the Closing Date. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in material breach of, nor has Borrower failed to perform any material obligations under, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no third party to any such contract, license or agreement is in material breach thereof or has failed to perform any material obligations thereunder.

5.10 Intellectual Property. Except as described on Schedule 5.10, Borrower has all material rights with respect to Intellectual Property necessary in the operation or conduct of Borrower’s business as currently conducted by Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and in the case of Licenses, except for restrictions that are unenforceable under Division 9 of the UCC, Borrower has the right, to the extent required to operate Borrower’s business, to freely transfer, license or assign Intellectual Property without condition, restriction or payment of any kind (other than license payments in the ordinary course of business) to any third party, and Borrower owns or has the right to use, pursuant to valid licenses, all software development tools, library functions, compilers and all other third-party software and other items that are used in the design, development, promotion, sale, license, manufacture, import, export, use or distribution of Borrower Products.

5.11 Borrower Products. Except as described on Schedule 5.11, no Intellectual Property owned by Borrower or Borrower Product has been or is subject to any actual or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened litigation, proceeding (including any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any corresponding foreign office or agency) or outstanding decree, order, judgment, settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any material manner Borrower’s use, transfer or licensing thereof or that may affect the validity, use or enforceability thereof. There is no decree, order, judgment, agreement, stipulation, arbitral award or other provision entered into in connection with any litigation or proceeding that obligates Borrower to grant licenses or ownership interest in any future Intellectual Property related to the operation or conduct of the business of Borrower or Borrower Products. Borrower has not received any written notice or claim, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, oral notice or claim, challenging or questioning Borrower’s ownership in any Intellectual Property (or written notice of any claim challenging or questioning the ownership in any licensed Intellectual Property of the owner thereof) or suggesting that any third party has any claim of legal or beneficial ownership with respect thereto nor, to Borrower’s knowledge, is there a reasonable basis for any such claim. To Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower’s use of its Intellectual Property nor the production and sale of Borrower Products infringes the Intellectual Property or other rights of others.

5.12 Financial Accounts. Exhibit E, as may be updated by the Borrower in a written notice provided to Agent after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list

 

17


of (a) all banks and other financial institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Deposit Accounts and (b) all institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains an account holding Investment Property, and such exhibit correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or other institution, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

5.13 Employee Loans. Borrower has no outstanding loans to any employee, officer or director of the Borrower nor has Borrower guaranteed the payment of any loan made to an employee, officer or director of the Borrower by a third party.

5.14 Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower’s capitalization as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 5.14 annexed hereto. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. Attached as Schedule 5.14, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice provided after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary.

SECTION 6. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Coverage. Borrower shall cause to be carried and maintained commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence form, against risks customarily insured against in Borrower’s line of business. Such risks shall include the risks of bodily injury, including death, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, and contractual liability per the terms of the indemnification agreement found in Section 6.3. Borrower must maintain a minimum of $2,000,000 of commercial general liability insurance for each occurrence. Borrower has and agrees to maintain a minimum of $2,000,000 of directors’ and officers’ insurance for each occurrence and $4,000,000 in the aggregate. So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, Borrower shall also cause to be carried and maintained insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Collateral, provided that such insurance may be subject to standard exceptions and deductibles.

6.2 Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Agent certificates of insurance that evidence Borrower’s compliance with its insurance obligations in Section 6.1 and the obligations contained in this Section 6.2. Borrower’s insurance certificate shall state Agent is an additional insured for commercial general liability, a loss payee for all risk property damage insurance, subject to the insurer’s approval, and a loss payee for property insurance and additional insured for liability insurance for any future insurance that Borrower may acquire from such insurer. Attached to the certificates of insurance will be additional insured endorsements for liability and lender’s loss payable endorsements for all risk property damage insurance. All certificates of insurance will provide for a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice to Agent of cancellation or any other change adverse to Agent’s interests. Any failure of Agent to scrutinize such insurance certificates for compliance is not a waiver of any of Agent’s rights, all of which are reserved.

6.3 Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Agent, Lender and their officers, directors, employees, agents, in-house attorneys, representatives and shareholders

 

18


(each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal) (collectively, “Liabilities”), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Person as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, excluding in all cases Liabilities to the extent resulting solely from any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower agrees to pay, and to save Agent and Lender harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales or other similar taxes (excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of Agent or Lender) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or this Agreement. In no event shall any Indemnified Person be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings).

SECTION 7. COVENANTS OF BORROWER

Borrower agrees as follows:

7.1 Financial Reports. Borrower shall furnish to Agent the financial statements and reports listed hereinafter (the “Financial Statements”):

(a) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 30 days) after the end of each month, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such month (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of footnotes, (ii) that they are subject to normal year-end adjustments, and (iii) they do not contain certain non-cash items that are customarily included in quarterly and annual financial statements;

(b) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 30 days) after the end of each calendar quarter, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such calendar quarter (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of

 

19


footnotes, and (ii) that they are subject to normal year end adjustments; as well as the most recent capitalization table for Borrower, including the weighted average exercise price of employee stock options;

(c) as soon as practicable (and in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days) after the end of each fiscal year, unqualified audited financial statements as of the end of such year (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows, and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, certified by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Agent, accompanied by any management report from such accountants;

(d) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 30 days) after the end of each month, a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit F;

(e) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 7 days) after the end of each month, a report showing agings of accounts receivable and accounts payable;

(f) promptly after the sending thereof, copies of any proxy statements, financial statements or reports that Borrower has made available to holders of its Preferred Stock; and

(g) financial and business projections promptly following their approval by Borrower’s Board of Directors, and in any event, within 30 days prior to the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, as well as budgets, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Agent other than materials that (i) present a conflict of interest with Lender; (ii) relate to executive sessions; or (iii) are covered by attorney-client privilege.

Borrower shall not (without the consent of Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP or (b) fiscal years or fiscal quarters. The fiscal year of Borrower shall end on December 31.

The executed Compliance Certificate may be sent via facsimile to Agent at (650) 473-9194 or via e-mail to arora@herculestech.com. All Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be sent via e-mail to financialstatements@herculestech.com with a copy to arora@herculestech.com provided, that if e-mail is not available or sending such Financial Statements via e-mail is not possible, they shall be sent via facsimile to Agent at: (866) 468-8916, attention Chief Credit Officer.

7.2 Management Rights. Borrower shall permit any representative that Agent authorizes, including its attorneys and accountants, to inspect the Collateral and examine and make copies and abstracts of the books of account and records of Borrower at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice during normal business hours. In addition, any such representative shall have the right to meet with management and officers of

 

20


Borrower to discuss such books of account and records. In addition, Agent shall be entitled at reasonable times and intervals to consult with and advise the management and officers of Borrower concerning significant business issues affecting Borrower. Such consultations shall not unreasonably interfere with Borrower’s business operations. The parties intend that the rights granted Agent shall constitute “management rights” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R Section 2510.3-101(d)(3)(ii), but that any advice, recommendations or participation by Agent with respect to any business issues shall not be deemed to give Agent or Lender, nor be deemed an exercise by Agent or Lender of, control over Borrower’s management or policies. Agent’s rights under this Section 7.2 shall be limited to no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing.

7.3 Further Assurances. Borrower shall from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Agent, any financing statements, security agreements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, or other documents to perfect or give the highest priority to Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Borrower shall from time to time procure any instruments or documents as may be reasonably requested by Agent, and take all further action that may be reasonably necessary, or that Agent may reasonably request, to perfect and protect the Liens granted hereby and thereby. In addition, and for such purposes only, Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to execute and deliver on behalf of Borrower and to file such financing statements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents without the signature of Borrower either in Agent’s name or in the name of Agent as agent and attorney-in-fact for Borrower. Borrower shall protect and defend Borrower’s title to the Collateral and Agent’s Lien thereon against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to Borrower or Agent other than Permitted Liens.

7.4 Indebtedness. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except for the conversion of Indebtedness into equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with such conversion.

7.5 Collateral. Borrower shall at all times keep the Collateral, the Intellectual Property and all other property and assets used in Borrower’s business or in which Borrower now or hereafter holds any interest free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral, the Intellectual Property, such other property and assets, or any Liens thereon, provided however, that the Collateral and such other property and assets may be subject to Permitted Liens except that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property. Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries to protect and defend such Subsidiary’s title to its assets from and against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to such Subsidiary, and Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries at all times to keep such Subsidiary’s property and assets free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens, provided however, that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process

 

21


affecting such Subsidiary’s assets. Borrower shall not agree with any Person other than Agent or Lender not to encumber its property.

7.6 Investments. Borrower shall not directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments.

7.7 Distributions. Borrower shall not, and shall not allow any Subsidiary to, (a) repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other equity interest other than pursuant to (i) employee, director, consultant or other service providers repurchase plans or other similar agreements, provided, however, in each case the repurchase or redemption price does not exceed the original consideration paid for such stock or equity interest, or (ii) pursuant to the exercise of rights of first refusal in favor of Borrower, in each case of (i) and (ii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year or (b) declare or pay any cash dividend or make a cash distribution on any class of stock or other equity interest, except that a Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower, or (c) lend money to any employees, officers or directors or guarantee the payment of any such loans granted by a third party in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate or (d) waive, release or forgive any Indebtedness owed by any employees, officers or directors in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate.

7.8 Transfers. Except for Permitted Transfers, Borrower shall not voluntarily or involuntarily transfer, sell, lease, license, lend or in any other manner convey any equitable, beneficial or legal interest in any material portion of its assets.

7.9 Mergers; Acquisitions; Changes in Control. Borrower shall not merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of (a) a Subsidiary which is not a Borrower into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or (b) a Borrower into another Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, provided, however, that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be permitted to effectuate a merger or Change in Control which results in concurrent payment in full of all outstanding amounts owed pursuant to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all outstanding principal and accrued interest through the date of such Change in Control, and all fees, and charges in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.6 and otherwise due hereunder upon prepayment.

7.10 Taxes. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall pay when due all taxes, fees or other charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or penalties) now or hereafter imposed or assessed against Borrower, Agent, Lender or the Collateral or upon Borrower’s ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof or upon Borrower’s rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom. Borrower shall file on or before the due date therefor all personal property tax returns in respect of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

 

22


7.11 Corporate Changes. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall change its corporate name, legal form or jurisdiction of formation without ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Agent. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall relocate its chief executive office or its principal place of business unless: (i) it has provided prior written notice to Agent; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall relocate any item of Collateral (other than (x) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (y) relocations of Equipment having an aggregate value of up to $150,000 in any fiscal year, and (z) relocations of Collateral from a location described on Exhibit C to another location described on Exhibit C) unless (i) it has provided prompt written notice to Agent, (ii) such relocation is within the continental United States and, (iii) if such relocation is to a third party bailee, it has delivered a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent.

7.12 Deposit Accounts. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall maintain any Deposit Accounts, or accounts holding Investment Property, except with respect to which Agent has an Account Control Agreement.

7.13 Borrower shall notify Agent of each Domestic Subsidiary formed subsequent to the Closing Date and, within 15 days of formation, shall cause any such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to Agent a Joinder Agreement.

7.14 [Intentionally Omitted.]

7.15 Notification of Event of Default. Borrower shall notify Agent immediately of the occurrence of any Event of Default, such notice to be sent via facsimile to Agent.

7.16 Agent and Lender have received a license from the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to extend loans as a small business investment company (“SBIC”) pursuant to the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended, and the associated regulations (collectively, the “SBIC Act”). Portions of the loan to Borrower will be made under the SBA license and the SBIC Act. Addendum 1 to this Agreement outlines various responsibilities of Agent, Lender and Borrower associated with an SBA loan, and such Addendum 1 is hereby incorporated in this Agreement.

7.17 On or before March 1, 2015, Borrower shall complete a Qualified Financing.

7.18 Post-Closing Items. Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered the documents listed on Schedule 7.18 on or before the corresponding dates set forth on Schedule 7.18.

SECTION 8. RIGHT TO INVEST

8.1 Lender or its assignee or nominee (so long as such assignee or nominee is an Affiliate of Lender) shall have the right at any time prior to the Initial Public Offering, in its discretion, to participate in a Subsequent Financing of the Borrower in an amount of up to $1,000,000 on the same terms, conditions and pricing afforded to others participating in

 

23


such Subsequent Financing. Lender’s right to participate in any such Subsequent Financing shall be limited to a single Subsequent Financing, and such right shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (a) an Initial Public Offering, or (b) termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, that if Borrower endeavors to close any non-public equity financing during the period commencing upon the termination of this Agreement and ending on the day before the closing of the Initial Public Offering, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) notify Lender reasonably in advance of such financing and (ii) enable Lender to participate in such financing in an amount up to $1,000,000 on the same terms, conditions and pricing afforded to others participating in such financing.

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

9.1 Payments. Borrower fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on the due date; or

9.2 Covenants. Borrower breaches or defaults in the performance of any covenant or Secured Obligation under this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents, Agent and Lender, and (a) with respect to a default under any covenant under this Agreement (other than under Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7,15, 7.16 and 7.17, any other Loan Document or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, such default continues for more than ten (10) days after the earlier of the date on which (i) Agent or Lender has given written notice of such default to Borrower and (ii) Borrower has actual knowledge of such default or (b) with respect to a default under any of Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.15, 7.16 and 7.17, the occurrence of such default; or

9.3 Material Adverse Effect. A Material Adverse Effect has occurred; or

9.4 Representations. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in any Loan Document or in the Warrant shall have been false or misleading in any material respect; or

9.5 Insolvency. Borrower (A) (i) shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) shall be unable to pay its debts as they become due, or be unable to pay or perform under the Loan Documents, or shall become insolvent; or (iii) shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; or (iv) shall file any petition, answer, or document seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances; or (v) shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part (i.e., 33-1/3% or more) of the assets or property of Borrower; or (vi) shall cease operations of its business as its business has normally been conducted, or terminate substantially all of its employees; or (vii) Borrower or its directors or majority stockholders shall take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in clauses (i) through (vi); or (B) either (i) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the commencement of an involuntary action against Borrower

 

24


seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of Borrower being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceedings shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) Borrower shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against Borrower in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or (v) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of Borrower, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part of the properties of Borrower without such appointment being vacated; or

9.6 Attachments; Judgments. Any portion of Borrower’s assets is attached or seized, or a levy is filed against any such assets, or a judgment or judgments is/are entered for the payment of money, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $100,000 in excess of amounts covered by insurance, or Borrower is enjoined or in any way prevented by court order from conducting any part of its business; or

9.7 Other Obligations. The occurrence of any default under any agreement or obligation of Borrower involving any Indebtedness in excess of $100,000, or the occurrence of any default under any agreement or obligation of Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 10. REMEDIES

10.1 General. Upon and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the Secured Obligations together with a Prepayment Charge and declare them to be immediately due and payable (provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 9.5, all of the Secured Obligations shall automatically be accelerated and made due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act), (ii) Agent may, at its option, sign and file in Borrower’s name any and all collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents it deems necessary or appropriate to perfect or protect the repayment of the Secured Obligations, and in furtherance thereof, Borrower hereby grants Agent an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, and (iii) Agent may notify any of Borrower’s account debtors to make payment directly to Agent, compromise the amount of any such account on Borrower’s behalf and endorse Agent’s name without recourse on any such payment for deposit directly to Agent’s account. Agent may exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to it under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. All Agent’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive. Lender agrees that it will not issue any notice of exclusive control over any of Borrower’s Deposit Accounts or accounts

 

25


containing Investment Property except upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default. In no event shall Borrower remove any funds from such accounts upon or during the continuance of an Event of Default.

10.2 Collection; Foreclosure. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Agent may, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as Agent may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at its place of business or elsewhere. Borrower agrees that any such public or private sale may occur upon ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to Borrower. Agent may require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Agent at a place designated by Agent that is reasonably convenient to Agent and Borrower. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by Agent in the following order of priorities:

First, to Agent and Lender in an amount sufficient to pay in full Agent’s and Lender’s costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses as described in Section 11.11;

Second, to Lender in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of the Secured Obligations (including principal, interest, and the Default Rate interest), in such order and priority as Agent may choose in its sole discretion; and

Finally, after the full, final, and indefeasible payment in Cash of all of the Secured Obligations, to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to Borrower or its representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Agent shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it complies with the obligations of a secured party under the UCC.

10.3 No Waiver. Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral for the benefit of Borrower or any other Person, and Borrower expressly waives all rights, if any, to require Agent to marshal any Collateral.

10.4 Cumulative Remedies. The rights, powers and remedies of Agent hereunder shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to any other rights, powers and remedies of Agent.

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent and duration of such prohibition or

 

26


invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

11.2 Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, service of process or other communication (including the delivery of Financial Statements) that is required, contemplated, or permitted under the Loan Documents or with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, delivered, and received upon the earlier of: (i) the day of transmission by facsimile or hand delivery or delivery by an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or (ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States mails, with proper first class postage prepaid, in each case addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

 

  (a) If to Agent:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Anup Arora

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

  (b) If to Lender:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.

Legal Department

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Anup Arora

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

  (c) If to Borrower:

LITHERA, INC.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

Facsimile: 858-750-1013

Telephone: 858-750-1008, ext. 209

With a copy to:

DLA Piper LLP (US).

Attention: Larry W. Nishnick

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

 

27


San Diego, CA 92121

Facsimile: 858-638-1414

Telephone: 858-677-1414

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.

11.3 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

(a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements, letters, negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof (including Agent’s revised proposal letter dated May 5, 2014 and accepted by Borrower on May 7, 2014).

(b) Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.3(b). The Required Lenders and Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.3(b) without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release a Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; or (D) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11.17 without the written consent of the Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each Lender and shall be binding upon Borrower, the Lender, the Agent and all future holders of the Loans.

11.4 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties

 

28


hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

11.5 No Waiver. The powers conferred upon Agent and Lender by this Agreement are solely to protect its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Agent or Lender to exercise any such powers. No omission or delay by Agent or Lender at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by Borrower at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to which Agent or Lender is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of Agent or Lender to enforce such provisions thereafter.

11.6 Survival. All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall be for the benefit of Agent and Lender and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the expiration or other termination of this Agreement.

11.7 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Borrower and its permitted assigns (if any). Borrower shall not assign its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents without Agent’s express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. Agent and Lender may assign, transfer, or endorse its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents without prior notice to Borrower, and all of such rights shall inure to the benefit of Agent’s and Lender’s successors and assigns.

11.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been negotiated and delivered to Agent and Lender in the State of California, and shall have been accepted by Agent and Lender in the State of California. Payment to Agent and Lender by Borrower of the Secured Obligations is due in the State of California. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

11.9 Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings (to the extent that the reference requirement of Section 11.10 is not applicable) arising in or under or related to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to nonexclusive personal jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Santa Clara County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in Section 11.2, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth in Section 11.2. Nothing herein shall affect the right to

 

29


serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

11.10 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial / Judicial Reference.

(a) Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert Person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY BORROWER AGAINST AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE OR BY AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE AGAINST BORROWER. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than Agent, Borrower and Lender; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, tort, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document.

(b) If the waiver of jury trial set forth in Section 11.10(a) is ineffective or unenforceable, the parties agree that all Claims shall be resolved by reference to a private judge sitting without a jury, pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638, before a mutually acceptable referee or, if the parties cannot agree, a referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California. Such proceeding shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California, with California rules of evidence and discovery applicable to such proceeding.

(c) In the event Claims are to be resolved by judicial reference, either party may seek from a court identified in Section 11.9, any prejudgment order, writ or other relief and have such prejudgment order, writ or other relief enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding that all Claims are otherwise subject to resolution by judicial reference.

11.11 Professional Fees. Borrower promises to pay Agent’s and Lender’s actual and reasonable fees and expenses necessary to finalize the loan documentation, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees from a single outside counsel, UCC searches, filing costs, and other miscellaneous expenses. In addition, Borrower promises to pay any and all actual and reasonable attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees and expenses (including all actual and reasonable fees and expenses of in-house counsel incurred directly in connection with this specific Term Loan) incurred by Agent and Lender after the Closing Date in connection with or related to: (a) the Loan; (b) the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Loan; (c) the amendment or modification of the Loan Documents; (d) any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents; (e) the protection, preservation, audit, field exam, sale, lease, liquidation, or disposition of Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; (f) any legal, litigation,

 

30


administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to Borrower or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof; and (g) any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to Borrower, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, including representing Agent or Lender in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of Borrower’s estate, and any appeal or review thereof.

11.12 Confidentiality. Agent and Lender acknowledge that certain items of Collateral and information provided to Agent and Lender by Borrower are confidential and proprietary information of Borrower, if and to the extent such information either (x) is marked as confidential by Borrower at the time of disclosure, or (y) should reasonably be understood to be confidential (the “Confidential Information”). Accordingly, Agent and Lender agree that any Confidential Information it may obtain in the course of acquiring, administering, or perfecting Agent’s security interest in the Collateral shall not be disclosed to any other Person or entity in any manner whatsoever, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Borrower, except that Agent and Lender may disclose any such information: (a) to its own directors, officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other professional advisors and to its affiliates if Agent or Lender in their sole discretion determines that any such party should have access to such information in connection with such party’s responsibilities in connection with the Loan or this Agreement and, provided that such recipient of such Confidential Information either (i) agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this paragraph or (ii) is otherwise subject to confidentiality restrictions that reasonably protect against the disclosure of Confidential Information; (b) if such information is generally available to the public; (c) if required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any governmental authority having or claiming to have jurisdiction over Agent or Lender; (d) if required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, to the extent permitted or deemed advisable by Agent’s or Lender’s counsel; (e) to comply with any legal requirement or law applicable to Agent or Lender; (f) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, including Agent’s sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral after default; (g) to any participant or assignee of Agent or Lender or any prospective participant or assignee; provided, that such participant or assignee or prospective participant or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Section prior to disclosure; or (h) otherwise with the prior consent of Borrower; provided, that any disclosure made in violation of this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of Borrower or any of its affiliates or any guarantor under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

11.13 Assignment of Rights. Borrower acknowledges and understands that Agent or Lender may sell and assign all or part of its interest hereunder and under the Loan Documents to any Person or entity (an “Assignee”). After such assignment the term “Agent” or “Lender” as used in the Loan Documents shall mean and include such Assignee, and such Assignee shall be vested with all rights, powers and remedies of Agent and Lender hereunder with respect to the interest so assigned; but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, Agent and Lender shall retain all rights, powers and remedies hereby given. No such assignment by Agent or Lender shall relieve Borrower of any of its

 

31


obligations hereunder. Lender agrees that in the event of any transfer by it of the Note(s)(if any), it will endorse thereon a notation as to the portion of the principal of the Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and as to the date to which interest shall have been last paid thereon.

11.14 Revival of Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, if Borrower becomes insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of Borrower’s assets, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Agent or Lender. The Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations and Collateral security shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Agent, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Agent, Lender or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment, performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Agent or Lender in Cash.

11.15 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11.16 No Third Party Beneficiaries. No provisions of the Loan Documents are intended, nor will be interpreted, to provide or create any third-party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any Person other than Agent, Lender and Borrower unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and, except as otherwise so provided, all provisions of the Loan Documents will be personal and solely among Agent, the Lender and the Borrower.

11.17 Agency.

(a) Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Lender agrees to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to its respective Term Commitment percentages (based upon the total outstanding Term Loan Commitments) in effect on the date on which indemnification is

 

32


sought under this Section 11.7, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each such Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.

(d) Exculpatory Provisions. The Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall not:

 

  (i) be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (ii) have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Lender, provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

  (iii) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

(e) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Lender or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(f) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or

 

33


conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

(g) Reliance by Agent. Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, or refraining to act, upon, any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables, telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to Agent and conforming to the requirements of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Agent may consult with counsel, and any opinion or legal advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, not taken or suffered by Agent hereunder or under any Loan Documents in accordance therewith. Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of the Collateral from any court of competent jurisdiction. Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers granted to Agent by this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents at the request or direction of Lenders unless Agent shall have been provided by Lender with adequate security and indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

11.18 Publicity. (a) Except (i) as required by law, subpoena or judicial or similar order, in which case Borrower shall give Agent prior written notice of such publication or other disclosure, neither Lender nor Agent nor any of their member businesses and affiliates of shall, without Borrower’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, publicize or use (i) Borrower’s name (including a brief description of the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender) and logo and a hyperlink to Borrower’s web site, separately or together, in written and oral presentations, advertising, promotional and marketing materials, client lists, public relations materials or on its web site (together, the “Lender Publicity Materials”); (ii) the names of officers of Borrower in the Lender Publicity Materials; and (iii) Borrower’s name, trademarks or servicemarks in any news release concerning Agent or Lender.

(b) Except (i) as required by law, subpoena or judicial or similar order, in which case Agent shall give Borrower prior written notice of such publication or other disclosure, neither Borrower nor any of its member businesses and affiliates shall, without Agent’s and Lender’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, publicize or use (i) Agent’s or Lender’s name (including a brief description of the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender), logo or hyperlink to Agent’s or Lender’s web site, separately or together, in written and oral presentations, advertising, promotional and marketing materials, client lists, public relations materials or on its web site (together,

 

34


the “Borrower Publicity Materials”); (ii) the names of officers of Agent or Lender in the Borrower Publicity Materials; and (iii) Agent’s or Lender’s name, trademarks, servicemarks in any news release concerning Borrower.

(SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW)

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, Agent and Lender have duly executed and delivered this Loan and Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

LITHERA, INC.

Signature:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

Print Name:   George Mahaffey
Title:   President & CEO

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

AGENT:
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Ben Bang

  Ben Bang, Senior Counsel

 

LENDER:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   Hercules Technology SBIC
  Management, LLC, its General
  Partner
By:   Hercules Technology Growth
  Capital, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Ben Bang

  Ben Bang, Senior Counsel

 

36


Table of Addenda, Exhibits and Schedules

 

Addendum 1:   SBA Provisions

Exhibit A:

  Advance Request
  Attachment to Advance Request

Exhibit B:

  Term Note

Exhibit C:

  Name, Locations, and Other Information for Borrower

Exhibit D:

  Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses

Exhibit E:

  Borrower’s Deposit Accounts and Investment Accounts

Exhibit F:

  Compliance Certificate

Exhibit G:

  Joinder Agreement

Exhibit H:

  ACH Debit Authorization Agreement

Exhibit I:

  Schedule of Exceptions:
  Schedule 5.3   Consents, Etc.
  Schedule 5.5   Actions Before Governmental Authorities
  Schedule 5.8   Tax Matters
  Schedule 5.9   Intellectual Property Claims
  Schedule 5.10   Intellectual Property
  Schedule 5.11   Borrower Products
  Schedule 5.14   Capitalization

Schedule 1

  Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.1

  Commitments

Schedule 1A

  Existing Permitted Indebtedness

Schedule 1B

  Existing Permitted Investments

Schedule 1C

  Existing Permitted Liens

 

37


ADDENDUM 1 to LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

(a) Borrower’s Business . For purposes of this Addendum 1, Borrower shall be deemed to include its “affiliates” as defined in Title 13 Code of Federal Regulations Section 121.103. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lender as of the Closing Date and covenants to Agent and Lender for a period of one year after the Closing Date with respect to subsections 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 below, as follows:

 

  1. Size Status. Borrower does not have tangible net worth in excess of $18 million or average net income after Federal income taxes (excluding any carry-over losses) for the preceding two completed fiscal years in excess of $6 million;

 

  2. No Relender. Borrower’s primary business activity does not involve, directly or indirectly, providing funds to others, purchasing debt obligations, factoring, or long-term leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair;

 

  3. No Passive Business. Borrower is engaged in a regular and continuous business operation (excluding the mere receipt of payments such as dividends, rents, lease payments, or royalties). Borrower’s employees are carrying on the majority of day to day operations. Borrower will not pass through substantially all of the proceeds of the Loan to another entity;

 

  4. No Real Estate Business. Borrower is not classified under Major Group 65 (Real Estate) or Industry No. 1531 (Operative Builders) of the SIC Manual. The proceeds of the Loan will not be used to acquire or refinance real property unless Borrower (x) is acquiring an existing property and will use at least 51 percent of the usable square footage for its business purposes; (y) is building or renovating a building and will use at least 67 percent of the usable square footage for its business purposes; or (z) occupies the subject property and uses at least 67 percent of the usable square footage for its business purposes.

 

  5.

No Project Finance. Borrower’s assets are not intended to be reduced or consumed, generally without replacement, as the life of its business progresses, and the nature of Borrower’s business does not require that a stream of cash payments be made to the business’s financing sources, on a basis associated with the continuing sale of assets (e.g., real estate development projects and oil and gas wells). The primary purpose of the Loan is not to fund production of a single item or defined limited number of items, generally over a defined production period, where such production

 

38


  will constitute the majority of the activities of Borrower (e.g., motion pictures and electric generating plants).

 

  6. No Farm Land Purchases. Borrower will not use the proceeds of the Loan to acquire farm land which is or is intended to be used for agricultural or forestry purposes, such as the production of food, fiber, or wood, or is so taxed or zoned.

 

  7. No Foreign Investment. The proceeds of the Loan will not be used substantially for a foreign operation. At the time of the Loan, Borrower will not have more than 49 percent of its employees or tangible assets located outside the United States. The representation in this subsection (7) is made only as of the date hereof and shall not continue for one year as contemplated in the first sentence of this Section 1.

(b) Small Business Administration Documentation . Agent and Lender acknowledge that Borrower completed, executed and delivered to Agent SBA Forms 480, 652 and 1031 (Parts A and B) together with a business plan showing Borrower’s financial projections (including balance sheets and income and cash flows statements) for the period described therein and a written statement (whether included in the purchase agreement or pursuant to a separate statement) from Agent regarding its intended use of proceeds from the sale of securities to Lender (the “Use of Proceeds Statement”). Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lender that the information regarding Borrower and its affiliates set forth in the SBA Form 480, Form 652 and Form 1031 and the Use of Proceeds Statement delivered as of the Closing Date is accurate and complete.

(c) Inspection . The following covenants contained in this Section (c)  are intended to supplement and not to restrict the related provisions of the Loan Documents. Subject to the preceding sentence, Borrower will permit, for so long as Lender holds any debt or equity securities of Borrower, Agent, Lender or their representative, at Agent’s or Lender’ expense, and examiners of the SBA to visit and inspect the properties and assets of Borrower, to examine its books of account and records, and to discuss Borrower’s affairs, finances and accounts with Borrower’s officers, senior management and accountants, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by Agent or Lender or the SBA.

(d) Annual Assessment . Promptly after the end of each calendar year (but in any event prior to February 28 of each year) and at such other times as may be reasonably requested by Agent or Lender, Borrower will deliver to Agent a written assessment of the economic impact of Lender’s investment in Borrower, specifying the full-time equivalent jobs created or retained in connection with the investment, the impact of the investment on the businesses of Borrower in terms of expanded revenue and taxes, other economic benefits resulting from the investment (such as technology development or commercialization, minority business development, or expansion of exports) and such other information as may be required regarding Borrower in connection with the filing of Lender’s SBA Form 468. Lender will assist Borrower with preparing such assessment.

 

39


In addition to any other rights granted hereunder, Borrower will grant Agent and Lender and the SBA access to Borrower’s books and records for the purpose of verifying the use of such proceeds. Borrower also will furnish or cause to be furnished to Agent and Lender such other information regarding the business, affairs and condition of Borrower as Agent or Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

(e) Use of Proceeds.  Borrower will use the proceeds from the Loan only for purposes set forth in Section 7.16. Borrower will deliver to Agent from time to time promptly following Agent’s request, a written report, certified as correct by Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer, verifying the purposes and amounts for which proceeds from the Loan have been disbursed. Borrower will supply to Agent such additional information and documents as Agent reasonably requests with respect to its use of proceeds and will permit Agent and Lender and the SBA to have access to any and all Borrower records and information and personnel as Agent deems necessary to verify how such proceeds have been or are being used, and to assure that the proceeds have been used for the purposes specified in Section 7.16.

(f) Activities and Proceeds . Neither Borrower nor any of its affiliates (if any) will engage in any activities or use directly or indirectly the proceeds from the Loan for any purpose for which a small business investment company is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act, including 13 C.F.R. §107.720. Without obtaining the prior written approval of Agent, Borrower will not change within 1 year of the date hereof, Borrower’s current business activity to a business activity which a licensee under the SBIC Act is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act.

(g) Redemption Provisions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Certificate of Incorporation of Borrower, as amended from time to time (the “Charter”), if, pursuant to the redemption provisions contained in the Charter, Lender is entitled to a redemption of its Warrant, such redemption (in the case of Lender) will be at a price equal to the redemption price set forth in the Charter (the “Existing Redemption Price”). If, however, Lender delivers written notice to Borrower that the then current regulations promulgated under the SBIC Act prohibit payment of the Existing Redemption Price in the case of an SBIC (or, if applied, the Existing Redemption Price would cause the Series C Preferred Stock to lose its classification as an “equity security” and Lender has determined that such classification is unadvisable), the amount Lender will be entitled to receive shall be the greater of (i) fair market value of the securities being redeemed taking into account the rights and preferences of such securities plus any costs and expenses of the Lender incurred in making or maintaining the Warrant, and (ii) the Existing Redemption Price where the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends payable to the Lender is limited to Borrower’s earnings plus any costs and expenses of the Lender incurred in making or maintaining the Warrant; provided, however, the amount calculated in subsections (i) or (ii) above shall not exceed the Existing Redemption Price.

 

40


(h) Compliance and Resolution.  Borrower agrees that a failure to comply with Borrower’s obligations under this Addendum, or any other set of facts or circumstances where it has been asserted by any governmental regulatory agency (or Agent or Lender believes that there is a substantial risk of such assertion) that Agent, Lender and their affiliates are not entitled to hold, or exercise any significant right with respect to, any securities issued to Lender by Borrower, will constitute a breach of the obligations of Borrower under the financing agreements among Borrower, Agent and Lender. In the event of (i) a failure to comply with Borrower’s obligations under this Addendum; or (ii) an assertion by any governmental regulatory agency (or Agent or Lender believes that there is a substantial risk of such assertion) of a failure to comply with Borrower’s obligations under this Addendum, then (i) Agent, Lender and Borrower will meet and resolve any such issue in good faith to the satisfaction of Borrower, Agent, Lender, and any governmental regulatory agency, and (ii) upon request of Lender or Agent, Borrower will cooperate and assist with any assignment of the financing agreements among Hercules Technology III, L.P. and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

 

41


EXHIBIT A

ADVANCE REQUEST

 

To:   Agent:    Date:            June     , 2014        
  Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”)   
  400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310   
  Palo Alto, CA 94301   
  Facsimile: 650-473-9194   
  Attn:   

Lithera, Inc. (“Borrower”) hereby requests from Hercules Technology III, L.P.] (“Lender”) an Advance in the amount of         Dollars ($        ) on             ,         (the “Advance Date”) pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender (the “Agreement”). Capitalized words and other terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used with the same meanings as defined in the Agreement.

Please:

 

   (a)    Issue a check payable to Borrower   

 

  
     

or

     
   (b)    Wire Funds to Borrower’s account   

 

  
      Bank:   

 

  
      Address:   

 

  
        

 

  
      ABA Number:   

 

  
      Account Number:   

 

  
      Account Name:   

 

  

Borrower represents that the conditions precedent to the Advance set forth in the Agreement are satisfied and shall be satisfied upon the making of such Advance, including but not limited to: (i) that no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing; (ii) that the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement and in the Warrant are and shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; (iii) that Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in each Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed; and (iv) that as of the Advance Date, no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Documents. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Agent has the right to review the financial information supporting this representation and, based upon such review in its sole discretion, Lender may decline to fund the requested Advance.

 

42


Borrower hereby represents that Borrower’s corporate status and locations have not changed since the date of the Agreement or, if the Attachment to this Advance Request is completed, are as set forth in the Attachment to this Advance Request.

Borrower agrees to notify Agent promptly before the funding of the Loan if any of the matters which have been represented above shall not be true and correct on the Borrowing Date and if Agent has received no such notice before the Advance Date then the statements set forth above shall be deemed to have been made and shall be deemed to be true and correct as of the Advance Date.

Executed as of June     , 2014.

 

BORROWER: LITHERA, INC.
SIGNATURE:  

 

TITLE:  

 

PRINT NAME:  

 

 

43


ATTACHMENT TO ADVANCE REQUEST

Dated:                     

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that Borrower’s current name and organizational status is as follows:

 

Name:    Lithera, Inc.
Type of organization:    Corporation
State of organization:    Delaware
Organization file number:    284-1884-6

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that the street addresses, cities, states and postal codes of its current locations are as follows:

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Ste. 400, San Diego, CA 92122

 

44


EXHIBIT B

SECURED TERM PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$[    ],000,000    Advance Date:              , 20[    ]
   Maturity Date:              , 20[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Lithera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to the order of Hercules Technology III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership or the holder of this Note (the “Lender”) at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301 or such other place of payment as the holder of this Secured Term Promissory Note (this “Promissory Note”) may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of [    ] Million Dollars ($[    ],000,000) or such other principal amount as Lender has advanced to Borrower, together with interest at the Term Loan Interest Rate as such term is defined in that that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2014, by and among Borrower, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Agent”) and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Loan Agreement”).

This Promissory Note is the Term Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, the Loan Agreement, and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), to which reference is made for a statement of all of the terms and conditions thereof. All payments shall be made in accordance with the Loan Agreement. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein. An Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall constitute a default under this Promissory Note.

Borrower waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest under the UCC or any applicable law. Borrower agrees to make all payments under this Promissory Note without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. This Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Lender and is payable in the State of California. This Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

BORROWER FOR ITSELF AND    
ON BEHALF OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES:     LITHERA, INC.
    By:
    Title:


EXHIBIT C

NAME, LOCATIONS, AND OTHER INFORMATION FOR BORROWER

1. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that Borrower’s current name and organizational status as of the Closing Date is as follows:

 

Name:    Lithera, Inc.
Type of organization:    Corporation
State of organization:    Delaware
Organization file number:    284-1884-6

2. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that for five (5) years prior to the Closing Date, Borrower did not do business under any other name or organization or form except the following:

Name:

Used during dates of:

Type of Organization:

State of organization:

Organization file Number:

Borrower’s fiscal year ends on                     

Borrower’s federal employer tax identification number is:                     

3. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that its chief executive office is located at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Ste. 400, San Diego, CA 92122.


EXHIBIT D

BORROWER’S PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES


EXHIBIT E

BORROWER’S DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS


EXHIBIT F

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (as “Agent”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Reference is made to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2014, and all ancillary documents entered into in connection with such Loan and Security Agreement all as may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lender”) and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., as agent for the Lender (the “Agent”) and Lithera, Inc. (the “Company”) as Borrower. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

The undersigned is an Officer of the Company, knowledgeable of all Company financial matters, and is authorized to provide certification of information regarding the Company; hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Company is in compliance for the period ending                      of all covenants, conditions and terms and hereby reaffirms that all representations and warranties contained therein are true and correct on and as of the date of this Compliance Certificate with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, after giving effect in all cases to any standard(s) of materiality contained in the Loan Agreement as to such representations and warranties. Attached are the required documents supporting the above certification. The undersigned further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes with respect to unaudited financial statement and subject to normal year end adjustments) and are consistent from one period to the next except as explained below.

 

REPORTING REQUIREMENT    REQUIRED    CHECK IF ATTACHED
Interim Financial Statements    Monthly within 30 days   
Interim Financial Statements    Quarterly within 30 days   
Audited Financial Statements    FYE within 150 days   

 

Very Truly Yours,
LITHERA, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) is made and dated as of [        ], 20[    ], and is entered into by and between                    ., a                     corporation (“Subsidiary”), and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation (as “Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Subsidiary’s Affiliate, Lithera, Inc. (“Company”) has entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2014, with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (collectively, the “Lender”) and the Agent, as such agreement may be amended (the “Loan Agreement”), together with the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

B. Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that it will benefit both directly and indirectly from Company’s execution of the Loan Agreement and the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, Subsidiary and Agent agree as follows:

 

1. The recitals set forth above are incorporated into and made part of this Joinder Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

2. By signing this Joinder Agreement, Subsidiary shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were the Borrower (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis, provided however, that (a) with respect to (i) Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary represents that it is an entity duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of [                    ], (b) neither Agent nor Lender shall have any duties, responsibilities or obligations to Subsidiary arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith, (c) that if Subsidiary is covered by Company’s insurance, Subsidiary shall not be required to maintain separate insurance or comply with the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Loan Agreement, and (d) that as long as Company satisfies the requirements of Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary shall not have to provide Agent separate Financial Statements. To the extent that Agent or Lender has any duties, responsibilities or obligations arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith, those duties, responsibilities or obligations shall flow only to Company and not to Subsidiary or any other Person or entity. By way of example (and not an exclusive list): (i) Agent’s providing notice to Company in accordance with the Loan Agreement or as otherwise agreed among Company, Agent and Lender shall be deemed provided to Subsidiary; (ii) a Lender’s providing an Advance to Company shall be deemed an Advance to Subsidiary; and (iii) Subsidiary shall have no right to request an Advance or make any other demand on Lender.

 

3. Subsidiary agrees not to certificate its equity securities without Agent’s prior written consent, which consent may be conditioned on the delivery of such equity securities to Agent in order to perfect Agent’s security interest in such equity securities.


4. Subsidiary acknowledges that it benefits, both directly and indirectly, from the Loan Agreement, and hereby waives, for itself and on behalf on any and all successors in interest (including without limitation any assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, bankruptcy trustee or itself as debtor-in-possession under any bankruptcy proceeding) to the fullest extent provided by law, any and all claims, rights or defenses to the enforcement of this Joinder Agreement on the basis that (a) it failed to receive adequate consideration for the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement or (b) its obligations under this Joinder Agreement are avoidable as a fraudulent conveyance.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]

 

SUBSIDIARY:

 

  .
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
  Address:  
  Telephone:  

 

  Facsimile:  

 

AGENT:

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address:
  400 Hamilton Ave., Suite 310
  Palo Alto, CA 94301
  Facsimile: 650-473-9194
  Telephone: 650-289-3060


EXHIBIT H

ACH DEBIT AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

Hercules Technology III, L.P.

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Re: Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2014 between Lithera, Inc. (“Borrower”) and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., (“Agent”) as agent and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“Company”) (the “Agreement”)

In connection with the above referenced Agreement, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent and the Company to initiate debit entries for the periodic payments due under the Agreement to the Borrower’s account indicated below. The Borrower authorizes the depository institution named below to debit to such account.

 

DEPOSITORY NAME    BRANCH
CITY    STATE AND ZIP CODE
TRANSIT/ABA NUMBER    ACCOUNT NUMBER

This authority will remain in full force and effect so long as any amounts are due under the Agreement.

 

LITHERA, INC.
By:  

 

Date:  

 

 

-53-


EXHIBIT I

SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

 

-54-


SCHEDULE 1.1

COMMITMENTS

 

LENDER

   TERM COMMITMENT  

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.

   $ 10,000,000   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL COMMITMENTS

   $ 10,000,000   
  

 

 

 

 

-55-


LITHERA, INC.

SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

June , 2014

Set forth below are exceptions to the representations and warranties of the Company made in Section 5 of the Hercules Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June , 2014 (the “Agreement”) and is being provided in connection with the execution of the Agreement. Terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed in the Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires. This Schedule of Exceptions is arranged in sections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections or subsections contained in Section 5 of the Agreement, and the disclosures in any section or subsection of this Schedule of Exceptions shall qualify other sections and subsections in Section 5 to the extent it is reasonably apparent from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections or subsections. The information contained herein is disclosed solely for the purposes of the Agreement, and no information contained herein shall be deemed to be an admission by any party hereto to any third party of any matter whatsoever, including without limitation, and violation of law or breach of any agreement. Some of the information contained in this Schedule of Exceptions may be confidential, proprietary information of the Company, and the Lender shall be obligated to maintain and protect such confidential information to the extent required pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Section 5.3 Consents

Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Company is required to obtain the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company prior to the issuance of the Warrant. The Company has provided Hercules with a copy of an action by written consent executed by a majority of the holders of such Preferred Stock providing for the approval of the issuance of the Warrant.

 

Section 5.9 Intellectual Property Claims

Kythera Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. v. Lithera, Inc. (Case No. CV13-6338 RSWL(Ssx))

In August 2013, Kythera Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. filed suit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California alleging trademark infringement, false designation of origin, and unfair competition relating to the Company’s name, and seeking to cancel the Company’s federal registration for the LITHERA mark. In December 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 20, 2014, the Court denied the motion to dismiss the complaint. On March 6, 2014, the Company filed its answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaims seeking declarations of invalidity, non-infringement and unenforceability of Kythera’s alleged trade names, trademarks and service marks, as well as cancellation of Kythera’s federal service mark

 

-56-


registrations for the KYTHERA mark. On May 9, 2014, the company filed its first amended answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaims seeking the same relief. The Court has not yet established a schedule for the case or set a date for trial.

 

Section 5.10 Intellectual Property

 

  (a) Reference Section 5.9 Intellectual Property Claims

 

  (b) See Schedule 5.10(a) attached hereto

 

Section 5.11 Borrower Products

 

(a) Reference Section 5.9 Intellectual Property Claims

 

Section 5.12 Financial Accounts

 

Institution Name and Address and Phone Number

  

Account
Number

  

Account Title

Silicon Valley Bank

3003 Tasman Drive

  

3300653701

3300556011

  

General checking

Sweep

Santa Clara, CA 95054
(408) 654-7400

   19-SV951    Investment

 

Section 5.14 Capitalization

(a) See Schedule 5.14(a) attached hereto.

REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

-57-


SCHEDULE 5.10 – INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MASTER LIST

AS OF JUNE 6, 2014

35560-801: SUSTAINED RELEASED ENHANCED LIPOLYTIC FORMULATION

FOR REGIONAL ADIPOSE TISSUE TREAMENT (previously 704)

 

Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application
Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent Number

 

Issue Date

Australia   681   Granted   2006270165   13-Jul-2006   2006270165   29-Jul-2010
Belgium   651   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Brazil   691   Published   PI 0613034-8   13-Jul-2006    
Canada   701   Granted   2,615,173   13-Jul-2006   2,615,173   03-Jan-2012
China   711   Published   200680031397.4   13-Jul-2006    
Europe   611   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Europe   612   Published   11180982.8   13-Jul-2006    
France   631   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Germany   621   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Greece   660   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Hong Kong   891   Published   09101861.5   13-Jul-2006    
Hong Kong   892   Published   12101672.9   13-Jul-2006    
Ireland   662   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Italy   663   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Japan   761   Granted   2008-521646   13-Jul-2006   4778053   08-Jul-2011
Japan   762   Published   2011-083171   13-Jul-2006    

 

-58-


Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent Number

 

Issue Date

Japan   7621   Published   2014-38412   13-Jul-2003    
Mexico   781   Granted   MX/a/2008/000570   13-Jul-2006   311078   03-Jul-2013
Netherlands   666   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
PCT   601   30 MO
DONE
  US2006/027405   13-Jul-2006    
Poland   941   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Spain   658   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Switzerland   653   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
Turkey   672   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
United Kingdom   641   Granted   06787329.9   13-Jul-2006   1921919   04-Apr-2012
US   101   Expired   60/699,155   14-Jul-2005    
US   102   Expired   60/729,531   24-Oct-2005    
US   103   Expired   60/732,981   03-Nov-2005    
US   201   ISSUED   11/457,436   13-Jul-2006   7,829,554   09-Nov-2010
US   301   ISSUED   13/096,895   28-Apr-2011   8,420,625   16-Apr-2013
US   302   Published   13/204,423   05-Aug-2011    
US   401   Published   12/763,030   19-Apr-2010    

 

-59-


35560-802: FORMULATIONS FOR TREATMENT OF ADIPOSE TISSUE, CUTANEOUS

TISSUE AND DISORDERS, AND MUSCULAR TISSUE (previously 703)

 

Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application
Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent
Number

 

Issue Date

Australia   681   Abandoned   2007325523   16-Oct-2007    
Canada   701   Abandoned   2,666,564   16-Oct-2007    
China   711   Abandoned   0780046201.3   16-Oct-2007    
Europe   611   Abandoned   07871172.8   16-Oct-2007    
Israel   731   Pending   198184   16-Oct-2007    
Korea   771   Granted   2009-7009974   16-Oct-2007   1068603   22-Sep-2011
Mexico   781   Abandoned   A/2009/004199   16-Oct-2007    
PCT   601   30 MO
DONE
  US2007/81568   16-Oct-2007    
United Kingdom   641   Granted   0804401.8   16-Oct-2007   GB2453188   31-Mar-2010
US   101   Expired   60/852,221   17-Oct-2006    
US   831   Abandoned   12/445,571   22-Jan-2010    

 

-60-


35560-803: METHODS FOR ADMINISTRATION AND FORMULATIONS FOR

THE TREATMENT OF REGIONAL ADIPOSE TISSUE (previously 705)

 

Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent
Number

 

Issue Date

Australia   681   Granted   2010253864   27-May-2010    
Brazil   691   Pending   PI1011306-1   27-May-2010    
Canada   701   Pending   2,761,744   27-May-2010    
China   711   Published   201080023277.6   27-May-2010    
Europe   611   Published   10781245.5   27-May-2010    
Hong Kong   891   Published   12111294.6   27-May-2010    
India   741   Published   10224/DELNP/2011   27-May-2010    
Israel   731   Pending   216217   27-May-2010    
Japan   761   Published   2012-513273   27-May-2010    
Japan   7611   Pending   2014-52975   27-May-2010    
Korea   771   Pending   10-2011-7031166   27-May-2010    
Mexico   781   Pending   MX/a/2011/012542   27-May-2010    
PCT   601   30 MO
DONE
  US2010/36484   27-May-2010    
Singapore   821   Pending   201108652-7   27-May-2010    
United Kingdom   641   Granted   1008885.4   27-May-2010   2470818   05-Jun-2013
US   101   Expired   61/181,627   27-May-2009    

 

-61-


Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent
Number

 

Issue Date

US   102   Expired   61/251,624   14-Oct-2009    
US   103   Expired   61/289,972   23-Dec-2009    
US   201   Published   12/788,190   26-May-2010    
US   301   ISSUED   13/284,741   28-Oct-2011   8,404,750   26-Mar-2013

 

-62-


35560-804: LYOPHILIZED CAKE FORMULATIONS (previously 707)

 

Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent
Number

 

Issue Date

Australia   681   Pending   2011205646   14-Jan-2011    
Brazil   691   Pending   1120120175564   14-Jan-2011    
Canada   701   Pending   2,786,618   14-Jan-2011    
China   711   Published   201180013558.8   14-Jan-2011    
Europe   611   Published   11733493.8   14-Jan-2011    
Hong Kong   891   Published   13107503.0   14-Jan-2011    
India   741   Pending   7031/DELNP/2012   14-Jan-2011    
Israel   731   Published   220818   14-Jan-2011    
Japan   761   Pending   2012-549145   14-Jan-2011    
Korea   771   Pending   10-2012-7021302   14-Jan-2011    
Mexico   781   Pending   MX/a/2012/008171   14-Jan-2011    
PCT   601   Published   PCT/US2011/21424   14-Jan-2011    
Singapore   821   To be
abandoned
  201205142-1   14-Jan-2011    
Singapore   8211   Pending     14-Jan-2011    
United Kingdom   641   Abandoned   1100628.5   14-Jan-2011    
United Kingdom   642   Published   1207749.1   14-Jan-2011    
US   101   Expired   61/295,646   15-Jan-2010    
US   201   Published   13/007,518   14-Jan-2011    

 

-63-


35560-805: SELECTIVE LIPOPHILIC, AND LONG-ACTING BETA AGONIST MONOTHERAPEUTIC FORMULATIONS

AND METHODS FOR THE COSMETIC TREATMENT OF ADIPOSITY AND CONTOUR BULGING (previously 712)

 

Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application

Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent Number

 

Issue Date

Australia   681   Pending   2011336869   22-Nov-2011    
Brazil   691   Pending   1120130129948   22-Nov-2011    
Canada   701   Pending   2,815,374   22-Nov-2011    
China   711   Published   201180056619.9   22-Nov-2011    
Europe   611   Published   11844295.3   22-Nov-2011    
India   741   Pending   5100/DELNP/2013   22-Nov-2011    
Israel   731   Published   225879   22-Nov-2011    
Japan   761   Pending   2013-541034   22-Nov-2011    
Korea   771   Pending   10-2013-7013397   22-Nov-2011    
Mexico   781   Pending   MX/a/2013/005873   22-Nov-2011    
PCT   601   Published   US2011/061973   22-Nov-2011    
Singapore   821   Pending   201304014-2   22-Nov-2011    
Taiwan   851   Pending   100142782   22-Nov-2011    
United Kingdom   641   Published   1120090.4   22-Nov-2011    
US   101   Expired   61/417,098   24-Nov-2010    

 

-64-


Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application

Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent Number

 

Issue Date

US   201   Published   13/303,045   22-Nov-2011    

 

-65-


35560-806: METHODS, COMPOSITIONS, AND FORMULATIONS FOR

THE TREATMENT OF THYROID EYE DISEASE (previously 702)

 

Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent Number

 

Issue Date

Australia   681   Granted   2007313077   27-Sep-2007   2007313077   15-Sep-2011
Belgium   651   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
Canada   701   Granted   2,666,612   27-Sep-2007   2,666,612   27-Nov-2012
China   711   Published   200780046741.1   27-Sep-2007    
Europe   611   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
France   631   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
Germany   621   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   602007026604.1   07-Nov-2012
Greece   660   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
Ireland   662   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
Israel   731   Granted   198183   27-Sep-2007    
Italy   663   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   47952BE2013   07-Nov-2012
Japan   761   Pending   2009-533423   27-Sep-2007    
Japan   762   Abandoned   2009-234928   27-Sep-2007    
Japan   763   Published   2012-095792   27-Sep-2007    
Korea   771   Allowed   10-2009-7009972   27-Sep-2007    

 

-66-


Country

 

Sub
Case

 

Status

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date

 

Patent Number

 

Issue Date

Mexico   781   Granted   MX/a/2009/004198   27-Sep-2007   314182   10-Oct-2013
Netherlands   666   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
PCT   601   30 MO DONE   US2007/79740   27-Sep-2007    
Poland   941   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
Spain   658   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
Switzerland   653   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   07-Nov-2012
Turkey   672   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   TR201301388T4   07-Nov-2012
United Kingdom   641   To be
abandoned
  0718905.3   27-Sep-2007   2443287   27-May-2009
United Kingdom   642   Granted   07843370.3   27-Sep-2007   2077830   27-May-2009
US   101   Expired   60/898,009   29-Jan-2007    
US   102   Expired   60/919,011   20-Mar-2007    
US   831   Pending   12/445,570   12-Jan-2010    

 

-67-


LITHERA, INC.

U.S. Trademark Status Report

July 18, 2014

 

KMOB Ref.
No.

  

Mark

  

Class/ Goods

  

Appl. No./
Appl. Date

  

Reg. No./
Reg. Date

  

Status

002T    LIPOTHERA   

Class 3: Cosmetic preparations for reducing the size and appearance of adipose deposits in a body

Class 5: Pharmaceutical preparations for reducing the size and appearance of adipose deposits in a body

   77/527,713

07/21/08

     

ABANDONED

11/16/09

003T    LITHERA    Class 5: Pharmaceutical preparations for reducing the size and appearance of adipose deposits in a body    77/548,326

08/15/08

   4067542

12/06/11

  

REGISTERED

 

Affidavit of Use due 12/06/17

 

Renewal due 12/06/21

024T    ALLUVON    Class 5: Pharmaceutical preparations for fat tissue reduction    86/275,691

05/08/14

      PENDING
025T    AURANU    Class 5: Pharmaceutical preparations for fat tissue reduction    86/275,695

05/08/14

      PENDING
026T    ENVIDA             UNFILED
027T    NEOTHETICS    Class 5: Pharmaceutical preparations for fat tissue reduction    86/275,700

05/08/14

      PENDING
028T    NOVILION    Class 5: Pharmaceutical preparations for fat tissue reduction    86/275,704

05/08/14

      PENDING
029T    TEKLIN             UNFILED
030T    MYRAXIS    Class 5: Pharmaceutical preparations for fat tissue reduction    86/275,708

05/08/14

      PENDING

 

-68-


SCHEUDLE 5.14 - CAPITALIZATION

 

-69-


SCHEDULE 7.18

POST-CLOSING ITEMS

Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Agent:

1. On or before June 21, 2014, a Consent of Landlord in form reasonably satisfactory to Agent with LJ Gateway Office LLC, the landlord of premises located at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suites 400 and 450, San Diego, CA, leased by Lithera, Inc.

 

-70-

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of October 15, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Neothetics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and George W. Mahaffey (the “ Executive ”). This Agreement amends and restates the Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive dated as of March 2, 2011 (the “ Original Agreement ”), supersedes and replaces the Original Agreement in its entirety.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Duties .

2.1 Position . Executive is employed as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Company’s Board of Directors (“ Board of Directors ”) both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. For so long as the Company is a privately traded company, Executive will also serve as a member of the Board for so long as he serves as the Company President and Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. The Company reserves the right to modify Executive’s position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to Section 7.3 below.

2.2 Best Efforts/Full-time . Executive will expend Executive’s best efforts on behalf of the Company, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by the Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of the Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive’s assigned duties for the Company, unless Executive notifies the Board of Directors in advance of Executive’s intent to engage in other paid work and receives the Board of Directors’ express written consent to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive will be permitted to serve as an outside director on the board of directors for nonprofit or charitable entities, provided such entities are not competitive with the Company and subject to the provisions of Section 8 below.

2.3 Work Location . Executive’s principal place of work shall be located in San Diego, California, or such other location as the Company may direct from time to time.

2.4 Covenant not to Compete . Except with the prior written consent of the Board, Executive will not, during the Term of this Agreement, engage in competition with the Company and/or any of its Affiliates, either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity, as adviser, principal, agent, affiliate, promoter, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder, owner, co-owner, consultant, or member of any association or otherwise, in any phase of the business of developing, manufacturing and marketing of products or services which are in the same field of use or which otherwise compete with the products or services or proposed products


or services of the Company and/or any of its Affiliates, provided that it shall not be a violation of this paragraph for Executive to serve on any non-competing corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, as approved by the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specific entity, any other entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified entity.

3. At-Will Employment . Executive’s employment with the Company is at-will and not for any specified period and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause (as defined below) or advance notice, by either Executive or the Company subject to the provisions regarding termination set forth below in Section 7. No representative of the Company, other than the Board of Directors, has the authority to alter the at-will employment relationship. Any change to the at-will employment relationship must be by specific, written agreement signed by Executive and the Company’s Board of Directors. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter this at-will relationship.

4. Compensation .

4.1 Base Salary . As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, the Company shall pay to Executive an initial base salary of $356,112 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions, subject to normal course year-end adjustment (the “ Base Salary ”). In the event Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason, Executive will earn the Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

4.2 Incentive Compensation . In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus of up to 35% of Base Salary, less applicable employment taxes and payroll deductions. This bonus is contingent upon the Executive’s achievement of performance goals for the applicable annual bonus period. Executive’s performance goals shall be established by the Board of Directors (or if authority is delegated by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors) following consultation with Executive and communicated to executive by no later than March 30 th of each calendar year. The achievement of any performance goals shall be determined by the Board of Directors (or if authority is delegated by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board) of Directors. In order to be eligible to receive the bonus, Executive must be employed on the date the bonus is paid out. Any bonus will be paid pursuant to the Company’s bonus policies and by no later than March 15 th of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

4.3 Equity Compensation . Executive has previously been granted stock option(s) in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company. No additional equity compensation is being provided in connection with entering into this Employment Agreement. Executive may receive additional equity compensation on a case-by-case basis as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2


4.4 Performance and Salary Review . The Board of Directors will periodically review Executive’s performance on no less than an annual basis. Adjustments to salary or other compensation, if any, will be made by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion.

5. Customary Fringe Benefits . Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to Executives of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s benefit plan documents. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.

6. Business Expenses . Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of the Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s policies. Any reimbursement Executive is entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of Executive’s tax year following the tax year in which the expense was incurred; provided, however, that it is the Company’s normal business practice to provide reimbursement at the next regular payroll date after the expense has been submitted and approved for reimbursement, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are eligible for reimbursement in any tax year and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

7. Termination of Executive’s Employment .

7.1 Termination for Cause by the Company . Although the Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of Executive with respect to Executive’s obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (b) any acts or conduct by Executive that are materially adverse to the Company’s interests; (c) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; (d) Executive’s breach of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement; (e) Executive’s conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude or that otherwise negatively impacts Executive’s ability to effectively perform Executive’s duties hereunder; (f) Executive’s willful neglect of duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board of Directors; (g) Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a mental or physical disability; or (h) Executive’s death. In the event of termination based on (b), (c) or (f), Executive will have thirty (30) days from receipt of written notice from the Company to cure the issue, if curable, with such written notice to be provided to Executive. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” for purposes of this Agreement unless done or failed to be done by Executive intentionally and in bad faith. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with this subsection 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive only Executive’s base salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination and all benefits accrued through the date of termination (“ Accrued Benefits ”). All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment by the Company for

 

3


Cause, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 below.

7.2 Termination Without Cause by the Company/Severance . Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and Accrued Benefits. In addition, Executive will receive a “Severance Package” that shall include (a) a “Severance Payment” equivalent to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary then in effect on the date of termination, payable in accordance with Company’s regular payroll cycle beginning on the second regular payday occurring following the date the Release (as defined below) becomes effective and non-revocable in accordance with its terms, provided, however, that if any portion of the Severance Payment constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A (as defined below), and the sixty (60) day period for executing the Release described below, would span two (2) calendar years, then, subject further to Section 7.7(a), such portion of the Severance Payment shall commence on the first regularly scheduled payroll date occurring on or after sixty (60) days following the termination date; (b) payment by Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage for a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination, under the applicable provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”), provided that Executive elects to continue and remains eligible for these benefits under COBRA, and does not become eligible for health coverage through another employer during this period; and (c) nine (9) months of additional vesting of any of Executive’s outstanding equity awards under the Plan, including any unvested shares subject to repurchase by the Company following exercise by Executive, and (ii) Executive will have a period of nine (9) months after the date of such termination or resignation to exercise any vested portion of any stock option under the Plan, but in no event shall such period be longer than the maximum term of any such stock option.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that the payment of the premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying the premiums, Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to instead pay Executive on the first day of each month during the Benefits Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the premiums for that month, grossed-up to cover all applicable withholdings, so that the net benefit to Executive equals the monthly premiums (such amount, the “ Special Separation Payment ”), for the remainder of the Premium Payment Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Separation Payment toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

Executive will only receive the Severance Package if Executive; : (i) complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in subsection 13.8 below; (ii) executes a full general release in the form substantially similar to that attached as Exhibit A , releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against Company arising out of or any way related to Executive’s employment or termination of employment with Company, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the termination date; and (iii) agrees as part of the release agreement to not make any voluntary

 

4


statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or conduct of Company ((i) – (iii) shall be collectively referred to as “ Severance Obligations ”).

Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 7.2(c) above, to the extent an equity award confers greater rights to Executive, the terms of that award shall govern, in addition, provided, however, that if such awards are based on performance based restricted stock, restricted stock unit, cash-based, or similar awards granted that are intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, then the foregoing acceleration of vesting set forth in Section 7.2(c) shall not apply and the award shall be governed only by the terms of the applicable award agreement. In addition, and subject to the limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code set forth above, to the extent that the determination of the number of shares subject to an equity award potentially vesting is based on performance metrics, then the number of shares subject to accelerated vesting shall be determined based on the formulae in such award to the extent ascertainable and, if not ascertainable, shall be the “target” number of shares subject to such an equity award. All other Company obligations to Executive will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

7.3 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance . Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with the Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. Executive shall provide notice to the Company of the condition giving rise to “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition and the Company shall have thirty (30) days following such notice to remedy such condition. Executive’s right to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness. In the event of Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, Accrued Benefits, and the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above, provided Executive complies with all of the Severance Obligations. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions, without the Executive’s express written consent (which consent may be denied, withheld or delayed for any reason): (a) a material reduction in Executive’s title, duties, authority or responsibilities; (b) a material non-voluntary reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual Base Salary as in effect as of the date hereof (other than a reduction of not more than fifteen percent (15%) that generally applies to all officers in the Company) ); (c) a material change in Executive’s business location of more than thirty (30) miles; (d) the material breach by the Company of this Agreement; (e) the failure of any successor-in-interest to assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement or (f) for so long as Executive’s primary residence is located outside of San Diego, California, the failure of the Company to provide Executive with living accommodations in San Diego, California substantially equivalent to the living accommodations provided to Executive at the time of this Agreement.

7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason . Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with the Company without Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only Executive’s Base Salary and benefits for

 

5


the thirty-day notice period and no other amount. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package.

7.5 Pay in Lieu of Notice Period . Should the Company terminate Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resign Executive’s employment with or without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice, the Company reserves the right to immediately relieve Executive of all job duties, positions and responsibilities and provide Executive with payment of Executive’s then current Base Salary in lieu of any portion of the notice period.

7.6 Resignation of Board or Other Positions . Should Executive’s employment terminate for any reason, Executive agrees to immediately resign all other positions (including board membership) Executive may hold on behalf of the Company.

7.7 Application of Section 409A .

(a) To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts payable under this Agreement on account of any termination of employment shall only be paid if Executive experiences a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulatory and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”). Furthermore, to the extent that Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Executive’s separation from service shall be paid to Executive before the date (the “ Delayed Payment Date ”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

(b) The Company intends that income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement. In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Executive, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on compensation paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to the Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to

 

6


reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

7.8 Termination Upon a Change of Control .

(a) Severance Payment . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 7.1 above) or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s position with the Company for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.3 above) within thirty (30) days prior to or twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (as that term is defined below), Executive shall be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subsection 7.2 above, provided Executive complies with the Severance Obligations except that (i) the “Severance Payment” amount shall be increased to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s Base Salary then in effect on the date of termination and paid in a single lump-sum payment, without interest, on or before the second regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the binding release as set forth in subsection 7.2 above; provided, however, that if any portion of the Severance Payment constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and the sixty (60) day period for executing the Release described in Section 7.2 would span two (2) calendar years, then, subject further to Section 7.7(a), such portion of the Severance Payment shall commence on the first regularly scheduled payroll date occurring on or after sixty (60) days following the calendar year in which the termination date occurs; (ii) payment by the Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage shall be increased to eighteen (18) months following Executive’s termination, under COBRA (subject to conversion of such payment to a Special Separation Payment as described in Section 7.2), and (iii) Executive shall receive one hundred percent (100%) vesting of any outstanding equity awards that remain unvested at the time of such termination, provided, in each case, that Executive complies with all the conditions described in subsection 7.2 above. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 7.8(a)(iii) above, to the extent an equity award confers greater rights to Executive, the terms of that award shall govern. In addition, to the extent that the determination of the number of shares subject to an equity award potentially vesting is based on performance metrics, then the number of shares subject to accelerated vesting shall be determined based on the formulae in such award to the extent ascertainable and, if not ascertainable, shall be the “target” number of shares subject to such an equity award.

(b) 280G . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “disqualified individual” (as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code), and any Severance Payment and other benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments and benefits which Executive has the right to receive from the Company and other person or entity (the “Aggregate Severance”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, including any interest and penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax (the “Excise Tax”), then the Aggregate Severance provided thereunder shall be either (1) reduced (but not below zero) so that the present value of the Aggregate Severance equals the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined below) and so that no portion of the Aggregate Severance shall be subject to the Excise Tax, or (2) paid in full, whichever produces the better net after-tax position to Executive (taking into account the Excise Tax and any other applicable taxes). The determination as to whether any such reduction in the Aggregate Severance is necessary shall be made initially by the Company in good faith. If applicable, the reduction of the amounts payable hereunder in accordance with clause (1) of this Section 7.8(b)

 

7


shall be made in the following order and in such a manner as to maximize the value of the Aggregate Severance paid to Executive (i) cash severance pay that is treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A; (ii) any payments intended to pay for continued medical benefits under COBRA; (iii) any other cash severance pay that is exempt from Section 409A; (iv) any other non-cash benefit payable that is a severance benefit; (v) reduction of any other cash payment or bonus treated as being payable on account of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code; (vi) reduction of any equity compensation treated as being granted in anticipation of a change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code (with restricted stock, restricted stock units and other similar equity awards being reduced first, then stock options and stock appreciation rights); (vii) reduction in vesting acceleration of restricted stock units, restricted stock and other similar equity awards not described in (vi), above; and (viii) reduction in vesting acceleration of stock options and stock appreciation rights. In the event that equity compensation acceleration or grants are to be reduced or cancelled, such reduction or cancellation shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant to Executive. If the Aggregate Severance is reduced in accordance with the preceding sentence and through error or otherwise the Aggregate Severance exceeds the Safe Harbor Amount, Executive shall immediately repay such excess to the Company upon notification that an overpayment has been made. For purposes of this Section 7.8(b), “Safe Harbor Amount” means an amount equal to one dollar ($1.00) less than three (3) times Executive’s “base amount” for the “base period,” as those terms are defined under Section 280G of the Code.

(c) Change of Control . A Change of Control is defined as any one of the following occurrences:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of the securities of the Company representing more than 50% of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; or

(ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated); or

(iii) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation that results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, with respect to any payment or benefit treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, the vesting rules set forth in Section 7.8(a) shall continue to apply. However, unless the Change of Control also constitutes a change in ownership or

 

8


effective control of the Company (as defined in Section 409A), then although vested and nonforfeitable, the payment or benefit shall, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and/or penalties under Section 409A(a)(1), be paid based on the normal form of timing rules applicable to the payment of such payment or benefit.

8. No Conflict of Interest . During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, or other activities that create a conflict of interest. Such work and/or activities shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work and/or activities or resign employment with the Company.

9. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights . As a condition of continuing employment, Executive agrees to read and abide by the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

10. Nonsolicitation of the Company’s Employees . Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage the Company’s business by soliciting, encouraging or recruiting any of the Company’s employees or causing others to solicit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to discontinue their employment with the Company.

11. Injunctive Relief . Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in sections 8-10 (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury to the Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, the Company shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief pursuant to the California Arbitration Act, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security.

12. Arbitration . In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company or the termination of that relationship (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, disability or other discrimination), Executive and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be resolved by confidential binding arbitration conducted before a single neutral arbitrator in San Diego, California, pursuant to the rules for arbitration of employment disputes by the American Arbitration Association (available at www.adr.org) and the rules set forth in the California Arbitration Act, Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280, et seq . (available at www.leginfo.ca.gov/calaw.html). The arbitrator shall permit adequate discovery, including discovery pursuant to Section 1283.05 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. In addition, the arbitrator is empowered to award all remedies otherwise available in a court of competent

 

9


jurisdiction; however Executive and the Company each retain the right under Section 1281.8 of the California Code of Civil Procedure to seek provisional remedies. Any judgment rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction. The arbitrator shall issue an award in writing and state the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. By executing this Agreement, Executive and the Company are both waiving the right to a jury trial with respect to any such disputes. The Company shall bear the costs of the arbitrator, forum and filing fees. Each party shall bear its own respective attorneys’ fees and all other costs, unless otherwise provided by law and awarded by the arbitrator. This arbitration agreement does not include claims that, by law, may not be subject to mandatory arbitration.

13. General Provisions .

13.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement.

13.2 Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

13.3 Attorneys’ Fees . Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party.

13.4 Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

13.5 Interpretation; Construction . The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.6 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in San Diego, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

13.7 Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal

 

10


delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

13.8 Survival . Sections 8 (“ No Conflict of Interest ”), 9 (“ Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights ”), 10 (“ Nonsolicitation ”), 11 (“ Injunctive Relief ”), 12 (“ Agreement to Arbitrate ”), 13 (“ General Provisions ”) and 14 (“ Entire Agreement ”) of this Agreement shall survive Executive’s employment by the Company.

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference and the applicable Company equity incentive plans and related option documents described in subsection 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral, including the Original Agreement. This agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board of Directors of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

11


THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

        George W. Mahaffey
Dated:  

October 15, 2014

    By:  

/s/ George W. Mahaffey

        George W. Mahaffey
        Address:
        820 N. Delaware St. # 306
        San Mateo, CA 94401
        NEOTHETICS, INC.
Dated:  

October 15, 2014

    By:  

/s/ Kim P. Kamdar

        Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D.
        Director
        Address:
        Neothetics, Inc.
        9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400
        San Diego, CA 92122

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]


Exhibit A

GENERAL RELEASE

1. General Release by Executive . Executive unconditionally, irrevocably and absolutely releases and discharges the Company, and any parent and subsidiary corporations, divisions and affiliated corporations, partnerships or other affiliated entities of the Company, past and present, as well as the Company’s employees, officers, directors, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, “ Released Parties ”), from all claims related in any way to the transactions or occurrences between them to date, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, but not limited to, Executive’s employment with the Company, the termination of Executive’s employment, and all other losses, liabilities, claims, charges, demands and causes of action, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising directly or indirectly out of or in any way connected with Executive’s employment with the Company. This release is intended to have the broadest possible application and includes, but is not limited to, any tort, contract, common law, constitutional or other statutory claims arising under local state or federal law, including, but not limited to alleged violations of the California Labor Code, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and all claims for attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Executive expressly waives Executive’s right to recovery of any type, including damages or reinstatement, in any administrative or court action, whether state or federal, and whether brought by Executive or on Executive’s behalf, related in any way to the matters released herein. However, this general release is not intended to bar any claims that, by statute, may not be waived, such as claims for workers’ compensation benefits, unemployment insurance benefits, statutory indemnity, any challenge to the validity of Executive’s release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, as set forth in this Separation Agreement; any claims for payment or benefits under the Separation Agreement; any claim or cause of action for indemnification pursuant to any applicable indemnification agreement, any D&O insurance policy applicable to Executive and/or the Company’s certificates of incorporation, charter and by-laws or any claim for contribution or any rights Executive may have to vested benefits under any health and welfare plans or other employee benefit plans or programs sponsored by the Company.

Executive acknowledges that Executive may discover facts or law different from, or in addition to, the facts or law that Executive knows or believes to be true with respect to the claims released in this Separation Agreement and agrees, nonetheless, that this Separation Agreement and the release contained in it shall be and remain effective in all respects notwithstanding such different or additional facts or the discovery of them.

Executive declares and represents that Executive intends this Separation Agreement to be

 

A-1


complete and not subject to any claim of mistake, and that the release herein expresses a full and complete release and Executive intends the release herein to be final and complete. Executive executes this release with the full knowledge that this release covers all possible claims against the Released Parties, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

2. California Civil Code Section 1542 Waiver . Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code are expressly waived. That section provides:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

3. Representation Concerning Filing of Legal Actions . Executive represents that, as of the date of this Separation Agreement, Executive has not filed any lawsuits, charges, complaints, petitions, claims or other accusatory pleadings against the Company or any of the other Released Parties in any court or with any governmental agency.

4. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees that Executive will not make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or conduct of the Company or any of the other Released Parties. The Company agrees that the Company, will direct its officers and directors not to make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputation, practices or conduct of Executive.

5. Confidentiality and Return of the Company Property . Executive understands and agrees that as a condition of receiving the Severance Package, all Company property must be returned to the Company on or before the Separation Date. By signing this Separation Agreement, Executive represents and warrants that Executive has returned to the Company on or before the Separation Date, all Company property, data and information belonging to the Company and agrees that Executive will not use or disclose to others any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or the Released Parties. In addition, Executive agrees to keep the terms of this Separation Agreement confidential between Executive and the Company, except that Executive may tell Executive’s immediate family and attorney or accountant, if any, as needed, but in no event should Executive discuss this Separation Agreement or its terms with any current or prospective employee of the Company.

6. Continuing Obligations . Executive further agrees to comply with the continuing obligations regarding confidentiality set forth in the surviving provisions of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement previously signed by Executive.

7. No Admissions . By entering into this Separation Agreement, the Released Parties make no admission that they have engaged, or are now engaging, in any unlawful conduct. The parties understand and acknowledge that this Separation Agreement is not an admission of

 

A-2


liability and shall not be used or construed as such in any legal or administrative proceeding.

8. Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act . This Separation Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act, 29 U.S.C. sec. 626(f). Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before executing this Separation Agreement.

8.1 Acknowledgments/Time to Consider . Executive acknowledges and agrees that (a) Executive has read and understands the terms of this Separation Agreement; (b) Executive has been advised in writing to consult with an attorney before executing this Separation Agreement; (c) Executive has obtained and considered such legal counsel as Executive deems necessary; (d) Executive has been given twenty-one (21) days to consider whether or not to enter into this Separation Agreement (although Executive may elect not to use the full 21-day period at Executive’s option); and (e) by signing this Separation Agreement, Executive acknowledges that Executive does so freely, knowingly, and voluntarily.

8.2 Revocation/Effective Date . This Separation Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the eighth day after Executive signs this Separation Agreement. In other words, Executive may revoke Executive’s acceptance of this Separation Agreement within seven (7) days after the date Executive signs it. Executive’s revocation must be in writing and received by the Company on or before the seventh day in order to be effective. If Executive does not revoke acceptance within the seven (7) day period, Executive’s acceptance of this Separation Agreement shall become binding and enforceable on the eighth day (“ Effective Date ”). The Severance Package will become due and payable after the Effective Date, provided Executive does not revoke.

8.3 Preserved Rights of Executive . This Separation Agreement does not waive or release any rights or claims that Executive may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act that arise after the execution of this Separation Agreement. In addition, this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from challenging the validity of this Separation Agreement’s waiver and release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended.

9. Severability . In the event any provision of this Separation Agreement shall be found unenforceable, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

10. Full Defense . This Separation Agreement may be pled as a full and complete defense to, and may be used as a basis for an injunction against, any action, suit or other proceeding that may be prosecuted, instituted or attempted by Executive in breach hereof.

11. Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation and performance of this Separation Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. Executive consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in San Diego, California in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Separation Agreement, including the surviving provisions of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement

 

A-3


previously executed by Executive, is intended to be the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and cancels any and all other and prior agreements, written or oral, between the parties regarding this subject matter. This Separation Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “ Agreemen t”) is made effective as of October 15, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Neothetics, Inc. (the “ the Company ”) and Kenneth Locke (the “ Executive ”).

The parties agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Duties .

2.1 Position . Executive is employed as Chief Scientific Officer and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. The Company reserves the right to modify Executive’s position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion.

2.2 Best Efforts/Full-time . Executive will expend Executive’s best efforts on behalf of the Company, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by the Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of the Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive’s assigned duties for the Company, unless Executive notifies the CEO in advance of Executive’s intent to engage in other paid work and receives the CEO’s express written consent to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive will be permitted to serve as an outside director on the board of directors for nonprofit or charitable entities, provided such entities are not competitive with the Company and subject to the provisions of section 8 below.

2.3 Work Location . Executive’s principal place of work shall be located in San Diego, California, or such other location as the Company may direct from time to time.

2.4 Covenant not to Compete . Except with the prior written consent of the Chief Executive, Executive will not, during the Term of this Agreement, engage in competition with the Company and/or any of its Affiliates, either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity, as adviser, principal, agent, affiliate, promoter, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder, owner, co-owner, consultant, or member of any association or otherwise, in any phase of the business of developing, manufacturing and marketing of products or services which are in the same field of use or which otherwise compete with the products or services or proposed products or services of the Company and/or any of its Affiliates, provided that it shall not be a violation of this paragraph for Executive to serve on any non-competing corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, as approved by the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specific entity, any other entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified entity.


3. At-Will Employment . Executive’s employment with the Company is at-will and not for any specified period and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause (as defined below) or advance notice, by either Executive or the Company subject to the provisions regarding termination set forth below in Section 7. No representative of the Company, other than the President and CEO, has the authority to alter the at-will employment relationship. Any change to the at-will employment relationship must be by specific, written agreement signed by Executive and the Company’s President and CEO. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter this at-will relationship.

4. Compensation .

4.1 Base Salary . As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, the Company shall pay to Executive an initial base salary of $317,725 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions, subject to normal course year-end adjustment (the “ Base Salary ”). In the event Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason, Executive will earn the Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

4.2 Incentive Compensation . In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus of up to 20% of Base Salary, less applicable employment taxes and payroll deductions. This bonus is contingent upon Executive’s achievement of performance goals for the applicable annual bonus period. Executive’s performance goals shall be established by the Board (or if authority is delegated by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board) and the Chief Executive Officer following consultation with Executive and communicated to executive by no later than March 30th of each calendar year. The achievement of any performance goals shall be determined and certified by the Board (or if authority is delegated by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board). In order to be eligible to receive the bonus, Executive must be employed on the date the bonus is paid out. Any bonus will be paid pursuant to the Company’s bonus policies and by no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

4.3 Equity Compensation . Executive has previously been granted stock option(s) in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company. No additional equity compensation is being provided in connection with entering into this Employment Agreement. Executive may receive additional equity compensation on a case-by-case basis as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

4.4 Performance and Salary Review . The Company will periodically review Executive’s performance on no less than an annual basis. Adjustments to salary or other compensation, if any, will be made by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

5. Customary Fringe Benefits . Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to Executives of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s benefit plan documents. The Company reserves the right to change

 

2


or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.

6. Business Expenses . Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of the Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s policies. Any reimbursement Executive is entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of Executive’s tax year following the tax year in which the expense was incurred; provided, however, that it is the Company’s normal business practice to provide reimbursement at the next regular payroll date after the expense has been submitted and approved for reimbursement, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are eligible for reimbursement in any tax year and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

7. Termination of Executive’s Employment .

7.1 Termination for Cause by the Company . Although the Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of Executive with respect to Executive’s obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (b) any acts or conduct by Executive that are materially adverse to the Company’s interests; (c) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; (d) Executive’s breach of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement; (e) Executive’s conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude or that otherwise negatively impacts Executive’s ability to effectively perform Executive’s duties hereunder; (f) Executive’s willful neglect of duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board of Directors; (g) Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a mental or physical disability; or (h) Executive’s death; provided that such events in clauses (b), (c) and/or (f) allegedly giving rise to “Cause” shall be communicated in writing to the Executive and shall continue uncured, if curable, for a period of at least 30 days thereafter. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with this subsection 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive only Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination and all benefits accrued through the date of termination (“ Accrued Benefits ”). All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment by the Company for Cause, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 below.

7.2 Termination Without Cause by the Company/Severance . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and Accrued Benefits. In addition, Executive will receive a “Severance Package” that shall include (a) a “Severance Payment” equivalent to six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary then

 

3


in effect on the date of termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle beginning on the second regular payday occurring following the date the Release (as defined below) becomes effective and non-revocable in accordance with its terms, provided, however, that if any portion of the Severance Payment constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A (as defined below), and the sixty (60) day period for executing the Release described below, would span two (2) calendar years, then, subject further to Section 7.7(a), such portion of the Severance Payment shall commence on the first regularly scheduled payroll date occurring on or after sixty (60) days following the termination date; and (b) payment by the Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage for a period of six (6) months following Executive’s termination, under the applicable provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”), provided that Executive elects to continue and remains eligible for these benefits under COBRA, and does not become eligible for health coverage through another employer during this period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that the payment of the premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying the premiums, the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to instead pay Executive on the first day of each month during the Benefits Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the premiums for that month, grossed-up to cover all applicable withholdings, so that the net benefit to Executive equals the monthly premiums (such amount, the “ Special Separation Payment ”), for the remainder of the Premium Payment Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Separation Payment toward the cost of COBRA premiums. Executive will only receive the Severance Package if Executive: (i) complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in subsection 13.8 below; (ii) executes a full general release in the form substantially similar to that attached as Exhibit A , releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against the Company arising out of or any way related to Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the termination date; and (iii) agrees as part of the release agreement not make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or conduct of the Company ((i) – (iii) shall be collectively referred to as “ Severance Obligations ”). All other Company obligations to Executive will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

7.3 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance . Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with the Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. Executive shall provide notice to the Company of the condition giving rise to “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition and the Company shall have thirty (30) days following such notice to remedy such condition. Executive’s right to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness. In the event of Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, Accrued Benefits, and the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above, provided Executive complies with all of the Severance Obligations. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this

 

4


Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events or conditions, without Executive’s express written consent (which consent may be denied, withheld or delayed for any reason): (a) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement; (b) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of senior executive salaries of not more than 15% in any given year from the then-applicable Base Salary; (c) a material diminution of Executive’s position and/or duties so that Executive’s duties are no longer consistent with the position of a senior executive or Executive no longer reports to the Board of Directors; or (d) the Company relocates Executive’s principal place of work so as to increase Executive’s commute by more than fifty (50) miles.

7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason . Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with the Company without Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only Executive’s Base Salary and benefits for the thirty-day notice period and no other amount. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package.

7.5 Pay in Lieu of Notice Period . Should the Company terminate Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resign Executive’s employment with or without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice, the Company reserves the right to immediately relieve Executive of all job duties, positions and responsibilities and provide Executive with payment of Executive’s then current Base Salary in lieu of any portion of the notice period.

7.6 Resignation of Board or Other Positions . Should Executive’s employment terminate for any reason, Executive agrees to immediately resign all other positions (including board membership) Executive may hold on behalf of the Company.

7.7 Application of Section 409A .

(a) To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts payable under this Agreement on account of any termination of employment shall only be paid if Executive experiences a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (“ Separation from Service ”) and the regulatory and other guidance issued thereunder (the “ Section 409A ”). Furthermore, to the extent that Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Executive’s separation from service shall be paid to Executive before the date (the “ Delayed Payment Date ”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of Executive’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death following such Separation from Service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

 

5


(b) the Company intends that income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement. In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Executive, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on compensation paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to the Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit .

7.8 Termination In Connection With A Change of Control .

(a) Severance Payment . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 7.1 above) or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s position with the Company for Good Reason (as defined Section 7.3 above) within thirty (30) days prior to or twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (as that term is defined below), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subsection 7.2 provided Executive complies with the Severance Obligations except that (i) the “Severance Payment” amount shall be increased to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary then in effect on the date of termination and paid in a single lump-sum payment, without interest, on or before the second regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the binding release as set forth in subsection 7.2 above; provided, however, that if any portion of the Severance Payment constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and the sixty (60) day period for executing the Release described in Section 7.2 would span two (2) calendar years, then, subject further to Section 7.7(a), such portion of the Severance Payment shall commence on the first regularly scheduled payroll date occurring on or after sixty (60) days following the termination date; (ii) payment by the Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage shall be increased to twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination, under COBRA (subject to conversion of such payment to a Special Separation Payment as described in Section 7.2), and (iii) Executive shall receive one hundred percent (100%) vesting of any outstanding equity awards that remain unvested at the time of such termination, provided, in each case, that Executive complies with all the conditions described in subsection 7.2 above. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 7.8(a)(iii) above, to the extent an equity award confers greater rights to Executive, the terms of that award shall govern. In addition, to the extent that the determination of the number of shares subject to an equity award potentially vesting is based on performance metrics, then the number of shares subject to accelerated vesting shall be determined based on the formulae in such award to the

 

6


extent ascertainable and, if not ascertainable, shall be the “target” number of shares subject to such an equity award.

(b) 280G . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “disqualified individual” (as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code), and any Severance Payment and other benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments and benefits which Executive has the right to receive from the Company and other person or entity (the “ Aggregate Severance ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, including any interest and penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Aggregate Severance provided thereunder shall be either (1) reduced (but not below zero) so that the present value of the Aggregate Severance equals the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined below) and so that no portion of the Aggregate Severance shall be subject to the Excise Tax, or (2) paid in full, whichever produces the better net after-tax position to Executive (taking into account the Excise Tax and any other applicable taxes). The determination as to whether any such reduction in the Aggregate Severance is necessary shall be made initially by the Company in good faith. If applicable, the reduction of the amounts payable hereunder in accordance with clause (1) of this Section 7.8(b) shall be made in the following order and in such a manner as to maximize the value of the Aggregate Severance paid to Executive (i) cash severance pay that is treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A; (ii) any payments intended to pay for continued medical benefits under COBRA; (iii) any other cash severance pay that is exempt from Section 409A; (iv) any other non-cash benefit payable that is a severance benefit; (v)reduction of any other cash payment or bonus treated as being payable on account of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code; (vi) reduction of any equity compensation treated as being granted in anticipation of a change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code (with restricted stock, restricted stock units and other similar equity awards being reduced first, then stock options and stock appreciation rights); (vii) reduction in vesting acceleration of restricted stock units, restricted stock and other similar equity awards not described in (vi), above; and (viii) reduction in vesting acceleration of stock options and stock appreciation rights. In the event that equity compensation acceleration or grants are to be reduced or cancelled, such reduction or cancellation shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant to Executive. If the Aggregate Severance is reduced in accordance with the preceding sentence and through error or otherwise the Aggregate Severance exceeds the Safe Harbor Amount, Executive shall immediately repay such excess to the Company upon notification that an overpayment has been made. For purposes of this Section 7.8(b), “Safe Harbor Amount” means an amount equal to one dollar ($1.00) less than three (3) times Executive’s “base amount” for the “base period,” as those terms are defined under Section 280G of the Code

(c) Change of Control . For purposes of Section 7.8(a), a Change of Control is defined as any one of the following occurrences:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of the securities of the Company representing more than

 

7


50% of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; or

(ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated); or

(iii) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation that results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, with respect to any payment or benefit treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, the vesting rules set forth in Section 7.8(a) shall continue to apply. However, unless the Change of Control also constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company (as defined in Section 409A), then although vested and nonforfeitable, the payment or benefit shall, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and/or penalties under Section 409A(a)(1), be paid based on the normal form of timing rules applicable to the payment of such payment or benefit.

8. No Conflict of Interest . During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, or other activities that create a conflict of interest. Such work and/or activities shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Company may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work and/or activities or resign employment with the Company.

9. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights . As a condition of continuing employment, Executive agrees to read and abide by the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

10. Nonsolicitation of the Company’s Employees . Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage the Company’s business by soliciting, encouraging or recruiting any of the Company’s employees or causing others to solicit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to discontinue their employment with the Company.

 

8


11. Injunctive Relief . Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in sections 8-10 (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury to the Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, the Company shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief pursuant to the California Arbitration Act, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security.

12. Arbitration . In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company or the termination of that relationship (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, disability or other discrimination), Executive and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be resolved by confidential binding arbitration conducted before a single neutral arbitrator in San Diego, California, pursuant to the rules for arbitration of employment disputes by the American Arbitration Association (available at www.adr.org) and the rules set forth in the California Arbitration Act, Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280, et seq . (available at www.leginfo.ca.gov/calaw.html). The arbitrator shall permit adequate discovery, including discovery pursuant to Section 1283.05 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. In addition, the arbitrator is empowered to award all remedies otherwise available in a court of competent jurisdiction; however Executive and the Company each retain the right under Section 1281.8 of the California Code of Civil Procedure to seek provisional remedies. Any judgment rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction. The arbitrator shall issue an award in writing and state the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. By executing this Agreement, Executive and the Company are both waiving the right to a jury trial with respect to any such disputes. Each party shall bear its own respective attorneys’ fees and all other costs, unless otherwise provided by law and awarded by the arbitrator. This arbitration agreement does not include claims that, by law, may not be subject to mandatory arbitration.

13. General Provisions .

13.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement.

13.2 Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

13.3 Attorneys’ Fees . Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party.

13.4 Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator

 

9


or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

13.5 Interpretation; Construction . The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.6 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in San Diego, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

13.7 Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

13.8 Survival . Sections 8 (“ No Conflict of Interest ”), 9 (“ Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights ”), 10 (“ Nonsolicitation ”), 11 (“ Injunctive Relief ”), 12 (“ Agreement to Arbitrate ”), 13 (“ General Provisions ”) and 14 (“ Entire Agreement ”) of this Agreement shall survive Executive’s employment by the Company.

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference and the applicable the Company equity incentive plans and related option documents described in subsection 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, any prior offer letter or employment agreement entered into by and between the Company and Executive. This agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board of Directors of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

10


THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

        KENNETH LOCKE
Dated:  

October 15, 2014

    By:  

/s/ Kenneth Locke

        Kenneth Locke
        Address:
       

325 7 th Ave

        Unit 2201
       

San Diego, CA 92101

 

        NEOTHETICS, INC.
Dated:  

October 15, 2014

    By:  

/s/ George W. Mahaffey

        George W. Mahaffey
        President and Chief Executive Officer
        Address:
        9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400
        San Diego, CA 92122

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]


Exhibit A

GENERAL RELEASE

1. General Release by Executive . Executive unconditionally, irrevocably and absolutely releases and discharges the Company, and any parent and subsidiary corporations, divisions and affiliated corporations, partnerships or other affiliated entities of the Company, past and present, as well as the Company’s employees, officers, directors, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, “ Released Parties ”), from all claims related in any way to the transactions or occurrences between them to date, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, but not limited to, Executive’s employment with the Company, the termination of Executive’s employment, and all other losses, liabilities, claims, charges, demands and causes of action, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising directly or indirectly out of or in any way connected with Executive’s employment with the Company. This release is intended to have the broadest possible application and includes, but is not limited to, any tort, contract, common law, constitutional or other statutory claims arising under local state or federal law, including, but not limited to alleged violations of the California Labor Code, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and all claims for attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Executive expressly waives Executive’s right to recovery of any type, including damages or reinstatement, in any administrative or court action, whether state or federal, and whether brought by Executive or on Executive’s behalf, related in any way to the matters released herein. However, this general release is not intended to bar any claims that, by statute, may not be waived, such as claims for workers’ compensation benefits, unemployment insurance benefits, statutory indemnity, any challenge to the validity of Executive’s release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, as set forth in this Separation Agreement; any claims for payment or benefits under the Separation Agreement; any claim or cause of action for indemnification pursuant to any applicable indemnification agreement, any D&O insurance policy applicable to Executive and/or the Company’s certificates of incorporation, charter and by-laws or any claim for contribution or any rights Executive may have to vested benefits under any health and welfare plans or other employee benefit plans or programs sponsored by the Company.

Executive acknowledges that Executive may discover facts or law different from, or in addition to, the facts or law that Executive knows or believes to be true with respect to the claims released in this Separation Agreement and agrees, nonetheless, that this Separation Agreement and the release contained in it shall be and remain effective in all respects notwithstanding such different or additional facts or the discovery of them.

Executive declares and represents that Executive intends this Separation Agreement to be complete and not subject to any claim of mistake, and that the release herein expresses a full and complete release and Executive intends the release herein to be final and complete. Executive executes this release with the full knowledge that this release covers all possible claims against the Released Parties, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

2. California Civil Code Section 1542 Waiver . Executive expressly acknowledges

 

A-1


and agrees that all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code are expressly waived. That section provides:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

3. Representation Concerning Filing of Legal Actions . Executive represents that, as of the date of this Separation Agreement, Executive has not filed any lawsuits, charges, complaints, petitions, claims or other accusatory pleadings against the Company or any of the other Released Parties in any court or with any governmental agency.

4. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees that Executive will not make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or conduct of the Company or any of the other Released Parties. The Company agrees that the Company, will direct its officers and directors not to make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputation, practices or conduct of Executive.

5. Confidentiality and Return of the Company Property . Executive understands and agrees that as a condition of receiving the Severance Package, all Company property must be returned to the Company on or before the Separation Date. By signing this Separation Agreement, Executive represents and warrants that Executive has returned to the Company on or before the Separation Date, all Company property, data and information belonging to the Company and agrees that Executive will not use or disclose to others any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or the Released Parties. In addition, Executive agrees to keep the terms of this Separation Agreement confidential between Executive and the Company, except that Executive may tell Executive’s immediate family and attorney or accountant, if any, as needed, but in no event should Executive discuss this Separation Agreement or its terms with any current or prospective employee of the Company.

6. Continuing Obligations . Executive further agrees to comply with the continuing obligations regarding confidentiality set forth in the surviving provisions of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement previously signed by Executive.

7. No Admissions . By entering into this Separation Agreement, the Released Parties make no admission that they have engaged, or are now engaging, in any unlawful conduct. The parties understand and acknowledge that this Separation Agreement is not an admission of liability and shall not be used or construed as such in any legal or administrative proceeding.

8. Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act . This Separation Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act, 29 U.S.C. sec. 626(f). Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before executing this Separation Agreement.

 

A-2


8.1 Acknowledgments/Time to Consider . Executive acknowledges and agrees that (a) Executive has read and understands the terms of this Separation Agreement; (b) Executive has been advised in writing to consult with an attorney before executing this Separation Agreement; (c) Executive has obtained and considered such legal counsel as Executive deems necessary; (d) Executive has been given twenty-one (21) days to consider whether or not to enter into this Separation Agreement (although Executive may elect not to use the full 21-day period at Executive’s option); and (e) by signing this Separation Agreement, Executive acknowledges that Executive does so freely, knowingly, and voluntarily.

8.2 Revocation/Effective Date . This Separation Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the eighth day after Executive signs this Separation Agreement. In other words, Executive may revoke Executive’s acceptance of this Separation Agreement within seven (7) days after the date Executive signs it. Executive’s revocation must be in writing and received by the Company on or before the seventh day in order to be effective. If Executive does not revoke acceptance within the seven (7) day period, Executive’s acceptance of this Separation Agreement shall become binding and enforceable on the eighth day (“ Effective Date ”). The Severance Package will become due and payable after the Effective Date, provided Executive does not revoke.

8.3 Preserved Rights of Executive . This Separation Agreement does not waive or release any rights or claims that Executive may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act that arise after the execution of this Separation Agreement. In addition, this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from challenging the validity of this Separation Agreement’s waiver and release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended.

9. Severability . In the event any provision of this Separation Agreement shall be found unenforceable, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

10. Full Defense . This Separation Agreement may be pled as a full and complete defense to, and may be used as a basis for an injunction against, any action, suit or other proceeding that may be prosecuted, instituted or attempted by Executive in breach hereof.

11. Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation and performance of this Separation Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. Executive consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in San Diego, California in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Separation Agreement, including the surviving provisions of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement previously executed by Executive, is intended to be the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and cancels any and all other and prior agreements, written or oral, between the parties regarding this subject matter. This Separation Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “ Agreemen t”) is made effective as of October 15, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Neothetics, Inc. (the “ the Company ”) and Susan Knudson (the “ Executive ”).

The parties agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Duties .

2.1 Position . Executive is employed as Chief Financial Officer and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. The Company reserves the right to modify Executive’s position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion.

2.2 Best Efforts/Full-time . Executive will expend Executive’s best efforts on behalf of the Company, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by the Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of the Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive’s assigned duties for the Company, unless Executive notifies the CEO in advance of Executive’s intent to engage in other paid work and receives the CEO’s express written consent to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive will be permitted to serve as an outside director on the board of directors for nonprofit or charitable entities, provided such entities are not competitive with the Company and subject to the provisions of section 8 below.

2.3 Work Location . Executive’s principal place of work shall be located in San Diego, California, or such other location as the Company may direct from time to time.

2.4 Covenant not to Compete . Except with the prior written consent of the Chief Executive, Executive will not, during the Term of this Agreement, engage in competition with the Company and/or any of its Affiliates, either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity, as adviser, principal, agent, affiliate, promoter, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder, owner, co-owner, consultant, or member of any association or otherwise, in any phase of the business of developing, manufacturing and marketing of products or services which are in the same field of use or which otherwise compete with the products or services or proposed products or services of the Company and/or any of its Affiliates, provided that it shall not be a violation of this paragraph for Executive to serve on any non-competing corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, as approved by the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specific entity, any other entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified entity.


3. At-Will Employment . Executive’s employment with the Company is at-will and not for any specified period and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause (as defined below) or advance notice, by either Executive or the Company subject to the provisions regarding termination set forth below in Section 7. No representative of the Company, other than the President and CEO, has the authority to alter the at-will employment relationship. Any change to the at-will employment relationship must be by specific, written agreement signed by Executive and the Company’s President and CEO. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter this at-will relationship.

4. Compensation .

4.1 Base Salary . As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, the Company shall pay to Executive an initial base salary of $267,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions, subject to normal course year-end adjustment (the “ Base Salary ”). In the event Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason, Executive will earn the Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

4.2 Incentive Compensation . In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus of up to 20% of Base Salary, less applicable employment taxes and payroll deductions. This bonus is contingent upon Executive’s achievement of performance goals for the applicable annual bonus period. Executive’s performance goals shall be established by the Board (or if authority is delegated by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board) and the Chief Executive Officer following consultation with Executive and communicated to executive by no later than March 30th of each calendar year. The achievement of any performance goals shall be determined and certified by the Board (or if authority is delegated by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board). In order to be eligible to receive the bonus, Executive must be employed on the date the bonus is paid out. Any bonus will be paid pursuant to the Company’s bonus policies and by no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

4.3 Equity Compensation . Executive has previously been granted stock option(s) in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company. No additional equity compensation is being provided in connection with entering into this Employment Agreement. Executive may receive additional equity compensation on a case-by-case basis as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

4.4 Performance and Salary Review . The Company will periodically review Executive’s performance on no less than an annual basis. Adjustments to salary or other compensation, if any, will be made by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

5. Customary Fringe Benefits . Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to Executives of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s benefit plan documents. The Company reserves the right to change

 

2


or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.

6. Business Expenses . Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of the Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s policies. Any reimbursement Executive is entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of Executive’s tax year following the tax year in which the expense was incurred; provided, however, that it is the Company’s normal business practice to provide reimbursement at the next regular payroll date after the expense has been submitted and approved for reimbursement, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are eligible for reimbursement in any tax year and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

7. Termination of Executive’s Employment .

7.1 Termination for Cause by the Company . Although the Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of Executive with respect to Executive’s obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (b) any acts or conduct by Executive that are materially adverse to the Company’s interests; (c) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; (d) Executive’s breach of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement; (e) Executive’s conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude or that otherwise negatively impacts Executive’s ability to effectively perform Executive’s duties hereunder; (f) Executive’s willful neglect of duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board of Directors; (g) Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a mental or physical disability; or (h) Executive’s death; provided that such events in clauses (b), (c) and/or (f) allegedly giving rise to “Cause” shall be communicated in writing to the Executive and shall continue uncured, if curable, for a period of at least 30 days thereafter. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with this subsection 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive only Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination and all benefits accrued through the date of termination (“ Accrued Benefits ”). All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment by the Company for Cause, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 below.

7.2 Termination Without Cause by the Company/Severance . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and Accrued Benefits. In addition, Executive will receive a “Severance Package” that shall include (a) a “Severance Payment” equivalent to six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary then

 

3


in effect on the date of termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle beginning on the second regular payday occurring following the date the Release (as defined below) becomes effective and non-revocable in accordance with its terms, provided, however, that if any portion of the Severance Payment constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A (as defined below), and the sixty (60) day period for executing the Release described below, would span two (2) calendar years, then, subject further to Section 7.7(a), such portion of the Severance Payment shall commence on the first regularly scheduled payroll date occurring on or after sixty (60) days following the termination date; and (b) payment by the Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage for a period of six (6) months following Executive’s termination, under the applicable provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”), provided that Executive elects to continue and remains eligible for these benefits under COBRA, and does not become eligible for health coverage through another employer during this period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that the payment of the premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying the premiums, the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to instead pay Executive on the first day of each month during the Benefits Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the premiums for that month, grossed-up to cover all applicable withholdings, so that the net benefit to Executive equals the monthly premiums (such amount, the “ Special Separation Payment ”), for the remainder of the Premium Payment Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Separation Payment toward the cost of COBRA premiums. Executive will only receive the Severance Package if Executive: (i) complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in subsection 13.8 below; (ii) executes a full general release in the form substantially similar to that attached as Exhibit A , releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against the Company arising out of or any way related to Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the termination date; and (iii) agrees as part of the release agreement not make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or conduct of the Company ((i) – (iii) shall be collectively referred to as “ Severance Obligations ”). All other Company obligations to Executive will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

7.3 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance . Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with the Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. Executive shall provide notice to the Company of the condition giving rise to “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition and the Company shall have thirty (30) days following such notice to remedy such condition. Executive’s right to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness. In the event of Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, Accrued Benefits, and the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above, provided Executive complies with all of the Severance Obligations. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this

 

4


Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events or conditions, without Executive’s express written consent (which consent may be denied, withheld or delayed for any reason): (a) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement; (b) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of senior executive salaries of not more than 15% in any given year from the then-applicable Base Salary; (c) a material diminution of Executive’s position and/or duties so that Executive’s duties are no longer consistent with the position of a senior executive or Executive no longer reports to the Board of Directors; or (d) the Company relocates Executive’s principal place of work so as to increase Executive’s commute by more than fifty (50) miles.

7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason . Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with the Company without Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only Executive’s Base Salary and benefits for the thirty-day notice period and no other amount. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package.

7.5 Pay in Lieu of Notice Period . Should the Company terminate Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resign Executive’s employment with or without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice, the Company reserves the right to immediately relieve Executive of all job duties, positions and responsibilities and provide Executive with payment of Executive’s then current Base Salary in lieu of any portion of the notice period.

7.6 Resignation of Board or Other Positions . Should Executive’s employment terminate for any reason, Executive agrees to immediately resign all other positions (including board membership) Executive may hold on behalf of the Company.

7.7 Application of Section 409A .

(a) To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts payable under this Agreement on account of any termination of employment shall only be paid if Executive experiences a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (“ Separation from Service ”) and the regulatory and other guidance issued thereunder (the “ Section 409A ”). Furthermore, to the extent that Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Executive’s separation from service shall be paid to Executive before the date (the “ Delayed Payment Date ”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of Executive’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death following such Separation from Service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

 

5


(b) the Company intends that income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement. In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Executive, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on compensation paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to the Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit .

7.8 Termination In Connection With A Change of Control .

(a) Severance Payment . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 7.1 above) or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s position with the Company for Good Reason (as defined Section 7.3 above) within thirty (30) days prior to or twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (as that term is defined below), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subsection 7.2 provided Executive complies with the Severance Obligations except that (i) the “Severance Payment” amount shall be increased to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary then in effect on the date of termination and paid in a single lump-sum payment, without interest, on or before the second regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the binding release as set forth in subsection 7.2 above; provided, however, that if any portion of the Severance Payment constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and the sixty (60) day period for executing the Release described in Section 7.2 would span two (2) calendar years, then, subject further to Section 7.7(a), such portion of the Severance Payment shall commence on the first regularly scheduled payroll date occurring on or after sixty (60) days following the termination date; (ii) payment by the Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage shall be increased to twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination, under COBRA (subject to conversion of such payment to a Special Separation Payment as described in Section 7.2), and (iii) Executive shall receive one hundred percent (100%) vesting of any outstanding equity awards that remain unvested at the time of such termination, provided, in each case, that Executive complies with all the conditions described in subsection 7.2 above. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 7.8(a)(iii) above, to the extent an equity award confers greater rights to Executive, the terms of that award shall govern. In addition, to the extent that the determination of the number of shares subject to an equity award potentially vesting is based on performance metrics, then the number of shares subject to accelerated vesting shall be determined based on the formulae in such award to the

 

6


extent ascertainable and, if not ascertainable, shall be the “target” number of shares subject to such an equity award.

(b) 280G . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “disqualified individual” (as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code), and any Severance Payment and other benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments and benefits which Executive has the right to receive from the Company and other person or entity (the “ Aggregate Severance ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, including any interest and penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Aggregate Severance provided thereunder shall be either (1) reduced (but not below zero) so that the present value of the Aggregate Severance equals the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined below) and so that no portion of the Aggregate Severance shall be subject to the Excise Tax, or (2) paid in full, whichever produces the better net after-tax position to Executive (taking into account the Excise Tax and any other applicable taxes). The determination as to whether any such reduction in the Aggregate Severance is necessary shall be made initially by the Company in good faith. If applicable, the reduction of the amounts payable hereunder in accordance with clause (1) of this Section 7.8(b) shall be made in the following order and in such a manner as to maximize the value of the Aggregate Severance paid to Executive (i) cash severance pay that is treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A; (ii) any payments intended to pay for continued medical benefits under COBRA; (iii) any other cash severance pay that is exempt from Section 409A; (iv) any other non-cash benefit payable that is a severance benefit; (v)reduction of any other cash payment or bonus treated as being payable on account of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code; (vi) reduction of any equity compensation treated as being granted in anticipation of a change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code (with restricted stock, restricted stock units and other similar equity awards being reduced first, then stock options and stock appreciation rights); (vii) reduction in vesting acceleration of restricted stock units, restricted stock and other similar equity awards not described in (vi), above; and (viii) reduction in vesting acceleration of stock options and stock appreciation rights. In the event that equity compensation acceleration or grants are to be reduced or cancelled, such reduction or cancellation shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant to Executive. If the Aggregate Severance is reduced in accordance with the preceding sentence and through error or otherwise the Aggregate Severance exceeds the Safe Harbor Amount, Executive shall immediately repay such excess to the Company upon notification that an overpayment has been made. For purposes of this Section 7.8(b), “Safe Harbor Amount” means an amount equal to one dollar ($1.00) less than three (3) times Executive’s “base amount” for the “base period,” as those terms are defined under Section 280G of the Code

(c) Change of Control . For purposes of Section 7.8(a), a Change of Control is defined as any one of the following occurrences:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of the securities of the Company representing more than

 

7


50% of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; or

(ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated); or

(iii) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation that results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, with respect to any payment or benefit treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, the vesting rules set forth in Section 7.8(a) shall continue to apply. However, unless the Change of Control also constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company (as defined in Section 409A), then although vested and nonforfeitable, the payment or benefit shall, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and/or penalties under Section 409A(a)(1), be paid based on the normal form of timing rules applicable to the payment of such payment or benefit.

8. No Conflict of Interest . During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, or other activities that create a conflict of interest. Such work and/or activities shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Company may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work and/or activities or resign employment with the Company.

9. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights . As a condition of continuing employment, Executive agrees to read and abide by the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

10. Nonsolicitation of the Company’s Employees . Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage the Company’s business by soliciting, encouraging or recruiting any of the Company’s employees or causing others to solicit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to discontinue their employment with the Company.

 

8


11. Injunctive Relief . Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in sections 8-10 (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury to the Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, the Company shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief pursuant to the California Arbitration Act, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security.

12. Arbitration . In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company or the termination of that relationship (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, disability or other discrimination), Executive and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be resolved by confidential binding arbitration conducted before a single neutral arbitrator in San Diego, California, pursuant to the rules for arbitration of employment disputes by the American Arbitration Association (available at www.adr.org) and the rules set forth in the California Arbitration Act, Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280, et seq . (available at www.leginfo.ca.gov/calaw.html). The arbitrator shall permit adequate discovery, including discovery pursuant to Section 1283.05 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. In addition, the arbitrator is empowered to award all remedies otherwise available in a court of competent jurisdiction; however Executive and the Company each retain the right under Section 1281.8 of the California Code of Civil Procedure to seek provisional remedies. Any judgment rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction. The arbitrator shall issue an award in writing and state the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. By executing this Agreement, Executive and the Company are both waiving the right to a jury trial with respect to any such disputes. Each party shall bear its own respective attorneys’ fees and all other costs, unless otherwise provided by law and awarded by the arbitrator. This arbitration agreement does not include claims that, by law, may not be subject to mandatory arbitration.

13. General Provisions .

13.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement.

13.2 Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

13.3 Attorneys’ Fees . Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party.

13.4 Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator

 

9


or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

13.5 Interpretation; Construction . The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.6 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in San Diego, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

13.7 Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

13.8 Survival . Sections 8 (“ No Conflict of Interest ”), 9 (“ Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights ”), 10 (“ Nonsolicitation ”), 11 (“ Injunctive Relief ”), 12 (“ Agreement to Arbitrate ”), 13 (“ General Provisions ”) and 14 (“ Entire Agreement ”) of this Agreement shall survive Executive’s employment by the Company.

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference and the applicable the Company equity incentive plans and related option documents described in subsection 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, any prior offer letter or employment agreement entered into by and between the Company and Executive. This agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board of Directors of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

10


THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

        SUSAN KNUDSON
Dated:  

October 15, 2014

    By:  

/s/ Susan Knudson

        Susan Knudson
        Address:
        9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400
        San Diego, CA 92122
        NEOTHETICS, INC.
Dated:  

October 15, 2014

    By:  

/s/ George W. Mahaffey

        George W. Mahaffey
        President and Chief Executive Officer
        Address:
        9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400
        San Diego, CA 92122

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]


Exhibit A

GENERAL RELEASE

1. General Release by Executive . Executive unconditionally, irrevocably and absolutely releases and discharges the Company, and any parent and subsidiary corporations, divisions and affiliated corporations, partnerships or other affiliated entities of the Company, past and present, as well as the Company’s employees, officers, directors, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, “ Released Parties ”), from all claims related in any way to the transactions or occurrences between them to date, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, but not limited to, Executive’s employment with the Company, the termination of Executive’s employment, and all other losses, liabilities, claims, charges, demands and causes of action, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising directly or indirectly out of or in any way connected with Executive’s employment with the Company. This release is intended to have the broadest possible application and includes, but is not limited to, any tort, contract, common law, constitutional or other statutory claims arising under local state or federal law, including, but not limited to alleged violations of the California Labor Code, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and all claims for attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Executive expressly waives Executive’s right to recovery of any type, including damages or reinstatement, in any administrative or court action, whether state or federal, and whether brought by Executive or on Executive’s behalf, related in any way to the matters released herein. However, this general release is not intended to bar any claims that, by statute, may not be waived, such as claims for workers’ compensation benefits, unemployment insurance benefits, statutory indemnity, any challenge to the validity of Executive’s release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, as set forth in this Separation Agreement; any claims for payment or benefits under the Separation Agreement; any claim or cause of action for indemnification pursuant to any applicable indemnification agreement, any D&O insurance policy applicable to Executive and/or the Company’s certificates of incorporation, charter and by-laws or any claim for contribution or any rights Executive may have to vested benefits under any health and welfare plans or other employee benefit plans or programs sponsored by the Company.

Executive acknowledges that Executive may discover facts or law different from, or in addition to, the facts or law that Executive knows or believes to be true with respect to the claims released in this Separation Agreement and agrees, nonetheless, that this Separation Agreement and the release contained in it shall be and remain effective in all respects notwithstanding such different or additional facts or the discovery of them.

Executive declares and represents that Executive intends this Separation Agreement to be complete and not subject to any claim of mistake, and that the release herein expresses a full and complete release and Executive intends the release herein to be final and complete. Executive executes this release with the full knowledge that this release covers all possible claims against the Released Parties, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

2. California Civil Code Section 1542 Waiver . Executive expressly acknowledges

 

A-1


and agrees that all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code are expressly waived. That section provides:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

3. Representation Concerning Filing of Legal Actions . Executive represents that, as of the date of this Separation Agreement, Executive has not filed any lawsuits, charges, complaints, petitions, claims or other accusatory pleadings against the Company or any of the other Released Parties in any court or with any governmental agency.

4. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees that Executive will not make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or conduct of the Company or any of the other Released Parties. The Company agrees that the Company, will direct its officers and directors not to make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputation, practices or conduct of Executive.

5. Confidentiality and Return of the Company Property . Executive understands and agrees that as a condition of receiving the Severance Package, all Company property must be returned to the Company on or before the Separation Date. By signing this Separation Agreement, Executive represents and warrants that Executive has returned to the Company on or before the Separation Date, all Company property, data and information belonging to the Company and agrees that Executive will not use or disclose to others any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or the Released Parties. In addition, Executive agrees to keep the terms of this Separation Agreement confidential between Executive and the Company, except that Executive may tell Executive’s immediate family and attorney or accountant, if any, as needed, but in no event should Executive discuss this Separation Agreement or its terms with any current or prospective employee of the Company.

6. Continuing Obligations . Executive further agrees to comply with the continuing obligations regarding confidentiality set forth in the surviving provisions of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement previously signed by Executive.

7. No Admissions . By entering into this Separation Agreement, the Released Parties make no admission that they have engaged, or are now engaging, in any unlawful conduct. The parties understand and acknowledge that this Separation Agreement is not an admission of liability and shall not be used or construed as such in any legal or administrative proceeding.

8. Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act . This Separation Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act, 29 U.S.C. sec. 626(f). Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before executing this Separation Agreement.

 

A-2


8.1 Acknowledgments/Time to Consider . Executive acknowledges and agrees that (a) Executive has read and understands the terms of this Separation Agreement; (b) Executive has been advised in writing to consult with an attorney before executing this Separation Agreement; (c) Executive has obtained and considered such legal counsel as Executive deems necessary; (d) Executive has been given twenty-one (21) days to consider whether or not to enter into this Separation Agreement (although Executive may elect not to use the full 21-day period at Executive’s option); and (e) by signing this Separation Agreement, Executive acknowledges that Executive does so freely, knowingly, and voluntarily.

8.2 Revocation/Effective Date . This Separation Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the eighth day after Executive signs this Separation Agreement. In other words, Executive may revoke Executive’s acceptance of this Separation Agreement within seven (7) days after the date Executive signs it. Executive’s revocation must be in writing and received by the Company on or before the seventh day in order to be effective. If Executive does not revoke acceptance within the seven (7) day period, Executive’s acceptance of this Separation Agreement shall become binding and enforceable on the eighth day (“ Effective Date ”). The Severance Package will become due and payable after the Effective Date, provided Executive does not revoke.

8.3 Preserved Rights of Executive . This Separation Agreement does not waive or release any rights or claims that Executive may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act that arise after the execution of this Separation Agreement. In addition, this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from challenging the validity of this Separation Agreement’s waiver and release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended.

9. Severability . In the event any provision of this Separation Agreement shall be found unenforceable, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

10. Full Defense . This Separation Agreement may be pled as a full and complete defense to, and may be used as a basis for an injunction against, any action, suit or other proceeding that may be prosecuted, instituted or attempted by Executive in breach hereof.

11. Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation and performance of this Separation Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. Executive consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in San Diego, California in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Separation Agreement, including the surviving provisions of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement previously executed by Executive, is intended to be the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and cancels any and all other and prior agreements, written or oral, between the parties regarding this subject matter. This Separation Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.11

LITHERA, INC.

9191 Towne Centre Drive

San Diego, CA 92122

July 3, 2014

Martha J. Demski

4036 Caminito Cassis

San Diego, CA 92122

Dear Martha:

I would like to extend to you this offer to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of Lithera, Inc. (the “Company”). Your continued service will be at the discretion of the Company’s stockholders.

At the next meeting of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Company will provide you a non-qualified stock option to purchase up to 86,733 shares of common stock in the Company (approximately 0.15% of the Company’s fully diluted shares) at the then current fair market value for such shares (the “Option”). The Option will be granted subject to the terms of the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and related documentation and will vest over a period of three (3) years in equal monthly installments starting upon your appointment to the Board and continuing for so long as you continue to serve as a director. In addition, the Company will pay you an annual retainer of $25,000 (payable in equal quarterly installments) for your service as a director

The cash compensation that you are entitled to receive will be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s director compensation policy in the event that the Company completes an initial public offering of its equity securities.

As a director you will be expected to attend the meetings of the Company’s Board and provide reasonable assistance to the Company’s management team, as requested. You will also initially serve as the Chair of the Company’s Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. You will be reimbursed for your reasonable out of pocket expenses in attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

As you are aware, the Company is very concerned that its directors carefully guard its confidential and proprietary information and avoid any potential or actual conflicts of interest. In this regard, you acknowledge that you will execute the Company’s standard form of Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.


Kindly indicate your consent and agreement to the terms set forth in this letter by signing and returning a copy of this letter to me.

Should you have any questions with regard to any of the matters set forth above, please call me.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ George Mahaffey

George Mahaffey
Chief Executive Officer

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ Martha J. Demski

Martha J. Demski
Date:  

7/6/14

Exhibit 10.12

LITHERA, INC.

9191 Towne Centre Drive

San Diego, CA 92122

August 12, 2014

Patricia Walker, M.D., Ph.D.

2025 Plaza Bonita

Santa Barbara, CA 93103

Dear Patricia:

I would like to extend to you this offer to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of Lithera, Inc. (the “Company”). Your continued service will be at the discretion of the Company’s stockholders.

At the next meeting of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Company will provide you a non-qualified stock option to purchase up to 86,733 shares of common stock in the Company (approximately 0.15% of the Company’s fully diluted shares) at the then current fair market value for such shares (the “Option”). The Option will be granted subject to the terms of the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and related documentation and will vest over a period of three (3) years in equal monthly installments starting upon your appointment to the Board and continuing for so long as you continue to serve as a director. In addition, the Company will pay you an annual retainer of $25,000 (payable in equal quarterly installments) for your service as a director.

The cash compensation that you are entitled to receive will be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s director compensation policy in the event that the Company completes an initial public offering of its equity securities.

As a director you will be expected to attend the meetings of the Company’s Board and provide reasonable assistance to the Company’s management team, as requested. You may also be asked to serve on one of the committees of the Board, including the Company’s Audit Committee, Compensation Committee or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. You will be reimbursed for your reasonable out of pocket expenses in attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

As you are aware, the Company is very concerned that its directors carefully guard its confidential and proprietary information and avoid any potential or actual conflicts of interest. In this regard, you acknowledge that you will execute the Company’s standard form of Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.


Kindly indicate your consent and agreement to the terms set forth in this letter by signing and returning a copy of this letter to me.

Should you have any questions with regard to any of the matters set forth above, please call me.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ George Mahaffey

George Mahaffey
Chief Executive Officer

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ Patricia Walker

Patricia Walker, M.D., Ph.D.
Date:  

August 12, 2014

Exhibit 10.13

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement, dated                     , is made between Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of talented and experienced individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and wishes to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law;

B. The Company and Indemnitee recognize that corporate litigation in general has subjected directors and officers to expensive litigation risks;

C. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, under which the Company is organized (“ Section 145 ”), empowers the Company to indemnify its directors and officers by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors and officers of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive;

D. Section 145(g) allows for the purchase of management liability (“D&O”) insurance by the Company, which in theory can cover asserted liabilities without regard to whether they are indemnifiable or not;

E. Individuals considering service or presently serving expect to be extended market terms of indemnification commensurate with their position, and that entities such as Company will endeavor to maintain appropriate D&O insurance; and

F. In order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company, the Company and Indemnitee enter into this Agreement, which is material consideration for Indemnitee’s service.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Indemnitee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, nonprofit entity, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the

 

1


Company, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

(b) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing a majority of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board, together with any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets with or to another entity, other than a merger, consolidation or asset sale that would result in the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately thereafter, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall include all out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that “Expenses” shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(e) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in relevant matters of corporation law and neither currently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to or witness in the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Where required by this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be retained at the Company’s sole expense.

 

2


(f) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether formal or informal, civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including any such investigation or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Corporation or its Board of Directors, in which Indemnitee is or reasonably may be involved as a party or target, that is associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Corporation.

(g) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.

2. Agreement to Serve . Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves as an Agent of the Company, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other service by Indemnitee.

3. Liability Insurance .

(a) Maintenance of D&O Insurance . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an Agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was an Agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers of a minimum A.M. Best rating of A- VII, and as more fully described below. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall purchase a six year tail for such D&O Insurance, reasonable efforts shall be made to try to negotiate that such policy is purchased by the Company’s D&O insurance broker at that time, and under the same or better terms and limits in place at that time. At Indemnitee’s request while Indemnitee is serving Company, but no more than annually, Company must retain outside counsel or other outside insurance advisor to review and advise Company on its D&O insurance program and share such results with Indemnitee.

(b) Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance at all, or of any type, terms, or amount, if the Company determines in good faith and after using commercially reasonable efforts with its current D&O insurance broker that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited so as to provide an insufficient or unreasonable benefit; Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company; or the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration can be purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by Indemnitee.

 

3


4. Mandatory Indemnification . Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Third Party Actions . If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) Derivative Actions . If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this Section 4(b) shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) Actions where Indemnitee is Deceased . If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if, prior to, during the pendency of or after completion of such Proceeding Indemnitee is deceased, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever to the extent Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement were Indemnitee still alive.

(d) Certain Terminations . The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

4


(e) Limitations . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 4(a), 4(b), 4(c) and 4(d) hereof, but subject to the exception set forth in Section 14 which shall control, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever for which payment (and the Company’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be reduced by such payment) is actually made to or on behalf of Indemnitee, by the Company or otherwise, under a corporate insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, right, by-law, or agreement from the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate; and, in the event the Company has previously made a payment to Indemnitee for an Expense or liability of any type whatsoever for which payment is actually made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under an insurance policy purchased by the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, by-law or agreement purchased by the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate, Indemnitee shall return to the Company the amounts subsequently received by the Indemnitee from such other source of indemnification.

(f) Witness . In the event that Indemnitee is not a party or threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding, but is subpoenaed (or given a written request to be interviewed by or provide documents or information to a government authority) in such a Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything witnessed or allegedly witnessed by the Indemnitee in that capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all actually and reasonably incurred out of pocket costs (including without limitation legal fees) incurred by the Indemnitee in responding to such subpoena or written request for an interview.

5. Indemnification for Expenses in a Proceeding in Which Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful .

(a) Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.

(b) Partially Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

(c) Dismissal . For purposes of this section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

5


(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee, then to the extent allowed by law, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other in connection with the events which resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, active or passive conduct, and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this section were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

(e) Settlements by Company . The Company may not settle any action or claim on behalf of Indemnitee without express written consent of Indemnitee, which may be given or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall advance, interest free, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company (unless there has been a final determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification for such Expenses) upon receipt satisfactory documentation supporting such Expenses. By execution of this Agreement, Indemnitee agrees to repay the amount advanced only in the event and to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company to the extent set forth in this agreement and under Delaware law. Such advances are intended to be an obligation of the Company to Indemnitee hereunder and shall in no event be deemed to be a personal loan. Such advancement of Expenses shall otherwise be unsecured and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within 30 days following delivery of a written request therefore by Indemnitee to the Company, along with such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to advancement (which shall include without limitation reasonably detailed invoices for legal services, but with disclosure of confidential work product not required). The Company shall discharge its advancement duty by, at its option, (a) paying such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advancing to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimbursing Indemnitee for Expenses already paid by Indemnitee. In the event that the Company fails to pay Expenses as incurred by Indemnitee as required by this paragraph, Indemnitee may seek mandatory injunctive relief (including without

 

6


limitation specific performance) from any court having jurisdiction to require the Company to pay Expenses as set forth in this paragraph. If Indemnitee seeks mandatory injunctive relief pursuant to this paragraph, it shall not be a defense to enforcement of the Company’s obligations set forth in this paragraph that Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law for damages.

(b) Undertakings. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which constitutes an undertaking whereby Indemnitee promises to repay any amounts advances in the event there shall be a final determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company. No additional undertaking, or security, shall be required of Indemnitee.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notice by Indemnitee . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof provided , however , that a delay in giving such notice will not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend such Proceeding; and, provided , further , that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding and has notice thereof. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.

(b) Insurance . If the Company receives notice pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof of the commencement of a Proceeding that may be covered under D&O Insurance then in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election so to do. After delivery of such notice, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Company’s expense if (A) the Company has authorized the employment of counsel by Indemnitee at the expense of the Company; (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded based on the written advice of Indemnitee’s legal counsel that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense; or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding. In addition to all the requirements above, if the Company has D&O Insurance, or other insurance, with a mandatory panel counsel requirement

 

7


that may cover the matter for which indemnity is claimed by Indemnitee, then Indemnitee shall use such panel counsel or other counsel approved by the insurers, unless there is an actual conflict of interest posed by representation by all such counsel, or unless and to the extent Company waives such requirement in writing. Indemnitee and his counsel shall provide reasonable cooperation with such insurer on request of the Company.

8. Right to Indemnification .

(a) Right to Indemnification . In the event that Section 5(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement unless, and except to the extent that, it shall have been determined by one of the methods listed in Section 8(b) that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle Indemnitee to such indemnification.

(b) Determination of Right to Indemnification . A determination of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Section 8 shall be made at the election of the Board by (i) a majority vote of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, even though less than a quorum, or by a committee consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, who, even though less than a quorum, have been designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, or (ii) if there are no such disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. However, in the event there has been a Change in Control, then the determination shall, at Indemnitee’s sole option, be made by Independent Counsel as in (b)(ii), above, with Indemnitee choosing the Independent Counsel subject to Company’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c) Submission for Decision . As soon as practicable, and in no event later than 30 days after Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification, the Board shall select the method for determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.

(d) Application to Court . If (i) a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses is denied, in whole or in part, (ii) no disposition of such claim is made by the Company within 60 days after the request therefore, (iii) the advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right at his option to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery, a California state or federal court, the court in which the Proceeding is or was pending, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (including the advancement of Expenses)

 

8


pursuant to this Agreement. Upon written request by Indemnitee, the Company shall consent to service of process.

(e) Expenses Related to the Enforcement or Interpretation of this Agreement . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee, and against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee to the extent involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, if and to the extent Indemnitee is successful.

(f) In no event shall Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (apart from advancement of Expenses) be determined prior to a final adjudication in the Proceeding at issue if the Proceeding is both ongoing, and of the nature to have a final adjudication.

(g) In any proceeding to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advancement, with the burden of proof on the Company to prove, by a preponderance of the evidence (or higher standard if required by relevant law) that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(h) Indemnitee shall be fully indemnified for those matters where, in the performance of his duties for the Company, he relied in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees, or committees of the board of directors, or by any other person as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believed were within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who was selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

(i) The knowledge or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent, or employee of the Corporation, or the Corporation itself, shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any rights hereunder.

9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, other than all procedural provisions for determining indemnification and the substantive rights of Indemnitee relating thereto which will apply and control, the Company shall not be obligated:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee (including cross actions), with a reasonable allocation where appropriate, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (iv) the Proceeding is brought pursuant to Section 8 specifically to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 in advance of a final determination, in which case 8(e)’s fees-on-fees provision shall control;

 

9


(b) Fees on Fees . To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee is not successful in such a Proceeding;

(c) Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b) . To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses associated with any Proceeding related to, or the payment of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law (provided, however, that the Company must advance Expenses for such matters as otherwise permissible under this Agreement); or

(e) Payments Contrary to Law . To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

10. Non-Exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while occupying Indemnitee’s position as an Agent of the Company. Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Permitted Defenses . It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses pursuant to Section 6 hereof, provided that the required documents have been tendered to the Company) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Sections 4 and 9 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise. In making any determination concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, there shall be a presumption that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct. Any determination by the Company concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

12. Subrogation . In the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery under any corporate insurance policy or any other indemnity agreement covering Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents reasonably required and take all action that may be

 

10


necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights (provided that the Company pays Indemnitee’s costs and expenses of doing so), including without limitation by assigning all such rights to the Company or its designee to the extent of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance expenses under this Agreement shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has collected from such other source, and in the event that Company has fully paid such indemnity or expenses, Indemnitee shall return to the Company any amounts subsequently received from such other source of indemnification. With regard to Fund Indemnitors, however, Section 13 shall control over this section.

13. Primacy of Indemnification . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or liability insurance provided by a third-party investor and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort, i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement and any indemnity provisions set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or elsewhere (collectively, “Indemnity Arrangements”) are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary and excess, (ii) it shall advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee, to the extent legally permitted and as required by any Indemnity Arrangement, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind arising out of or relating to any Indemnity Arrangement. The Company further agrees that no advancement or indemnification payment by any Fund Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and the Fund Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13. The Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its insurers to the extent allowed by the policies, waives subrogation rights against Indemnitee.

14. Information Sharing. If Indemnitee is the subject of or is implicated in any investigation, whether formal or informal, by a government or regulatory entity or agency, the Company shall provide to Indemnitee any factual written information provided to the investigating entity concerning the investigation; provided, that by executing this Agreement, Indemnitee agrees to use such information solely in connection with the defense of such investigation and, if Indemnitee is not then serving the Company as an officer or director, shall execute a confidentiality agreement. This section 14 shall not apply if a majority vote of the body set forth in Section 8(b) or, if a Change in Control then Independent Counsel, shall conclude that it is detrimental to the Company’s interests in that investigation or any related actual or threatened Proceeding for the Company to share such information.

15. Broadest Interpretation. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, or by statute. In the event of any change after the date of

 

11


this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

16. No Imputation . The knowledge or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, or the Company itself shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for the purpose of determining Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

17. Survival of Rights .

(a) All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an Agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

(b) The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner.

18. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary.

19. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to this Section.

20. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

12


21. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) on the same day as delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission if delivered during business hours or on the next successive business day if delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission after business hours. Addresses for notice to either party shall be as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address as may have been furnished by either party in the manner set forth above.

22. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. This Agreement is intended to be an agreement of the type contemplated by Section 145(f) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnification Agreement, including the undertaking contained herein, effective as of the date first above written.

 

Indemnitee:     The Company:
     

NEOTHETICS, INC.

 

   
      By:  

 

Address:  

 

     
 

 

    Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 

13

Exhibit 10.14

NEOTHETICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2007 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2007 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan. Effective July 17, 2014, the Plan was amended and restated and renamed the Neothetics, Inc. 2007 Stock Plan. Except as otherwise provided below, the provisions of the Plan apply equally to grants made on or after the date of such amendment and restatement.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Administrator means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) Affiliate means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) Applicable Laws means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Cause for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist if the Participant is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at


any time as provided in Section 5(d) below, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, Parent or Affiliate, as appropriate.

(f) Change of Control means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company or (4) a contested election of Directors, as a result of which or in connection with which the persons who were Directors before such election or their nominees (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board; provided however that if the election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new Director was approved by a vote of at least 50% of the Incumbent Directors, such new Director shall be considered as an Incumbent Director.

(g) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(i) Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) Company means Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(k) Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(l) Continuous Service Status means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(m) Corporate Transaction means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business

 

-2-


combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(n) Director means a member of the Board.

(o) Employee means any person employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(p) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Sections 409A or 422 of the Code, any determination of Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the applicable Sections of the Code.

(r) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(s) Listed Security means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(t) Named Executive means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(u) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(v) Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) Option Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option

 

-3-


granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(x) Option Exchange Program means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(y) Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(z) Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(aa) Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(bb) Participant means any holder of one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.

(cc) Plan means this 2007 Stock Plan.

(dd) Reporting Person means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(ee) Restricted Stock means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 10 below.

(ff) Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(gg) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(hh) Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ii) Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(jj) Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 10 below.

(kk) Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

-4-


(ll) Ten Percent Holder means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 7,755,300 Shares of Common Stock, taking into account all additions to the Plan’s share pool and/or stock splits as of the date of this amendment and restatement. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later forfeited to the Company or repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

(b) Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions. The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Plan awards may from time to time be granted;

 

-5-


(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Plan awards are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;

(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

(ix) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(xi) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

-6-


(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time for any reason.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) Effective as of the date of the Plan’s amendment and restatement, in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Applicable Law, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

-7-


(b) Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the Company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or (8) such other consideration and method of payment as determined by the Administrator and to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

9. Exercise of Option .

(a) General .

(i) Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required under the Applicable Laws, the Option (or Shares issued upon exercise of the Option) shall comply with the requirements of Section 260.140.41(f) and (k) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner.

(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide

 

-8-


services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iv) Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(v) Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 9(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the

 

-9-


circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) through (iv) below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for 90 days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 10(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

(ii) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within twelve months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

(iii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(iv) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any Option (including any exercisable portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status. If an Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee shall be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option likewise shall be suspended during the investigation period and the Optionee shall have no right to exercise any Option. The Administrator shall have authority to effect such procedures and take such actions as are necessary to carry out the legal intent of this Section 9(b)(iv), including such procedures and actions as are required to cause the Optionee to return to the Company Shares purchased under the Option that have been purchased or that vested within six months of the events giving rise to the for-Cause termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status and, if such Shares have been transferred by the Optionee, to remit to the Company the value of such transferred Shares.

(c) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

10. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on

 

-10-


which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer. If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator. The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option .

(i) General . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 260.140.42(h) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner), the terms of the Company’s repurchase option (including without limitation the price at which, and the consideration for which, it may be exercised, and the events upon which it shall lapse) shall be as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and reflected in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, such lapsing shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given “vesting” credit with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Participant vested Shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any person other than an officer, Director or Consultant prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security upon the following terms: (A) the repurchase must be made within 90 days of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause at the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of termination, (B) consideration for the repurchase shall consist of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, and (C) the repurchase right shall terminate upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. With respect to vested Shares issued

 

-11-


upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any officer, Director or Consultant, the Company’s right to repurchase such Shares upon termination of such Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause shall be made at the lower of (x) Participant’s original cost for the Shares and (y) the Fair Market Value of the Shares and shall be effected pursuant to such terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Administrator shall determine are necessary and appropriate to carry out the intent of this Section 10(b)(iii). The Administrator shall have authority to effect such procedures and take such actions as are necessary to carry out the legal intent of this Section 10(b)(iii), including such procedures and actions as are required to cause the Participant to return to the Company Shares purchased under the Stock Purchase Right that have vested within six months of the events giving rise to the for-Cause termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status and, if such Shares have been transferred by the Participant, to remit to the Company the value of such transferred Shares. Nothing in this Section 10(b)(ii) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares as set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

11. Taxes .

(a) As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right or the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 11 (whether pursuant to Section 11(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

-12-


(c) This Section 11(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

(d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 11(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

(e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 11(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 11(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

12. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option or Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 13.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 12, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic

 

-13-


relations orders to “Immediate Family Members” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

13. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding award, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an award, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option and Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation a Change of Control), the Board or Committee may, in its discretion, (1) provide for the assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”); (2) accelerate the vesting and termination of outstanding Options and Stock Purchase Rights, in whole or in part, so that Options and Stock Purchase Rights can be exercised before or otherwise in connection with the closing or completion of the transaction or event but then terminate; and/or (3) provide for termination of Options and Stock Purchase Rights as a result of the Corporate Transaction on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, including providing for the cancellation of Options or Stock Purchase Rights for a cash payment to the Participant. The Board or Committee need not provide for identical treatment of each outstanding award.

 

-14-


For purposes of this Section 13(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 13); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.

14. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee or holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee or holder of the Stock

 

-15-


Purchase Rights and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee or holder and the Company.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of awards granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as are reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. In addition, awards issued prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall require the Participant to agree to a lock-up agreement in connection with public offerings of the Company’s stock that applies to all capital stock and rights to purchase capital stock of the Company held by the Participant on such terms and subject to such conditions as are reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Agreements . Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

19. Stockholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

20. Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.15

NEOTHETICS, INC.

2007 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to              (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Lithera, Inc. 2007 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Applicable Law, then it is intended to be and will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) subject to any requirements of Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate;

(d) by surrender of other shares (meaning, shares not subject to this Option) of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of

 

-2-


surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(e) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship; Early Termination of Option . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations of Relationship . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period,

 

-3-


also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. The Administrator shall have authority to effect such procedures and take such actions as are necessary to carry out the legal intent of this Section 5(b)(iii), including such procedures and actions as are required to cause Optionee to return to the Company Shares purchased under the Option that have been purchased or that vested within six months of the events giving rise to the for-Cause termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status and, if such Shares have been transferred by the Optionee, to remit to the Company the value of such transferred Shares, also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan.

(c) Termination of Option . This Option may terminate prior to its Expiration Date and prior to the dates specified under Section 5(a) and (b) above under certain circumstances as set forth in Section 13 of the Plan.

6. Involuntary Termination Following a Change of Control .

(a) If this Option is assumed by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”) or is otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction and Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is Involuntarily Terminated (as defined below) within eighteen (18) months following such Change of Control, then all of the Shares at the time subject to this Option shall accelerate and shall automatically become vested and exercisable in full. The acceleration of vesting provided for in the previous sentence shall occur immediately prior to the effective date of the Involuntary Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status.

(b) to the extent that, in connection with a Change of Control, the Successor Corporation replaces this Option with a cash incentive program, Optionee’s right to receive cash payments for the Shares will be paid out no later than in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to this Option. However, if Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is Involuntarily Terminated within eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control, then Optionee’s right to receive all of the cash payments that are unvested as of the date of the Involuntary Termination shall be accelerated in full and shall no longer be subject to such vesting schedule.

(c) If the Successor Corporation fails to assume this Option or replace it with a cash incentive program, all Shares shall automatically vest in full on an accelerated basis so that this Option shall immediately become exercisable for all Shares as fully-vested Shares immediately prior to the closing of the Change of Control transaction.

For purposes of this Agreement, an Optionee’s service shall be “Involuntarily Terminated” upon the termination of Optionee’s service by reason of:

(i) Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company other than for Cause, or

(ii) Optionee’s voluntary resignation within sixty (60) days following (1) a change in Optionee’s position with the Successor Corporation which materially reduces Optionee’s duties and responsibilities, (2) a reduction in Optionee’s base salary by more than ten percent (10%), unless the base salaries of all similarly situated individuals are reduced by the

 

-4-


Successor Corporation, or (3) a relocation of Optionee’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles; provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Successor Corporation without Optionee’s consent.

Following a Change of Control, “Company” shall refer to the Successor Corporation.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

8. Tax Consequences . The Company has not provided any tax advice with respect to this Option or the disposition of the Shares. Optionee should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option (each, a “ Trigger Event ”) and on any subsequent sale or disposition of the Shares. Optionee should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below. The per share Exercise Price of the Option is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Optionee, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and Optionee may want to consult Optionee’s own tax adviser with any questions.

9. Optionee’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Optionee’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Option Tax Liability ”), or Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from Optionee within such period as the Company may then determine.

10. Data Protection .

 

-5-


(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Optionee and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Optionee may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Optionee consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Optionee’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Optionee’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Optionee’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Optionee.

11. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

13. Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

14. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-6-


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

OPTIONEE     NEOTHETICS, INC.

 

    By:  

 

(Signature)      

 

    Name:  

 

(Printed Name)      
Dated:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

NEOTHETICS, INC.

2007 STOCK PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                     , by and between Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted              (the “ Option Agreement ”). Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                  of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                  Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $         per Share for a total purchase price of $        . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.


(a) Repurchase Option .

(i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any reason (including death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 90 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

(ii) Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within 90 days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the 90th day following termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided for in the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(b) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold

 

-2-


or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt

 

-3-


from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(c) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(d) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay

 

-4-


Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4. Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

-5-


(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “Exercise Price” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. Purchaser understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

 

-6-


6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory

 

-7-


Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C (for tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of an option) if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.

8. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

9. Tax Consequences . Purchaser should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, issuance, purchase, retention, assignment, release, cancellation, sale or any other disposal of the Shares (each, a “ Trigger Event ”). Participant should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below.

 

-8-


10. Purchaser’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Purchaser’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Purchaser has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Shares Tax Liability ”), or Purchaser has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Shares Tax Liability will be recovered from Purchaser within such period as the Company may then determine.

11. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Purchaser and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Purchaser may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Purchaser consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Purchaser’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may, at any time, view Purchaser’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Purchaser’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Purchaser.

12. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

-9-


(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-10-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
NEOTHETICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PURCHASER:

 

(Signature)

 

(Printed Name)
Address:  

 

 

 

I,             , spouse of             , have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of [            ]

 

-11-


ATTACHMENT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) and Neothetics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) dated             ,          (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                      (                ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.     , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

Dated:  

 

 

Signature:

 

«Optionee»

 

Spouse of «Optionee» (if applicable)

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.

 

-12-


ATTACHMENT B

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                  shares of Common Stock of Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

2. The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

(a)              has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                     , whose business address is                     , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or
(b)              has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

(a)              to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” or
(b)              not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.
 


4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Date:  

 

   

 

      «Optionee»
Date:  

 

   

 

      Spouse of «Optionee»

 

-2-


ATTACHMENT C

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:             
NAME OF SPOUSE:             
ADDRESS:
IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:             
IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:             
TAXABLE YEAR:

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

                 shares of the Common Stock of Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                     

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $        

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property: $        

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      «Optionee»
Dated:  

 

   

 

      Spouse of «Optionee»


RECEIPT AND CONSENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.      for                  shares of Common Stock of Neothetics, Inc .

The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Purchaser has previously entered into with the Company. As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      [            ]


RECEIPT

Neothetics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

 

           A check in the amount of $        

 

           The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $        

 

           A promissory note in the amount of $        

 

           Certificate No.      representing                  shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a fair market value of $        

given by              as consideration for Certificate No.      for                  shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Dated:  

 

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


EXHIBIT B

NEOTHETICS, INC.

2007 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                     , by and between Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted              (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $         per Share for a total purchase price of $        . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The

 

-1-


Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

-2-


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

-3-


(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in

 

-4-


connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “Exercise Price” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. Purchaser understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

-5-


(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Tax Consequences . Purchaser should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, issuance, purchase, retention, assignment, release, cancellation, sale or any other disposal of the Shares (each, a “ Trigger Event ”). Participant should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below.

9. Purchaser’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Purchaser’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Purchaser has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Shares Tax Liability ”), or Purchaser has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Shares Tax Liability will be recovered from Purchaser within such period as the Company may then determine.

10. Data Protection .

 

-6-


(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Purchaser and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Purchaser may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Purchaser consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Purchaser’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may, at any time, view Purchaser’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Purchaser’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Purchaser.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

-7-


(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-8-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
NEOTHETICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PURCHASER:

 

(Signature)

 

(Printed Name)
Address:  

 

 

 

I,             , spouse of             , have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of [            ]

 

-9-


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.      for              shares of Common Stock of Neothetics, Inc .

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      [            ]


RECEIPT

Neothetics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

 

           A check in the amount of $        

 

           The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $        

 

           A promissory note in the amount of $        

 

           Certificate No.      representing                  shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a fair market value of $        

given by              as consideration for Certificate No.      for                  shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Dated:  

 

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.24

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

The following non-employee director compensation shall apply to all non-employee directors of the Company effective upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

    Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $32,500 per year.

 

    The Lead Independent Director will receive an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $17,500 per year.

 

    The chairperson of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $15,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the audit committee. Each non-chairperson member of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,500 per year for such member’s service on the audit committee.

 

    The chairperson of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the compensation committee. Each non-chairperson member of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $5,000 per year for such member’s service on the compensation committee.

 

    The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each non-chairperson member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $3,500 per year for such member’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

    Under the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, each non-employee directors will receive a stock option grant covering approximately 0.088% shares of our common stock upon a director’s initial appointment or election to our board of directors and an annual stock option grant covering approximately 0.044% shares of our common stock on the date of each annual stockholder’s meeting thereafter, beginning in 2015. Each stock option granted pursuant to this policy will vest in substantially equal (i) quarterly installments on each quarter during the first three years after the applicable grant date for the initial appointment or election grants and (ii) the earlier of the following year’s annual stockholder meeting or the twelve month anniversary of the applicable grant date for the annual grants, subject to continued service on our board of directors.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 20, 2014, in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Neothetics, Inc. dated on or about October 17, 2014 for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, CA

October 17, 2014